Tuning & temperament bibliography

- A -

  • Aaron, Pietro. De institutione harmonica libri tres. Bononiae, In aedibus Benedicti Hectoris Bibliopolae Bononiensis, 1516. Reprint Broude Brothers Ltd., New York, 1978. Liber primus, liber secundus, liber tertius.
  • Aaron, Pietro. Thoscanello de la musica. Impressa per Bernardino et Mattheo de Uitali, Venezia, 1523, 1529, 1539, 1562. Reprint Broude Brothers Ltd., New York, 1969. English translation Toscanello in musica by Peter Bergquist, Colorado College Music Press, Colorado Springs, 1970.
  • Aaron, Pietro. Trattato della natura et cognitione di tutti gli tuoni di canto figurato. Bernardino Vitali, Venezia, 1525, 1531.
  • Aaron, Pietro. Lucidario in musica. Venice, 1545. Reprint, 1969.
  • Abbado, Michelangelo. "Terzo e quarto suono", Rivista italiana di musicologia vol. 5, 1970, pp. 99-147.
  • Abbatini, Antonio Maria. Codici contenenti diverse lezioni teorice. Bologna, 1667-1668.
  • Abddon, Seifed-Din Shehadeh. "Arabic Music: Samaie Farhafza Analysis", May 2003, WWW, 14 pages.
  • Abdounur, Oscar João. "Ratios and music in the late middle ages: a preliminary survey", Music and mathematics in late medieval and early modern Europe, Philippe Vendrix (ed.), Brepols, Turnhout, 2008, 394 pages.
  • Abel, Carl Friedrich. The pure method for tuning the Harpsichord, according to Abel. London, 2nd half 18th cent.
  • Abel, Markus and Steffen Bergweiler. "Synchronization of higher harmonics in coupled organ pipes", International Journal of Bifurcation and Chaos in Applied Sciences and Engineering vol. 17 no. 10, October 2007, pp. 3483-3491.
  • Abel, Volker, Peter Reiss and Rudolf Wille. "Mutabor II - Ein computergesteuertes Musikinstrument zum Experimentieren mit Stimmungslogiken und Mikrotönen", Preprint no. 1513, TH Fachbereich Mathematik, Darmstadt, 1992. Also in Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Abraham, Gerald u.a. (ed.) Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß, Köln 1958. Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Abraham, Otto and Erich Moritz von Hornbostel. "Zur Psychologie der Tondistanz", Zeitschrift für Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 98, 1899.
  • Abraham, Otto. "Absolutes Tonbewußtsein", Sammelbände der internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 3 & 8, 1901, pp. 1-86.
  • Abraham, Otto and Erich Moritz von Hornbostel. "Vorschläge für die Transkription exotischer Melodien", Sammelbände der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 11, 1909. Reprint in Musical transcription, Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 1-25.
  • Achtélik, Joseph. Der Naturklang als Wurzel aller Harmonien. C.F. Kahnt, Leipzig, 1922.
  • Ader, Lidia. "Microtonal Storm and Stress: Georgy Rimsky-Korsakov and Quarter-Tone Music in 1920s Soviet Russia", Tempo vol. 63 no. 250, Oct 2009, pp. 27-44.
  • Adkins, Cecil D. The Theory and Practice of the Monochord. Unpublished PhD thesis, Music, Univ. of Iowa, 1963. Reprint UMI Dissertation Services (64-3344), Ann Arbor, 501 pages.
  • Adlung, M. Jakob. Anleitung zur musikalischen Gelahrtheit. J.D. Jungnicol, Erfurt, 1758. 2nd edition Dresden/Leipzig, 1783. Facsimile reprint, Hans-Joachim Moser (ed.), Documenta Musicologica Bd. 4, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1953.
  • Adlung, M. Jakob. Musica mechanica organoedi. Berlin, 1768. Facsimile reprint Christhard Mahrenholz, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1930, 1961.
  • Adou, Heather. "Acoustic Aspects of the Balani of Mali", SAVAIL Working Papers, WWW, 2003.
  • Agayeva, S. and S. Hajiyev. "On the Problems of Research the Pitch System of Azerbaijani Mughams", Proceedings of the IInd International Musicological Symposium Space of Mugham, 15-17 March 2011, M. Aliyeva (ed.), International Council for Traditional Music, Baku, 2011, pp. 19-30.
  • Agazzari, Agostino. Sacrarum Cantionum quae Binis, Ternis, Quaternisque vocibus concinuntur. Liber II. Cum basso ad organum. Ricciardus Amadinus, Venice, 1609.
  • Ager, Klaus. "Der Ultrachromatismus Ivan Wyschnegradskys in melodischer und rhythmischer Hinsicht", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 123-126.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Octave Equivalence and the Immediate Recall of Pitch Sequences", Music Perception vol. 2, 1984, pp. 40-51.
  • Agmon, Eytan. Diatonicism, Chromaticism and Enharmonicism: A Study in Cognition and Perception. Unpublished PhD dissertation, City University of New York, 1986.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "A Mathematical Model of the Diatonic System", Journal of Music Theory vol. 33 no. 1, spring 1989, pp. 1-25. Correction in vol. 33 no. 2, 1989, p. 462.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Equal Division of the Octave in a Scarlatti Sonata", In Theory Only vol. 13 no. 5, 1990, pp. 1–8.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Linear Transformations Between Cyclically Generated Chords", Musikometrika vol. 3, 1991, pp. 15-40.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Towards a Theory of Diatonic Intonation", Interface vol. 22 no. 2, 1993, pp. 151–163.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Coherent Tone-Systems: A Study in the Theory of Diatonicism", Journal of Music Theory vol. 40 no. 1, 1996, pp. 39-59.
  • Agmon, Eytan. "Numbers and the Western Tone-System: Beyond Psychoacoustics", American Mathematical Society, March 2003, 18 pages.
  • Agricola, Johann Friedrich. Anleitung zur Singkunst. Berlin, 1757. Facsimile edition by Erwin R. Jacobi (ed.), Hermann Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1966.
  • Agricola, Martin. Musica instrumentalis deudsch, ynn welcher begriffen ist, wie man nach dem Gesange auff mancherley pfeiffen lernen sol, auch wie auff die Orgel, Harffen, Lauten, Geigen und allerley Instrument und Seytenspiel nach der rechtgegründten Tabelthur sey abzusetzen. Georg Rhau, Wittemberg, 1528, 1529, enlarged 1545. Facsimile edition, Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1896. Facsimile edition, Georg Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1969. English translation William E. Hettrick, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1994.
  • Agricola, Martin. Musica figuralis deudsch: mit ihrem zugehörenden Exempeln, sampt einem besunderlichen schönen Büchelein von den Proportionibus, welche allen gemeinen Sengern, Instrumentisten und Anhebern dieser Kunst, ganz nützbarlich zu wissen, auffs einfeltigst und vorstentlichst ins Deudsche verfasset. Georg Rhau, Wittemberg, 1532.
  • Agricola, Martin. Rudimenta musices, quibus canendi artificium compendiosissime complexum, pueris una cum monochordi dimensione traditur. Georg Rhau, Wittemberg, 1539. Reprint Broude Brothers, New York, 1966. English translation by John Trowell, Boethius Press, Aberystwyth, 1991.
  • Ahrens, A.W. "Characteristic Limitations of the Internal Tuning of Selected Wind Instruments", Journal of Experimental Education vol. 15 no. 4, June 1947, pp. 269-289.
  • Ahrens, Christian. "Anmerkungen zu Birsaks Frequenzmessungen an 2 Chalumeaux", Die Musikforschung vol. 28 no. 4, 1975, pp. 442-443.
  • Ahrens, Christian. "Ein griechischer Volksmusiker und sein Instrument. Zur Stimmung folkloristischer Aerophone", Studia Instrumentorum Musicae Popularis vol. 7, Erich Stockmann (ed.), Music museum, Stockholm, 1981, pp. 95-101.
  • Aikin, Jim. "Discover 19-Tone Equal Temperament", Keyboard, March 1988, pp. 74-80.
  • Aikin, Jim. "Just intonation with synth tuning tables", Keyboard, Nov. 1994.
  • Aikin, Jim. "< HREF="http://emusician.com/tutorials/emusic_playing_cracks/">Playing in the Cracks, Electronic Musician, June 2003.
  • Aikin, Jim. "An Interview with Robert Rich", Keyboard, 2004.
  • Aikin, Jim. "Just Intonation Tutor", WWW, 2006.
  • Airoldi, Roberto. La teoria del temperamento nell'etá di Gioseffo Zarlino. Presentazione a cura di Elena Ferrari Barassi, Turris, Cremona, 1989, 166 pages.
  • Aiyar, C. Subrahmania. "Quartertones in South Indian (Carnatic) Music", The Journal of the Musical Academy vol. 11, Madras, 1940, p. 95.
  • Aiyar, C. Subrahmania. "A Study of the Microtonal Variations in Frequencies in Karnatic Music with an Oscillograph", The Journal of the Musical Academy vol. 20, Madras, 1949, p. 114.
  • Aiyar, C. Subrahmania. "Musical research and frequency ratios", The Journal of the Musical Academy vol. 21, Madras, 1950, p. 64.
  • Aiyar, C. Subrahmania. "Physics and Aesthetics of Hindustani Music", The Journal of the Musical Academy vol. 22, Madras, 1951, p. 86.
  • Aiyar, C. Subrahmania. The Grammar of South Indian (Karnatic) Music. Madras, 1951, 1976.
  • Akkoç, Can. "Non-Deterministic Scales Used in Traditional Turkish Music", Journal of New Music Research vol. 31 no. 4, 2002.
  • Aksoy, Bülent, "Makamin Tanimina Dogru", 1995. Trans. K. Agartan. Musikisinas, Bogaziçi University Turkish Music Club Publication, 2000, pp. 70-87.
  • Aksoy, Bülent. Avrupali Gezginlerin Gözüyle Osmanlilarda musikî. 2nd rev. ed., Pan Yayincilik, Istanbul, 2003.
  • Alaleona, D. "I moderni orrizonti della tecnica musicale. Teoria della divisione dell'ottava in parti uguali", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 18, 1911, pp. 382-420.
  • Alaleona, D. "Le tonalità neutre e l'arte di stupore", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 18, 1911, pp. 769-838.
  • Albèra, Philippe. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky 'Quatuor no.1' opus 13 (1923-24)", Concert 10, Contrechamps, Genève, 2000.
  • Albini, Giovanni and Samuele Antonini. "Hamiltonian Cycles in the Topological Dual of the Tonnetz", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • d'Albiz, Joseph Lubet. Création Harmonique. Étoile musicale composée pour piano ou orgue à quarts de ton. BN Vm (8) 532, Paris, 1858. (Recueil factice)
  • Albrecht, Jan. "Essays über Kunst. Ein Teufelsgespräch über die Zukunft der Musik (zu Thomas Manns Roman Doktor Faustus)", Zbornik filosoficke fakulty university Komenskeho vol. 22, Bratislava, 1971, pp. 99-137.
  • Albritton, Jerry Samuel. A historical survey of important tuning systems in Western music. MM diss. Florida State U., Tallahassee, 1969.
  • d'Alembert, Jean Henri. Éléments de musique théorique et pratique, suivant les principes de M. Rameau, éclaircis développés et simplifiés. David l'Ainé, Paris, 1752, 171 pages. Nouvelle édition, revue, corrigée, Jean Marie Bruysset, Lyon, 1759, 1762, 1766, 1772, 1779, 236 pages. German translation by F.W. Marpurg, Leipzig, 1757.
  • d'Alembert, Jean Henri. Réponse de M. d'Alembert à une lettre imprimée de M. Rameau. Paris, 1762.
  • Alessi, Rosario. Sonometro. Misura matematica del suono musicale. Metodo téorico per la giusta divisione della scala cromatica...per accordare i pianoforti. A. Morano, Naples, 1881.
  • Alexjander, Susan. "DNA tunings", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 8 no. 2, Sept. 1992, pp. 30-31.
  • Alexjander, Susan. "The Infrared Frequencies of DNA Bases, as Science and Art", Engineering in Medicine and Biology Magazine, IEEE, March/April 1999, pp. 74-75.
  • al-Farabi. Kitab al-musiqa al-kabir. Reprint Gattas 'Abd al-Malik Hashaba, Dar al-katib al-'arabi, Cairo, 1967. French translation by F.R. d'Erlanger, 1930. Reprint Ed. Eckhard Neubauer, Frankfurt a.M., 1998, 482 pages.
  • Algaraz, José Antonio. "A Propósito de Julián Carrillo", Heterofonía vol. 8 no. 31, 1975, pp. 20-23.
  • Allain-Dupré, Philippe. "Jobin versus Lehman", WWW, 2005.
  • Allan, G.E. "The Musical Scale of the Highland Bagpipe", Philosophical Magazine vol. 29, 1940, pp. 154-161.
  • Alldahl, Per-Gunnar. Korintonation: Du skall icke sjunga falskt mot din nästa. SKS musikböcker no. 5. Gehrman, Stockholm, 1990, 142 pages.
  • Allen, John S. "Mathematical representations of musical tunings", WWW, 1997.
  • Allen, John S. "Equal temperaments as mathematical series", WWW, 1997.
  • Allen, John S. "On Rabbits, Mathematics and Musical Scales", WWW, 1998.
  • Allen, John S. "The general keyboard in the age of MIDI", WWW, 1997-1999.
  • Allende-Blin, Juan. "Ein gespräch mit Ivan Wyschnegradsky", Alexander Skrjabin und die Skrjabinisten, Musik Konzept vols. 32-33, München, 1983, p. 103.
  • Allende-Blin, Juan. "Prélude für Vierteltonklavier; von Arthur Vincent Lourié", Musik Texte vol. 4, 1984.
  • Allende-Blin, Juan. "Ist Bachs Kunst der Fuge mitteltönig komponiert?", Ars Organi vol. 48, September 2000, p. 167.
  • Almén, Byron. "Musical 'Temperament': Theorists and the Functions of Music Analysis", Theoria vol. 12, 2005.
  • Alphonce, Bo. "Generalized Musical Intervals and Transformations, by David Lewin (book review)", Intégral vol. 2, 1988.
  • Alrich, Alexis. "'Lou Harrison: Composing a World' by Leta E. Miller and Frederic Lieberman (book review)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 3, fall 2000, pp. 2, 16.
  • Althuis, Theo A. Graph theoretic aspects of music theory. M.Sc. thesis, Mathematical Sciences, Universiteit Twente, Enschede, 2000.
  • Althuis, Theo A. and F. Göbel. Z-related pairs in microtonal systems. Technical Report Memorandum No. 1524, Universiteit Twente, Enschede, April 2000.
  • Altwein, Erich F. "Bemerkungen zu Paul Hindemiths Unterweisung im Tonsatz", Die Musikforschung vol. 23, 1970, pp. 54-55.
  • Altwein, Erich F. "Versuch über das arabische Komma", Die Musikforschung vol. 24, 1971, pp. 432-437.
  • Alves, Bill. "The Just Intonation System of Nicola Vicentino", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1989, pp. 8-13.
  • Alves, Bill. "Key Characteristics and Pitch Sets in Composing with Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, summer 1990, pp. 1, 6-8, 14.
  • Alves, Bill. "Pleng: Composing for a Justly Tuned Gender Barung", Intercultural Music vol. 5, proceedings of the Fourth Biannual Symposium and Festival of Intercultural Music. Reprint in 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, spring 1997, pp. 1,4-11.
  • Alves, Bill. "Graphic Representation of Some Gamelan Tunings", WWW, 1996.
  • Alves, Bill. "'Uncommon Practice: Selected Compositions 1984-1995' by David B. Doty (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 3, fall 2000, pp. 16-17.
  • Alves, Bill. "Using Alternate Tunings in Csound", in CD-ROM accompanying The Csound Book, Richard Boulanger (ed.), MIT University Press, Cambridge MA, 2000.
  • Alves, Bill. "The Journey of Light and Darkness in Toby Twinings 'Chrysalid Requiem' (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 3, autumn 2003, pp. 1, 4-9.
  • Alves, Bill. "Digital Harmony of Sound and Light", Computer Music Journal vol. 29 no. 4, Dec. 2005, pp. 45-54.
  • Alves, Bill. "Lou Harrison: Por Gitaro: Suites for Tuned Guitars (CD liner notes)", Mode Records, New York, 2008.
  • Amann, Dominique. Gammes, Accords, Tempéraments. Self-published, Toulon, 1999, 160 pages.
  • Amargianakis, Georgios. "The Ancient Musical Nomos, the Byzantine Echos and the Indian Raga", Musicologia vol. 2 no. 2, 1985.
  • Amiot, Emmanuel. "Mathématiques et analyse musicale: Une fécondation réciproque", Analyse musicale vol. 28, June 1992, pp. 37-41.
  • Amiot, Emmanuel, "David Lewin and Maximally Even Sets", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 1 no. 3, Nov. 2007, Taylor and Francis, pp. 152-172.
  • Amiot, Emmanuel. "About the number of generators of a musical scale", arXiv 0909.0039, August 2009, 14 pages.
  • Amiot, Emmanuel and William A. Sethares. "An algebra for periodic rhythms and scales", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 5 no. 3, 2011, pp. 149-169.
  • Amiot, Jean Joseph Marie. Mémoire sur la Musique des Chinois tant anciens que modernes. Vol. VI of Mémoires concernant L'Histoire, les Sciences, les Arts, les Moeurs et les Usages, des Chinois, par les Missionaires de Pékin, Paris, 1779.
  • Amirkhanian, Charles. "Lou Harrison: The Tuning of the Babylonian Harp", sound recording, 12-02-1971, 27 mins.
  • Amirkhanian, Charles. "Interview with Ivan Wyschnegradsky", sound recording, 04-06-1976, 62 mins.
  • Amirkhanian, Charles. "Interview with La Monte Young", sound recording, 1984, 40 mins.
  • Amman, Walter (ed.) Hans Kayser zum 100. Geburtstag am 1. April 1991. Biographische Fragmente. Schriften über Harmonik. Bern, 1991.
  • Ammerbach, Elias Nikolaus. Orgel- und Instrument-Tabulatur. Leipzig, 1571, Nürnberg, 1583.
  • Amos, Tom. "Isometrics and the origin of modal systems: A brief experimental inquiry", Ex tempore vol. 1 no. 2, pp. 30-38.
  • Anda, Antoine. Les gammes musicales: essai historique sur les Modes et sur les Tons de la Musique, depuis l'Antiquité jusqu'à l'Époque Moderne. Edition Nationale Belge, Bruxelles, 1939, 424 pages.
  • Anderson, B.E. and W.J. Strong. "The effect of inharmonic partials on pitch of piano tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 117 no. 5, 2005, pp. 3268–3272.
  • Anderson, Carola B. "Glenn Branca and the Harmonic Series", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, winter 1985, pp. 4-6.
  • Anderson, Carola B. "The Trouble with Didymus", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, pp. 1, 11-13.
  • Anderson, Gene. "Pythagoras and the Origin of Music Theory", Indiana Theory Review vol. 6 no. 3, 1983, pp. 35-64.
  • Anderson, Julian. "La Note Juste. Julian Anderson Appraises the Work of the Enigmatic Giacinto Scelsi ", The Musical Times vol. 136 no. 1823, Jan. 1995, pp. 22-27.
  • Anderson, Lois Ann. "A reassessment of the distribution, origin, tunings and stylistic criteria in African xylophone traditions", African Studies Association vol. 6, 1968.
  • Anderson, Warren D. Music and Musicians in Ancient Greece. Cornell University Press, Ithaca NY, 1994.
  • Anderton, Craig. "Alternate Scales for Even-Tempered Samplers", Electronic Musician, December 1986, pp. 48-49.
  • Ando, Yoshinori and Taeko Sagara. "Pitch intonation of koto music", Nomura Festschrift, 1970, pp. 25-39.
  • Andreae, Hans-Volkmar. Elementar-Harmonik. Zur Phänomenologie der Töne und Intervalle abendländischer Musik. Amadeus Verlag, Zürich, 1973, 93 pages.
  • Anfilov, Gleb. Physics of Music. Moscow, 1961.
  • Anger, J. Humphrey. The Modern Enharmonic Scale. Boston, 1907.
  • Anglas, Jules Philippe Louis. Précis d'acoustique physique, musical, physiologique. Paris, 1910.
  • Anglmayer, Paul. Zur Intonationskorrektur bei Trompeten. Hausarbeit an der Hochschule für Musik und darstellende Kunst, Vienna, 1997.
  • Anglmayer, Paul. "Ein neuer Optimierungsalgorithmus zur Intonationskorrektur bei Blechblasinstrumenten", Fortschritte der Akustik, DAGA, Zürich, 1998.
  • Anglmayer, Paul. "Physical Modelling von Blechblasinstrumenten und dessen Anwendung zur Intonationsoptimierung von Trompeten", Tagungsprogramm zum 19. Musikinstrumentenbau-Symposium in Michaelstein 20.-22.11.1998, Michaelstein, 1998, pp. 28-29.
  • Aning, Ben. "Tuning the kora: A case study of the norms of a Gambian musician", Journal of African Studies vol. 9 no. 3, fall 1982, pp. 164-175.
  • Anmarkrud, Bjørn. De ulike felestille i hardingfeletradisjonene. Master of Arts dissertation, Musicology: University of Oslo, 1975, 168 pages.
  • Annoni, Maria Therese. Tuning, temperament and pedagogy for the vihuela in Juan Bermudo's 'Declaración de instrumentos musicales' (1555). PhD diss., Music Theory, Ohio State University, 1989, 245 pages.
  • anonymus. "Quarti di tono", Musica d'oggi vol. 6, 1924, p. 344.
  • anonymus. "Spoglio di riviste", Il pianoforte vol. 5 no. 11, November 1924, p. 301.
  • anonymus. "The Archiphone — Invented in the Early 1970s by Professor Adrian Fokker", Early Music vol. 7 no. 3, July 1979, p. 11.
  • Anselmi, Georgio. De musica. Parma, 1434. Reprint Gioseppe Massera, Historiae Musicae Cultores, Florence, 1961.
  • Antegnati, Costanzo. L'arte organica. Francesco Tebaldino, Brescia, 1608. English translation by C. Meyer, 1980.
  • Anyumba, Henry Owuor. "Contemporary lyres in eastern Africa", African Musicology vol. 1 no. 1, Kenya, 1983, pp. 18-33.
  • Aoyaghi, Hiro. "Perceptual Interrelationships among Nine Septatonic Western Modes: Convergence across distinct methods", WWW.
  • Apel, Willy. Geschichte der Orgel- und Klaviermusik bis 1700. 1967. English translation The History of Keyboard Music to 1700 by Hans Tischler (ed.), Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1972. Italian translation Storia della musica per organo e altri strumenti da tasto fino al 1700. Sansoni, Firenze, 1985, 3 vols.
  • Appenheimer, John. "Small Number Ratios and Harmonicity", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 4, winter 1987, pp. 9-10.
  • Appunn, Anton. Letter to Pietro Blaserna about 48-tone harmonium, Hanau, 12 June 1887.
  • Appunn, Georg. "Über die Helmholtz’sche Lehre von den Tonempfindungen als Grundlage für die Theorie der Musik, nebst Beschreibung einiger, zum Theil ganz neuer Apparate, welche zur Erläuterung und zum Beweis dieser Theorie geeignet sind", Bericht der Wetterauischen Gesellschaft für die gesammte Naturkunde zu Hanau über den Zeitabschnitt vom 4. October bis 31. Dezember 1867, Friedrich Becker (ed.), Hanau, 1868, pp. 73-90.
  • Archambault, Ellen Jane. Andreas Werckmeister (1645-1706) as a Teacher of Composition. PhD thesis, Florida State University, 1999, 325 pages.
  • Arel, Hüseyin Sadettin. Türk mûsikîsi kimindir? (Who does Turkish music belong to?). T.C. Kültür Bakanligi Yayinlari, Istanbul, 1939-1940. Reprint 1969, Ankara, 1988.
  • Arel, Hüseyin Sadettin. "Modal systems in the Turkish music", Musical Magazine vol. 7, Istanbul, 1948, p. 3.
  • Arel, Hüseyin Sadettin. Türk musikîsi nazariyati dersleri (Lessons on the theories of Turkish music). Onur Akdogu (ed.), Istanbul, 1968. Kültür Bakanligi Yayinlari, Ankara, 1993.
  • Ariel (pseudonym). Das Relativitätsprinzip der musikalischen Harmonie, Band I: Die Gesetze der inneren Tonbewegungen, das evolutionäre Temperierungsverfahren und das 19-stufiges Tonsystem. Neunzehn Stufen Verlag, Leipzig, 1925.
  • Aristoxenos. Harmonika stoicheia. Elsevier, Leiden, 1616. Latin translation by A. Gogavinus, Venice, 1562 and also Marcus Meibom (ed.) in Antiquae Musicae Auctores Septem, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1652. Italian translation Aristoxeni Elementa harmonica by Rosetta da Rios, 2 vols., Typis publicae officinae polygrahicae, Rome, 1954. English translation The Harmonics of Aristoxenus by Henry S. Macran (ed.), Oxford, 1902. Reprint Georg Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1974, 1990.
  • Armellino, Giorgio. Kunst des Klavierstimmens: nebst einer vollständigen Anleitung zur Erhaltung und Wiederherstellung gebrauchter, sowie zur Prüfung neuer Instrumente. Neuer Schauplatz der Künste und Handwerke Bd. 21, Bernhard Friedrich Voigt, Weimar, 1881, 107 pages.
  • Armellino, Giorgio. Der Klavierstimmer: enthaltend eine kurzgefaßte Beschreibung des Klaviers, die Lehre von der Stimmung und der Technik des Stimmens. Bernhard Friedrich Voigt, Leipzig, 1920, 70 pages.
  • Arnautoff, Philip. "A Few Observations with Respect to the Canon's Tuning for 'Soliloquy'", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 1, winter 2005, pp. 1, 12-17.
  • Arnold, Wasiuddin James. "L'intonation juste dans la théorie ancienne de l'Inde: Ses applications aux musiques modales et harmoniques", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 11-38.
  • Arnold, Wasiuddin James and Bernard Bel. "L'intonation des musiques monodiques: Méthodologies expérimentales", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 159-163.
  • Arnold, Wasiuddin James, Joep Bor and Wim van der Meer. "On measuring notes. A response to N.A. Jairazbhoy", ISTAR Newsletter no. 3-4, International Society for Traditional Arts Research, New Delhi, July 1984 - June 1985, pp. 46-51.
  • Arnold, Wasiuddin James, Bernard Bel and Wim van der Meer. "Stretching scales", ISTAR Newsletter no. 3-4, New Delhi, 1985, pp. 52-53.
  • Arnold, Wasiuddin James. "Playing with intonation", ISTAR Newsletter no. 3-4, New Delhi, 1985, pp. 60-62.
  • Arntzen, Kees. "Ali Baba en de veertig tonen - over microtonale muziek", Muziek & Dans, Jul/Aug 1985.
  • Arntzen, Kees. "Uit de diepste lagen van de historie. De kwarttoonsmuziek van Alois Hába", Mens en Melodie vol. 51, jul/aug. 1996, pp. 322-325.
  • Arntzen, Kees. "Softness in the air. About Ton Bruynèl", Keynotes vol. 30 no. 2, June 1996, pp. 12-15.
  • Arrachart, Jean-Marc. "La musique, la poésie, les mathématiques", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, March 1985, pp. 83-86.
  • Arslan, Fazli. Safi al-Din al-Urmawi and the Theory of Music: Al-Risala al-sharafiyya fi al-nisab al-ta'lifiyya. Content, Analysis and Influences. Foundation for Science Technology and Civilisation, March 2007, 24 pages.
  • Artaud, Pierre-Yves. La flûte. Jean-Claude Lattès/Salabert, Paris, 1986.
  • Artaud, Pierre-Yves and Gérard Geay. Flûtes au présent: Traité des techniques contemporaines. Salabert, Paris, 1980.
  • Artusi, Giovanni Maria. L'Artusi, overo Delle imperfettioni della moderna musica ragionamenti dui. Venice, 1600. Reprint 1969.
  • Artusi, Giovanni Maria. Considerationi musicali. Venice, 1603.
  • Arvidsen, Jørn K. "Eivind Grovens renstemte orgel med automatisk toneoppvalg", Norsk kirkemusikk vol. 8, October 1982, pp. 295-303.
  • Ashley, Richard D. "Modelling ensemble performance: Dynamic just intonation", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, San Jose, 1992. International Computer Music Association, San Francisco, pp. 38-41.
  • Ashton, Anthony. Harmonograph: A Visual Guide to the Mathematics of Music. Walker & Company, New York, 2003, 64 pages.
  • Asioli, Bonifazio. Osservazioni sul temperamento proprio degl'istromenti stabili: Dirette agli accordatori di pianoforte ed organo. Emilio Giusti, Milano, 1816.
  • Asioli, Bonifazio. Disinganno sulle osservazioni fatte sul temperamento...in aggiunta al suo opusculo. Opera postuma. Ricordi, Milano.
  • Asioli, Bonifazio. Anleitung, Clavierinstrumente zu Temperiren und auf die leichteste Art ohne Beihülfe eines Meister rein und richtig zu stimmen. Artaria, Vienna, c.1819.
  • Askenfelt, Anders (ed.) Five lectures on the acoustics of the piano. Royal Swedish Academy of Music, 1990, WWW, 2000.
  • Asmussen, Robert. "Tuning by Ratios", WWW, 1997.
  • Asmussen, Robert. Periodicity of sinusoidal frequencies as a basis for the analysis of Baroque and Classical harmony: a computer based study. PhD diss., University of Leeds, September 2001, 289 pages.
  • Asmussen, Robert. "A Rule-based System for Tuning Chord Progressions", WWW, 2008, 25 pages.
  • Asperen, Bob van. "Consonant or dissonant? - Reflections at the keyboards of a Clavemusicum Omnitonum, cimbalo cromatico, and 'cembalo naturale'", Schweizer Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 22, 2002, Schweizerische Musikforschende Gesellschaft, Peter Lang, Bern, 2003.
  • Assayag, Gérard and G. Bloch. "Quantification et Creation Musicale", colloqium, April 1995.
  • Assayag, Gérard and Jean-Pierre Cholleton. "Musique, Nombre et Ordinateurs", La Recherche vol. 278 (Numéro spécial sur les nombres), July/August 1995.
  • Assayag, Gérard; Hans Georg Feichtinger and José Francisco Rodrigues (eds.) Mathematics and Music. A Diderot Mathematical Forum. Springer-Verlag, 2002, 290 pages.
  • Asselin, Pierre-Yves. "Le tempérament en France au XVIIIème siècle", L'orgue à notre époque, Université Mac Gill, Montréal, 1982, pp. 45-69.
  • Asselin, Pierre-Yves. Compréhension et réalisation des systèmes d'accord à l'ancienne. Université Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris, 1983.
  • Asselin, Pierre-Yves. Musique et tempérament, théorie et pratique de l'accord à l'ancienne. Éditions Jobert, Paris, 1984, 2000.
  • Asuar, José Vincente. "De los Microtonos y su Aplicación como Sistemas temperados", Revista Musical Chilena vol. 11, October-November 1957, p. 59.
  • Athanasopoulos, Georgios D. Theoria tes byzantines mousikes. Patras, 1950.
  • Atkins, E.P.L. "Ear-training and the Standardization of Equal Temperament", PMA vol. 41, 1914-1915, pp. 91-111.
  • Atlas, Allan W. "A 41-cent emendation: a textual problem in Wheatstone’s publication of Giulio Regondi’s 'Serenade' for English concertina and piano", Early Music vol. 33 no. 4, Nov 2005, pp. 609-617.
  • Audétat, Pierre and Julien Junod. "La cloche diatonique", WWW, 2006-2009.
  • Augustine, Daniel Schuyler. Four theories of music in the United States, 1900 - 1950: Cowell, Yasser, Partch, Schillinger. Diss. University of Texas at Austin, 1979, 616 pages.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang. "Experimente zum melodisch-tonalen Hören im zwölfstufig-chromatischen Tonsystem: Schlußfolgerungen für Ekmelische Musik", Mikrotöne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang. Experimentelle Untersuchung zur auditiven Tonalitätsbestimmung in Melodien. Gustav Bosse-Verlag, Kassel, 1994.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang, Bram Gätjen und Klaus Wolfgang Niemöller (eds.) Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag. Köln 1995.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang. "Zur Entstehung der Tonartencharakteristik im 18. Jahrhundert", Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag, Wolfgang Auhagen (ed.), Köln 1995.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang. "Stimmung und Temperatur", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1998, pp. 1831-1847.
  • Auhagen, Wolfgang. "Die Musiktheorie Friedrich Wilhelm Opelts", Musikwissenschaft - Musikpraxis. Festschrift für Horst-Peter Hesse zum 65. Geburtstag, Kai Bachmann and Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 2000.
  • Avicenna (Ibn-Sina). Kitabu a-Sifa. French translation by F.R. d'Erlanger, 1935.
  • Avicenna (Ibn-Sina). Auicene perhypatetici philosophi: ac medicorum facile primi opera in luce redacta... Latin translation published in 1508. Facsimile edition, Minerva, Frankfurt am Main, 1961.
  • Avoni, V. L'accordature di piano-forte. F.M. Geidel, Leipzig, 1894.
  • Avraamov, Arseny N. "The Open Strings of the Quintet as a Basis for Detuned Orchestral Sound" (in Russian), Muzyka vol. 5 no. 222, Moscow, 5 Sept. 1915, pp. 315-318. English translation by Anton Rovner, 21st Century Music vol. 10 no. 3, March 2003, pp. 1-3.
  • Avraamov, Arseny N. "The Emerging Musical Science and a New Era of Music History" (in Russian), Muzykal'ny Sovremennik no. 6, St. Petersburg, 1916.
  • Avraamov, Arseny N. "Jenseits von Temperierung und Tonalität", Melos vol. 1, 1920, p. 131.
  • Avraamov, Arseny N. "Universal Tonal System (U.T.S.)" (in Russian), Zhizn'iskusstva, 1926, no. 12, pp. 3-4; no. 38, pp. 9-10; no. 40, pp. 6-7.
  • Avraamov, Arseny N. "Vierteltonmusik" (in Russian), Muzika i Revolyutsiya vol. 5-6, p. 39. German translation by Detlef Gojowy, Neue Sowjetische Musik der 20er Jahre, Laaber Verlag, Regensburg, 1980, pp. 445-446.
  • Ayers, Lydia. Exploring Microtonal Tunings: A Kaleidoscope of Extended Just Tunings and Their Compositional Applications. Doctoral dissertation, Performance, Univ. of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana, 1994, 931 pages. Univ. Microfilms Inc., Ann Arbor MI, 1995.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "The Chinese Connection: Harry Partch and the Li Po Settings", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 2, 1995, p. 1.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Ellen Fullman: Body Music (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 2, 1995, p. 2.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Just West Coast: Microtonal Music for Guitar and Harp, performed by Just Strings (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, March 1995, pp. 14-16.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "A Composition for Gamelan and Computer-Generated Tape: Merapi", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 6, 1996, pp. 7-14.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Harry Partch: 17 Lyrics of Li Po, performed by Stephen Kalm and Ted Mook (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, Spring 1997, p. 15.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Enclosure Two: Historic Speech-Music Recordings from the Harry Partch Archives, Four CD set, Produced by Philip Blackburn (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, Spring 1997, pp. 14-19.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Improvising with Tunings: Themes and Improvisations for Woodstock Gamelan", Balungan Magazine.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Indonesian Music as a Source of Microtonal Inspiration in Music of American Composers", Balungan Magazine.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Indonesian Music as a Source of Microtonal Inspiration in Lou Harrison's Music", Balungan Magazine.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Improvising with Tunings: Themes and Improvisations for Woodstock Gamelan", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 2, fall 1999, pp. 1, 4-8, 20.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Synthesising Chinese Flutes Using Csound", Organised Sound vol. 10 no. 1, Cambridge University Press, 2005, pp. 37-49.
  • Ayers, Lydia. "Making Scales from Mathematical Means", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 200-223.
  • Ayyar, Mohan. "Keyboards, Synthesizers and Carnatic Music", WWW, 1997.
  • Azarm, Ben. "Ear Interview: Allen Strange", Ear Magazine vol. 8 no. 3, 1983, pp. 1 & 3.

- B -

  • Bacanos, Yorgo. Classical Turkish Music Theory and Song Notes. H.T.S.T. Students’ Society Publications no. 1, 1976.
  • Bach, V. "Problems of Intonation on Brass Instruments", Symphony, September 1950.
  • Bachem, A. "Chroma fixation at the ends of the musical frequency scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 20 no. 5, 1948, pp. 704–705.
  • Bachem, A. "Tone height and tone chroma as two different pitch qualities", Acta Psychologica vol. 7, 1949, pp. 80-88.
  • Bachmann, Kai and Wolfgang Thies (eds.) Musikwissenschaft - Musikpraxis. Festschrift für Horst-Peter Hesse zum 65. Geburtstag. Wort und Musik. Salzburger Akademische Beiträge, Band. 43, Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 2000, 251 pages.
  • Backers, Cor. "Een weinig bekende stemming - Inleiding tot een drietal artikelen van prof. ir. Henk Badings", Musica vol. 56 no. 6, June 1977, pp. 3-7.
  • Backus, John. The Acoustical Foundations of Music. W.W. Norton, New York, 1969, 312 pages. London, 1970. 2nd edition, W.W. Norton & Co., 1977, 384 pages.
  • Badings, Henk. "Tonaliteitsproblemen in de nieuwe muziek", Koninklijke Vlaamse Academie voor Wetenschappen, 1951.
  • Badings, Henk. "A.D. Fokker: new music with 31 notes", Zeitschrift für Musiktheorie vol. 7 no. 2, 1976, pp. 46-48.
  • Badings, Henk. "31-toon-stemming", Musica vol. 56 no. 6, June 1977, pp. 7-11. Part 2, Musica vol. 56 no. 7-8, July-Aug 1977, pp. 7-11. Part 3, Musica vol. 56 no. 9, Sep 1977, pp. 9-11.
  • Badings, Henk. "Over 31-toon-stemming. In het algemeen en in het bijzonder gedemonstreerd aan de hand van een eigen compositie" (about 31-note tuning: general principles and a specific demonstration by means of a composition by the author). Academiae analecta: Mededelingen van de Koninklijke Academie voor Wetenschappen, Letteren en Schone Kunsten van België vol. 40 no. 6, 1978, Kongl. Academie voor wetenschappen, letteren en schone Kunsten van België, Brussels, 1978, 23 pages.
  • Badings, Henk. "Aantekeningen over enige fundamentele elementen in de muziek" deel 3, Mens en Melodie vol. 41 no. 11, Nov. 1986, pp. 503-509.
  • Baeumer, Dorothea. Victor Goldschmidts Harmonielehre der Kristalle. Orpheus, Band 36, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1984, 223 pages.
  • Baglioni, Silvestro. "Quelques observations expérimentales sur les intervalles musicaux enharmoniques également tempérés (enharmonium)", Archives Internationales de Physiologie vol. 17, 1921, pp. 343-354.
  • Baglioni, Silvestro. Udito e Voce: elementi fisiologici della parola e della musica. Ed. Stock, Rome, 1924.
  • Baglioni, Silvestro. Divagazioni musicali. Dall'acustica e fonetica fisiologica all'arte. Cuggiani, Rome, 1943.
  • Bailey, Christopher Dylan. Sand, an acousmatic composition with a listener interface. Dissertation, Columbia University, 2002.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Valeur actuelle de l'acoustique musicale de Helmholtz", Revue d'histoire des sciences vol. 39 no. 4, 1986, pp. 301-324.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Leibniz et la théorie de la musique", in Leibniz, Tradition und Aktualität, V. Internationaler Leibniz-Kongreß, Vorträge, Hannover, 14-19 nov. 1988, pp. 34-41.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Le système musical de Conrad Henfling (1706)", Revue de Musicologie vol. 74 no. 1, Société française de musicologie, Paris, 1988, pp. 5-25.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Tempéraments musicaux et mathématiques", Sciences et techniques en perspective vol. 16, Université de Nantes, 1989, pp. 83-114.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Le miroir de l'Harmonie universelle: musique et théorie de la musique chez Leibniz", L'esprit de la musique, Essais d'esthétique et de philosophie (participation à un ouvrage collectif sous la direction de Hugues Dufourt, Joël-Marie Fauquet et François Hurard), Klincksieck, Paris, 1992, pp. 203-216.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. Leibniz et la théorie de la musique. Klincksieck, Series Domaine musicologique, Paris, 1992, 158 pages. French translation of Leibniz by Patrice Bailhache.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Isaac Beeckman a-t-il démontré la loi des cordes vibrantes selon laquelle la fréquence est inversement proportionnelle à la longueur?", Revue d'histoire des sciences vol. 45 no. 2-3, 1992, pp. 337-344.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Théorie de la musique et plaisir musical chez Gassendi", Actes du Colloque International Pierre Gassendi (Digne, 18-21 mai 1992), Annales de Haute-Provence, vol. 321-322, 1992-1993, pp. 387-396.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Cordes vibrantes et consonances chez Beeckman, Mersenne et Galilée", Sciences et techniques en perspective vol. 23, Université de Nantes, "Musique et mathématiques", 1993, pp. 73-91. In PDF.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "L'Harmonie universelle : la musique entre les mathématiques, la physique, la métaphysique et la religion", Les Études philosophiques no. 1-2, 1994, pp. 13-24.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "D'Alembert théoricien de la musique : empirisme et nature", WWW, 1995. To appear in publication Michel Paty (ed.), CNRS, Université Paris.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "La musique, une pratique cachée de l'arithmétique?", Studia Leibniztiana, Actes du colloque L'actualité de Leibniz : les deux labyrinthes, Cerisy, 15-22 juin 1995.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Deux mathématiciens musiciens: Euler et d'Alembert", Physis vol. 32, 1995, pp. 1-35.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "Sciences et musique: quelques grandes étapes en théorie musicale", Littérature, médecine, société vol. 13, Université de Nantes, 1996. In PDF.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "La Musique traduite en Mathématiques: Leonhard Euler", Communication au colloque du Centre François Viète, "Problèmes de traduction au XVIIIe siècle", Nantes, 17 janvier 1997. In PDF. English translation by Joseph Monzo, WWW, 1999.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. Une Histoire de l'acoustique musicale. CNRS Éditions, Paris, 2001, 199 pages.
  • Bailhache, Patrice. "D'Alembert théoricien de la musique : empirisme et nature", Analyse et dynamique, Études sur l'œuvre de D'Alembert, Les Presses de l'Université Laval, Québec, 2002, pp. 359-377. In PDF.
  • Baily, John. "Anthropological and psychological approaches to the study of music theory and musical cognition", Yearbook of the International Folk Music Council, Int. vol. 20, 1988, pp. 114-124.
  • Bain, Reginald. "A Web based Multimedia Approach to the Harmonic Series", ATMI Presentation, Kansas City, Sept. 2002.
  • Bake, Arnold Adriaan. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Voor-Indische Muziek. PhD thesis, with English translation of Sangita-darpana, Universiteit Utrecht, 1930. Paul Geuthner, Paris, 1930.
  • Bake, Arnold Adriaan. "Die beide Tongeschlechter bei Bharata", Kongreßbericht D.G.M. Lüneburg, 1950, p. 158.
  • Bake, Arnold Adriaan. "The Impact of Western Music on the Indian Musical System", Journal of the International Folk Music Council, 1953, p. 57.
  • Bake, Arnold Adriaan. "Indische Musik", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart Band 6, Friedrich Blume, Kassel, 1957, pp. 1150-1185. Also in Außereuropäische Musik in Einzeldarstellungen, Joseph Kuckertz (ed.), Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag/Bärenreiter Verlag, edition MGG, Kassel, 1980, pp. 190-225.
  • Bake, Arnold Adriaan. "Alain Daniélou: Traité de musicologie comparée (book review)", Ethnomusicology vol. 5 no. 3, 1961, pp. 231-237.
  • Baker, A. "An interview with Lou Harrison", Minnesota Public Radio, June 2002.
  • Baker, R.S. "Music by Telharmony", Electrical World vol. 47, 1906, p. 509.
  • Baker, R.S. "The Generating and Distributing of Music by Means of Alternators", Electrical World vol. 47, 1906, p. 519.
  • Baker, R.S. "New Music for an Old World", McClure's Magazine vol. 27 no. 3, 1906, p. 291.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "De goddelijke oorsprong van de muziek. Andreas Werckmeister en de getallensymboliek", Mens en Melodie vol. 49 no. 3, March 1994, pp. 188-194.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "De bronnen van Andreas Werckmeister", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 2 no. 1, 1997.
  • Bakker, Pieter. Andreas Werckmeister. Die historische Einordnung seiner Schriften. Stichting de Studenten Uitgeverij, Schraard, 1998, 31 pages.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "Andreas Werckmeister in de twintigste eeuw", De Rode Leeuw no. 95, 1998. Also in Harmonische getallen, 2012, pp. 27-32.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "Kleine kunstkroniek. Abraham Bartolus", Kunst en Wetenschap vol. 8 no. 1, 1999, p. 33.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "Musica mathematica", Het Orgel vol. 98 no. 2, 2002, pp. 11-14. Also in Harmonische getallen, 2012, pp. 9-14.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "Stemmen volgens Werckmeister", De Rode Leeuw no. 141, 2002. Also in Harmonische getallen, 2012, pp. 15-20.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "Getallen in de muziek", Het Orgel vol. 99 no. 6, 2003. Also in Harmonische getallen, 2012, pp. 33-37.
  • Bakker, Pieter. "Het karakter van een toonaard", Het Orgel vol. 100 no. 1, 2004. Also in Harmonische getallen, 2012, pp. 21-26.
  • Bakker, Pieter. Harmonische getallen. De muziektheorie van Andreas Werckmeister. Stichting Kunst en Wetenschap, Schraard, March 2012, 43 pages.
  • Bakshi, Haresh. 101 Raga-s For The 21st Century And Beyond: A Music Lover's Guide to Hindustani Music. SoundOfIndia.com, 2006, 116 pages.
  • Balasubramanian, K. "Combinatorial enumeration of ragas (scales of integer sequences) of Indian music", Journal of Integer Sequences vol. 5 no. 2, 2002, Article 02.2.6.
  • Ballif, Claude. Numero spécial de La Revue Musicale vol. 290-291, 1972, Richard Masse, Paris.
  • Ballif, Claude. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky: harmonie du soir", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, March 1985, pp. 9-22.
  • Ballif, Claude. "Du Grand Cluster au Micro-tonalisme", L'Habitant du Labyrinthe, Pro Musica, 1992, pp. 99-108.
  • Balsach, Llorenç. La convergència harmònica. Morfogènesi dels acords i de les escales musicals. Clivis Publications, Barcelona, 1994.
  • Balsach, Llorenç. "Tonos virtuales y análisis armónico", WWW, 1996.
  • Balsach, Llorenç. "Application of pitch theory in music analysis", PDF, WWW, 1996.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. Chronometric Studies of the Musical Interval Sense. Doctoral diss. Stanford University, 1977. Univ. Microfilms, no. 77-25, 643.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "On the Bases of Similarity of Musical Intervals: A chronometric analysis", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 61, 1977, Supplement 1, p. S51.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "Musical vs. Psychoacoustical Variables and Their Influence on the Perception of Musical Intervals", Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 1978.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "The Structural Uniqueness of the Diatonic Order", paper presented at the Western Psychological Association Symposium, Cognitive Structure of Musical Pitch, San Francisco, April 20, 1978.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "The group theoretic description of 12-fold and microtonal pitch systems", Computer Music Journal vol. 4 no. 4, 1980, pp. 66-84.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. and B.W. Liesch. "The role of chroma and scalestep in the recognition of musical intervals in and out of context", Psychomusicology vol. 2 no. 2, 1982, pp. 3-31.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "The Pitch Set as a Level of Description for Studying Musical Pitch Perception", Music, Mind and Brain, Manfred Clynes (ed.), Plenum Press, New York, 1982, pp. 321-351.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. Changing Conceptions of Pitch and Timbre: A Modest Proposal. Paper presented at the 106th meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, San Diego, November 1983, 12 pages.
  • Balzano, Gerald J. "What Are Musical Pitch and Timbre?", Music Perception vol. 3 no. 3, spring 1986, pp. 297-314.
  • Balzer, Klaus and Bernd Streitberg. "Counterpoint compositions on non-tempered systems: Theory and algorithms", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Glasgow, 1990, pp. 328-331.
  • Ban, Joan Albert. Dissertatio epistolica de musicae natura, origine, progressu et denique studio bene instituendo. Isaac Commelin, Leiden, 1637, 60 pages. Also in H. de Groot et alii, Dissertationes de studiis instituendis. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1645.
  • Ban, Joan Albert. Zangh-Bloemzel & Kort Sangh-Bericht. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1642/1643. Reprint Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1969, Series: Early Music Theory in the Low Countries vol. 1, Frits R. Noske (ed.), 83 pages.
  • Banchieri, Adriano. "Regola in accordare arpicordi per suonare solo o in concerto", L'Organo suonarino, Ricciardo Amadino, Venice, 1605.
  • Bancquart, Alain. "Clefs pour mémoire, 20-ième siècle", Images de la musique française, Sacem & Papiers, Paris, 1986, pp. 129-134.
  • Bancquart, Alain. "Imaginaire, combinatoire. Essai sur la composition en micro-intervalles", Les Cahiers du CIREM vols. 28-29, PUT, Tours, 1994, p. 9.
  • Bandopadhyay, Ramaswami. The Origin of Raga. Delhi, 1946.
  • Bannay, Gilles. "La gamme: un peu de théorie", WWW, 1998.
  • Banta, Christopher C. "Resonators, Part 1: Types and How They Work", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, fall 1981, pp. 13-17.
  • Banta, Christopher C. "New Approaches to Pentatonic Notation", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 9-10, 23.
  • Banta, Christopher C. "Resonators, Part 2: How to Tune and Measure Them", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 16-19.
  • Baqueiro Foster, G. "La impugnación y el sonido 13", El Sonido 13, December 1924, pp. 2-9.
  • Baqueiro Foster, G. and D. Castañeda. "Teoría general de la subdivisión del tono, su fondamento científico, su critica y su porvenir", Trabajos técnicos del Primer Congreso Nacional de Musica, Talleres Gráficos de la Nación, Mexico, 1928, pp. 31-42.
  • Baqueiro Foster, G. "El 'Novaro-clave'", Revista tricolor vol. 5, 14 October 1944, pp. 36-40. Also in Pauta vol. 7 no. 25, January-March 1988, pp. 36-40.
  • Baqueiro Foster, G. "El 'Novaro-clave' invento mexicano que revolucionará el mundo musical", Color, pensiamento y acción de México vol. 1 no. 5, 1944.
  • Baqueiro Foster, G. "Augusto Novaro, revolucionario mexicano del arte de violería", Revista del Conservatorio vol. 9, p. 6, vol. 10, p. 6, vol. 11, p.5.
  • Barassi, Elena Ferrari. "Il monocordo di Prosdocimo de Beldemandi. Nota bibliografica", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 25, 1991, pp. 83-89.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Arithmetic and geometric division of the tetrachord", Journal of Music Theory vol. 21 no. 2, 1977, pp. 294-323.
  • Barbera, Charles André. The persistence of Pythagorean mathematics in ancient musical thought. PhD thesis, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1980.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Interpreting an arithmetical error in Boethius's 'De institutione musica' (iii. 14-16)", Arch. Internat. Hist. Sci. vol. 31 no. 106, 1981, pp. 26-41.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "The Consonant Eleventh and the Expansion of the Musical Tetractys: A Study of Ancient Pythagoreanism", Journal of Music Theory vol. 28 no. 2, 1984, pp. 191-223.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Octave species", Journal of Musicology vol. 3 no. 3, 1984, pp. 229–241.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Diesis", in The New Harvard Dictionary of Music, Don Michael Randel (ed.), The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1986, p. 231.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Easley Blackwood: The Structure of Recognizable Diatonic Tunings (book review)", Journal of Music Theory vol. 32, 1988.
  • Barbera, Charles André. "Adriaan Daniël Fokker: Selected Musical Compositions, R.A. Rasch (ed.) (book review)", Journal of Music Theory vol. 33 no. 2, fall 1989, pp. 393-399.
  • Barbera, Charles André (ed.) The Euclidean Division of the canon: Greek and Latin sources: new critical texts and translations on facing pages, with an introduction, annotations, and indices verborum and nominum et rerum. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, 1991, 316 pages.
  • Barbereau, Mathurin Auguste Balthasar. Traité d'harmonie théorique et pratique. Lemoine, Paris, 1848, 2 vols.
  • Barbereau, Mathurin Auguste Balthasar. Etude sur l'origine du système musical. Bachelier, Paris, 1864. Pallez-Rousseau, Metz.
  • Barbier, Pierre-Émile. Article Alois Hába in Guide de la musique de chambre, Fayard, Paris, 1989, pp. 366-372.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Persistenza dei temperamenti inequabili nell'Ottocento italiano", L'Organo vol. 20, Bologna, 1982, pp. 57-124.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "I temperamenti ciclici da Vicentino (1555) a Buliowski (1699): teoria e pratica 'archicembalistica'", L'Organo vol. 21, Pàtron Editore, Bologna, 1983, pp. 129-208.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. Ancora sul temperamento degli organi di S. Petronio. Ancona, 1984.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Giordano Riccati on the diameters of strings and pipes", Galpin Society Journal vol. 38, April 1985, p. 20.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il temperamento equabile nel periodo frescobaldiano", Girolamo Frescobaldi nel IV centenario della nascità: Ferrara 1983, S. Durante and D. Fabris (eds.), Olschki, Firenze, 1986, pp. 387-424.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Cembali enarmonici e organi negli scritti di Athanasius Kircher - Con documenti inediti su Galeazzo Sabbatini", Enciclopedismo in Roma barocca - Athanasius Kircher e il museo del Collegio Romano fra Wunderkammer e Museo Scientifico, M. Casciato; M.G. Ianniello and M. Vitale (eds.), Marsilio, Venice, 1986, pp. 111-128.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio and Lindoro Massimo Del Duca. "Renaissance and Baroque microtonal music research in computer real time performance", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, October 1986, Royal Conservatory of Music, The Hague, no. 51, Paul Berg (ed.), Computer Music Association, San Francisco, 1986.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Giuseppe Sarti fisico acustico e teorico musicale", Giuseppe Sarti musicista faentino. Atti del convegno internazionale (Faenza, 25-27 novembre 1983), Mario Baroni and Maria Gioia Tavoni (eds.), Mucchi, Modena, 1986.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "L’espressione degli ‘affetti’ mediante l’ineguale accordatura degli strumenti da tasto nel Settecento veneto", Convegno di studi "Organaria veneta: patrimonio e salvaguardia", Centro studi di arte organaria veneta, Vicenza, 1986, pp. 41-67.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio (ed.), Giordano Riccati, Alessandro Barca, Francesco Antonio Vallotti. Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto. Series: Pubblicazioni del Corso Superiore di Paleografia e Semiografia Musicale dell'Umanesmo al Barocco no. I:5:2. Torre d'Orfeo, Roma, 1987, 382 + 264 pages.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "La 'Sambuca Lincea' di Fabio Colonna e il 'Tricembalo' di Scipione Stella - Con notizie sugli strumenti enarmonici del Domenichino", La musica a Napoli durante il seicento, Torre d'Orfeo, Roma, 1987, pp. 167-216.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Martini e gli armonisti 'fisico-matematici': Tartini, Rameau, Riccati, Vallotti", Padre Martini. Musica e cultura nel Settecento europeo, Angelo Pompilio (ed.), Olschki, Florence, 1987, pp. 173-209.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Juan Caramuel Lobkowitz (1606-1682): Über die musikalischen Logarithmen und das Problem der musikalischen Temperatur", Musiktheorie vol. 2 no. 2, 1987, pp. 145-168.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Organ tonal finishing and fine tuning (review)", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 21 no. 3, July-September 1987, pp. 489-490.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio and Lindoro Massimo del Duca. L. del Duca, Renaissance and Baroque Microtonal Music Research in Computer Real Time Performance. Royal Conservatory of Music, L'Aja, 1987.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. Il Cembalo Omnicordo di Francesco Nigeti in due memorie inedite di G.B. Doni (1647) e B. Bresciani (1719). Olschki, Florence, 1988.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "An unknown 15th-century French manuscript on organ building and tuning", The Organ Yearbook vol. 20, 1989, pp. 5-20.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (book review)", Orgues meridionales no. 34, 1989, pp. 109-110.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Conflitti di intonazione tra cembalo, liuto e archi nel "concerto" italiano del Seicento", Studi corelliani vol. IV. Olschki, Florence, 1990, pp. 123-153.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "L'intonazione violinistica da Corelli al Romanticismo", Studi musicali vol. 19 no. 2, 1990, pp. 319-384.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Conflitti di intonazione tra cembalo, liuto ed archi nel ‘concerto’ italiano del Seicento", Studi Corelliani vol. 4, Pierluigi Petrobelli and Gloria Staffieri (eds.), Olschki, Florence, 1990, pp. 123-153.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Gli ingegnosi cembali e 'violicembali' inventati da Juan Caramuel Lobkowitz per Ferdinando III (c. 1650): notizie inedite dal manoscritto Musica", Comune di Vigevano, Vigevano, 1990, pp. 91-112.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Violin Intonation: A Historical Survey", Boston Early Festival, Cornell University Press, 1987. Early Music vol. 19 no. 1, February 1991, pp. 69-88.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Calegari, Vallotti, Riccati e le teorie armoniche di Rameau: priorità, concordanze, contrasti", Rivista Italiana di Musicologia vol. 26 no. 2, 1991, pp. 241-302.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il 'migliore' sistema musicale temperato: 'Querelles' fra Estève, Romieu e altri accademici francesi (c.1740-60)", L'Organo vol. 27, Bologna, 1991-1992, pp. 31-81.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Krizanic, Caramuel e P.F. Valentini sulla divisione dell'ottava musicale", Rad Hrvatske Akademije Znanosti i Umjetnosti no. 454, 1992, pp. 19-48. Summary in Croatian.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Giordano Riccati fisico acustico e teorico musicale: Con una memoria inedità di acustica architettonica", I Riccati e la cultura della Marca nel Settecento europeo, Olschki, Florence, 1992, pp. 279-304.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Tartinis Dritter Ton Eulers Harmonische Exponenten. Mit einem unveröffentlichten Manuskript Tartinis", Musiktheorie vol. 7 no. 3, 1992, pp. 219-234.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il sistema armonico di Tartini nelle 'censure' di due celebri fisico-matematici: Eulero e Riccati", Tartini. Il tempo e le opere, A. Bombi & M.N. Massaro (eds.), Il Mulino, Bologna, 1994, pp. 321-344.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "L'inarmonicità degli strumenti musicali a corda (1543-1993). Con una memoria inedita di J.-B. Mercadier (1784)", Strumenti, musica e ricerca. Atti del Convegno internazionale, Cremona, 28-29 October 1994, Elena Ferrari Barassi, Marco Fracassi, and Giampaolo Gregori (eds.), Ente Triennale Internazionale degli Strumenti ad Arco, Cremona, 2000.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "L’accordatura strumentale in Toscana: proposte e contrasti da V. Galilei a Cristofori (c.1580-1730)", Musicologia humana. Studies in honor of Warren and Ursula Kirkendale, Siegfried Gmeinwieser, David Hiley, and Jörg Riedlbauer (eds.), Olschki, Florence, 1994.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il mesolabio e il compasso di proporzione: le applicazioni musicali di due strumenti matematici (1558-1675)", Musica, scienze e idee nella Serenissima durante il Seicento. Atti del Convegno Internazionale di studi, Venezia 13-15 dicembre 1993, Francesco Passadore and Franco Rossi (eds.), Edizioni Fondazione Levi, Venice, 1996.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "The inharmonicity of musical string instruments (1543-1993). With an unpublished memoir by J.-B. Mercadier (1784)", Studi Musicali vol. 27 no. 2, 1998, pp. 383-419.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "G.B. Orazi's Enharmonic Flute and its Music (1797-1815)", Galpin Society Journal vol. 52, 1999, p. 281.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio and Lindoro Massimo del Duca. "Late-Renaissance Quarter-tone Compositions (1555-1618): The Performance of the ETS-31 with a DSP System", Musical Sounds from Past Millennia: Proceedings of the International Symposium on Musical Acoustics 2001, Diego L. González, Domenico Stanzial and Davide Bonsi (eds.), 2 vols., Fondazione Giorgio Cini, Venice, 2001.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "'Galileo's' coincidence theory of consonances, from Nicomachus to Sauveur", Recercare vol. 13, 2001, pp. 201-232.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il temperamento equabile nell'Ottocento napoletano: l'acustico P. A. de Luca (1778-1864) e i suoi manoscritti inediti", L'Organo vol. 35, 2002, pp. 93-122.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "The evolution of open-chain enharmonic keyboards, c1480-1650. L’evoluzione delle tastiere enarmoniche a catena aperta, c1480-1650", Chromatische und enharmonische Musik und Musikinstrumente des 16. und 17. Jahrhunderts, Schweizer Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 22, Joseph Willimann (ed.), Verlag Peter Lang, Bern, 2002.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "La nascita delle teorie ‘continue’ della consonanza. La ignorata curva di Draghetti e Foderà, poi di Helmholtz (1771-1837)", Acta Musicologica vol. 74, 2002, pp. 55-75.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Temperaments, Historical", Piano: An Encyclopedia, 2nd edition, Robert Palmieri and Margaret W. Palmieri (eds.), Routledge, New York, 2003.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il revival delle tastiere enarmoniche: nuove soluzioni (1760-1880)", L'Organo vol. 39, 2007, pp. 175-236.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. "Pietro Della Valle: the Esthèr oratorio (1639) and other experiments in the “stylus metabolicus”. With new documents on triharmonic instruments", Recercare vol. 19 no. 1-2, 2007, pp. 73-124.
  • Barbieri, Patrizio. Enharmonic instruments and music, 1470-1900. Revised and translated studies. Il Levante Libreria Editrice, Latina, 2008, 628 pages. CD included.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Synthetic musical scales", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 36 no. 3, 1929, pp. 155–160.
  • Barbour, James Murray. Equal Temperament: its History from Ramis (1482) to Rameau (1737). PhD thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca NY, 1932, 353 pages.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "The Persistence of the Pythagorean Tuning System", Scripta Mathematica vol. 1, 1933, pp. 286-304.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Nierop's Hackebort", Musical Quarterly vol. 20 no. 1, Jan. 1934, pp. 312-319.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Just Intonation Confuted", Music and Letters vol. 19 no. 1, 1938, pp. 48-60.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Musical logarithms", Scripta Mathematica vol. 7, 1940, pp. 21-31.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Bach and the 'Art of Temperament'", Musical Quarterly vol. 33 no. 1, Nauray, 1947, pp. 64-89. Also in Garland Library of HWM vol. 6, 1985, pp. 2-27.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Music and Ternary Continued Fractions", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 55 no. 9, 1948, pp. 545-555.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Irregular Systems of Temperament", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 1 no. 3, 1948, pp. 20-26.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Musical Scales and Their Classification", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 21 no. 6, 1949, pp. 586–589.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "More on the Leipzig Organ Tuning", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 3 no. 1, 1950, pp. 41-44.
  • Barbour, James Murray. Tuning and Temperament: A Historical Survey. Michigan State College Press, East Lansing, 1951. Reprint Da Capo Press, New York, 1973, 228 pages. Reprint Dover, New York, 2004.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Violin intonation in the 18th century", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 5 no. 3, 1952, pp. 224–234.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "A geometrical approximation to the roots of numbers", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 64 no. 1, 1957, pp. 1–9.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "The principles of Greek notation", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 13 no. 1/3, 1960, pp. 1–17.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Mißverständnisse über die Stimmung des javanischen Gamelans", Die Musikforschung vol. 16, Kassel, 1963, pp. 315-323.
  • Barbour, James Murray. "Temperatur und Stimmung", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart Band 12, Friedrich Blume (ed.), Kassel, 1965, pp. 213-227.
  • Barca, Alessandro. Nuove teoremi per la divisione delle ragioni... Bergamo, 1781.
  • Barca, Alessandro. "Introduzione ad una Nuova teoria di musica - Memoria prima", Saggi scientifici e lattari, Accademia di scienze, lettere ed arti in Padova, 1786, pp. 365-418.
  • Barca, Alessandro. Introduzione ad una Nuova teoria di musica - Memoria seconda. Padova, 1789. New edition Introduzione a una Nuova teoria di musica - Memoria seconda: De suoni aggiunti ossia delle dissonanze e dell'armonia dissonante. 1809.
  • Barca, Alessandro. Di una nuova Teoria di Musica - Memoria III: Dei sistemi e delle scale. I. Bg. S. Aless, Bergamo, 1800-1805. Also in Saggi scientifici e letterari dell' Academia di Padova vol. 4, 1809, pp. 184-221.
  • Barca, Alessandro. De 'Principi del temperamento della nostra musica. I. Bg. S. Aless, Bergamo, 1806.
  • Barclay, Robert L. (ed.) The Care of Historic Musical Instruments. CCIM, 1997.
  • Bardos, Lajos. Natürliche Tonsysteme. Budapest, 1956.
  • Bares, Peter. "Maß und Zahl: Über Orgeln und Musik", in Werkzeuge der Stille: die neuen Orgeln in Sankt Peter zu Köln, Michael Gassmann (ed.), Wienand, 2004, 64 pages.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "La gamme de la musique Iranienne", Cahier d'Acoustique in Annales des Télécommunications vol. 5, May 1947, p. 5.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "La gamme persane et ses rapports avec la gamme occidentale", Olympia vol. 1 no. 1, 1950, p. 53.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "Mésure des intervalles harmoniques de la gamme à partir de la sensation subjective de consonnance", Acustica vol. 2, 1952, p. 252.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "Quelques idées nouvelles sur la consonance", Colloque International d'Acoustique Musicale, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique no. 84, Paris, 1958, pp. 21-28.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "L'évolution de la gamme dans la musique orientale", Colloque International d'Acoustique Musicale, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique no. 84, Paris, 1958, pp. 39-45.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi. "Les échelles régulières du cycle des quintes et leurs déformations occasionelles dans les cadres non pentatoniques", in coll. intern. CNRS La résonance dans les échelles musicales, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1960, p. 173.
  • Barkechli, Mehdi and Moussa Ma'aroufi. La musique traditionelle de l'Iran / Les systèmes de la musique traditionnelle de l'Iran (radif) avec Transcription et notation musicale occidentale. Secrétariat d'État aux Beaux-Arts, Teheran, 1963. Also in Farsi moosiqi-ye sonnati-ye iran, Teheran, 1963.
  • Barker, Andrew. "Music and Perception: A Study in Aristoxenus", Journal of Hellenistic Studies vol. 98, 1978, pp. 9-16.
  • Barker, Andrew. "Hoi Kaloumenoi Harmonikoi: The Predecessors of Aristoxenus", Proceedings of the Cambridge Philological Society vol. 24, 1978, pp. 1–21.
  • Barker, Andrew (ed.) Greek Musical Writings. Vol. 1 The Musician and his Art. Vol. 2 Harmonic and Acoustic Theory. Cambridge Readings in the Literature of Music, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 1989.
  • Barker, Andrew. Scientific Method in Ptolemy's 'Harmonics'. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2001, 290 pages.
  • Barkowsky, Johannes. Anleitung zur Berechnung von Intervallen in einigen musikalischen Stimmungssystemen. Hannover, 1996.
  • Barlow, Clarence. Bus journey to Parametron. Feedback Papers vol. 21-23, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, 1980. Deutsche Zusammenfassung "Busreise nach Parametron", Neuland vol. 1, Herbert Henck (ed.), Bergisch Gladbach, 1980, pp. 114-118.
  • Barlow, Clarence. "Zur Harmonik nordindischer Raagen oder: Was ist überhaupt ein Raag?", Weltmusik vol. 1, Feedback Papers (Sonderheft), Peter Ausländer and Johannes Fritsch (eds.), Köln, 1981, pp. 103-114.
  • Barlow, Clarence. "Two Essays on Theory", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, 1987, pp. 44-60.
  • Barlow, Clarence. "AUTOBUSK - An Algorithmic Real-Time Pitch & Rhythm Improvisation Programme", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Glasgow, 1990, pp. 166-168.
  • Barlow, Clarence. "Harmonik und Quantität", Ex Machina 1990: Das Buch zum Festival, Folkwang-Hochschule Essen, 1990, pp. 47-55.
  • Barlow, Clarence (ed.) The Ratio Book. Proceedings of the Ratio Symposium from 14 to 16 December 1992 in The Hague, Feedback Papers vol. 43, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, 1999, 349 pages. Articles by Clarence Barlow, Demetrios Lekkas, Anne La Berge, Wim van der Meer, Schu-chi Lee, Bernard Bel, James Tenney, Pascal Decroupet, Volker Abel, Hartmut Möller, Daniel Wolf, Keith Howard, Habib Touma, Stan Tempelaars, Barbara Thornton and Wouter Swets.
  • Barlow, Clarence. "'...Eine arithmetische Übung der Seele...' (Über die Rationalisierung einer harmonisch irrationalen Tonhöhenmenge sowie Ist die Harmonik ein Spezialfall der Polymetrik?)", Drei ausgewählte Vorträge zur Musikinformatik, Musikwissenschaftliches Institut der Johannes-Gutenberg-Universität Mainz, IAK-Sonderband, Bericht Nr.34, 1998, pp. 11-32.
  • Barlow, Clarence. Von der Musiquantenlehre. Feedback Papers vol. 34, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, in preparation.
  • Barnard, Hans and D.J. Hamoen. "Het 19-toons orgel uit Keiolonië", Bouwbrief vol. 34, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, Aug. 1984, pp. 14-19.
  • Barnard, Hans et al. De Keiaanse Muziek. Derde uitgave, Stichting Vrienden van Keiolonië, Amsterdam-Texel, 1985, 67 pages.
  • Barnard, Hans, L. Sluiter and B. den Hollander. "Keiaanse muziekinstrumenten", Bouwbrief vol. 37, Utrecht, May 1985, pp. 7-8.
  • Barnard, Hans, W.Z. Wendrich and Bart Hopkin. "Kayenian musical instruments", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 3 no. 1, June 1987, pp. 14-15.
  • Barnard, Hans. "The matzaar and aliquot tonescales", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6, December 1990, pp. 18-19.
  • Barnard, Hans. "Musical Tuning and Notation in Kayolonia", WWW, 2003.
  • Barnes, John. "The Specious Uniformity of Italian Harpsichords", in Keyboard Instruments: Studies in Keyboard Organology, E.M. Ripin (ed.), Edinburg, 1971, 1977, pp. 1-10.
  • Barnes, John. "Bach's Keyboard Temperament: Internal Evidence from the Well-tempered clavier", Early Music vol. 7 no. 2, April 1979, pp. 236-249. Followup correspondence in Early Music vol. 8, 1980, pp. 511-513 (Philip P. Jones); vol. 9, Jan. 1981, p. 141 (H.A. Kellner); April 1981, pp. 219-221 (Cl. Di Veroli); Oct. 1981, p. 579 (J. Barnes)
  • Barnes, John. "Reconstruction of Douwes' clavichord", De Clavicordio, Proceedings of the International Clavichord Symposium, B. Brauchli; S. Brauchli and A. Galazzo (eds.), Magnano, 1993, pp. 75-77.
  • Barrière, Jean-Baptiste. "Écriture et Modèles, remarques croisées sur séries et spectre", Entretemps, septembre 1989, vol. 8, Paris, pp. 13-23.
  • Barrière, Jean-Baptiste (ed.) Le timbre, métaphore pour la composition. IRCAM, Paris, Éd. Christian Bourgois, 1991.
  • Barry, Wilson. "Henri Arnaut de Zwolle's Clavicordium and the Origin of the Chekker", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 11, 1985.
  • Bartel, Kerstin. "Experimente mit Viertel- und Sechsteltonsystemen Alois Hába - ein Porträt zum 100. Geburtstag", Das Orchester vol. 7-8, 1993.
  • Barthelmes, Barbara. "Kompositionen für Vierteltöne: Ästhetische Positionen", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 9-22.
  • Barthelmes, Barbara. Son et Image. Le projet de la coupole lumineuse [de Wyschnegradsky]. 1990, unpublished.
  • Barthelmes, Barbara. Raum und Klang. Das musikalische und theoretische Schaffen Ivan Wyschnegradskys. Dissertation, Technische Universität Berlin, 1991. Wolke Verlag, Hofheim, 1995, 511 pages.
  • Barthelmes, Barbara. "Mikrotöne", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1997.
  • Bartlett, David. "The Mathematics of Tuning and Temperament, with audio examples", WWW, 1998.
  • Bartlett, Martin. "A Microcomputer-Controlled Synthesis System for Live Performance", Foundations of Computer Music, MIT Press, Cambridge MA, 1985.
  • Bartlett, Martin. "Relative Ratio Tuning: An Intonational Strategy for Performance Systems", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 1, 1991, pp. 71-73.
  • Bartók, Béla. "Das Problem der neuen Musik", Melos vol. 1, 1920. Reprinted in Melos vol. 25, 1958, pp. 232-235.
  • Bartók, Béla. "Vom Einfluß der Bauernmusik auf die Musik unserer Zeit", 1921. Reprint in Musik der Zeit vol. 3, 1953, p. 18. In Hungarian in: Uj Idok, 1931. English translation "The influence of peasant music on modern music" in Tempo, Boosey & Hawkes Ltd, London, 1949 and Contemporary Composers on Contemporary Music, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York, 1967, pp. 72-79.
  • Bartolozzi, Bruno. New Sounds for Woodwind. Translated by Reginald Smith Brindle (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1967, 1971.
  • Bartolus, Abraham. Musica mathematica, Das ist: Das Fundament der allerlieblichsten Kunst der Musicae, wie nemlich dieselbe in der Natur stecke, und ihre gewisse proportiones, das ist, gewicht und mass habe, und wie dieselben in der Mathematica, fürnehmlich aber in der Geometria und Astronomia beschrieben seind: Sonnsten genennet die beschreibung des Instrumentes Magadis oder Monochordi: Allen liebhabern und Künstlern der Music zu gefallen und sonderlichen nutz in deutsch gegeben, durch M. Abrahamum Bartolum, Bentensem Minieum. Johann Meuschken, Altenburg in Meissen, 1614. VI. Teil des Theatrum Machinarum von Henning Groß. Heinrich Zersing, 1708.
  • Bary, Émile. Acoustique. Note sur un procédé très-simple pour accorder une guitare sans le secours de l'oreille. Imprimerie de Casimir, Paris, 1835.
  • Baschet, François. "The Baschet Experience", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 12-14.
  • Baschet, François. "The Baschet Experience: Part II from the 'Sound Sculpture' Papers", Interval vol. 4 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 6-7.
  • Bateman, Wayne A. Introduction to Computer Music. Wiley, 1980, p. 221.
  • Bates, Charles Norman. Developing the ability to recognize microtones (musical perception). PhD diss., Ohio State University, 1992, 189 pages.
  • Bates, Robert F. "Nivers' Tonal Material: Tuning Restrictions and the Developments of the Major-Minor System", The Organ Yearbook vol. 18, 1987, pp. 78-94.
  • Bates, Robert F. and K. Marshall. "A Response from the Custodians: More Thoughts on the Stanford Temperaments", Performance Practice Review vol. 2, 1989, pp. 147-169.
  • Bates, Robert F.; Mark Lindley and Kimberley Marshall. "The Stanford Eclectic Tunings", Performance Practice Review vol. 5, 1992, pp. 159-197.
  • Báthory-Kitsz, Dennis. "Construal of Musical Process Architecture", Consorting, June 1992.
  • Batish, Ashwin and S.D. Batish. Ragopedia: Exotic Scales of North India. Batish Institute, 1989, 190 pages.
  • Battan, Suzette Mary. Alois Hába's 'Neue Harmonielehre des diatonischen, chromatischen, Viertel-, Drittel-, Sechstel- und Zwölftel-Tonsystems'. PhD dissertation with annotated English translation, Eastman School of Music, Rochester, 1980, 2 vols., 366 pages.
  • Baud-Bovy, Samuel. "L'accord de la lyre antique et la musique populaire de la Grèce moderne", Revue de musicologie vol 53 no. 1, 1967, pp. 3-20.
  • Baud-Bovy, Samuel. "Bourgault-Ducoudray et la musique grecque ecclésiastique et profane", Schaeffner Festschrift, 1982, pp. 153-163.
  • Bavington, Peter and Miles Hellon. "Evidence of historical temperament from fretted clavichords", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 64, July 1991, pp. 55-58.
  • Bavington, Peter. "Clavichord tuning and maintenance 13: More thoughts on temperament setting", The British Clavichord Society Newsletter no. 20, June 2001, pp. 9-13.
  • Bavington, Peter. "The Temperament of the Donat Clavichord", WWW, July 2002.
  • Bavington, Peter. "Two books on temperament. Ross W. Duffin: How Equal Temperament Ruined Harmony, A.C.N. Mackenzie of Ord: The Temperament of Keyboard Music: Its Character; its Musicality; and its History (book reviews)", British Clavichord Society Newsletter vol. 41, June 2008.
  • Bayer, Francis. De Schönberg à Cage. Essai sur la notion d'espace sonore dans la musique contemporaine. Éd. Klincksieck, Paris, 1981.
  • Bayer, Karl. Auflösung der Antinomie Tonalität kontra Atonalität, Atonalität kontra Tonalität im Medium des Pytagoreischen Kommas und reinen-edlen-Gesanges. Lübeck, 1980.
  • Beach, David Williams. The Harmonic Theories of Johann Philipp Kirnberger: Their Origins and Influences. PhD diss., Yale University, 1974.
  • Beach, David Williams. "The Origins of Harmonic Analysis", Journal of Music Theory vol. 18, 1974, pp. 274-306.
  • Beach, David Williams. "Georg Andreas Sorge - Genealogia allegorica intervallorum octavae diatono-chromaticae. Translation and Edition", Theoria vol. 14, 2007, pp. 7-56.
  • Beaufils, Daniel and Martine Grente. "À propos d'acoustique musicale: la question des gammes", Bulletin de l'Union des Physiciens vol. 775, 1995, pp. 1107-1122.
  • Beaufils, Daniel and Martine Grente. "À propos des gammes musicales", WWW, 1998.
  • Beaulieu, Marc. "Cyclical Structures and Linear Voice-Leading in the Music of Ivan Wyschnegradsky", ex tempore vol. 5 no. 2, West Springfield MA, fall 1991.
  • Becker, Judith. Traditional Music in Modern Java. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 1980.
  • Becker, Judith. "Is Western Art Music Superior?", Musical Quarterly vol. 72 no. 2, 1986, pp. 341-359.
  • Becker, Judith. "Time and tune in Java", Music as Culture, Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 233-246.
  • Becker, Judith. "Auf die Stimmung kommt es an - Entwicklung der Stimmtonhöhe bei Blockflöten", Instrumentenbau-Zeitschrift vol. 49, Siegburg, January-February 1996, pp. 80-81.
  • Becker, Luthfi. La viole de gambe. Dessain et Tolra, Paris, 1982, 112 pages.
  • Bédos de Celles, F. (Dom) L'Art du facteur d'orgues. Paris, 1766/1778. Reprint in Hamel, Encyclopédie Roret, Paris, 1849. Reprint Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1965.
  • Beebe, Carey. "Historic Temperaments, WWW, 2005.
  • Beeckman, Isaac. Journal tenu de Isaac Beeckman de 1604 à 1634. Cornelis de Waard (ed.), Tome I & III, Den Haag, 1939, 1945.
  • Beer, Anton de. "The Development of 31-tone Music", Sonorum Speculum vol. 38, Amsterdam, 1969, pp. 3-16. German translation "Die Entwicklung der 31-Tonmusik", Sonorum Speculum vol. 38, 1969, pp. 26-39.
  • Beer, Anton de. Guide for the use of the archiphone. Stichting Huygens-Fokker, Haarlem, 1976.
  • Behrens-Senegalden, G.A. Die Vierteltöne in der Musik. Begleitschrift zu der Erfindung eines achromatischen Klaviers und Entwurf zur Darstellung der Vierteltöne als Notenschrift. Berlin, 1892.
  • Behringer, Reinhold. "Quantitative Metric for Tonality Morphology in the Tonnetz Torus", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Beichert, Eugen Alfred. "Die Wissenschaft der Musik bei Al-Farabi", Regensburg, 1931. In Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch vol. 27, 1937, pp. 9-48.
  • Békésy, Georg von. "Über die eben merkliche Amplituden- und Frequenzänderung eines tones, Physikalische Zeitschrift vol. 29, 1928.
  • Békésy, Georg von. "Zur Theorie des Hörens. Über die Bestimmung des einem reinen Tonempfinden entsprechenden Erregungsgebietes des Basilamembran vermittelst Ermüdigungserscheinungen", Physikalische Zeitschrift vol. 30, 1929, p. 115.
  • Békésy, Georg von. "Über die nichtlinearen Verzerrungen des Ohres", Annalen der Physik vol. 20 no. 5, 1934, p. 809.
  • Békésy, Georg von. "Über akustische Rauhigkeit", Zeitschrift für technische Physik vol. 16, 1935, pp. 276-282.
  • Békésy, Georg von. Experiments in Hearing. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1960.
  • Bel, Bernard. "Musical acoustics: Beyond Levy's 'Intonation of Indian Music'", ISTAR Newsletter no. 2, New Delhi, April-June 1984, pp. 7-12.
  • Bel, Bernard. "Pitch perception and pitch extraction in melodic music", ISTAR Newsletter no. 3-4, New Delhi, 1985, pp. 54-59.
  • Bel, Bernard. Raga, approches théoriques et expérimentales. Colloque International 'Structures Musicales et Assistance Informatique' MIM-CRSM-Sud Musiques-CCSTI, Marseille, June 1988, 22 pages.
  • Bel, Bernard. A Mathematical Discussion of the Ancient Theory of Scales according to Natyasastra, Note 272, GRTC, CNRS, Marseille, 1988.
  • Belet, Brian. An Examination of the Theories and Compositions of James Tenney, 1982-1985. MA thesis, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1990, 151 pages.
  • Belet, Brian. "Toward a Unification of Algorithmic Composition, Real-Time Software Synthesis, and Live Performance Interaction", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, San Jose, 1992, pp. 158-161.
  • Bélis, Annie. "Les 'nuances' dans le traité d'Harmonique d'Aristoxène de Tarente", Revue des Etudes grecques vol. 95, 1982, pp. 54-73. Italian translation by Matilde Battistini "Le 'nuances' nel Trattato di armonica di Aristosseno di Taranto", WWW, 1999.
  • Bélis, Annie. Aristoxène de Tarente et Aristote: Le traité d'harmonique. Éd. Klincksieck, Paris, 1986, 274 pages.
  • Bélis, Annie. "La musica greca antica", Revue Archéologique, 1988, pp. 109-118.
  • Bélis, Annie. "L'harmonique comme science dans l'antiquité grecque", Quadrivium: Musique et sciences, Villette, Paris, 1992.
  • Beljajev, Victor. Cetvertitonnaja muzyka, Zizn'isusstva vol. 18, Leningrad, 1925.
  • Bellamy, Sister Laurette. The Sonido Trece theoretical works of Julián Carrillo: A translation with commentary. Thesis, Indiana University, May 1972.
  • Bellasich, Alda, E. Fadini, S. Leschiutta, Mark Lindley. Il Clavicembalo. Organologia, accordatura, notazione, diteggiatura. EDT/Musica, Torino, 1984, 239 pages.
  • Bellerman, Heinrich. Die Tonleitern und Musiknoten der Griechen. A. Förstner, Berlin, 1847. Reprint Wiesbaden, 1969.
  • Bellerman, Heinrich. Die Größe der musikalischen Intervalle als Grundlage der Harmonie. Berlin, 1873.
  • Bellman, Jonathan. "Toward a Well-Tempered Chopin", Chopin in Performance: History, Theory, Practice, Proceedings of the 5th International Chopin in Performance Conference, Artur Szklener (ed.), Narodowy Instytut Fryderyka Chopina, Warsaw, 2005.
  • Belmondi, Prodocimo de. Parvus tractatus de modo monochordum dividendi. Padua, 1413.
  • Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Leçons de clavecin, et principes d'harmonie. Bluet, Paris, 1771. Réédité dans les Oeuvres complètes de Diderot, vol. XII, Paris, 1876.
  • Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Lettre concernant les dièses et les bémols. Paris, 1773.
  • Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Traité de Musique concernant les tons, les harmonies, les accords et le discours musical. 2 vols. l'auteur et Pissot, Paris, 1776.
  • Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Nouvel essai sur l'harmonie, suite du Traité de musique. l'auteur, Onfroy, Paris, 1779-1780. 2nd edition, B. Morin, Paris, 1781.
  • Bemetzrieder, Antoine. General instructions in music, containing precepts and examples in every branch of the science. With a new geometrical explanation of the musical scale, the modes and various kinds of music. London, 1790.
  • Benade, Arthur H. "On the mathematical theory of woodwind finger holes", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 32 no. 12, Dec. 1960, pp. 1591-1608.
  • Benade, Arthur H. "Measured end corrections for woodwind toneholes", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 41 no. 6, 1967, p. 1609.
  • Benade, Arthur H. Fundamentals of Musical Acoustics. Oxford University Press, 1976. Reprint with extensive corrections, Dover, New York, 1990, 608 pages.
  • Benade, Arthur H. and Roger B. Dannenberg. An automated approach to tuning. CCRMA, Stanford University, 1983, 14 pages. Also in Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, New York, 1983, pp. 81-90.
  • Benade, Arthur H. "On the tuning of clarinets", The Clarinet, November/December 1990, pp. 18-20.
  • Benade, Arthur H. and D.H. Keefe. "The physics of a new clarinet design", Galpin Society Journal vol. 49, 1996, pp. 113–142.
  • Bendeler, Johann Philipp. Organopoeia, oder: Unterweisung, Wie eine Orgel nach ihren Hauptstücken, ..., aus wahren Mathematischen Gründen zu erbauen. Frankfurt am Main, Leipzig, 1690. Re-edition by Rudolf Bruhin (ed.), Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1972. Laaber Verlag, Bibliotheca Organologica 28, Laaber, 72 pages.
  • Bender, G. "Le Futurisme Musical", Le Guide du Concert III, February 1912.
  • Benedetti, Giovanni Battista. Diversarum speculationum mathematicarum & physicarum liber. Bevilacqua, Turin, 1585.
  • Benedetto, Alessio Di. "Johann Sebastian Bach odiava il temperamento equabile", Prospettive musicali vol. 18 no. 1, 2000.
  • Bengtsson, Ingmar. "Stemming", Cappelens musikkleksikon, Cappelen, Oslo, 1980.
  • Benjamin, Gerald R. "Julián Carrillo and 'sonido trece'", Yearbook, Inter-American Institute for Musical Research vol. 3, 1967, pp. 37-68.
  • Bennetts, Kathryn, Donald Bousted and Peter Bowman. The Quarter-Tone Recorder Manual. No. 2084, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1998, 50 pages.
  • Benson, David J. "Musical scales and the Baker's Dozen", Matilde, Nyhedsbrev for Dansk Matematisk Forening no. 28, September 2006, pp. 15-16.
  • Benson, David J. Mathematics and Music. Course notes, University of Georgia, WWW, 1999-2006, 522 pages. Published in book form as Music: a Mathematical Offering, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, Dec. 2006, 426 pages.
  • Bent, Margaret. "Diatonic ficta", Early Music History vol. 4, 1984, pp. 1-48.
  • Bent, Margaret. "Diatonic ficta revisited", Music Theory Online vol. 2 no. 6, 1996.
  • Benz, Wolfram. "Hans Kayser - ein Leben für die Harmonik der Welt", WWW, 1996.
  • Berard, Wilford W. "The Eleventh and Thirteenth Partials", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5 no. 2, 1961, pp. 95-108.
  • Berg, Reinhard Alexander. Tuning for slow beating: A resource in electronic music composition. MA thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1977, 36 pages plus tapes.
  • Bergeijk, Willem A. van; John R. Pierce and Edward E. David Jnr. Waves and the Ear. Heinemann, 1961.
  • Bergenfeld, Nathan. "The cross relation and Elizabethan music: Causes and classification", Diapason vol. 61 no. 5, April 1970, pp. 10-11.
  • Berger, Karol. Theories of chromatic and enharmonic music in Italy in the second half of the sixteenth century. PhD diss. in Music History, Yale University, 1975, UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor MI, 1976, 1980, 243 pages.
  • Berger, Karol. "The expanding universe of musica ficta in theory from 1300 to 1550", Journal of Musicology vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1985-86, pp. 410-430.
  • Berger, Karol. Musica ficta. Theories of accidental inflections in vocal polyphony from Marchetto da Padova to Gioseffo Zarlino. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.
  • Berger, Karyn Ann. Flute Intonation: a Comparison of Modern and Theobald Boehm Flutes Scales. DMA thesis, University of Cincinnati, 1999, 181 pages.
  • Bergh, Gertrude van den. Principes de musique, à l'usage des classes d'enseignement mutuel, établies par Mlle van den Bergh. Den Haag, 1830.
  • Berghmans, José. "A Music Stave for the Notation of Different Musics", Interface vol. 12 no. 4, 1983, pp. 525-540.
  • Bergquist, Peter. The theoretical writings of Pietro Aaron. Columbia University, 1964.
  • Berlin, Johan Daniel. Anleitung zur Tonometrie : oder, Wie man durch Hülfe der logarithmischen Rechnung nach der geometrischen Progressionsrechnung die so genannte gleichschwebende musikalische Temperatur leicht und bald ausrechnen kann : nebst einem Unterrichte von dem 1752 erfundenen und eingerichteten Monochordon = Anledning til tonemetrien : eller, Hvorledes man ved hielp af logarithmus-regning kan komme let og snart afsted ned at udregne efter den geometriske progressions-regning, det saakaldte ligedansvævende musicaliske temperatur. Kopenhagen & Friedrich Christian Pelt, Leipzig, 1767. Reprint in Series: Edition Norvegica, Bjarne Kortsen (ed.), vol. 10, Bjarne Kortsen, Bergen, 1976, 52 pages.
  • Berlin, Johan Daniel. "The collected works of Johan Daniel Berlin (1714-87)", The music of the Berlin family in Trondheim, Norway. Bjarne Kortsen (ed.), vol. 1, Bergen, 1977, 247 pages.
  • Bermel, Derek. "Derek Bermel Speaks with Ben Johnston", Paris New Music Review vol. 2 no. 4, 1995, pp. 2-3.
  • Bermudo, Juan. Declaración de instrumentos musicales. Osuna, 1555. Facsimile edition, Kassel, 1957. Dutch translation Verklaring der muziekinstrumenten by Nelly van Ree Bernard, Stichting voor Muziekhistorische Uitvoeringspraktijk, Utrecht, 1978.
  • Bernet Kempers, Karel Philippus. "Het ontstaan van toonsystemen", De Muziek vol. 7, Amsterdam, 1933, p. 258.
  • Bernoulli, Daniel. Letter to Euler, St. Petersburg, 1843.
  • Bernoviz, Nimrod. The Chinese Diao: Modal Practice in 15th Century Qin Music. PhD thesis, University of Pittsburgh MA, 1996.
  • Berrueta, Juan Dominguez. Teoria Fisica de la Música. Memorias de la real academia de ciencias exactas fisicas y naturales series 2/5, Madrid, 1927.
  • Berry, Rob. "Wendy Carlos: Beauty in the Beast (CD review)", WWW, 1994.
  • Bertagnolli, Paul. "Halévy's Quarter Tones", American Musicological Society, Society for Music Theory, Seattle, November 11-14, 2004.
  • Bertsch, Matthias. Studien zur Tonerzeugung auf der Trompete. PhD diss., Universität Wien, Vienna, 1998, 252 pages.
  • Bertsch, Matthias. "Intonation on trumpets", Proceedings of ISMA '98 (International Symposium on Musical Acoustics), ASA, Catgut, Leavenworth, 1998, 6 pages. German translation "Zur Intonation von Trompeten", 48. Jahrestagung der ÖPG, Fachausschuß für Akustik Karl-Franzens-Universität, ÖPG, Graz, 1998.
  • Bertsch, Matthias. "Zur Tonerzeugung auf der Trompete. Versuch einer Systematik möglicher Einflussfaktoren unter Berücksichtigung einer empirischer Forschungsansätze", Zeitschrift für systematische Musikwissenschaft, 2000, 16 pages.
  • Bérubé, Alfred. La gamme tempérée et le violon. La Pocatière, Québec, c.1974.
  • Béthizy, Jean-Laurent de. "Reflexions sur les Elémens de musique théorique & pratique, suivant les principes de M. Rameau", Journal oeconomique, July 1752, pp. 89-121.
  • Béthizy, Jean-Laurent de. "Replique ... sur les Elémens de musique", Journal oeconomique, March 1753, pp. 64-95.
  • Béthizy, Jean-Laurent de. Exposition de la théorie et de la pratique de la musique, suivant les nouvelles découvertes. Michel Lambert, Paris, 1754. Seconde édition, corrigée et augmentée par l'auteur. G.G. Deschamps, Paris, 1764, 331 pages. Reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1972.
  • Bettenhaussen, Fred and Frits & Hans van Krevelen. Clavecimbel, clavichord en pianoforte. Stemmen, stemmingen en onderhoud. De Toorts, Haarlem, 1984, 214 pages.
  • Bettens, Olivier. " 'Intonation juste' à la Renaissance : idéal ou utopie? Esquisse d'un modèle fondé sur la théorie de Zarlino", WWW, 1998. English translation in progress by Brian Fisher and Todd McComb, "Just Intonation in Renaissance A Capella Singing".
  • Beurmann, Andreas E. and Albrecht Schneider. "Probleme und Aufgaben akustisch-tonometrischer Forschung in der vergleichenden Musikwissenschaft", Acustica vol. 69, no. 4, April 1989, pp. 156-162.
  • Bevil, J. Marshall. "Scale in southern Appalachian folksong: A reexamination", College music symposium vol. 26, 1986, pp. 77-91.
  • Beyhom, Amine. Systématique modale. PhD thesis, Université Paris IV - Sorbonne, 3 vols., September 2003.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Systématique modale: génération et classement d'échelles modales", Musurgia vol. 11 no. 4, Paris, 2004, 26 pages.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Systématique modale: modélisation des échelles musicales sur une grille de 24 quarts de ton", Antouniah vol. 6, Presses de l'université Antonine, Baabda, 2005, 13 pages.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Une approche contemporaine en théories des musiques orientales: les genres système", Congrès International - Safiyuddîn Al-Urmawî, Teheran, Jan 2005, 28 pages.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Systématique modale: Une hypothèse sur la formation des échelles heptatoniques", Musurgia, Paris, 2005, 60 pages.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Approche systématique de la musique arabe: genres et degrés système", De la théorie à l'Art de l'improvisation: analyse de performances et modélisation musicale, Ayari Mondher (ed.), Delatour, Paris, 4th trimester 2005, 50 pages.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Influence de l'accordage du `ûd sur les théories contemporaines de la musique arabe: genres et degrés système", to be published in book on Arab music, Paris, 2005, 120 pages.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Étude comparée sur des intervalles des musiques turque, persane et de l’Asie centrale", exposé pour le colloque Maqâm et création, Fondation de l’Abbaye de Royaumont, October 2005, pp. 18-24.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "Dossier: Mesures d’intervalles - méthodologie et pratique", Revue des Traditions Musicales des Mondes Arabe et Méditerranéen (RTMMAM) vol. 1, Publications de l’ISM-UPA, Baabda, 2007, pp. 181-235.
  • Beyhom, Amine. "A new hypothesis for the elaboration of heptatonic scales and consequences in understanding their origins", ICONEA 2008: Proceedings of the International Conference of Near Eastern Archaeomusicology, held at the British Museum, 4-6 December 2008, Richard Dumbrill and Irving Finkel (eds.), Iconea Publications, London, pp. 151-209, with appendices.
  • Beyhom, Amine. Théories de l'échelle et pratiques mélodiques chez les Arabes. volume 1: L'échelle générale et les genres - tome 1: Théories gréco-arabes de Kindi (IXe siècle) à Tusi (XIIIe siècle). Paul Geuthner, Paris, 2010.
  • Bhagyalekshmy, S. Ragas in Carnatic Music. CBH Publications, Tivandrum, 1990, 1999, 406 pages.
  • Bharata. Natyasastra. 3rd cent.? Pt. Shivadatta and Kasinath Pandurang Parab (eds.), Kavyamala Series no. 42, Bombay, 1894. Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series, Benares, 1929. Nirnaya Sagar Press, Bombay, 1943. English translation by Manomohan Ghosh (ed.), Bibliotheca Indica, The Asiatic Society, Calcutta, 1950-1961. French translation Édition Critique du Traité de Bharata sur le Théâtre by J. Grosset, Paris, 1898. German translation Die Grundelemente der alt-indischen Musik nach dem Bharatiya-natya-shastra by B. Breloer, PhD diss., 1921, Bonn, 1922.
  • Bhardarkar, Rao Sahib P.R. "Contribution to the Study of Ancient Hindu Music", Indian Antiquary vol. 41, 1912. Reprint British Indian Press, Mazgaon, Bombay, 1912.
  • Bhatkande, Vishnunarayan. Hindustani-sangita-paddhati. Bombay, 1910-1932. Hindi translation, 1951-1957. Also in Kramik Pustak Malika part 4, Lakshminarayan Garg. Hathras (ed.), Sangeet Karyalaya, 1976.
  • Bhatkande, Vishnunarayan. A comparative study of some of the leading music systems of the 15th, 16th, 17th & 18th centuries. In: Sangeet 1930-1931. Reprint Bombay, 1941. Madras, 1949. Malinibai Sukthankar, Baroda, 1972, 1987, Indian Musicological Society.
  • Bhattacharya, Subhihushan. "Scales in Indian music", Folklore vol. 9 no. 3, Calcutta, March 1968.
  • Bianchi, Francesco. De l'attraction harmonique ou sistème physico-mathématique de l'harmonie, fondé sur l'analyse des phenomènes que présente la corde sonore. c.1790.
  • Bicknell, Stephen. "Temperament: A Beginner's Guide", WWW, 1997.
  • Bie, Jos de. "Kan men Dom Bedos' stemming afleiden uit zijn mensuurdiagrammen?", typoscript, Putte, 1987.
  • Bie, Jos de. Stemtoon & stemmingsstelsels. Putte, 1993, 2001.
  • Bie, Jos de. "Une question de tempérament", Connoissance de l'Orgue no. 87-88, 1993.
  • Bie, Jos de. "Over de Rameau-stemmingen", Orgelkunst vol. 19 no. 4, 1996, pp. 151-160.
  • Bie, Jos de. "Klavierstemmingen in de Nederlanden ten tijde van A. van den Kerckhoven", in Abraham van den Kerckhoven ca. 1618-1701, A. Zoutendijk (ed.), Vlaardingen, 2001, pp. 73-96.
  • Bie, Jos de. Historische Orgelstemmingen – theorie & realiteit. Een onderzoek naar het gebruik van historische orgelstemmingen in Vlaanderen, met een algemeen overzicht van de stemmingstheorie. PhD thesis, University of Gent, 2003.
  • Bieder, Eugen. F.W. Marpurgs System der Harmonie, des Kontrapunkts und der Temperatur. Diss., Berlin, 1923.
  • Biezen, Jan van. Stemmingen, speciaal bij toetsinstrumenten. Stichting Centrum voor de Kerkzang, Den Haag, 1974, 22 pages. Also in Bouwbrief vol. 3, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 1975.
  • Biezen, Jan van. Het Nederlandse orgel in de Renaissance en de Barok, in het bijzonder de school van Jan van Covelens. Muziekhistorische monografieën deel 14, Arend Jan Gierveld (ed.), Koninklijke Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis, Utrecht, 1995.
  • Bignens, Michel. "Construction géométrique du tempérament mésotonique", Nachrichten der Schweizerischen Clavichord Gesellschaft vol. 3 no.6, 1998, pp. 23-31.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Die Silbermann-Stimmungen", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 27 no. 1, April 1970, pp. 73-85.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Anweisung zum Stimmen von Tasteninstrumenten in verschiedenen Temperaturen", Österreichische Musikzeitschrift vol. 32 no. 4, 1977, pp. 185-195.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Die Stimmanweisung von Ignaz Bruder (1829). Rekonstruktionsversuch und historische Deutung", Acta Organologica vol. 12, Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1978, pp. 229-239.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. Historische Stimmungen und elektronische Stimmgeräte. Frankfurt a.M., 1978.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. Anweisung zum Stimmen von Tasteninstrumenten in verschiedenen Temperaturen. Veröffentlichung der Gesellschaft der Orgelfreunde vol. 59, Verlag Merseburger, Berlin, Kassel, 1979, 1982, 40 pages.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (book review)", Musiktheorie vol. 4 no. 2, 1989, pp. 171-174.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Die Orgelstimmung von Victor Ferdinand Bossart", Ars Organi vol. 45 no. 3, September 1997, pp. 173-177.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Ist Bachs Kunst der Fuge mitteltönig komponiert?", Ars Organi vol. 48, 2000, p. 51.
  • Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Zur 'Wohltemperierten' Stimmung von Johann Sebastian Bach. Wie hat Bach seine Cembali gestimmt?", Ars Organi vol. 56, 2008, pp. 18-21.
  • Bindel, Ernst. Die Zahlengrundlagen der Musik im Wandel der Zeiten. 3 vols., Verlag Freies Geistesleben, Stuttgart, 1950-1953, 1985.
  • Bini, Claudio. L'accordatura. 1976.
  • Bini, Claudio. "La psicoacustica nell'accordatura della chitarra", Il Fronimo vol. 5 no. 21, October 1977, pp. 23-24.
  • Bini, Claudio. "Il temperamento equabile nella tastiera della chitarra moderna", Il Fronimo vol. 7 no. 26, January 1979, pp. 28-30.
  • Binnema, Folkert. "De stemming van een orgel", WWW.
  • Biock, Hans-Reinhard. Zur Intonationsbeurteilung kontextbezogener Sukzessivintervalle. PhD thesis in Musicology: U. Köln, 1975. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung vol. 82, Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1975, 190 pages.
  • Birsak, Kurt. "Die Stimmung des Klappenchalumeau von I.C. Denner. Ein Nachtrag", Die Musikforschung vol. 28 no. 1, 1975, p. 82.
  • Bischoff, John. "Software as Sculpture: Creating Music from the Ground Up", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 1, 1991, pp. 37-40.
  • Bischoff, John, Rich Gold and Jim Horton. "Music for an Interactive Network of Microcomputers", Computer Music Journal vol. 2 no. 3, 1978, pp. 24-29.
  • Bisel, Larry David. Seeking a perceptual preference among Pythagorean tuning, just intonation, one-quarter comma meantone tuning, and equal temperament. PhD diss. in Music, U. Michigan, 1987, 248 pages.
  • Bister, Heribert and Albrecht Schneider-Klement. "Die Huygens-Fokker Orgel im Museum Teyler zu Haarlem und die Möglichkeiten der 31-Ton-Temperierung", Acta Organologica vol. 6, 1972, pp. 121-131.
  • Bister, Heribert. "Die Sept 7:4 in der Akkordfolge: Eine Untersuchung zu einigen harmonischen Zusammenhängen in Giuseppe Verdis Ave Maria - Scala enigmatica armonizzata a 4 voci miste", Vogel Festschrift, Gudrun Schröder (ed.), Bad Honnef, 1988, pp. 11-34.
  • Blackaller, E.R. "La revolución musical de Julián Carrillo", Cuadernos de lectura popular no. 237. Mexico City, 1969.
  • Blackburn, Bonnie J., Edward E. Lowinsky, and Clement Miller (eds.) A Correspondence of Renaissance Musicians. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1991.
  • Blackburn, Bradford A. Tonal modulation with Just Intonation; Corporeality and musical gesture in the music of Harry Partch. PhD thesis, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 2006.
  • Blackburn, Terry. "Alternate Temperaments: Theory and Philosophy (The beginner's field guide to alternate temperaments)", WWW, 1999.
  • Blacking, John. "Problems of pitch, pattern and harmony in the Ocarina music of the Venda", American Music Society Journal vol. 2 no. 2, 1959, pp. 15-23.
  • Blackwell, H.R. and H. Schlosberg. "Octave Generalization, Pitch Discrimination and Loudness Tresholds in the White Rat", Journal of Experimental Psychology vol. 33, 1943, pp. 407-419.
  • Blackwood, Easley. The 31 Note Equal Tuning of Nicala Vicentino. Houston TX, 1974.
  • Blackwood, Easley. Liner notes for the LP "Twelve Microtonal Etudes for Electronic Music Media", 1980.
  • Blackwood, Easley. "Research Notes: NEH Grant R0-29376-78-0642", Privately circulated handwritten xerox, 1981.
  • Blackwood, Easley. "Discovering the Microtonal Resources of the Synthesizer", Keyboard vol. 8 no. 5, May 1982, pp. 26-38.
  • Blackwood, Easley. The Structure of Recognizable Diatonic Tunings. Princeton University Press, Princeton NJ, 1985, 318 pages.
  • Blackwood, Easley. "Modes and Chordal Progressions in Equal Temperament", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 166-201.
  • Blanchet, Armand François N. Méthode abrégée pour accorder le clavecin et le piano-forte. Lacloye, Paris, 1801.
  • Blandford, W.F.H. "The Intonation of Brass Instruments", Musical Times vol. 77 no. 1115-1116, January 1936, pp. 19-21, 118–121.
  • Blankenburg, Quirinus van. Onderwijzinge hoe men alle de Toonen en halve Toonen, die meest gebruijkelijck zijn, op de Handt-Fluijt zal konnen t'eene mael zuijver Blaezen, en hoe men op yeder 't gemackelyckst een Trammelant zal konnen maken, heel dienstigh voor de lief-hebbers. Paulus Matthysz, Amsterdam, 1684. Oscar, München, 1871. German translation, Mieroprint Musikverlag, Münster, 1989.
  • Blankenburg, Quirinus van. Elementa Musica, of Niew Licht tot het welverstaan van de musiec en de bas-continuo. Door Regelen, met Reden en bewys, gebouwd op een klare ontledinge der eerste Beginselen; Na een voorafgaande wederlegging van de dwalingen dezes tyds. Waar nevens De vinding en opkomst der Konst; De musiec der Ouden; De Redenmaat der Klanken; De ontdekking van een Wiskunstige Cirkel, Waar in de Wet der Nature al de Toonen verdeelt; De Stelkonst; De Speeltuigen En de Grondlegging van de Zangkunst. Laurens Berkoske, 's-Gravenhage, 1739. Reprint: Uitgeverij Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1972. Series: Early Music Theory in the Low Countries vol. 4, Frits R. Noske (ed.), 273 pages.
  • Blankertz, Benjamin. "Microtonal Hierarchies and Barlow's Formula of Harmonicity", WWW, to appear.
  • Blardone, Aurora et al. La terza mano del pianista. Testo & immagine, Venaria (Torino), 1997, 127 pages.
  • Blaserna, Pietro. La teoria del suono nei suoi rapporti con la musica. (Dieci conferenze), Ed. Dumolard, Milano, 1875. French edition Le son et la musique (with H. Helmholtz), G. Baillière, Paris, 1877. English edition The Theory of Sound in its Relation to Music, D. Appleton & Co., New York, 1892.
  • Blaukopf, Kurt. "Tonsysteme und ihre gesellschaftliche Geltung in Max Webers Musiksoziologie", International review of the aesthetics and sociology of music vol. 1 no. 2, Dec. 1970, pp. 159-168.
  • Blaukopf, Kurt. "Musiksoziologie-Bindung und Freiheit bei der Wahl von Tonsystemen", Texte zur Musiksoziologie, 1976, pp. 140-157.
  • Bledsoe, Helen. "Tips for the Preparation of Contemporary Flute Music", WWW. German translation "Tipps zur Vorbereitung zeitgenössischer Flötenmusik" by Tanja Schurkus, WWW.
  • Bleeck, Stefan. Psychophysikalische Untersuchung von spektralen und zeitlichen Mechanismen des auditorischen Systems anhand harmonischer und unharmonischer Amplitudenmodulationen: relatives und absolutes Gehör. MSc thesis, Technische Hochschule Darmstadt, 1996.
  • Blein, François-Ange-Alexandre. Exposé de quelques principes nouveaux sur l'acoustique et la théorie des vibrations, et leur application à plusieurs phénomènes de la physique. Paris, 1827, 43 pages.
  • Blein, François-Ange-Alexandre. Théorie des vibrations et son application à divers phénomènes de physique. Paris, 1831.
  • Blein, François-Ange-Alexandre. Principes de mélodie et d'harmonie déduits de la théorie des vibrations. Bachelier, Paris, 1832, 1838, 100 pages.
  • Bloch, Thomas. Les ondes Martenot: Vie ou survie? Un bilan pour 60 ans d'existence, Cahiers du CIREM, musiques et claviers vol. 10-11, 1989, pp. 163-174.
  • Block, Steven and Jack Douthett. "Vector Products and Intervallic Weighting", Journal of Music Theory vol. 38 no. 1, 1994, pp. 21-41.
  • Blood, Brian. "Music Theory Online: Lesson 7 - Small intervals", WWW.
  • Blood, Brian. "Music Theory Online: Lesson 27 - Pitch, Temperament & Scale", WWW.
  • Blood, William. "'Well-tempering' the clavier: five methods", Early Music vol. 7 no. 4, October 1979, pp. 491-495.
  • Boatwright, Howard. "Ives' Quarter-Tone Impressions", Perspectives of New Music vol. 3 no. 2, 1965, pp. 22-31.
  • Bobbitt, Richard. "The Physical Basis of Intervallic Quality and its Application to the Problem of Dissonance", Journal of Music Theory vol. 3 no. 2, November 1959, pp. 173-207.
  • Bobbitt, Richard. "Das Wohltemperierte Clavier: Tuning and Musical Structure", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 2, April 1980, pp. 137-140.
  • Boccadoro, Brenno. "Jean-Adam Serre: un juste milieu entre Rameau et Tartini?", Revue de Musicologie vol. 93 no. 1, 1993, pp. 31-62.
  • Bocking, R.M. Microtonal Music: Aesthetic Aspects of Quarter-Tone Music, With Particular Reference to Quarter-Tone Melody and Harmony. PhD diss., Musicology, University of London.
  • Boer, Dirk. Stemmingen, de reine harmonie en Havingha", WWW.
  • Boethius, Anicius Manlius Torquatus Severinus. De institutione musica libri quinque. Beginning 6th century. Venice, 1492, 1599. Gottfried Friedlein (ed.), Leipzig, 1867, Frankfurt a.M., 1966. Italian translation with critical notes by Giovanni Marzi, Cremona, 1990. English translation The Fundamentals of Music by Calvin M. Bower, Yale University Press, New Haven, 1989. French translation Traité de la musique by Christian Meyer, Turnhout, 2004.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "Manuscript" (in German), untitled, undated, Hamburg, early 1972, 24 pages.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. Die Bildungsgesetze des 12-stufigen Tonsystems und ihre Anwendung auf einen Sonderfall. Manuscript, Hamburg, July 1972, 50 pages.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. Versuch über den Aufbau eines tonalen Systems auf der Basis einer 13-stufigen Skala. Manuscript second version, Hamburg, July 1974, 9 pages. First version, Hamburg, Dec. 1972, 7 pages.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "13 Tonstufen in der Duodezime", Acustica vol. 39 no. 2, S. Hirzel Verlag, Stuttgart, 1978, pp. 76-86. English translation by H. Bohlen, "13 Tone Steps in the Twelfth", 1994, Acustica vol. 87 no. 5, Sept/Oct 2001, pp. 617-624.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. The early history of the 13-Tone Scale, 2-page manuscript, 1996.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "BP Scale Structures", WWW, 1998.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "On 'Pythagorean' Scale Derivation", WWW, 1998.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "The Musical Animal's Musical Adventures", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 41-56.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "Letter to the editor", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, p. 124.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "BP Tuning and Instruments", WWW, 1999.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "BP Interval properties", WWW, 1999.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "The 271 tone BP Scale", WWW, 1999.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "Fokker lattice representation of BP", WWW, 2000.
  • Bohlen, Heinz. "BP Names and Definitions", WWW, 2000.
  • Bohrer, Jocelei Cirilo Soares. Intonational Strategies in Ensemble Singing. PhD thesis, City University, London, May 2002, 196 pages.
  • Böker-Heil, Norbert. "Ein algebraisches Modell des dur-moll-tonalen Systems", Bericht über den 1. Internationalen Kongreß für Musiktheorie, Stuttgart, 1972, pp. 64-107.
  • Bollioud, Mermet. Mémoire sur le tempérament que les voix observent en chantant. Lyon, 1741.
  • Boncella, Paul Anthony Luke. "Denying ancient music's power: Ghiselin Danckerts' essays in the Generi Inusitati", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 38, 1988, pp. 59-80.
  • Bongionanni, Luigi Enrico. Norme per l'Accordatura dei Pianoforti. Capra, Torino, 1908.
  • Bonhôte, Jean-Marc. "Aspetti dell'evoluzione del temperamento degli strumenti a tastiera", L'Organo vol. 11/1-2, Bologna, 1973, pp. 157-170.
  • Bononcini, Giovanni Maria. Musico Prattico. Bologna, 1673. Latin translation Musicus practicus. Stuttgart, 1701.
  • Bontempi, Giovanni Andrea Angelini. Historia musica, nella quale si ha piena cognitione della teorica, e della pratica antica della musica harmonica, secondo la dottrina de' Greci, i quali, inventata prima da Iubal avanti il Diluvio, e poi ritrovata da Mercurio, la restituirono nella sua pristina et antica dignità: e come dalla teorica, e dalla pratica antica sia poi nata la pratica moderna, che contiene la scientia del contrapunto. Opera non meno utile che necessaria a chi desidera di studiare in questa scientia. Di Giovanni Andrea Angelini Bontempi perugino. L. Costantini, Perugia, 1695. Reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1975, 304 pages.
  • Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. "The Long Pattern Hypothesis in Harmony and Hearing", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5 no. 2, April 1961, pp. 2-31.
  • Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. Interim Report on the Project on Organization in Auditory Perception at the State University College. Albany, New York, (with recorded illustrations), February 1962. part 1, part 2, part 3.
  • Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. "Extended Reference: An Unrecognized Dynamic in Melody", Journal of Music Theory vol. 2 no. 1, spring 1963, pp. 2-22. preliminary version.
  • Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. "Ratio Relationships in Melody", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 34 no. 9, part 1, September 1962, pp. 1276-1277.
  • Booth, George W. Pianos, piano tuners and their problems. Janus, London, 1996, 208 pages.
  • Bormann, Karl. "Orgelbautraktat von Sebastian Wirth (1736-1820)", Acta Organologica vol. 4, 1970, pp. 166-204.
  • Borris, Siegfried. Kirnbergers Leben und Werk und seine Bedeutung im Berliner Musikkreis um 1750. Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1933.
  • Borroff, Edith. "Ancient acoustical theory and a pre-Pythagorean comma", College music symposium vol. 18 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 20-23.
  • Bortolozzo, Roberta. "Tracce di Illuminismo scientifico nella teorica musicale del Settecento veneto", Diastema vol. 9, December 1994, pp. 31-33.
  • Borup, Hasse. "A History of String Intonation", WWW, 2005, 11 pages.
  • Borup, Hasse. "Is that in tune, mr. Mozart?", American String Teacher vol. 58 no. 2, May 2008, pp. 32-35.
  • Borzacchini, Luigi and Domenico Minnuni. "A Mathematica notebook about ancient Greek music and mathematics", University of Bari, 2001.
  • Borzacchini, Luigi. "Incommensurability, Music and continuum: A Cognitive Approach", Archive for History of Exact Sciences vol. 61 no. 3, May 2007, pp. 273-302.
  • Bos, H.J.M., M.J.S. Rudwick, H.A.M. Snelders and R.P.W. Visser (eds.) Studies on Christiaan Huygens. Lisse, 1980.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On Just Intonation in Music; with a Description of a New Instrument for the Easy Control of All Systems of Tuning other than the Ordinary Equal Temperament", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 21, 1872, pp. 131-132.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On temperament or the division of the octave", Philosophical Magazine, Fourth Series, vol. 48 no. 321 (Supplement), July-December 1874, article no. 67, pp. 507-511. Also in Proceedings of the Musical Association, 1874-1875, pp. 4-17.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the mathematical theory of Mr. Baillie Hamilton's string-organ", Philosophical Magazine, Fourth Series, vol. 49 no. 323, February 1874, article no. 12, pp. 98-104.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "The theory of the division of the octave, and the practical treatment of the musical systems thus obtained" (Revised Version of a Paper Entitled 'On Just Intonation in Music; with a Description of a New Instrument for the Easy Control of Systems of Tuning other than the Equal Temperament of 12 Divisions in the Octave), Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 23, 1875, pp. 390-408.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "Temperament; or, the division of the octave", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 1, 1875, pp. 4-17, 112-158.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On temperament or the division of the octave - no. II", Philosophical Magazine, Fourth Series, vol. 50 no. 330, September 1875.
  • Bosanquet, Robert Halford Macdowall. An Elementary Treatise on Musical Intervals and Temperament, with an account of an enharmonic harmonium exhibited in the loan collection of scientific instruments, South Kensington, 1876, also of an enharmonic organ exhibited to the Musical Association of London. MacMillan & Co., London, 1876.
    2nd edition with introduction by Rudolf Rasch (ed.), Tuning and temperament library vol. 4, Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1987, 179 pages.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the Hindoo division of the octave, with additions to the theory of higher orders", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 25, 1876, pp. 540-541; vol. 26, 1877, pp. 372-384. Reproduced in S.M. Tagore's Hindu Music.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On some points in the harmony of perfect consonances", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 3, 1877, pp. 145-153.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of consonances of the form h:1", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 3 no. 70, June 1881, article no. 57, pp. 420-436.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of consonances of the form h:1 - Continued", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 11 no. 71, Supplement, January-June 1881, article no. 65, pp. 492-506.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of the consonances of the form h:1", Proceedings of the Physical Society of London vol. 4, 1881, article no. 24, pp. 221-256.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the history of the theory of the beats of mistuned consonances", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 12 no. 75, October 1881, article no. 34, pp. 270-282.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of mistuned consonances", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth series, vol. 12 no. 77, December 1881, article no. 52, pp. 434-436.
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "The beats of mistuned consonances", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 13 no. 79, February 1882, article no. 13, p. 131. [Letter]
  • Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of mistuned harmonic consonances", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 8, 1882, pp. 13-27.
  • Bose, Fritz. "Ein Hilfsmittel zur Bestimmung der Schrittgröße beliebiger Intervalle", Die Musikforschung vol. 5, 1952, p. 205.
  • Bose, Narendra Kumar. Melodic types of Hindusthan: A scientific interpretation of the Raga system of northern India. Jaico Publishing House, Bombay, 1960.
  • Bosquet, Jean. De la gamme pentatonique à l'acoustique musicale chinoise.
  • Bosquet, Jean. L'Hélice des quintes de Pythagore. manuscript, 1972, révision 1981.
  • Bosquet, Jean. Histoire, représentations symboliques des tempéraments. manuscript.
  • Bosquet, Jean. Perception auditive et Analyse spectrale. Université de Bruxelles, Bruxelles, 1973.
  • Bosquet, Jean. Le Baron de Prony et l'Acoustique musicale. 1974.
  • Bosquet, Jean. "Sons musicaux, intervalles et tempéraments", Bulletin de l'Académie Royale de Belgique, Classe des Sciences vol. 60, 5° série, 1974, pp. 1205-1247.
  • Bosquet, Jean. "Note concernant le 'monochorde' No. 4 de Marpurg", La facture de clavecin du XVe au XVIIIe siècle, Leuven, 1980.
  • Bosquet, Jean. "Les deux tempéraments de Dom Bédos de Celles et l'accord des instruments à clavier", La facture de clavecin du XVe au XVIIIe siècle, Leuven, 1980, pp. 89-109.
  • Bosquet, Jean. "M. Lindley: Lutes, Viols & Temperaments (book review)", Revue belge de Musicologie / Belgisch Tijdschrift voor Muziekwetenschap vol. 41, 1987, pp. 156-158.
  • Bosseur, Dominique and Jean-Yves Bosseur. "Révolutions musicales", Le Sycomore, 1979.
  • Bosseur, Jean-Yves. "Der Futurismus und das Werk von Edgar Varèse", Der musikalische Futurismus. Ästetisches Konzept und Auswirkungen auf die Moderne, Graz, 1976. Dutch translation "Varèse en de futuristen", De bevrijding van de klank. Teksten van en over Varèse, Elmer Schönberger (ed.), Stichting ASKO, Amsterdam, 1984, pp. 90-103.
  • Bosseur, Jean-Yves. "Une étude ultrachromatique d'Ivan Wyschnegradsky", Musique Passion d'Artistes, Skira, Paris, 1991.
  • Bossis, Bruno. "Stria de John Chowning ou l'oxymoron musical: du nombre d'or comme poétique", John Chowning, Portraits Polychromes, INA-GRM/CDMC, Paris, 2005, pp. 87-115.
  • Bossler, H.P. Elementarbuch der Tonkunst. Speyer, 1782.
  • Botermans, Wilco. De theremin aan het begin van de 21ste eeuw. MA thesis, Hogeschool voor de Kunsten, Utrecht, 2000. English translation The theremin at the start of the 21st century.
  • Botta, Carlo. Mémoire sur la nature des Tons et des Sons. Torino, 1802-1803.
  • Bottrigari, Ercole. Il Patricio, o vero de' tetracordi armonici di Aristosseno. Benacci, Bologna, 1593, 55 pages. Reprint Forni, Bologna, 1969.
  • Bottrigari, Ercole. Il desiderio overo de’concerti di varii strumenti musicali. Venice, 1594, 68 pages. Reprint Musik-Bibliothek Paul Hirsch, Berlin, 1924. Reprint Forni with introduction by Giuseppe Vecchi, Bologna, 1969.
  • Boudet, Alain. "Gammes et modes musicaux. Un cours d'introduction pour débutants", WWW, 2005.
  • Bougeret, Gérard. "Correction du tempérament de l'orgue de Lorris: essai de généralisation", Revue de Musicologie vol. 75 no. 1, 1989, pp. 5-24.
  • Boulanger, Richard Charles (ed.) The Csound Book: Perspectives in Software Synthesis, Sound Design, Signal Processing, and Programming. MIT Press, Cambridge MA, 2000, 592 pages.
  • Boulez, Pierre. "At the Ends of Fruitful Land...", Die Reihe vol. 1, pp. 21-22. Original German edition 1955, English edition 1958.
  • Bourgeret, Gérard. "Correction du tempérament de l'orgue de Lorris: Essai de généralisation", Revue de Musicologie vol. 75 no. 1, 1989, pp. 5-24.
  • Bourgoin, A.C. "Contribution à l'étude des systèmes scalaires en Centre Afrique: l'orchestre de xylophones Ngbaka-Manza", M, Université Paris 4, Paris, 1992.
  • Bousted, Donald. "An Empirical Study of Quarter-Tone Intonation", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, pp. 53-86. Also in Thirty One vol. 1, Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 2004, pp. 1-35.
  • Bouterse, Curtis. "Reconstructing the Medieval Arabic Lute: a Reconsideration of Farmer's 'Structure of the Arabic and Persian Lute'", Galpin Society Journal vol. 32, 1979, pp. 2-9.
  • Bouterse, Jan. "Tuning the traverso", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 41, October 1985, pp. 25-31.
  • Bouterse, Jan. De blokfluit: Handleiding voor aanschaf, onderhoud, bijstemmen en kleine reparaties. Luscinia, Alphen aan den Rijn, 1990, 140 pages.
  • Bouterse, Jan. "Stemming en stemmingstemperatuur: een introductie", Bouwbrief vol. 112, pp. 13-16 and vol. 113, pp. 8-13. Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 2004. LI> Bouterse, Jan. "Oude stemmingen en 31-toons muziek. Over het opnieuw geïnstalleerde Fokker orgel in de BAM zaal in het Muziekgebouw in Amsterdam", Bouwbrief vol. 134, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 2009, p. 28.
  • Bowen, Alan C. and William R. Bowen. "The Translator as Interpreter: Euclid's 'Sectio canonis' and Ptolemy's 'Harmonica' in the Latin Tradition", Music Discourse from Classical to Early Modern Times. Editing and Translating Texts, Papers given and the 26th Conference on Editorial Problems, University of Toronto, 19-20 October 1990, Maria Rika Maniates (ed.), University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1997, pp. 97-148.
  • Bowen, Meirion. "Harry Partch", Music and Musicians vol. 16, 1968, pp. 20-25.
  • Boyd-Brent, John. "Harmony and Proportion", WWW, 1998.
  • Boyden, David Dodge. "Prelleur, Geminiani, and Just Intonation", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 4 no. 3, 1951, pp. 202-219.
  • Boyden, David Dodge. "Tuning and Temperament. A Historical Survey by J. Murray Barbour" (book review), The Musical Quarterly vol. 38 no. 3, July 1952, pp. 451-457.
  • Boyes, Francis Bryan. Das Jankó-Clavier in seiner vollkommenen Ausführung. Staatliches Institut für Musikforschung, Wien, 1894.
  • Bozkurt, Baris; Ozan Yarman, M. Kemal Karaosmanoglu and Can Akkoc. "Weighing Diverse Theoretical Models on Turkish Maqam Music Against Pitch Measurements: A Comparison of Peaks Automatically Derived from Frequency Histograms with Proposed Scale Tones", Journal of New Music Research vol. 38 no. 1, March 2009, pp. 45-70.
  • Braatz, Thomas. "The Hänfling/Bümler Temperament a Trigger for Bach’s Well-Tempered Clavier?", WWW, 2005, 10 pages.
  • Bradt, Sebastian. "Mikroton", Logos Blad, part 1, April 2007 to part 6, September 2007.
  • Brainin, Valeri. "Ein Brief über gewisse Möglichkeiten der mikrochromatischen Komposition in Zusammenhang mit denkbaren Perspektiven der Evolution der Musiksprache" (in Russian), Musykalnaja Akademia no. 3, Moskow, 1997. German translation by Melitta and Rudolf Neumann, 12 pages.
  • Brandsma, Engbert. "Über die Tonverhältnisse in der Alten und Neuen Musik", Bericht von III. Kongreß der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft, 1909, p. 387.
  • Brandt Buys, Hans. Het Wohltemperirte Klavier van Johann Sebastian Bach. Van Loghum Slaterus' Uitgeversmaatschappij, Arnhem, 1942, 322 pages.
  • Braun, Martin. "The gamelan pelog scale of Central Java as an example of a non-harmonic musical scale", WWW, Aug 2002.
  • Braun, Martin. "Bell tuning in ancient China: a six-tone scale in a 12-tone system based on fifths and thirds", WWW, June 2003.
  • Breed, Graham. "Documents on Alternative Tunings", WWW, 1998.
  • Breed, Graham. "Meantone Temperaments", WWW, 1999.
  • Breed, Graham. "Schismic Temperaments", WWW, 1999.
  • Breed, Graham. "Anomalous Saturated Suspensions", WWW, 1999.
  • Breed, Graham. "Octave Invariant Music Lattices", WWW, 1999.
  • Breed, Graham. "Lattices with Decimal Notation", WWW, 2001.
  • Breed, Graham. "Catalog of Linear Temperaments", WWW, 2001.
  • Breed, Graham. "Miracle keyboard mappings", WWW, 2001.
  • Breed, Graham. "How to Find Linear Temperaments", WWW, 2001.
  • Breed, Graham. "The Regular Mapping Paradigm", WWW, 2006.
  • Breed, Graham. "Prime-Based Error and Complexity Measures", WWW, 2007, 29 pages.
  • Breed, Graham. "RMS-Based Error and Complexity Measures Involving Composite Intervals", WWW, 2008, 24 pages.
  • Breed, Graham. "Provably Complete Rank 2 Temperament Searches", WWW, March 2008, 9 pages.
  • Breed, Graham. "Exploring Parametric Badness", WWW, January 2009, 12 pages.
  • Breed, Graham. "Tripod Notation. A Magic Cauldron of Musical Possibilities", WWW, January 2009, 22 pages.
  • Breed, Graham. "Trippy Trojans", WWW, 11 July 2011, 4 pages.
  • Breloer, B. Die Grundelemente der altindischen Musik nach dem Bharatiya-natya-sastra. Inaugural Dissertation, Bonn, 1922.
  • Bremmer, Bill. "The Equal Beating Victorian Temperament", WWW, 2002.
  • Brenet, Michel. Deux traductions françaises inédites des institutions harmoniques de Zarlino. Paris, 1911.
  • Brenn, F. "Tonsysteme in Equiton und Fawcettzahlen", Bericht über den internationalen wissenschaftlichen Kongreß in Kassel, Kassel, 1962.
  • Brennink, Albert. Wohltemperierte Notenschrift: die Ailler-Brennink chromatische Notation; Ergebnisse und Schlußfolgerungen der Notenschrift-Reform durch die Chroma-Stiftung. Ed. Chroma, Montreux, 1992, 95 pages.
  • Bresciani, Benedetto. Two trattati, unpublished, Firenze, Biblioteca Nazionale n. 802.
  • Brewster, Todd. "Twangs and Tweedles", LIFE, November 1983, vol. 6 no. 11, p. 139.
  • Brink, Paul Robert. The Archicembalo of Nicola Vicentino. Ann Arbor MI, 1966.
  • Brinkman, Alexander R. "A Binomial Representation of Pitch for Computer Processing of Musical Data", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 8, 1986, pp. 44-57.
  • Broadhouse, John. Musical Acoustics: Or the Phenomena of Sound As Connected with Music. Reprint Services Corporation, 1990.
  • Brockett, Clyde W. Jr. "A comparison of the five monochords of Guido of Arezzo", Current musicology vol. 32, 1981, pp. 29-42.
  • Broekaert, Johan. "Harmonische Klanken. Het stemmen van klassieke muziekinstrumenten bij middel van objectieve toonhoogtemeting", WWW, 2000. English translation, French translation.
  • Broekaert, Johan. "Bach- and Well-Temperaments for Western Classical Music. A proposal for an Objective Musical Definition", WWW, 2008, 16 pages.
  • Broman, Per F. "Report from the Third Triennial ESCOM Conference in Uppsala, Sweden, 7-12 June, 1997", Music Theory Online vol. 3 no. 4, 1997.
  • Brombaugh, Mark A. "Tuning and temperament in the time of Scheidt and Buxtehude", Dietrich Buxtehude and Samuel Scheidt: An anniversary tribute, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, 1988, pp. 71-78.
  • Broms, Ed. The Microtonal Music Handbook, to be published.
  • Bronson, Bertrand H. "Are the Modes Outmoded?", Yearbook of the International Folk Music Council vol. 4, 25th anniversary issue, 1972, pp. 23-31.
  • Brossard, Sébastien de. Dictionnaire de la musique contenant une explication des Termes Grecs, Latins, Italiens, & François les plus usitez dans la Musique. Chr. Ballard, Paris, 1703. Estienne Roger, Amsterdam, 1708. Reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1992. English translation by A. Gruber, Henryville PA, 1982.
  • Brotbeck, Roman. "Völkerverbindende Tondifferenzierung. Mordecai Sandberg, ein verkannter Pionier der Mikrotonalität", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik, vol. 152 no. 4, April 1991, pp. 38-44.
  • Brotbeck, Roman. Flucht in die Praxis. Flucht aus der Praxis. Die Amerikanischen Pioniere der Mikrotonalität. 1991, to be published.
  • Brotbeck, Roman. "Die pansonoren Musikräume des Ivan Wyschnegradsky" La Nouvelle Revue Musicale Suisse Dissonanz-Dissonance vol. 30, Zürich, 1991, pp. 4-13.
  • Brotbeck, Roman. Zwischen Differenzierung und Dissolution. Die mikrotonalen Komponisten Julián Carrillo, Harry Partch und Ivan Wyschnegradsky. To be published, 800 pages.
  • Brown, Adrian. The recorder: A basic workshop manual. Dolce, Brighton, 1989, 46 pages.
  • Brown, Barnaby. "Affirming an ancient intonation", Piping Today no. 38, The National Piping Centre, Glasgow, 2009, pp. 2-5.
  • Brown, Colin. Music in a Sound and Music in Figures (Music in Common Things, parts I and II). William Collins & Sons Ltd., London, 1885.
  • Brown, Howard Mayer and Kathleen Moretto Spencer. "How Alfonso della Viola tuned his viols, and how he transposed", Early Music vol. 14 no. 4, November 1986, pp. 520-533.
  • Brown, Judith C. "Frequency ratios of spectral components of musical sounds", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 99 no. 2, 1996, pp. 1210-1219.
  • Brown, Judith C. and Kathryn V. Vaughn. "Pitch center of stringed instrument vibrato tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 100 no. 3, Sept. 1996, pp. 1728-1735.
  • Brown, Robert. An introduction to musical arithmetic with its application to temperament. London, 1865.
  • Browne, Richmond. "Tonal Implications of the Diatonic Set", In Theory Only vol. 5 no. 6/7, 1981, pp. 3-21.
  • Brozek, Jan (Joannes Broscius). An diapason salvo harmonico concentu per aequalia septem intervalla dividi possit vel non ?, 1648.
  • Brucaeus, Henricus. Musica theorica. Rostock, 1609.
  • Bruchhäuser, Wilfried W. "Reintonale Mikrointervalle", Beilage zur Veranstaltung des Max-Planck-Institutes für Bildungsforschung vom 30. 4. 1983.
  • Brues, A.M. "Fusion of Non-Musical Intervals", American Journal of Psychology vol. 38, 1927, pp. 624-638.
  • Brukman, Jeffrey. "Kárpáti's Mistuning Theory Reconsidered in the Context of Bártok's 'Supradiatonicism' and Friedrich Hartmann's Fully-Chromaticized Scales", ex tempore vol. 13 no. 2, 2007.
  • Brun, Viggo. "En generalisation av kjedebrøken", Norske Videnskabers Selskapets Skrifter vol. 1-2, 1919-20, Oslo. (avec des résumés en Français)
  • Brun, Viggo. "Music and Ternary Continued Fractions", Det Konelige Norsk Videnskabers Selskab, Forhandlinger Bd. 23 no. 10, 1950, pp. 38-40.
  • Brun, Viggo. "Algorithmes Euclidiens pour trois et quatre nombres", Sartryck ur Trettonde Skandinavska Matematikerkongressen XIII, aug. 1957, p. 45.
  • Brun, Viggo. "Mehrdimensionale Algorithmen, welche die Eulersche Kettenbruchentwicklung der Zahle verallgemeinern", Festschrift Leonard Euler zum 250. Geburtstag, Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1959.
  • Brun, Viggo. "Musikk og Euklidske algoritmer", Nordisk matematisk tidskrift vol. 9, Oslo, 1961, pp. 29-36.
  • Brun, Viggo. "Euclidien algorithms and musical theory", L'Enseignement mathématique revue internationale vol. 10 no. 1-2, Genève, 1964, pp. 125-137.
  • Bruni, Severino. Succinto di teoria fondamentale per lo schiarimento dell'intonazione e per l'accordatura istromentale. Tipografia del R.I. de'Sordo-Muti, Genova, 1861.
  • Brunia, Sjoerd. "Aspecten van de theorie en praktijk van het kwarttoonsysteem bij Wyschnegradsky", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 3-23.
  • Brunner, David Lee. "Cultural diversity in the choral music of Lou Harrison", The Choral Journal vol. 32 no. 10, May 1992, pp. 17-28.
  • Bruyn, J. de. "Ghiselinus Danckerts kapelaan-zanger van de Pauselijke kapel van 1538 tot 1565. Zijn leven, werken en onuitgegeven tractaat", Tijdschrift der Vereniging voor Nederlandse Musiekgeschiedenis vol. 16, 1946, pp. 217-252; vol. 17, 1949, pp. 128-157.
  • Bruyr, José. La belle histoire de la musique. Corrêa, Paris, 1946.
  • Bryennius, Manuel. Armonika. Constantinople, 1300. The harmonics of Manuel Bryennius, G.H. Jonker (ed.), PhD thesis, Groningen University, 1970. Wolters-Noordhoff Publishing, Groningen, 1970, 454 pages.
  • Buchler, Michael. "Broken and Unbroken Interval Cycles and Their Use in Determining Pitch-Class Set Resemblance", Perspectives of New Music vol. 38 no. 2, summer 2000, pp. 52-87.
  • Bucht, Saku and Erkki Huovinen. "Perceived consonance of harmonic intervals in 19-tone equal temperament", Proceedings of the Conference on Interdisciplinary Musicology (CIM04), R. Parncutt; A. Kessler; F. Zimmer (eds.), Graz, 15-18 April 2004.
  • Buck, Percy C. "Equal and Mean-Tone Temperament", in Acoustics for Musicians, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1918, pp. 91-106.
  • Buetens, Stanley. "On fretting a lute", Journal of the Lute Society of America vol. 3, 1970, pp. 53-63.
  • Bukofzer, Manfred. "Präzisionsmessungen an primitiven Musikinstrumenten", Zeitschrift für Physik vol. 99 no. 9-10, 1936, pp. 643-665.
  • Bukofzer, Manfred. "Kann die 'Blasquintentheorie' zur Erklärung exotischer Tonsysteme beitragen?", Anthropos vol. 32, Salzburg, 1937, pp. 402-418.
  • Bukofzer, Manfred. "The evolution of Javanese tone systems", Papers read at the International Congress of Musicology, New York, Sept. 1939, New York, 1944, pp. 241-250.
  • Bülow, George J. "Andreas Werckmeister", in New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, MacMillan, London, 1980.
  • Bülow, George J. "Symposium on Seventeenth-Century Music Theory", Journal of Music Theory vol. 16, 1972, pp. 36-47.
  • Bulyowsky, Michael (Mihály Bulyovszky de Dulycz). Brevis de emendatione organi musici tractatio. Kurtze Vorstellung von Verbesserung des Orgelwercks. Johann Eberhard Zetzner, Strasbourg, 1680, bilingual. Reprint: Frits Knuf, Buren, 1988, 121 pages. Reprint Laaber Verlag, Bibliotheca Organologica 68, Laaber, 150 pages.
  • Bulyowsky, Michael. Neu-erfundenes vollkommenes fünff-faches Clavier, bestehend aus fünff Reyhen der Palmulen und so genandten Clavium, dessen eine gantze Octav XXXII. Commata begreifft, so alle in geometrischer Continuen und ungetrenneten Progression aufeinander gehen.... Paul Treu, Stuttgart, 1699.
  • Bulyowsky, Michael. Tastatura quinqueformis panarmonico-metathetica. Theodor Hecht, Durlach, 1711.
  • Bulyowsky, Michael. Fünff-faches, vollständiges Transponier-Clavier, in einigen seinen Tugenden vorgestellt..... Theodor Hecht, Durlach, 1711.
  • Bunjes, Paul George. The Praetorius Organ. PhD thesis, University of Rochester NY, Concordia Publishing House, St. Louis, 1966, 1024 pages.
  • Burgubura, H. Relations des mathématiques et de la musique dans l'histoire des gammes. Paris, 1973.
  • Burk, James M. "Schillinger's Double Equal Temperament System", Psychology and Acoustics of Music: A Collection of Papers, Edward W. Asmus (ed.), vol. 70, 1984, pp. 423–456.
  • Burkholder, J.P. Charles Ives. The Ideas behind the Music. Yale University Press, Yale, 1985.
  • Burkert, Walter. Weisheit und Wissenschaft: Studien zu Pythagoras, Philolaos und Platon. 1962. English translation Lore and Science in Ancient Pythagoreanism by E.L. Minar jr., Harvard University Press, Cambridge MA, 1972.
  • Burman, Eric. De proportione harmonica. 2 vols. Uppsala, 1715-1716, 506 pages.
  • Burns, Edward M. "In search of the Shruti", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 56, Supplement, 1974, p. S26(A).
  • Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Categorical Perception of Musical Intervals - Phenomenon or Epiphenomenon? Evidence and Experiments in the Perception of Melodic Intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 55, 1974, p. 456-468.
  • Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Perception of monotic and dichotic musical intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 59, 1976, p. 552(A).
  • Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Categorical Perception - Phenomenon or Epiphenomenon: Evidence from Experiments in the Perception of Melodic Musical Intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 63 no. 2, 1978, pp. 456-468.
  • Burns, Edward M. "Circularity in relative pitch judgements for inharmonic complex tones: The Shepard demonstration revisited, again", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 30 no. 5, 1981, pp. 467-472.
  • Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Intervals, Scales and Tuning", The Psychology of Music, Diana Deutsch (ed.), pp. 241-269, Academic Press, New York, 1982.
  • Burns, Edward M. and S. Campbell. "Frequency and frequency ratio resolution by possessors of relative and absolute pitch: Example of categorical perception?", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 96, 1994, pp. 2704-2719.
  • Burt, Warren. Aardvarks IV: A Real-Time Composing Machine. Master thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1975.
  • Burt, Warren. "Composing for a Set of Aluminium Just-Intonation Tuning Forks", Part 1, Interval, winter 1986-1987, p. 13 & 23.
  • Burt, Warren. "A set of aluminium just-intonation tuning forks", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 5, no. 3, February 1987, pp. 12-13.
  • Burt, Warren. "Experimental Music In Australia Using Live Electronics", Contemporary Music Review vol. 6 part 1, pp. 159-172.
  • Burt, Warren. "Australian Experimental Music 1963-1990", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 1, 1991, pp. 5-10.
  • Burt, Warren. "Drones 1994 #2 - Old Commas Inverted and Revisited", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 99 & 103 (score).
  • Burt, Warren. "An Interesting Group of Combination-Product Sets Produces Some Very Nice Dissonances", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, 1996, pp. 1, 4-9.
  • Burt, Warren. "Some Parentheses Around Algorithmic Composition", Organised Sound vol. 1 no. 3, Cambridge University Press, 1996, pp. 167-172.
  • Burt, Warren. "Adventures in Scale Generation Along a Wilsonian Path, part 1", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, summer 1996, pp. 1, 6-12.
  • Burt, Warren. "Adventures in Scale Generation Along a Wilsonian Path, part 2", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 1, winter 1998, pp. 4-10.
  • Burt, Warren. "Sound and Light: LaMonte Young and Marian Zazeela (review)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 2, fall 1999, p. 2.
  • Burt, Warren. "Mamoru Fujieda. 'The Night Chant' (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 3, fall 2000, pp. 17, 24.
  • Burt, Warren. "Some Thoughts on Structure and Necessity", Musiktexte, 2001.
  • Burt, Warren. "Developing and Composing With Scales based on Recurrent Sequences", Form space time: music architecture and design, Proceedings of the 2002 Australasian Computer Music Conference, RMIT, ACMA, Melbourne, 2002, pp. 123-132.
  • Burt, Warren. Computer as Part of Improvisatory Theatrical Performance, paper, Aug. 2002, 7 pages.
  • Burt, Warren. Some Numbers, paper, Dec. 2002, 21 pages.
  • Burt, Warren. An introduction to four pieces using some aspect of chaos theory, paper, Jan. 2003.
  • Burt, Warren. "Many Environments, Many Paths of Perception", World Forum for Acoustic Ecology Conference, Melbourne, 2003.
  • Burt, Warren. "Four from the East, Microtonal CDs from New York, New Jersey and New Hampshire (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 2, winter 2003, pp. 14-16.
  • Burt, Warren. "Microtuning on the Wusik", Wusik Sound Magazine no. 10, Feb. 2007, pp. 44-52.
  • Burt, Warren. "Ben Johnston: 'Maximum Clarity' and Other Writings on Music (book review)", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 3, fall 2007, pp. 29-30.
  • Burton, Tony. "Did You Know That... The Mexican who tried to revolutionize the world of classical music was once nominated for the Nobel Prize in Physics?", WWW, 2002.
  • Busch, Hermann R. Leonhard Eulers Beitrag zur Musiktheorie. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung vol. 58, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1970.
  • Busch, Oliver. "Logos syntheseos. Die euklidische Sectio canonis, Aristoxenos, und die Rolle der Mathematik in der antiken Musiktheorie", Veröffentlichungen des Staatlichen Instituts für Musikforschung Preussischer Kulturbesitz Bd. 10, Staatliches Institut für Musikforschung Preussischer Kulturbesitz, Berlin, 1998, pp. 133-164.
  • Busoni, Ferruccio. Entwurf einer neuen Ästhetik der Tonkunst. 1907. Neue Ausgabe, Insel Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1954. With annotations by Arnold Schönberg and a epilogue by H.H. Stuckenschmidt, Suhrkamp Verlag, Frankfurt, 1974. Sketch of a New Esthetic of Music, English translation by Th. Baker, London, 1910, p. 98. Also in: Three Classics in the Aesthetic of Music, Dover, New York, 1962, pp. 73-102. French translation by Pierre Michel, L'esthétique musicale, Minerve, Paris, 1990, 170 pages. Italian translation Abbozzo di una nuova estetica della musica by Fedele D'Amico, Il Saggiatore, 1977, Milan, pp. 39-72.
  • Busoni, Ferruccio. "Futurismus der Tonkunst", Pan vol. 3, Oct 1912 - March 1913, Berlin, 1912.
  • Busoni, Ferruccio. "Bericht über Dritteltöne", Melos vol. 3, August 1922, p. 198.
  • Busoni, Ferruccio. Lo Sguardo lieto: Tutti gli scritti sulla musica e le arti. Fedele D'Amico (ed.), Il Saggiatore, Milan, 1977.
  • Butler, Charles. The Principles of Music in Singing and Setting. London, 1636.
  • Butler, David and W. Dixon Ward. "Effacing the memory of musical pitch", Music Perception vol. 5 no. 3, spring 1988, pp. 251-259.
  • Butler, David. The musician's guide to perception and cognition. (includes CD of 62 listening examples), Schirmer Books, New York, 1992.
  • Butler, David. "Tonal Bootstrapping: Re-Thinking the Intervallic Rivalry Model", Music, Mind, and Science, Suk Won Yi (ed.), Seoul National University Press, Seoul, 1998, pp. 7-12.
  • Butler, Simone. "A Xen Kind of Experience", On Air Magazine, San Diego KPBS, December 1992, p. 4.
  • Buttinger, Kurt. Muzikerzieher und Internet. PhD thesis, Universität Mozarteum, Salzburg, 1999.
  • Byers, Greg. Classical Guitar Intonation, WWW, 2002, 11 pages.

- C -

  • Cadek, Ottohar. "String Intonation in Theory and Practice", Music Journal, May-June 1949.
  • Cafagna, Vittorio and Thomas Noll. "Algebraic Investigations into Enharmonic Identication and Temperament", Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference Understanding and Creating Music, G. Di Maio and C. di Lorenzo (eds.), Caserta, 2003.
  • Callcott, John Wall. A critical examination of the musical theory of Kirnberger. Feb. 1799.
  • Callcott, John Wall. Plain Statement of Earl Stanhope's Temperament. London, 1807.
  • Callender, Clifton. "Continuous Harmonic Spaces", Journal of Music Theory vol. 51 no. 2, fall 2007, pp. 277-332.
  • Callow, G. and E. Shepherd. "Intonation in the performance of North Indian classical music", paper presented at the 17th Annual meeting of the Society for Ethnomusicology, November 30-December 3, Toronto, Canada, 1972.
  • Calva, José Rafael. Julián Carrillo y microtonalismo: la visión de Moisés. Colección Ensayos (Centro Nacional de Investigación, Documentación e Información Musical Carlos Chávez), Sociedad de Autores y Compositores de México : Publicaciones CENIDIM, 1984, 62 pages.
  • Cambouropoulos, Emilios. "A General Pitch Interval Representation: Theory and Applications", Journal of New Music Research vol. 25 no. 3, 1996, pp. 231-251.
  • Cambouropoulos, Emilios. "Automatic Pitch Spelling: From Numbers to Sharps and Flats", Proceedings of the VIII Brazilian Symposium on Computer Music, Fortaleza, 2001.
  • Cambouropoulos, Emilios. "Pitch Spelling: a Computational Model", Music Perception vol. 20 no. 4, 2003, pp. 411-429.
  • Cameron, Fred. "Mesopotamian Temperament", WWW, 2001.
  • Cameron, Janet. Transcriptions of Seven Li Po Settings by Harry Partch. Master thesis. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1982.
  • Camiolo, Arcangelo. I coristi sonometrici per la precisione del temperamento armonico. Tip. dell'Oaratorio di S. Francesco di Sales, Torino, 1873.
  • Campbell, Alan Gary. "Just and Mean Tone Tuning for Electronic Keyboards", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 46-51.
  • Campbell, James A. "The Equal Tempered Scale and Some Peculiarities of Piano Tuning", WWW, 1997.
  • Campbell, James A. "Guitar Tuning By Harmonics", WWW, 1997.
  • Campbell, Leroy B. "Wyschnegradsky's Quarter-tone Piano", The Musician vol. 45 no. 2, 1937, New York, pp. 88 & 93.
  • Campbell, Murray and Clive Greated. The Musician's Guide to Acoustics. Schirmer Books, New York, 1987.
  • Campion, François. Nouvelles découvertes sur la guittarre contentant plusieurs sortes de pièces sur huit manières différentes d'accorder. Brunet, Paris, 1705.
  • Campos, Arthur N. "Microtones and Melody", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 26.
  • Can, Mehmet Cihat, Türk Müziginde Ses Sistemleri. Gazi Egitim Fakültesi Dergisi, Özel Sayi, Ankara, 1994.
  • Can, Mehmet Cihat, XV. Yüzyil Türk Mûsikîsi Nazariyâti (Ses Sistemi). PhD thesis, University of Istanbul, 2001.
  • Can, Mehmet Cihat. "Müzikte Tam Besli Zincirleri ve Pythagoras Dizileri (Pythagorean Scales and Chain of Perfect Fifths in Music)", G.Ü. Gazi Egitim Fakültesi Dergisi vol. 21 no. 2, 2001, pp. 143-159.
  • Can, Mehmet Cihat. "Geleneksel Türk Sanat Müziginde Arel-Ezgi-Uzdilek Ses Sistemi ve Uygulamada Kullanilmayan Bazi Perdeler" (In Practice Disused Keys of Arel-Ezgi-Uzdilek’s Tonal System in Traditional Turkish Art Music), G.Ü. Gazi Egitim Fakültesi Dergisi vol. 22 no. 1, 2002, pp. 175-181.
  • Cannon, Steven. "Maximally Smooth Diatonic Trichord Cycles", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Canright, David. "A Justly Tuned Guitar", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, pp. 8-11.
  • Canright, David. "Ratios for Equal Temperaments", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, 1980, pp. 38-40.
  • Canright, David. "A Tour Up the Harmonic Series", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, summer 1987, p. 8 ff.
  • Canright, David. "Rational notation", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, San Francisco, 1985, pp. 8, 9, 16.
  • Canright, David. "Pentatonics I have known", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, San Francisco, 1985.
  • Canright, David. "On the Piano retuning", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985.
  • Canright, David. "Harmonic-Melodic diagrams", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1988, pp. 1-9.
  • Canright, David. "Fibonacci Gamelan Rhythms", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 4, autumn 1990, p. 4.
  • Canright, David. "Lou Harrison, 'Music for Guitar and Percussion' (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 3, 1992, p. 2.
  • Canright, David. "Superparticular Pentatonics", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, 1995, p. 10.
  • Canright, David. "'Divisions of the Tetrachord' by John H. Chalmers (book review)", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, p. 16.
  • Canright, David. "EPS for JI. Encapsulated PostScript programs to explore musical scales in Just Intonation", WWW, 1999.
  • Canright, David. "Fret Choices for Just Intonation Guitars (or Fretting about Fretting)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 3, fall 2000, pp. 18-21, 24.
  • Canright, David. "Performance: Concert in Celebration of the Chrysalis New Music Studio - Instruments and Music by Cris Forster" (review), 1/1 vol. 11 no. 4, spring 2004, pp. 19-20.
  • Canright, David. "John Schneider: Just Guitars" (CD review), 1/1 vol. 11 no. 4, spring 2004, pp. 21-22.
  • Cantagrel, Gilles. Les défauts du tempérament inégal de Silbermann. Hachette, Paris, 1982.
  • Cantarini, A. "Intervalli enarmonici `enarmonium' e l'avvenire della musica", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 29, 1922, pp. 349-354.
  • Cantrell, David W. "Arnault's Lute, the Modulus of Elasticity of Mersenne's Gut, and the Downbearing Ratio", Galpin Society Journal vol. 34, March 1981, pp. 147-148.
  • Capes, John Moore. An Essay on the Growth of the Musical Scale and of Modern Harmony. Novello, Ewer & co, London, 1877, 144 pages. Kessinger Publishing, 2009, 158 pages.
  • Capleton, Brian. "Why are pianos tuned to Equal Temperament, and What is Equal Temperament? (Temperament without mathematics)", WWW, 2005.
  • Capleton, Brian. "On falseness and paradigms for the nature of piano tuning", WWW, 2005.
  • Capleton, Brian. Theory and practice of piano tuning. Amarilli Books, West Malvern, 2008, 628 pages.
  • Capricornus, Samuel. Geistliche Harmonien. Stuttgart, 1659.
  • Capurso, Alfredo. "The Circular Harmonic System - C.HA.S., English translation by Liz Poore, WWW, 2006, 13 pages.
  • Capurso, Alfredo. "Sonorous Algorithms, Sikania no. 249, July 2007, pp. 79-81.
  • Capurso, Alfredo. "Un nuovo modello interpretativo di alcuni fenomeni acustici: il sistema formale circolare armonico (Circular Harmonic System – C.HA.S.)", A new model of interpretation of some acoustic phenomena (Circular Harmonic System – C.HA.S.)", Quaderni di Ricerca in Didattica no. 19, G.R.I.M. Department of Mathematics, University of Palermo, 2009, pp. 58-83.
  • Capwell, Charles. "The Rags of North Indian Music: Their Structure and Evolution by N.A. Jairazbhoy" (book review), Asian Music vol. 4 no. 2, 1973, pp. 19-26.
  • Caramuel Lobkowitz, Juan. Mathesis nova. Campania, 1670.
  • Caratolozzo, Francesco. "The pentadecaphonic system: an 'equal tempered scale' with interesting properties", WWW, 2001.
  • Carey, Norman and David Clampitt. "Aspects of Well-Formed Scales", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 11 no. 2, fall 1989, pp. 187-206.
  • Carey, Norman and David Clampitt. "Regions: A Theory of Tonal Spaces in Early Medieval Treatises", Journal of Music Theory vol. 40 no. 1, 1996, pp. 113-147.
  • Carey, Norman and David Clampitt. "Self-Similar Pitch Structures, Their Duals, and Rhythmic Analogs", Perspectives of New Music vol. 34 no. 2, summer 1996, pp. 62-87.
  • Carey, Norman. Distribution Modulo 1 and Musical Scales. PhD thesis, University of Rochester, Eastman School of Music, 1998, 343 pages.
  • Carey, Norman. "W.A. Mathieu: Harmonic Experience (book review)", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 24 no. 1, spring 2002, pp. 121-158.
  • Carey, Norman. "On Coherence and Sameness and the Evaluation of Scale Candidacy Claims", Journal of Music Theory vol. 46, 2003, pp. 1-56.
  • Carey, Norman. "Coherence and Sameness in Well-formed and Pairwise Well-Formed Scales", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 1 no. 2, July 2007, pp. 79-98.
  • Carlé, Martin. "Enharmonische Archäologie der griechischen Musiknotation", Die Geburt des Vokalalphabets aus dem Geist der Poesie, Fink, 2006.
  • Carlé, Martin. "Das Samplingtheorem der Antike nach Archytas von Tarent", Medien vor den Medien, Fink, 2007.
  • Carlos, Wendy. "Three Asymmetric Divisions of the Octave", Pitch vol. 4 no. 1, spring 1990, pp. 2-3.
  • Carlos, Wendy. "Tuning: at the Crossroads", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, 1987, pp. 29-43.
  • Carmi-Cohen, Dalia. "An Investigation into the Tonal Structure of the Maqamat", Journal of the International Folk Music Council vol. 16, 1964, pp. 102-106.
  • Caron, Nelly and Dariouche Safvate. Iran, les traditions musicales. Institut International d'Études de la musique, Buchet/Chastel-Corrêa, Paris, 1966.
  • Carpenter, Ellon D. "Russian Music Theory: A Conspectus", in Russian Theoretical Thought In Music, Gordon D. McQuere (ed.), UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor MI, 1983.
  • Carpenter, Hoyle. "Microtones in a Sixteenth Century Portuguese Manuscript", Acta Musicologica vol. 32 no. 1, Jan-Mar 1960, pp. 23-28.
  • Carr, Dale C. "A practical introduction to unequal temperament", The Diapason vol. 65 no. 3, Feb. 1974, pp. 6-8.
  • Carrière, Eric. "La division de l'octave: Ou 'Un peu de physique pour étonner les musiciens': ou 'Un peu de musique pour agacer les physiciens'", Académie Musicologique du Forez vol. 8, March 1987, pp. 9-21.
  • Carrillo, D. (anonymously) "Julián Carrillo. Testimonio de una vida. San Luis Potosí, Committee "San Luis 400", 1992.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Tratado sintético de harmonía. Mexico City, 1913, 8/1915. G. Schirmer, New York, 1916.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Pláticas musicales: de los conservatorios de México, Leizig, Alemania y Gante, Bélgica, México vol. 1, A. Wagner y Levien, Puebla-Guadalajara-Monterrey, 1913, vol. 2, 1923, 1930, 166 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. El Sonido 13, Teoria lógica de la musica. E. Pardo, Mexico, 1924, 136 pages. English translation Writing system for the new music of sixteenths of the tone, music produced by the 13th sound theorie of Julián Carillo in Soundings vol. 5, 1973.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Rectificación básica al sistema musical clásico. Analisis fisico musical "pre-sonido 13". Mexico, 1930. Talleres Gráficos de la Escuela Industrial Militar, San Luis Potosí, 1930, 62 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. La Revolución musical del Sonido 13: Expuesta brevemente en tres capítulos en forma de conferencias, dedicadas al señor ministro plenipotenciario de México en Quito, Ecuador, quien las transmitió por radio en la capital del bello país hermano. Ediciones "Ala Izquierda" de la Cámara de Diputados del Congreso de la Unión, Mexico, 1934, 30 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Teoría lógica de la música. Manuel Casas, Mexico, 1938, 1954.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Génesis de la revolución musical del 'Sonido 13'. Ediciones Sonido 13, San Luis Potosí, 1940, 160 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Método racional de solfeo: entonación y medida de los sonidos musicales. Imprenta Universal, Mexico City, 1941, 57 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Dos leyes de física musical: I. Escala de los armónicos. II. Nueva ley del nodo. Ediciones Sonido 13, Mexico, 1946, 105 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. En defensa del honor de america: 'el Sonido 13!'. Réplica a Papini. Mexico City, 1947.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Sonido 13: Fundamento científico e histórico. Ed. J. Carrillo, Mexico City, 1948, 72 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Leyes de metamórfosis musicales. Talleres Gráficos de la Nación, Mexico, 1949, 89 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Dos leyes de física musical. Sonido 13, Mexico, 1956.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Problemas de estética musical: eviados a la UNESCO y datos históricos relacionados con el problema del 'Sonido 13', Imprenta Universitaria, Mexico City, 1957, 81 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Mexico en la cultura musical del mundo. Mexico City, 1957.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Sistema general de escritura musical. Ediciones Sonido 13, Mexico City, 1957, 67 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. El infinito en las escalas y en los acordes. Ediciones Sonido 13, Mexico City, 1957, 81 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Nouveau système generale de notation musicale. French translation by Paul de Ceuleneer, Sonido 13, Mexico, 1958, 67 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. 'Sonido 13': Recorrido histórico. Litográficas Hacienda, Mexico City, 1962, 200 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. Errores universales en música y física musical. Seminario de cultura mexicana, Mexico City, 1967, 455 pages.
  • Carrillo, Julián. "Busoni, Wyschnegradsky y Hába (1961)", in Errores universales en música y física musical, Mexico, 1967, pp. 55-59.
  • Carruthers, A.R. "Pitch Changes in the Sound of the Highland Bagpipe", Acustica vol. 41, 1978, pp. 46-50.
  • Carter, Stewart (ed.) A performer's guide to seventeenth-century music. Schirmer Books, New York, 1997, 432 pages.
  • Carterette, Edward C., Nazir Ali Jairazhboy and Kathryn Vaughn. "The role of tambura spectra in drone tunings of North Indian ragas", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 83, Supplement 1, 1988, p. S121.
  • Carterette, Edward C., Kathryn Vaughn and Nazir Ali Jairazhboy, "Perceptual, Acoustical, and Musical Aspects of the Tambura Drone", Music Perception vol. 7 no. 2, winter 1989, pp. 75-108.
  • Carterette, Edward C. and R.A. Kendall. "On the tuning and stretched octave of Javanese gamelans", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 4, 1994, pp. 59-68.
  • Carterette, Edward C. "Timbre, tuning and stretched octave of Javanese gamelans", Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Music Perception & Cognition, European Society for the Cognitive Sciences of Music, Liège, pp. 103-104.
  • Cartwright, Julyan H.E.; Diego L. González; Oreste Piro and Domenico Stanzial. "Aestetics, Dynamics and Musical Scales: A Golden Connection", Journal of New Music Research vol. 31 no. 1, 2002.
  • Cartwright, Julyan H.E.; Jack Douthett; Diego L. González; Richard Krantz and Oreste Piro. "Two musical paths to the Farey series and devil's staircase", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 4 no. 1, 2010, pp. 57-74.
  • Casimir, H.B.G. and S.R. de Groot. "Levensbericht van Adriaan Daniël Fokker (17 augustus 1887 - 24 september 1972)", KNAW Jaarboek 1972, 1973, pp. 114-118.
  • Castañeda D. "La Revolución Musical", El Sonido 13 vol. 2 no. 7, 15 April 1925, pp. 14-18.
  • Castanet, P.A. "Les satellites de Dusapin ou le solipsisme musical", Cahiers du CIREM vol. 12-13, 1989, Paris, pp. 53-72.
  • Castel, Louis-Bertrand. Extrait du 'Nouveau systême' de Montvallon. August 1747.
  • Castellengo, Michèle. La flûte traversière. Bulletin du Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale no. 35, Université de Paris, Paris, April 1968.
  • Castellengo, Michèle. "Sons multiphoniques aux instruments à vent", Rapport IRCAM no. 34, Paris, 1982.
  • Catalisano, Gennaro. Grammatica armonica fisico-matématica. P. Giunti, Roma, 1781.
  • Catler, Jon. "Just Intonation in Modern Music", Pitch vol. 1 no. 1, 1986, pp. 4-5.
  • Catler, Jon. "Over & Under: The 13 Limit", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, summer 1987, pp. 4-5.
  • Catler, Jon. The Nature of Music. FreeNote Records, New York, 2003.
  • Caton, Margaret L. The classical Tasnif, a genre of Persian vocal music. PhD diss., University of California, Los Angeles, 1983.
  • Caus, Salomon de. Institutions harmoniques. Diuisée en deux parties. En la première sont monstrées les proportions des intervalles harmoniques et en la deuxiesme les compositions dicelles. Jan Norton, Frankfurt, 1615, 59 pages.
  • Caus, Salomon de. Les raisons des forces mouvantes avec différentes machines. Jan Norton, Frankfurt, 1615.
  • Cavalieri, Bonaventura. Centuria di vari problemi (...) per dimostrare l'uso, et la facilita de' logaritmi (...) nella musica. Monti et Zenero, Bologna, 1639.
  • Cavallini, Edoardo. "Breve nota sul pluricromatìsmo", Rivista Musicale Italiana, 1943, p. 247.
  • Cavallini, Edoardo. "Il Pluricromatìsmo nell' evoluzione musicale", Rivista Musicale Italiana, 1946, p. 130.
  • Cavallini, Edoardo. "Per un' intensa sull' unificazione dei segni pluricromatici" (a more unified system of microtonal notation), Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 48 no. 4, Milan, 1946, pp. 516-522.
  • Cavallo, Tiberius. "Of the Temperament of those Musical Instruments, in which the Tones, Keys, or Frets, are Fixed, as in the Harpsichord, Organ, Guitar, &c.", Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London vol. 78, January 1788, pp. 238-254. excerpts.
  • Cazden, Norman. "Musical Consonance and Dissonance - a Cultural Criterion", Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 4, 1945, pp. 3-11.
  • Cazden, Norman. Musical Consonance and Dissonance. PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1947.
  • Cazden, Norman. "Tonal Function and Sonority in the Study of Harmony", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 2, 1954, pp. 21-34.
  • Cazden, Norman. "Pythagoras and Aristoxenos reconciled", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 11 nos. 2-3, 1958, pp. 91-105.
  • Cazden, Norman. "Musical Intervals and Simple Number Ratios", Journal of Research In Music Education vol. 7 no. 2, 1959, pp. 197-220.
  • Cazden, Norman. "Sensory Theories of Musical Consonance", Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 20, 1962, pp. 301-319.
  • Cazden, Norman. "The Definition of Consonance and Dissonance", International Review of the Aesthetics and Sociology of Music vol. 11 no. 2, 1980, pp. 123-168.
  • Çelik, Ahmet Emre. "Safiyüddin Abdülmümin Urmevi'nin ses sistemi teorisine matematiksel bir yaklasim", WWW, Sept. 2004.
  • Çelik, Ahmet Emre. "Rauf Yekta Bey deki 25/24 oranindaki bemol sesinin incelenmesi", WWW, March 2007.
  • Centre for Microtonal Music and the Society for the Promotion of New Music. Microtonality Manual. July 1991.
  • Cerny, Miroslav Karel. "K otazce realne podoby a zformovani staroreckych stupnic a organizace tonoveho materialu" (The actual shaping and forming of ancient Greek scales and organization of tonal material), Hudebni veda vol. 28 no. 3, 1991, pp. 207-219.
  • Cerone, Pietro. El Melopeo y maestro: Tractado de musica theorica y pratica: en que se pone por extenso, lo que uno para hazerse perfecto musico ha menester saber: y por mayor facilidad, comodidad, y claridad del lector, esta repartido en XXII libros. Va tan exemplificado y claro, que qualquiera de mediana habilidad, con poco trabajo alcançarà esta profession... Juan Bautista Gargano y Lucrecio Nucci, Naples, 1613. Reprint: Forni, Bibliotheca musica Bononiensis, Sezione II. n. 25, Bologna, 1969.
  • Cerullo, Victor. Max Microtuner .mtx file format, WWW, 2003.
  • Cerullo, Victor. "mtx tuning file format specifications and how to build an mtx loader program with examples for Max/MSP", WWW, 2007.
  • Ceulemans, Anne-Emmanuelle and Bonnie J. Blackburn (eds.) Théorie et analyses musicales: 1450-1650. Music Theory and Analysis. Proceedings, of the International Conference Louvain-la-Neuve, 23-25 September 1999, Université Catholique de Louvain, C. Musicologica neolovaniensia, Studia, vol. 9, Louvain, 2001, 440 pp. (Articles by Blackburn, Woodley, Bent, van Benthem, Magani & Rossi, Tacaille, Judd, Otalola, McKinney, Schiltz, Bonniffet, Phipps & Rasch).
  • Chabrier, Jean-Claude. "Le système acoustique armenien d'Hambardzoum au XIXème siècle", Ethnomusicology and the historical dimension, Philipp, Ludwigsburg, 1989, pp. 130-132.
  • Chabrier, Jean-Claude. "Zither in Egypt. Cairo. Qanun, M. 'Atiya 'Omar: Cithare en Egypte. Le Caire. Qanun, M. 'Atiya 'Omar", Anthologie phonographique de recital oriental vol. 7, Arabesques, Paris, 1979.
  • Chabrier, Jean-Claude. "Eléments d'une approache comparative des échelles théoriques arabo-irano-turques", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 39-77.
  • Chabrier, Jean-Claude. "Le deuxième Symposium international de Samarkand (7-14 octobre 1983)", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 188-191.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le mythe des modes grecs", 1956.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques (ed.) Précis de musicologie. Presses universitaires de France, Paris, 1958. 432 pages.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le dynamisme des gammes et des accords dans les principaux systèmes acoustiques et son influence sur le développement de la musique", Acoustique musicale, Congrès Marseille 1958, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959, pp. 13-18.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le problème de l'harmonique 7 devant l'histoire musicale", Acoustique musicale, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. L'imbroglio des modes. Leduc, Paris, 1960, 1977, 92 pages.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. Le monochorde et la théorie musicale. Amsterdam, 1963.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. Un grand théoricien belge méconnu...Momigny. Bruxelles, 1966.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. Expliquer l'Harmonie. Collection Histoire de la Musique no. 16, Éditions Rencontre, Lausanne, 1967, 128 pages.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. La musique grecque antique. Les belles lettres, Paris, 1979.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. De la musique à la musicologie, Etude analytique de l'oeuvre de Jacques Chailley présentée par ses collègues, ses élèves et ses amis.... Van de Velde, Paris, 1980.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. Éléments de philologie musicale. I. Recherches des principes. II. Intervalles et échelles. Leduc, Paris, 1985, 180 pages.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le symbolisme de la gamme", La Revue Musicale, Paris, 1988, pp. 408-409.
  • Chailley, M. Jacques. "Rameau et la théorie musicale", La Revue Musicale vol. 260.
  • Chakraborty, Satyaban. Svaras and Srutis in Indian Music. Kalyani Prakashani, West Bengal, 1990.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. & M. Joel Mandelbaum. "Multiple Division of the Octave and the Tonal Resources of 19-tone Temperament", Current Musicology vol. 5, 1967, pp. 138-142.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Editorial and Prospectus", Xenharmonikôn vol. 1, 1974, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Conversion Tables and Just Intonation Tables", Xenharmonikôn vol. 1, 1974, pp. 26-57.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "New Linear Temperaments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, 1974, pp. 36-41.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Application of Rothenberg's Pattern Recognition Model to the Structure of Tetrachords and Tetrachordal Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975, pp. 51-62.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 4, 1975, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Cyclic scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 4, 1975, pp. 69-78.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments Five", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, 1976, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments Six", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1977, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Microtonal Mathematics 1", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, 1978, pp. 12-13.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Polychordal Arrays of MOS Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 156-167.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments: Seven and Eight", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "A Collection of Scales with Nineteen Notes", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 168-180.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Some Additional Nineteen Tone Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 181-186.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Some Designs for Small Numbered Non-12-Tone Metallophones and Keyboards", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, pp. 10, 14.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr and Ervin M. Wilson. "Combination Product Sets and Other Melodic and Harmonic Structures", Proceedings of the 7th International Computer Music Conference, North Texas State University, Denton, 1981. ICMA, pp. 348-362.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Report on Visit to the Carrillo Studio", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, 1982, p. 4.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Construction and Harmonization of Microtonal Scales in non-twelve-tone Equal Temperaments", Proceedings of the 8th International Computer Music Conference, Venice, 1982. ICMA, pp. 534-555.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Joseph Yasser, 1893 - 1981", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, p. 25.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Letter to the Editor, "Dear Ear." Contains some keyboards for 10-tone Equal Temperament and an All-Interval Row in 10-tone Equal Temperament", Ear vol. 8 no. 1-2, 1983, p. 2.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Letter to the Editor, "Dear Ear." Contains a listing of All-Interval Rows in various Equal temperaments", Ear vol. 8 no. 3, 1983, p. 2.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Scales with Seven Tones", Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1985, pp. 3-19.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Transformations", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 1, 1987, pp. 1-9.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Scales with Seven Tones, Part Two: Derived Forms and Structural Properties", Xenharmonikôn vol. 10, 1987, pp. 20-31.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Report on the American Festival of Microtonal Music's 'Microfest'", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, 1988, pp. 12-14.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Report on the 1988 Third Coast New Music Project, 'The Eternal Internal-A Festival of Microtonal Musics'", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, 1988, p. 15.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Easley Blackwood: The Structure of Recognizable Diatonic Tunings (book review)", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, 1988, pp. 4-5, 14.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tetrachordal Scales and Complexes", Xenharmonikôn vol. 11, 1989, pp. 1-20.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Nineteen-Tone Instruments of W.A. (Jim) Piehl and Tillman Schafer", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 4 no. 6, April 1989, pp. 5-7.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Scales with Seven Tones, Part Three: The M->T and D->M Matrices", Xenharmonikôn vol. 12, 1989, pp. 39-67.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Getting in Tune with Microtunings", Letter to Editor, Electronic Musician vol. 5 no. 7, July 1989, pp. 13-14.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "JI Calc 3.11 (software review)", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 5 no. 6, 1990, pp. 19-20.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Three Approaches to Harmony in 13-TET", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 53-64.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 13", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 2-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Harmonic and Subharmonic Versions of Kathleen Schlesinger's Harmoniai", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 3, 1992, pp. 4-11.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "A Compendium of 12-tone Scales in 5-Limit Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 4, 1992, pp. 4-9, 15-16.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Carol L. Krumhansl: Cognitive Foundations of Musical Pitch (book review)", Leonardo vol. 25 no. 2, 1992, pp. 221-223.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 14", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1993, pp. 1-2.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Just in Fun-Augenskalen", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 1, 1993, p. 2.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. Chalmers's Compendium of Tetrachordal Scales, A set of Ji Calc HyperCard stacks for tuning synthesizers to the scales in 'Divisions'. Frog Peak Music, Lebanon NH, 1993.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. Divisions of the Tetrachord. Frog Peak Music, Hanover NH, 1993, 234 pages.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Triadic Diamond, the Triadic Reversed Diamond, and their Constituent Tetrachords when D = 3/2", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 60-73.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The TOUCH-TONE® Signal Pitches as Subsets of Stretched 14-Tone ET's", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 74-80.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Cents and Non-Cents: Logarithmic Measures of Musical Interval Magnitude", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 81-95.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "David Doty: The Just Intonation Primer (book review)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 96-97.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "An Anticipation of the Partch Tonality Diamond in Augusto Novaro's Sistema Natural Base del Natural-Aproximado (1927)", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 2, 1994, pp. 9-10.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Two Recent Books on Ancient Greek Music, book reviews of M.L. West's 'Ancient Greek Music', and Andrew Barker's 'Greek Musical Writings II, Harmonic and Acoustic Theory'", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, 1994, pp. 2, 16.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "In Memoriam Ivor Darreg (1917-1994)", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, 1994, p. 20.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "In Memoriam Ivor Darreg (1917-1994)", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 4, 1994, pp. 7-8.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Wayward: Harry Partch at UCSD", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, pp. 20, 24.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 16", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, pp. 1-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Eduardo Sábat-Garibaldi: Principios de la Gama Dinámica (book review)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, pp. 126-127.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Oedipus and Revelation in the Courthouse Park: Harry Partch's Two Music-Dramas on Classical Greek Themes", Didaskalia vol. 3 no. 1, 1996.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 17", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 1-3.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Number of 23-Prime-Limit Superparticular Ratios Less Than 10,000,000", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 111-115.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Explanation of John Chalmers's Lattice Diagrams", WWW, 1999.
  • Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 18", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 1-2.
  • Chamberlin, Robert. "Symposium in the Study of Tricesimoprimal Music", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
  • Chang, Chuan C. "Fundamentals of Piano Practice", WWW. German translation by Edgar Lins "Klavier spielen - Grundlagen, Übungen, Praxistips", 2002. Polish translation, 2001.
  • Chantavoine, J. "L'Orient et la musique de l'avenir", Le Ménestrel no. 4490, March 1922.
  • Chao, Chuh Ah. Das zhouzeitliche Grab des Markgrafen Yi von Zeng aus der Provinz Hubei, VR China mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Musikinstrumenten-Beigaben. MA diss., Music history: Hochschule für Musik und darstellende Kunst, Wien, 1982, 98 pages.
  • Chapman, Roger Edington Harmonie universelle: The Books on Instruments. Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1957. Partial English translation of Mersenne (1636).
  • Chardon, Yves. "Essais à propos de la justesse attractive", La Revue Musicale vol. 13, 1932, p. 166 ff.
  • Charrier, Stéphane. La clé des Sons ou comment accorder son piano. Centre de Documentation pédagogique, Marseille, 1980.
  • Charry, Eric. Mande Music. Traditional and modern music of the Maninka and Mandinka of western Africa. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 2000, 500 pages.
  • Chase, Gilbert. "Harry Partch", The American Composer Speaks. Lousiana University Press, Baton Rouge, 1966, pp. 193-200.
  • Chaumont, Lambert. Pièces d'orgue sur les 8 tons...Et la méthode d'accorder le clavessin. Danielis, Liège, 1695, 146 pages.
  • Chavannes, Edouard. Les Mémoires historiques de Se-ma Ts'ien. 5 vols., Paris, 1895-1905. Volume 3 is about music.
  • Chávez, Carlos. Toward a New Music. W.W. Norton and Co., New York, 1937.
  • Chemillier, Marc. "Monoïde libre et musique", RAIRO Informatique théorique et applications vol. 21 no. 3, 1987, pp. 341-371, and vol. 21 no. 4, 1987, pp. 379-417, Gauthier Villars, Paris.
  • Chemillier, Marc and G. Duchamp. "Algorithme de réduction des degrés dans une gamme musicale (d'après la théorie de d'Yves Hellegouarch)", Gazette des mathématiciens vol. 82, 1999, pp. 26-30.
  • Chen, Qixiang and Zhihua Lu. "A Natural Approach Towards the Recognition of Slendro Scales", Journal of Music in China vol. 3 no. 1, spring 2001, pp. 99-107.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Study of Qin Temperament", 1984.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Discussion of Jiang Kui's 'Tuning method for the Ceshang Mode'" (in Chinese), Journal of Musicology, 1984, no. 3, Cultural Arts Publ. Co., Beijing, pp. 22-42.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Qinqu Jieshidiao Youlan de yinlü" (The temperament of 'Youlan' in the Jieshi mode), Zhongyang yinyue xueyuan xuebao (The Journal of the Central Conservatory of Music), 1984, no. 1.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Lun si fen sun yi lü" (A discussion of the addition and subtraction of fourths), Zhongguo yinyue, 1984, no. 3, Beijing, pp. 21-23.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Temperamentology in ancient Chinese written records", Musicology Australia vol. 11-12, 1988-1989, pp. 44-64.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "A report on Chinese research into the Dunhuang music manuscripts", English translation by Coralie Rockwell, Musica Asiatica vol. 6, Oxford, 1991, pp. 61-72.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "My Opinion about Zhu Caiyü's Qin Temperament" (in Chinese), Musicology in China, 1992, no. 1, pp. 124-132.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "A Further Discourse on the Different Historical Periods of the Evolution of Qin Temperament" (in Chinese), Art of Music, 1992, no. 2, pp. 16-21.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "(Are) There No Tuning Modes (using) Just Intonation in Extrant Ming Dynasty Qin Music Books?" (in Chinese), Musicology in China, 1992, no. 4, pp. 22-30.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "A Third Discourse on the Different Historical Periods of the Evolution of Qin Temperament" (in Chinese), Art of Music, 1992, no. 4, pp. 4-10.
  • Chen, Yingshi. "Comment on 'The Study of Qin Temperament'" (in Chinese), Art of Music, 1996, no. 4, pp. 1-5 & 19.
  • Chen, Yuan-liang. Shih Lin Kuang Chi. 1340.
  • Chen, Yugang. Zhongguo guyuelü de yunshuang yu jexi (A mathematical calculation and analysis of ancient Chinese tone systems). Shengyun Publications, Taipei, 1982.
  • Chen, Wan-nai. "Zhu Zai-Yu suanxue zhi yenjiu" (Findings of Zhu Zaiyu's mathematics), Huagang wenke xuebao vol. 14, June 1982, pp. 45-69.
  • Cheng, Gongliang. "(Are) There Any Tuning Modes (using) Just Intonation in Extrant Ming Dynasty Qin Music Books?" (in Chinese), Musicology in China, 1992, no. 2, pp. 101-106.
  • Chesnut, John Hind. "Mozart's teaching of intonation", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 30 no. 2, summer 1977, pp. 254-271.
  • Chevé-Paris, Nanine. Science et Art de l'intonation, théorie et pratique, système des points d'appui. Paris, 1868.
  • Cheveigné, Alain de. "Harmonic fusion and pitch shifts of mistuned partials", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 102 no. 2, 1997, pp. 1083–1087.
  • Cheveigné, Alain de. "Pitch shifts of mistuned partials: A time-domain model", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 106 no. 2, 1999, pp. 887–897.
  • Chew, Elaine. Towards a Mathematical Model of Tonality. PhD diss., Operations Research Center, MIT, Cambridge MA, 2000.
  • Chew, Elaine. "The spiral array: An algorithm for determining key boundaries", Music and Artificial Intelligence - Second International Conference ICMAI, C. Anagnostopoulou, M. Ferrand and A. Smaill (eds.), Edinburgh, 2002, pp. 18-31.
  • Chew, Elaine. "Thinking out of the grid and inside the spiral - Geometric interpretations of and comparisons with the spiral array model", 15 October 2003, 22 pages.
  • Chew, Elaine. "Slicing it all ways: Mathematical models for tonal induction, approximation and segmentation using the spiral array", INFORMS Journal on Computing vol. 18 no. 3, 2006.
  • Childs, Barney. "Ben Johnston: Quintet for Groups", Perspectives of New Music vol. 7 no. 1, autumn-winter 1968, pp. 110-121.
  • Chilesotti, Oscar. "Sulle gamme e i suoni di combinazione", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 5, 1898, pp. 754-785.
  • Chilesotti, Oscar. "Sulle gamme. Appunti", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 7, 1900, pp. 368-370.
  • Chilesotti, Oscar. "La scala naturale e il sistema a 53 gradi", Gazzetta musicale di Milano vol. 56, 1901, 33: pp. 478-481, 35: pp. 502-505.
  • Chilesotti, Oscar. "Le scale arabico-persane e indù. Appunti", Sammelbände der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 3, Leipzig, 1901-1902, pp. 595-598.
  • Chilesotti, Oscar. "Di Nicola Vicentino e dei generi greci secondo Vincenzo Galilei", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 19, 1912.
  • Chiriano, Nicola. "Relazioni armoniche in un pianoforte", WWW, 2010.
  • Chislett, Laura. "Sulle Scale Della Fenice, Performer's Notebook", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, 1991, pp. 94-99.
  • Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Entdeckungen über die Theorie des Klanges. Weidmanns Erben und Reich, Leipzig, 1787. Reprints 1817, 1821, 1987.
  • Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. "Über die wahre Ursache des Consonierens und Dissonierens", Allgemeine musikalische Zeitung, 1801.
  • Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Die Akustik. Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1802, 310 pages. French translation Traité d'acoustique, Courcier, Paris, 1809, 375 pages.
  • Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Über die Nachtheile der Stimmung in ganz reinen Quinten und Quarten....Aufsatz des Hern. von Drieberg über die Stimmung.... 1826.
  • Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Kurze Übersicht der Schall- und Klanglehre, nebst einem Anhange die Entwicklung und Anordnung der Tonverhältnisse betreffend. B. Schott's Söhne, Mainz, 1827.
  • Chocholle, R. and J.P. Legouix. "About the sensation of beats between two tones whose frequencies are nearly in a simple ratio", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 29, 1957, p. 750.
  • Choquel, Henri Louis. La musique rendue sensible par la méchanique. Paris, 1762.
  • Chrisman, Richard. "Eric Regener: Pitch Notation and Equal Temperament: A Formal Study (book review)", Journal of Music Theory vol. 19 no. 1, spring 1975, pp. 161-171.
  • Christensen, Thomas S. Science and Music Theory in the Enlightenment: d'Alembert's Critique of Rameau. Unpublished PhD thesis, Yale University, 1985.
  • Christensen, Thomas S. "Le Cycle Harmonique, by Christiaan Huygens, edited and translated by Rudolph Rasch (book review)", Journal of Music Theory vol. 32, 1988.
  • Christensen, Thomas S. (ed.) The Cambridge History of Western Music Theory. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, December 2001, 1100 pages, 31 chapters: 4. Greek music theory Thomas J. Mathiesen; 5. The transmission of ancient music theory into the Middle Ages Calvin Bower; 6. Medieval canonics Jan Herlinger; 7. Tuning and temperament Rudolf Rasch; 8. The role of harmonics in the scientific revolution Penelope Gouk; 9. From acoustics to tonpsychologie Burdette Green and David Butler; 10. Music theory and mathematics Catherine Nolan; Part III. Regulative Traditions: 11. Notes, scales, and modes in Carolingian thought David Cohen; 12. Renaissance modal theory: theoretical, compositional and editorial perspectives Cristle Collins Judd; 13. Tonal organization in seventeenth-century music theory Gregory Barnett; 14. Dualist tonal space and transformation in the nineteenth century Henry Klumpenhouwer; etc.
  • Chrysander, Friedrich. "Eduard Grell als Gegner der instrumentalmusik, der Orgel, der Temperatur und der Virtuosität", Vierteljahrsschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 4, 1888, pp. 99-121.
  • Chuckrow, Robert. Historical Tuning of Keyboard Instruments: Theory and Practice. Rising Mist Publications, Briarcliff Manor NY, 1999, 68 pages.
  • Chung, Robert Ming Hsueh. Zur musikwissenschaftlichen Bedeutung Dschu Dsyi-yüs. (Dem Erfinder der gleichschwebenden Temperatur des Zwölftonsystems). PhD thesis, University of Vienna, 1973. 2 vols., 365 pages.
  • Cifariello Ciardi, Fabio. "Applicazioni dell'elaboratore nell'analisi dei livelli di tensione intervallare delle strutture microtonali", Proceedings of the 6th Italian Computer Music Conference, UNICOPLI, Milano, 1985.
  • Cifariello Ciardi, Fabio. "The organization of microtonal sets in computer music", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Paul Berg (ed.), The Hague, October 1986, pp. A17-A20.
  • Cimbro A. "La gamma per terzi di tono", Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 27, 1920, pp. 483-496.
  • Cip, Pavel and Josef Rezny. Ceske dudy: Vyroba, zdobeni, ladeni (The Czech bagpipe: Building, decoration, and tuning). Blok, Strakonice-Zubri, 1991, 46 pages.
  • Ciurio, E. Fausto. "Chitarra quartitonale", Fronimo vol. 3 no. 10, 1975, pp. 25-26.
  • Clampitt, David. "Report: An International Symposium on Music and Mathematics (Bucharest, Romania)", Music Theory Online vol. 1 no. 1, January 1995.
  • Clampitt, David. Pairwise Well-Formed Scales: Structural and Transformational Properties. Unpublished dissertation, University of Buffalo, 1997.
  • Clampitt, David. "The legacy of John Clough in mathematical music theory", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 1 no. 2, July 2007, pp. 73-78.
  • Clampitt, David and Thomas Noll. "Regions and Standard Modes", Mathematics and Computation in Music, Proceedings of the Second International Conference, MCM 2009, John Clough Memorial Conference, New Haven CT, 19-22 June 2009, Elaine Chew, Adrian Childs and Ching-Hua Chuan (eds.), Springer-Verlag, Series Communications in Computer and Information Science vol. 38, Berlin/Heidelberg, 2009, pp. 81-92.
  • Clampitt, David; Manuel Domínguez and Thomas Noll. "Plain and Twisted Adjoints of Well-Formed Words", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Clark, Carrie Starr. "Just Intonation in the Kirana Vocal Tradition", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, 1989, p. 1 ff.
  • Clements, Ernest. Introduction to the study of Indian music. An attempt to reconcile modern Hindustani music with ancient musical theory and to profound an accurate and comprehensive method of treatment of the subject of Indian musical intonation. Longmans, Green & Co., London, 1913, 119 pages. Reprint Chandigarh Abhishek, 1992, 113 pages.
  • Clements, Ernest and K.B. Deval (eds.) The Ragas of Hindustan vol. I-III. Philharmonic Society of Western India, Poona, 1918-1923. Reprint as Encyclopaedia of Indian Music with Special Reference to the Ragas, Sri Satguru Publications, Delhi, 1986.
  • Cleonides. Eisagoge armonike. English translation Harmonic Introduction by D.C. Mackenzie, in Source Readings in Music History O. Strunk (ed.), W.W. Norton & Company, New York, 1950. English translation with commentary by Jon Solomon, PhD diss., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1980, 2 vols., 397 pages.
  • Clough, John. "Aspects of diatonic sets", Journal of Music Theory vol. 23 no. 1, 1979, pp. 45-61.
  • Clough, John. "Diatonic interval sets and transformational structures", Perspectives of New Music vol. 18 no. 1-2, 1979-1980, pp. 461-482.
  • Clough, John and Gerald Myerson. "Musical Scales and the Generalized Circle of Fifths", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 93 no. 9, 1986, pp. 695-701.
    other version: "Variety and Multiplicity in Diatonic Systems", Journal of Music Theory vol. 29 no. 2, 1985, pp. 249-270.
  • Clough, John and Jack Douthett. "Maximally Even Sets", Journal of Music Theory vol. 35 no. 1-2, 1991, pp. 93-173. Correction in vol. 36 no. 2, fall 1992, pp. 401-402.
  • Clough, John, Jack Douthett, N. Ramanathan and Lewis Rowell. "Early Indian Heptatonic Scales and Recent Diatonic Theory", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 15 no. 1, 1993, pp. 36-58.
  • Clough, John, John Cuciurean and Jack Douthett. "Hyperscales and the Generalized Tetrachord", Journal of Music Theory vol. 41 no. 1, 1997, pp. 67–100.
  • Clough, John, Nora Engebretsen and Jonathan Kochavi. "Scales, Sets, and Interval Cycles: A Taxonomy", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 21 no. 1, spring 1999, pp. 74-104.
  • Clough, Rosa Trillough. The Futurists. New York, 1965, pp. 188-189.
  • Coates, William. "The Equal Temperament of 31 Notes to the Octave", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 23-27.
  • Coburn, Robert. "Harry Partch: An Anthology of Critical Perspectives (book review)", Leonardo vol. 35 no. 2, April 2002, pp. 209-210.
  • Cochlaeus, Johannes. Tetrachordum musices. Fredericus Peypus, Nürnberg, 1514. Tractatus primus, tractatus secundus, tractatus tertius, tractatus quartus.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Not equal: feminism, tuning, and theory pedagogy", Theory and Practice vol. 20, 1995, pp. 1-12.
  • Code, David Løberg. Pianoets elfenbensbur. Unpubl. article, Kalamazoo, Mich./Oslo, November 1998.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Quest for the Pure Voice: Eivind Groven's Renstemt Organ", Music Theory Midwest, 1999 Tenth Annual Conference, Butler University, Indianapolis IN, 14-15 May 1999.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Eivind Groven's Pure-tuned Organs", WWW, 1999.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Groven Piano Project", WWW.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Acting Natural: Eivind Groven's Naturskalaen and the Renstemte Organ", Norsk Folkemusikklags skrifter vol. 15, 2001, pp. 68-78.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Eivind Grovens 'Rein'boge: det renstemte orgelet som folkeinstrument", Årbok for norsk folkemusikk vol. 10, 2001, pp. 100-110.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Groven.Max: An Adaptive Tuning System for MIDI Pianos", Computer Music Journal vol. 26 no. 2, 2002, pp. 50-61.
  • Code, David Løberg. "The Groven Piano In Tune with Nature", Piano Today vol. 9, summer 2002, pp. 48-49.
  • Code, David Løberg. "Groven ex machina: the Evolving Technology of Tuning", Studia musicologica norvegica vol. 29, 2003, pp. 44-56.
  • Codogno, Maurizio. "Pillole di teoria musicale", WWW, 1998.
  • Coenen, Alcedo. "Thirty One: Adriaan Fokker and the Tricesimoprimal Music", Ear Magazine East vol. 7 no. 5, New York, 1982/1983.
  • Coffy, Henri-Pierre. "Un musicien de l'Espace", Inter-Hebdo, Paris, 28 May 1965, p. 32.
  • Cohen, Albert. "Étienne Loulié as a music theorist", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 18 no. 1, pp. 70-72.
  • Cohen, Albert. "Symposium on Seventeenth-Century Music Theory: France", Journal of Music Theory vol. 16 no. 1-2, 1972, pp. 4-5, 16-36.
  • Cohen, Albert. "Rameau, equal temperament, and the Academy of Lyon: A controversy revisited", French Musical Thought 1600-1800, G. Cowart (ed.), Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 1989, pp. 121-128.
  • Cohen, Annabel J. "Context effects in the absolute judgment of a microtonal scale", Canadian Psychological Association Annual Meeting, Montreal, June 1988.
  • Cohen, Annabel J. "Identification of a microtonal scale of complex tones: Context effects", Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, November 1988, p. 191.
  • Cohen, Annabel J., D. Dunphy, B. Frankland, R. Parncutt and G. Taylor. "Effects of diatonic structure versus scale-step size on processing serial order", 2nd International Conference on Music Perception, Los Angeles, February 1992.
  • Cohen, Annabel J. "Musical training and pitch schemata: Tonal influences in microtonal contexts", invited symposium on pitch schemata, 3rd International Conference for Music Perception and Cognition, Irene Deliege (ed.), Liege, 1994, pp. 81-82.
  • Cohen, Dalia. "Patterns and Frameworks of Intonation", Journal of Music Theory vol. 13 no. 1, spring 1969, pp. 66-92.
  • Cohen, Dalia and Ruth Katz. Palestinian Arab Music: A Maqam Tradition in Practice. University of Chicago Press, 2006, 518 pages.
  • Cohen, David E. "Metaphysics, ideology, discipline: Consonance, dissonance, and the foundations of Western polyphony", Theoria vol. 7, 1993, pp. 1-85.
  • Cohen, Elizabeth A. "Some effects of inharmonic partials on interval perception", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 323-349.
  • Cohen, Flynn. Henry Cowell and James Tenney: Musical Harmonics from Theory to Practice. Thesis, Mills College, Oakland CA, 1998.
  • Cohen, H. Floris. "Christiaan Huygens on Consonance and the Division of the Octave", Studies on Christiaan Huygens, H.J.M. Bos et al. (eds.), Lisse, 1980, pp. 271-301.
  • Cohen, H. Floris. Quantifying music. The science of music at the first stage of the Scientific Revolution, 1580-1650. D. Reidel Publishers & Co., Dordrecht, 1984, 308 pages.
  • Cohen, H. Floris. "Music, experiment and mathematics in England, 1653–1705, by Benjamin Wardhaugh (book review)", Early Science and Medicine vol. 15, 2010, pp. 310–312. Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 4 no. 3, November 2010, pp. 173–174.
  • Cohn, Richard. "Properties and Generability of Transpositionally Invariant Sets", Journal of Music Theory vol. 35 no. 1-2, 1991, pp. 1-32.
  • Cohn, Richard. "Generalized Cycles of Fifths, Some Late-Nineteenth-Century Applications, and Some Extensions to Microtonal and Beat-Class Spaces", keynote address for the Fifth Annual Meeting of Music Theory Midwest/Eighth Biennial Symposium of the Indiana University Graduate Theory Association, Bloomington IN, 14 May 1994.
  • Cohn, Richard. "Maximally Smooth Cycles, Hexatonic Systems, and the Analysis of Late-Romantic Triadic Progressions", Music Analysis vol. 15 no. 1, 1996, pp. 9-40.
  • Cohn, Richard. "Introduction to neo-Riemannian theory: A survey and a historical perspective", Journal of Music Theory vol. 42 no. 2, 1998, pp. 167-180.
  • Collangettes, Xavier Maurice. "Étude sur la musique arabe", Journal asiatique vol. 4, 1904, pp. 365-422; vol. 8, 1906, pp. 149-190.
  • Collins, Nick. "Uniqueness of Pitch Class Spaces, Minimal Bases and Z Partners", Proceedings of the Diderot Forum on Mathematics and Music, Vienna, 1999, pp. 63-77.
  • Collins, Nick. "A Microtonal Tempo Canon Generator After Nancarrow and Jaffe", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference 2003, Singapore, 2003, 4 pages.
  • Colonna, Fabio and Stella, Scipione. La sambuca lincea, overo Dell'Istromento Musico perfetto: Con annotazioni critiche manoscritte di Scipione Stella (1618-1624). Naples, 1618. Reprint with introduction by Patrizio Barbieri (ed.), Musurgiana no. 24, Lucca, 1991, 171 pages. In Italian and English. Facsimile of original, Lib. III di Fabio Colonna Linceo Ne'quali oltre la descrittione, e costruttione dell'Istromento si tratta delle diuisione del Monacordo: della proportione de Tuoni semituoni, e lor minute parti. Della differeza de tre Geni di Musica, de Gradi Enarmonici e Chromatici: e in che differiscano da quelli de gli Antichi l'osseruati è descritti dall'Autore; con gli esempi di numeri, di musica, e di segni..., Costatin Vitale, Napoli, 1618. Reprint series: Bibliotheca musica Bononiensis. Sezione II, n. 152, A. Forni, Bologna, 1980, 116 pages.
  • Coltman, John W. "The intonation of antique and modern flutes, Parts 1-4", The Instrumentalist vol. 29 no. 5, 1974-1975.
  • Coltman, John W. "Flute scales, pitch and intonation", The Instrumentalist, May 1976.
  • Coltman, John W. (ed.) Tuning wind instruments. Booklet produced for distribution in schools by C.G. Conn Ltd., Oak Brook, Illinois. Revised and enlarged by John W. Coltman, 1977, 12 pages.
  • Coltman, John W. "Theobald Boehm and the scale of the modern flute", Journal of the American Musical Society vol. 9, 1983, pp. 89-111.
  • Coltman, John W. "Mode stretching and harmonic generation in the flute", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 88 no. 5, November 1990.
  • Coltman, John W. "Owen Jorgensen: Tuning: Containing the Perfection of 18th Century Temperament... (book review)", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 19, 1993, pp. 105-109.
  • Coltman, John W. "Flute intonation in performance", Accepted for publication in The Woodwind Quarterly.
  • Colvig, William. "A Western Gamelan", Sound Sculpture: A Collection of Essays by Artists Surveying the Techniques, Applications, and Future Directions of Sound Sculpture, J. Grayson (ed.), Vancouver, 1975, pp. 162-169.
  • Colvig, William. "An American Gamelan", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, 1974.
  • Colvig, William. "Metallophone, Construction", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 10 no. 2, 1994, pp. 24-25.
  • Combarieu, Jules. Histoire de la musique vol. 1, Éd. Colin, Paris, 1913.
  • Combarieu, Jules. La musique, ses lois, son évolution. Flammarion, Paris, 1924.
  • Condat, Jean Bernard (ed.) Nombre d'or et musique. Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1988.
  • Constable, James Putname. Temperament and the Scope of Harmonic Digression in Works for Solo Keyboard and Keyboard with Instruments by J.K.F. Fischer. Master thesis, Cincinnati Conservatory, 1980.
  • Conti, Luca. "Julián Carrillo y el Sonido 13", Universidad y Sociedad vol. 16, Tlaxcala, Mexico, November-December 1995, pp. 40-44.
  • Conti, Luca. Microtonalismo e sperimentalismo e nell'opera di Julián Carrillo. BaM diss., University of Bologna, DAMS-Musica, 1997, 2 vols.
  • Conti, Luca. "Il pianeta microtonale di Julián Carrillo", Sonus-Materiali per la musica contemporanea vol. 18, December 1998, pp. 64-85.
  • Conti, Luca. "Introducción crítica al 'Sonido 13' de Julián Carrillo", Heterofonía, Mexico D.F., July-December 2000 (appeared 2003), pp. 75-88.
  • Conti, Luca. Teorie ed esperienze microtonali in Nord America 1900-1940. PhD diss., University of Trento, 2003, 498 pages. (With studies on Ives, Carrillo, Novaro, Partch and Yasser theories and music and a reconstruction of the problem of just intonation from Helmholtz to Novaro and Partch.)
  • Conti, Luca. "La 'evolving tonality' di Joseph Yasser: una teoria microtonale tra le correnti dello sperimentalismo newyorchese", Rivista Italiana di Musicologia vol. 39 no. 1, 2004, pp. 147-171.
  • Conti, Luca. Suoni di una terra incognita. Il microtonalismo in Nord America (1900-1940). Libreria Musicale Italiana LIM, Lucca, 2005, 353 pages.
  • Conti, Luca. "El sistema a entonación justa en la acústica de Helmholtz", Perspectiva Interdisciplinaria de Música, Mexico, 2005.
  • Conti, Luca. "Artefatti e teoria nel Sistema natural de la música (1951) di Augusto Novaro", Acoustical Arts and Artifacts Technology, Aesthetics, Communication (AAA TAC) no. 2, Pisa, 2005.
  • Conti, Luca. "Preludio a Colón, Tepepan, Horizontes: proceso compositivo y estrategias formales en dos diversas fases del Sonido 13 de Julián Carrillo", Heterofonía no. 128, Mexico D.F., January-June 2003 (appeared 2006), pp. 9-32.
  • Conti, Luca. "Novaro", Heterofonía vol. 130-131, Mexico, Jan.-Dec. 2004, published 2007, pp. 69-88.
  • Conti, Luca. "La entonación justa en la acústica de Helmholtz", Perspectiva Interdisciplinaria de Música vol. 1 no. 1, Mexico, 2007, pp. 7-18.
  • Conti, Luca. Ultracromatiche sensazioni. Il microtonalismo in Europa (1840-1940). Libreria Musicale Italiana LIM, Lucca, 2008, 219 pages.
  • Conviser, H. "Equal Temperament versus Just Intonation", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 68, Supplement 1, 1980, p. S100.
  • Cook, Simon. Guide to Sundanese Music. Bandung, 1992.
  • Cook, Simon. "Parallel versions of Tembang Sunda melodies in different tunings", Oideion, Wim van Zanten (ed.), Centre of Non-Western Studies Publications vol. 14, Leiden, 1993, pp. 55-84.
  • Cooke, Peter. "Exploring musical pitch systems", Bulletin of the UK Chapter of the ICTM, November 1990.
  • Cooke, Peter. "Report on pitch perception experiment carried out in Buganda and Busoga (Uganda)", African Music vol. 7 no. 2, 1992, pp. 119-125.
  • Coolen, Michael T. Xalamkats: The Xalam Tradition of the Senegambia. PhD diss., University of Washington, 1979.
  • Cope, David. New Directions in Music, 2nd edition. Wm. C. Brown Company Publishers, 1976.
  • Cope, David. Techniques of the Contemporary Composer. Schirmer Books, New York, 1998.
  • Copenhaver, Michael D. Scales of the World. Enigaxotic Music, Hollywood CA.
  • Corbelin, François-Vincent. Méthode de harpe pour apprendre seul et en peu de temps à jouer de cet instrument, avec un principe très simple pour l'accorder. Paris, 1779, 1803. Reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1971, 157 pages.
  • Cordier, Serge. L'accordage des instruments à clavier. Bulletin du Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale no. 75, Université de Paris VII, Paris, Nov. 1974.
  • Cordier, Serge. Piano bien tempéré et justesse orchestrale: le tempérament égal à quintes justes. Buchet et Chastel, Paris, 1982, 274 pages.
  • Cordier, Serge. "Equal Temperament With Perfect Fifth", Proceedings of the International Symposium of Musical Acoustics, SFA, Dourdan, 1995, pp. 298-303.
  • Corleonis, Adrian. "'The Harry Partch Collection' and other recents Partch releases (CD review)", Fanfare March/April 1998.
  • Cornu, Auguste and Ernest Mercadier. "Sur les intervalles musicaux mélodiques", Comptes Rendus Hebdomaires des Séances de l'Académie des Sciences vol. 74, 1872, pp. 321-323.
  • Corona-Alcade, Antonio. "'You will raise a little your 4th fret': An equivocal instruction by Luís Milán?", Galpin Society Journal vol. 44, March 1991, pp. 2-45.
  • Corral, Alfonso del; Teresa León and Vicente Liern. "Compatibility of the Different Tuning Systems in an Orchestra", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Corrette, Michel. Le maître de clavecin pour l'accompagnement: méthode théorique et pratique. Paris, 1752, 1753, 1775, 97 pages. Reprints Olms, Hildesheim, 1974. Minkoff, Genève, 1976, 130 pages. Broude Brothers, New York, 1976.
  • Corrette, Michel. De la manière d'accorder le clavecin et l'orgue. Paris, 1753.
  • Corrigan, Vincent Justus, III. The Style of the Notre-Dame Conductus. PhD thesis, Musicology: Indiana University, 1980, 2 vols., 1025 pages.
  • Corso, J.F. "Scale Position and Performed Musical Octaves", Journal of Psychology vol. 37, 1954.
  • Corso, J.F. "Unison Tuning of Musical Instruments", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 26 no. 5, September 1954, pp. 746-750.
  • Costa Vicent, Ramon. "Los sistemas en la musica mensural: Ensayo sobre estructura de las escalas y su correlación con la semitonia y formas modales", Anuario musical vol. 38, 1983, pp. 155-182.
  • Costeley, Guillaume. Musique. Paris, 1570.
  • Costère, Edmond. Lois et styles des harmonies musicales. Éd. PUF, Paris, 1954.
  • Costère, Edmond. Mort ou transfiguration de l'harmonie. Éd. PUF, Paris, 1962.
  • Couper, Mildred. "Mildred Couper (1887-1974), Autobiography", WWW, 1970.
  • Courtney, David. "Tuning the tabla: A psychoacoustic perspective", Percussive Notes vol. 29 no. 3, February 1991, pp. 59-61.
  • Coussemaker, Charles-Edmond-Henri de (ed.) Histoire de l'harmonie au moyen-âge. Paris, 1852, 431 pages.
  • Coussemaker, Charles-Edmond-Henri de (ed.) L'art harmonique aux XIIe et XIIIe siècles. Paris, 1865, 556 pages.
  • Coussemaker, Charles-Edmond-Henri de (ed.) Scriptorum de musica medii aevi nova. 4 vols., Durand, Paris, 1866-1876, 2122 pages. Includes Guido of Arezzo, Johannes de Muris, Johannes de Garlandia, Hucbald, Franco of Cologne, Jacobus de Liège, de Vitry, Tinctoris, Handlo, etc.
  • Covey-Crump, Rogers. "Vocal consort style and tunings", Companion to contemporary musical thought, Routledge, London, 1992, pp. 1020-1050.
  • Covey-Crump, Rogers. "Pythagoras at the Forge: Tuning in Early Music", Companion to Medieval and Renaissance Music, Dent, London, 1992, pp. 317-326.
  • Cowell, Henry. New Musical Resources. Alfred A. Knopf, New York, London, 1930. 2nd edition, Something Else Press, New York, 1969.
  • Cowell, Henry and Sidney. Charles Ives and His Music. New York, 1955.
  • Cowell, Henry. "The Influence of Overtones in Music", in New Musical Resources. Revised edition, Something Else Press, New York, 1969, pp. 3-19.
  • Cowl, C. "Al-Kindi's essay on the composition of melodies", The Consort no. 23, 1966, pp. 129-159.
  • Craats, Jan van de. De Fis van Euler. Aramith Uitgevers, Bloemendaal, 1989, 144 pages.
  • Craats, Jan van de, and Floris Takens. "De juiste toon, de juiste stemming", NAW vol. 5 no. 2, June 2001, pp. 136-145.
  • Craats, Jan van de. De juiste toon. De wiskunde van toonsystemen en stemmingswijzen. Zebra reeks dl. 15, S. Garst (ed.), Epsilon Uitgaven, Utrecht, 2003, 58 pages.
  • Craig, Hugh. Harpsichord Maintenance Manual. Classic Press, 1973.
  • Cree Fischer, Jerry. Piano tuning: A simple and accurate method for amateurs. T. Presser, Philadelphia, 1907. Reprint Dover Publications, New York, 1975, 201 pages.
  • Crickmore, Leon S. A Theory of Musical Experience, Together with an Account of an Experiment to Measure it, its Growth and Relationship to Temperament and Ability in a Group of Technical Students. PhD diss., Musicology, University of Birmingham, 1964.
  • Crickmore, Leon. "A re-valuation of the ancient science of harmonics", Psychology of Music vol. 31 no. 4, 2003, pp. 391-403.
  • Crickmore, Leon. "A New Hypothesis for the Construction and Tuning of Babylonian Scales", Journal of Ancient Civilizations vol. 22, 2007, pp. 35-67.
  • Crickmore, Leon. "A Musical and Mathematical Context for CBS 1766", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 30 no. 2, 2007/2008.
  • Crickmore, Leon. "New Light on the Babylonian Tonal System", ICONEA 2008: Proceedings of the International Conference of Near Eastern Archaeomusicology, held at the British Museum, 4-6 December 2008, Richard Dumbrill and Irving Finkel (eds.), Iconea Publications, London, pp. 11-22.
  • Crickmore, Leon. "The Tonal Systems of Mesopotamia and Ancient Greece: Some similarities and differences", The Archaeomusicological Review of the Ancient Near East vol. 1, April 2008, Iconea, 2009, pp. 1-16.
  • Crickmore, Leon. "Harmonic Mythology. Nine interdisciplinary research notes", The Archaeomusicological Review of the Ancient Near East vol. 1, April 2008, Iconea, 2009, pp. 51-66.
  • Criton, Pascale. "Continuum, Ultrachromatisme et Multiplicités", La Nouvelle Revue Musicale Suisse Dissonanz-Dissonance vol. 42, Zürich, 1994, pp. 4-10.
  • Crocker, Richard L. "Pythagorean mathematics and music", part 1: Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 22 no. 2, 1963, pp. 189-198, part 2: Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 22 no. 3, 1964, pp. 326-335.
  • Crocker, Richard L. "Aristoxenos and Greek mathematics", Aspects of medieval and Renaissance music: A birthday offering to Gustav Reese, Jan LaRue (ed.), W.W. Norton, New York, 1966, pp. 96-110.
  • Crocker, Richard L. "Remarks on the Tuning Text UET VII 74 (U. 7/80)", Orientalia vol. 47, Pontifical Biblical Institute, Rome, 1978, pp. 99-104.
  • Crocker, Richard L. "Mesopotamian Tonal Systems", Iraq vol. 59, 1997, pp. 189-202.
  • Cross, Ian; R. West and P. Howell. "Pitch relations and the formation of scalar structure", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 3, 1985, pp. 329-344.
  • Cross, Ian. "Pitch schemata", Perception and cognition of music, Irène Deliège and John Sloboda (eds.), Psychology Press, Hove, 1997, pp. 357-390.
  • Crowder, Louis. "Electronic piano tuning", Piano Quarterly vol. 34 no. 132, spring 1986, pp. 50-56.
  • Cryseul, Géoffrion de. Moyen de diviser les touches des instruments à cordes le plus correctement possible, etc... On y voit la manière dont les artistes doivent considérer les loix qu'impose le tempérament.. Et l'on imagine un moyen d'accorder les clavessins. Mérigot, Paris, 1780. Reprint Minkoff, Genève.
  • Cuciurean, John D. "Mark Lindley and Ronald Turner-Smith: 'Mathematical Models of Musical Scales: A New Approach' (book review)", Music Theory Online vol. 1 no. 4, July 1995.
  • Culver, Charles. Musical Acoustics. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1956.
  • Cummings, Conrad. "Musique Numérique by Daniel Arfib; Hybrid Musics by Larry Austin; Twelve Microtonal Etudes for Electronic Music Media by Easley Blackwood" (CD review), Computer Music Journal vol. 5 no. 3, autumn 1981, pp. 84-86.
  • Curtin, Steve. "World Music Menu (software review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, 1996, p. 2.
  • Curwen, John. Singing for Schools and Congregations. 1843, 26th edition, London, 1852. Reprint Boethius Press, Kilkenney, 1985.

- D -

  • Dabbene, E. and R. Pisani. Generazione di frequenze subarmoniche negli strumenti musicali. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1973.
  • Daddesio, Tom et al. "Mande Balafon Tuning", WWW, 1999.
  • Dadson, Philip. Liner notes for the cassette Songs for Heroes. Aotearoa, New Zealand, 1993.
  • Daenicke, Wilfried. "Bewertung von Intervallbeobachtungen an Hand der Frequenzdistanz; ein Versuch zur Rangordnung musikalischer Intervalle", Jahrbuch des staatlichen Institutes für Musikforschung Preußischer Kulturbesitz, 1968, pp. 29-58.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "War Zarlino Dualist?", Die Musikforschung vol. 10, 1957, p. 286 ff.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Compte-rendu sur divers articles de Kelletat", 1963.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Zu Costeleys chomatischer Chanson", Die Musikforschung vol. 16, 1963, pp. 253-165.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Tonsysteme, Europäische", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Bd. 13, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1966.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Ein vergessenes Problem der antiken Konsonanztheorie", in Walter Wiora, Ludwig Finscher, and Christoph-Hellmut Mahling (eds.), Festschrift für Walter Wiora zum 30. Dezember 1966, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1967, pp. 164-169.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Die 'reine Stimmung' als musikalisches Problem", Festschrift til Olav Gurvin, Oslo, 1968, pp. 49-55.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. Untersuchungen über die Entstehung der harmonischen Tonalität. Saarbrücker Studien zur Musikwissenschaft Bd. 2, Walter Wiora (ed.), Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1968. English translation Studies on the origin of harmonic tonality by Robert O. Gjerdingen, Princeton Univ. Press, 1990, 408 pages. French translation La tonalité harmonique. Étude des origines, Mardaga, Liège, 1993, 326 pages.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "'Reine' oder 'adäquate' Stimmung?", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 39 no. 1, 1982, pp. 1-18.
  • Dahlhaus, Carl. "Tonsysteme", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Sachteil 9, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 2000.
  • Dahllöf, Vilhelm. "Automatisk stavningsanalys av midifiler. Master thesis, University of Linköping, 2000, 46 pages.
  • Dähnert, Ulrich. "Temperatur der Trost-Orgel in der Altenburger Schloßkirche", Acta Organologica vol. 20, 1988, pp. 382-386.
  • Dai, Huanping. "On the relative influence of individual harmonics on pitch judgment", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 107 no. 2, 2000, pp. 953–959.
  • Dalby, Bruce Foreman. A computer-based training program for the development of harmonic intonation discrimination skill. EdD diss., Music education, U. of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1989, 340 pages.
  • Dallin, Leon. Techniques of Twentieth Century Composition, 2nd ed., Wm. C. Brown Company Publishers: Dubuque, Iowa, 1971. Chapter XV, "Experiments and Innovations", pp. 194-209.
  • Damm, Edward. "Hammer Dulcimer Tuning Tricks", The Big Red Book of American Lutherie vol. 2, Guild of American Luthiers, Tacoma WA, 2000, p. 335.
  • Dammann, Rolf. "Zur Musiklehre des Andreas Werckmeister", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 11, Trossingen, 1954, pp. 206-237.
  • Dammann, Rolf. "Andreas Werckmeister", in Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Friedrich Blume, Kassel, 1968.
  • Dammann, Rolf. "Die Musica mathematica von Bartolus", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 26, 1969, pp. 140-162.
  • Dampierre, Eric de. "Sons ainés, sons cadets: les sanza d'Ebezagui", Schaeffner Festschrift, 1982, pp. 325-329.
  • Damschröder, David and David Russell Williams. Music Theory from Zarlino to Schenker: a Bibliography and Guide. Pendragon Press, Stuyvesant NY, 1990, 474 pages.
  • Danckerts, Ghiselin. Trattato di Ghisilino Danckerts, musico e cantore cappellano della Cappella del Papa, sopra una differentia musica sententiata, nella detta cappella, contro il perdente venerabile D. Nicola Vicentino, per non haver potuto pruovare, che niun musico compositore intende di che genere sia la musica che esso istesso compone, come si era offerto. Con una dichiaratione facilissima sopra I tre generi di essa musica, cioè diatonico, chromatico et enharmonica, con alcuni essempi a quattro voci in ciascun di questi generi separamente l'uno dal altro, et anco misti di tutti tre I generi insieme, et molte altre cose musicali degne da intendere. Et oltraciò vi sono 20 cantilene a più voci in diversi idiomi dal medesimo authore nel solo genero diatonico composti. Unpublished, Naples, 1551, 1556, 1559/1560. Biblioteca Vallicelliana, Ms. R. 56, Rome.
  • Daniel, Walter K. and James Lisowski. "Two Commodore 64 Alternate Tuning Programs", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, Nov. 1986 and Oct. 1987.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Introduction to the Study of Musical Scales. The India Society, London. Printed by A. Bose, Indian Press LTD, Benares, 1943. Reprint by Oriental Books Reprint Corporation, New Delhi, 1979, 279 pages. New revised English edition with introduction by Sylvano Bussotti Music and the Power of Sound. The Influence of Tuning and Interval on Consciousness. Inner Traditions International, Rochester VM, 1995, 172 pages.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Northern Indian Music. Barrie and Rockliff, London, 1951-1955, 2 vols. Reprinted under the title The Ragas of Northern Indian Music, Barrie & Rockliff, Cresset Press, London, 1968. Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi, 1980, 1991, 403 pages.
  • Daniélou, Alain. A catalogue of recorded classical and traditional Indian music with an introduction on Indian musical theory and instruments = Catalogue de la musique indienne avec une introduction sur la théorie et les instruments indiens. Unesco, Paris, 1952, 235 pages.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Tableau comparatif des intervalles musicaux. Institut français d'Indologie, Pondicherry, 1958, 145 pages. Distribution Adrien Maisonneuve, Paris.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Traité de musicologie comparée. Hermann Ed., Paris, 1959. Version traduite et modifiée de Introduction to the Study of Musical Scales. Réimpression 1987/1993.
  • Daniélou, Alain and N.R. Bhatt. Textes des Purana sur la théorie musicale. Institut Français d'Indologie, Pondichéry, 1959.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Le Gitalamkara. L'ouvrage original de Bharata sur la Musique. Institut Français d'Indologie, Pondichéry, 1959. Distribution Adrien Maisonneuve, Paris. Also in English.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Sémantique Musicale. Essai de Psychophysiologie auditive. Préface de Fritz Winckel. Hermann Ed., Paris 1967, 1978. Nouvelle édition complétée avec une nouvelle introduction de Françoise Escal, Hermann Ed., Paris, 1987, 1993, 2007, 131 pages.
  • Daniélou, Alain. La Musique et sa communication. Ed. Olschki, Firenze, 1971.
  • Daniélou, Alain. Einführung in die indische Musik. Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1975, 1982, 176 pages.
  • Daniélou, Alain and André Kudelski. S 52 Nouvel instrument électronique de recherches musicales. manuscript.
  • Daniels, Arthur Michael. The 'De Musica libri VII' of Franciscus de Salinas. PhD diss., University of Southern California, 1962, 535 pages.
  • Daniels, Arthur Michael. "Microtonality and Mean-Tone Temperament in the Harmonic System of Francisco Salinas", Journal of Music Theory vol. 9 no. 1 (part 1) and no. 2 (part 2), 1965, pp. 2-51, 234–280.
  • Darbo-Peranic, Miljenko. "Le sens de l'harmonie chez les Grecs", Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Quarter-Tone Question", self-published, 1947.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The place of QUARTERTONES in Today's Xenharmonics", self-published, 1958?
  • Darreg, Ivor. Special Bulletin. Self-published, 1963.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Shall We Improve the Piano?", self-published, 1st ed. 1965, 2nd. revised ed. 1967, p. 23.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Guitar Fretting Table 19-tone", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, fall 1974.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Viewpoint: 2 Essays on Xenharmonics", Polyphony, 1977, pp. 66-69.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "New Tunes and New Chords (Something to Fret About)", Guitar Player, February 1978.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Listening for the new intervals: The drone can help you", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 23-24.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Thinking Big", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, spring 1978, pp. 8-9.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "New Moods", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, spring 1978, pp. 3-4.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Sing Your Way to Just Intonation", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 10-11.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "An Introduction to the Quartertone Guitar, by James Schneider (book review)", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 42-44.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "A Case For Nineteen", 1979.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Re-fretting & fret-lining", self-published, 1979.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Detwelvulate!", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, pp. 14-17.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Math, Music, and Logic", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, p. 6.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Paleontology: The 12-Toned Pianosaurus", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 24-25.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Going without the Wind: The Electronic Keyboard Oboe", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 18-21.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Xenharmonic Bulletin nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. Self-published, 1966-1993.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Non-Twelve on the Clavichord", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, 1980, pp. 35-36, 45.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Notation for Non-Twelve - part 1", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, spring-summer 1980, pp. I8-I11.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Notation for Non-Twelve - part 2", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, p. 7.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Tolerance", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, pp. 18-21.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Julián Carrillo: Mexico's Microtonal Music Master (translation and review)", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, fall 1980, pp. 13-17.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Julián Carrillo: El infinito en las escalas y en los acordes (review)", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, 1981, pp. 21-22.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Owen Jorgensen: The Equal-Beating Temperaments (book review)", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, 1981, pp. 20-21.
  • Darreg, Ivor. New Opportunities For the Musical Explorer. Self-published, 1981.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Julián Carrillo's Notation", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, winter 1981, p. 19.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "What is a Mean Tone?", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 6-9.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Musical Strings - part 1", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 11, 19.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Relative Importance of some Equal Temperaments", November 1981.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Musical Strings - part 2", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, spring 1982, pp. 11-13.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "A Case for Nineteen", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 7-8, 17.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Non-Twelve on the Cello", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 14-15, 22-23.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Comparative Systems - Equal Temperaments 1-50", chart bound into Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Advantages and Disadvantages of Just Intonation, 12-Equal and 19-Equal", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 18, 21-24.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Progress Report: New Musical Instruments and Tuning Systems", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, pp. 13-14.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Megalyra Family of Instruments", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 24.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Advantages and Disadvantages of 17-Tone Equal Temperament", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 22.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Hobnailed Newelpost (1976)", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 21.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Ivor Darreg Year in Review: Year-End Report for 1983", Interval vol. 4 no. 3, pp. 25-27.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Theremin - The First Analog Synthesizer", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, spring 1984, pp. 25-30.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "January 1984 to January 1985 Progress Report", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, 33-37.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Two Experiments for the Price of One, 1985 Monograph, self-published.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Abbreviated Chronology of Persons in Music-Related Acoustics", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, p. 6.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Instruments: Listen Analog to Digital", Interval, fall-winter 1985, p. 9.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Digital-Analog Question", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 10-13.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Annual Report 1985", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 3-5, 16-17.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Age of Keyboards", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, p. 18.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Megalyra, Drone, and Newel Post", 1986.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Concerning Lumia - The Art of Light", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1987, pp. 18-20.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Summer Summary. Self-published, August 1988.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Elastic Tuning. Self-published, 1988.
  • Darreg, Ivor. 1988 Annual Report. Self-published, 1989.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Twelve pitches are no longer enough!", 1988, 2 pages.
  • Darreg, Ivor. Opening the Door to the Nineties. Self-published, 1990.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "The Enharmonic Genus of the Ancient Greeks", 1990, 2 pages.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "15-Tone Scale System", 1991.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Where do I start?", 1991.
  • Darreg, Ivor. "Non-Twelve-Tone Goes Hollywood", Xenharmonic Bulletin no. 12, 1992.
  • Darreg, Ivor and Brian McLaren. "Biases In Xenharmonic Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, 1991.
  • Darreg, Ivor and Brian McLaren. "An Interview with Ivor Darreg about 'The Xenharmonic Frontier'", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1993.
  • Darreg, Ivor and Brian McLaren. "The complete musical writings of Ivor Darreg", WWW, 1945-2001.
  • Dasgupta, Amiya. Applied Theory of Indian Music (North). California Institute of the Arts, Valencia, 1977.
  • Dashow, James. "Spectra as Chords", Computer Music Journal vol. 4 no. 1, 1980, pp. 43-52.
  • Dashow, James. "Three Methods for the Digital Synthesis of Chordal Structures with Non-Harmonic Partials", Interface vol. 7 no. 2-3, 1978, pp. 69-94.
  • Dasypodius, Conradus (ed.) Euclides, Propositiones elementorum. Strasbourg, 1570. Omnes omnium librorum propositiones, Strasbourg, 1571.
  • Datta, A.K. et al. "Sruti usage by old and contemporary singers in Khyal: An objective approach", Proceedings of Frontiers of Research on Speech and Music, Annamalai University, 8-9 January 2004.
  • Datta, A.K. et al. "Srutis from objective analysis of the performances of Hindustani Music using Clustering Algorithm", Journal of the Acoustical Society of India vol. 32, 2004.
  • Davidse, Ad. "Stevin: Theorie van de muziek", WWW, 2001.
  • Davies, Hugh. Entries for "Microtonal instruments" and "Just intonation", The New Grove Dictionary of Musical Instruments, MacMillan Press Limited, London, 1984. Second revised edition, London, 2000.
  • Davies, Hugh. "Storia ed evoluzione degli strumenti musicali elettronici", Nuova Atlantide: il continente della musica elettronica 1900-1986, Biennale di Venezia, Venice, 1986, pp. 17-59.
  • Davies, Hugh. "New Instruments and Sound Sculptures", ECHO, The Images of Sound, Het Apollohuis, Eindhoven, 1987, 144 pages. German translation "Neue Instrumente und Klangskulpturen: Ein Überblick", Ars Electronica Katalog, 1987.
  • Davies, Hugh. "The Sound World, Instruments and Music of Luigi Russolo", Lmc vol. 2 no. 2, The Expanding Medium, 1994.
  • Davis, James A. "The Beehive Keyboard: A Five Limit Keyboard", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 10, 20.
  • Day, Charles Russell. The music and musical instruments of Southern India and the Deccan. Novello, Ewer and Co., and Adams and Charles Black, London, 1891. Reprint, Low Price Publications, Delhi, 1990, 181 pages.
  • Dean, Roger T. "Widening Unequal Tempered Microtonal Pitch Space for Metaphoric and Cognitive Purposes with New Prime Number Scales", Leonardo vol. 42 no. 1, February 2009, pp. 94-95.
  • DeArment, Cliff. "Gamelan Scales", WWW, 1995.
  • Dechevrens, A. "Étude sur le système musical chinois", Sammelbände der internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 2, 1901, pp. 484-551.
  • Decroupet, P. "Mager, Jörg", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 2004.
  • Dehnhard, Walter. "Kritik der Zahlensymbolischen Deutung im Werk Johann Sebastian Bachs", Alte Musik als ästetische Gegenwart: Bach, Händel, Schütz: Stuttgart 1985 vol. 1, 1987, pp. 450-452.
  • Dehoux, Vincent and Frédéric Voisin. "Analytic Procedures with Scales in Central African Xylophone Music", European Studies in Ethnomusicology: Historical Developments and Recent Trends, 7th European seminar in ethnomusicology, Berlin, October 1990, Max Peter Baumann (ed.), Florian Noetzel, Wilhelmhaven, 1992, pp. 174-188.
  • Dehoux, Vincent and Frédéric Voisin. "An interactive experimental method for the determination of musical scales in oral cultures. Application to the xylophone music of Central Africa", Music and the Cognitive Sciences, Proceedings of Cambridge Conference on Music and the cognitive sciences, 1990, Ian Cross (ed.), Harwood, New York, 1993, pp. 13-19.
  • Dekker, Gerard. "Pleidooi voor Werckmeister", Mens en Melodie vol. 25 no. 1, Jan. 1970, pp. 25-27.
  • Dekker, Gerard. "De evenredig zwevende temperatuur in praktijk gebracht", 1971.
  • Dekker, Gerard. "Stemmingssystemen voor orgels en andere toetsinstrumenten", Gregoriusblad vol. 193 no. 1, March 1979, pp. 10-20.
  • Delaere, Mark. "De wedergeboorte van de getallenleer als kennisgraad voor muziek, of Die Stunde Null van de muziektheorie rond 1950. Een bijdrage tot de epistemologie van de muziektheorie", Muziek en Wetenschap vol. 2 no. 3/4, autumn/winter 1992, pp. 237-253. Stichting Muziek en Wetenschap, Amsterdam.
  • Delaere, Mark. "Pythagore en blue jeans. H. Partch et la tradition expérimentale américaine", Actes du 51e congrès de la Fédération des Cercles d'Archéologie et d'Histoire Belgique, Liège, 1992.
  • Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. "Mémoire sur les valeurs numériques des notes de la gamme", Recueil des travaux de la Societé des Sciences, Danel, Lille, 1826/1827, pp. 1-56.
  • Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. Analise de l'ouvrage de M. le Baron de Prony sur le calcul des intervalles musicaux. 1833.
  • Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. Sur les principes fondamentaux de la musique. 1848.
  • Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. Table des logarithmes acoustiques. Lille, 1857.
  • De Lorenzi, Giambattista. Studio sul temperamento equabile et il metroforno. Venice, 1870-1871.
  • Delorthe, Gabriel-Antoine. Moyen de rectifier la gamme de la musique et de la faire chanter juste. Paris, 1791.
  • De Luca, Paolo Anania. "Novello sistema di tonometria", 1844.
  • Demaine, Erik D., Francisco Gomez-Martin, Henk Meijer, David Rappaport, Perouz Taslakian, Godfried T. Toussaint, Terry Winograd and David R. Wood. The Distance Geometry of Deep Rhythms and Scales. 2005, 4 pages.
  • Demaine, Erik D., Francisco Gomez-Martin, Henk Meijer, David Rappaport, Perouz Taslakian, Godfried T. Toussaint, Terry Winograd and David R. Wood. "The Distance Geometry of Music", arXiv 0705.4085, 2007, 38 pages.
  • Dembski, Stephen. "Steps and skips from content and order: Aspects of a generalized step-class system", Conference of the Society for Music Theory, Baltimore, 1988.
  • De Morgan, Augustus. "On the beats of imperfect consonances", Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society vol. 10, 1864, pp. 129-145.
  • Denburg, Moshe. "Persian influenced Intercultural Music - study materials", WWW, 2005, 11 pages.
  • Denckla, Benjamin Frederick. Dynamic Intonation in Synthesizer Performance. M.Sc. thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1997, 61 pages.
  • Denereaz, Alexandre. La Gamme, ce problème cosmique. Ed. Hug et Co, Zürich.
  • Denis, Jean. Traité de l'accord de l'espinette. Ballard, Paris, 1643, 1650. Reprint with introduction by Alan Curtis, Da Capo, New York, 1969, 66 pages. English translation Treatise on harpsichord tuning by Vincent J. Panetta (ed.), Cambridge musical texts and monographs, Cambridge University, 1987, 128 pages.
  • Densmore, Frances. "What Intervals do Indians Sing?", American Anthropologist vol. 31 no. 2, 1929, p. 271.
  • Dent, Thomas. Zapf, Lehman and other Clavier-Well-Temperaments. Unpubl. paper, Yahoo Clavichord Group, July 2005, 7 pages.
  • Dent, Thomas. "'Occam’s razor', history and temperaments", open letter to the Editor, Early Music, and John O'Donnell, Heidelberg, WWW, 2006-2008.
  • Dent, Thomas et al. (eds.) "Harpsichord Wiki, Tuning section", WWW.
  • Denton, Christine. "The History of Musical Temperament and Pitch Before 1750", Paper at Mills College, December 1996.
  • Denton, Christine. "The History of Musical Tuning and Temperament during the Classical and Romantic Periods", Paper at Mills College, April 1997.
  • Dery, Mark. "Harry Partch: An American Original", Keyboard vol. 16 no. 6, June 1990, pp. 49-54, 59.
  • Dery, Mark. "Glenn Branca and Elliott Sharp", Mondo 2000 vol. 1 no. 5, 1992, pp. 67-72.
  • Desby, Frank Harry. The modes and tuning in neo-Byzantine chant. DMA diss., Performance, University of Southern California, 1974, 415 pages.
  • Descartes, René. Renati Descartes Musicae Compendium. 1618. Gijsbert Zijll & Theodorus van Ackersdijck, Utrecht, 1650, 58 pages. Johannes Janssen jr., Amsterdam, 1656. Ex Typographia Blaviana, Amsterdam, 1683. English translation by William Brouncker (ed.), Renatus Des-Cartes excellent compendium of musick: with necessary and judicious animadversions thereupon, T. Harper & H. Moseley, London, 1653, 94 pages.
  • Descartes, René. Correspondance (with Isaac Beekman), 1619. Oevres de Descartes vol. 10, L. Cerf, Paris, pp. 151-169.
  • DeStefano, Dominic. A Guide to the Pedagogy of Microtonal Intonation in Recent Viola Repertoire. MA thesis, University of Cincinnati, May 2010, 54 pages.
  • Deutsch, B.M.; C.L. Ramirez and T.R. Moore. "The dynamics and tuning of orchestral crotales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 116 no. 4, 2004, pp. 2427–2433.
  • Deutsch, Diana. "Interference in memory between tones adjacent in the musical scale", Journal of Experimental Psychology vol. 100 no. 2, 1973, pp. 228-231.
  • Deutsch, Diana. "Octave generalization of specific interference effects in memory for tonal pitch", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 13, 1973, pp. 271-275.
  • Deutsch, Diana (ed.) The Psychology of Music. Series in cognition and perception, Academic Press Inc., San Diego, 1982, 542 pages. Second edition, Academic Press, San Diego, 1999, 807 pages.
  • Deutsch, Diana and Richard Boulanger. "Octave equivalence and the immediate recall of pitch sequences", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 1, 1984, pp. 40-51.
  • Deutsch, Diana. "The perceived height of octave-related complexes", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 80 no. 5, Nov. 1986.
  • Deutsch, Diana. "The tritone paradox: Effects of spectral variables", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 41, 1987, pp. 563-575.
  • Deutsch, Diana; W.L. Kuyper and Y. Fisher. "The tritone paradox: Its presence and form of distribution in a general population", Music Perception vol. 5, 1987, pp. 79-92.
  • Deutsch, Leonhard. "Ist eine Vierteltonmusik möglich?", Melos vol. 34, 1967, pp. 62-65.
  • Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. "Transitive Elements in Music", Nada Rupa, Jan. 1963, p. 44.
  • Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. "The problem of continuity in music and sruti", Journal of the Music Academy Madras vol. 36 no. 1-4, 1965, pp. 55-66.
  • Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. "Wanted: Scientific Approach", Indian Music Journal vol. 4 no. 1/7, Delhi, April-May 1967, pp. 54-56.
  • Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. The music of India: A scientific study. Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1981, 278 pages.
  • Deval, K.B. The Hindu Musical Scale on twenty-two srutis. Arya Bhushan Press, Poona, 1910, 57 pages.
  • Devie, Dominique. Le Tempérament musical: Philosophie, histoire, théorie et pratique. Société de musicologie du Languedoc, Béziers, 1990, 540 pages. Summary PDF, 18 pages.
  • Devie, Dominique. "Qu'est-ce que le "tempérament" d'un instrument de musique?"
  • Devie, Dominique. "Les attaques insidieuses de Jacques Viret contre le 'Tempérament Musical'", WWW, 1995.
  • DeWitt, L.A. and R.G. Crowder. "Tonal fusion of consonant musical intervals: The oompf in Stumpf", Perception and Psychophysics vol. 41 no. 1, 1987, pp. 73-84.
  • Diamond, Jody. In This Bright World. American Gamelan Institute, Hanover NH, 1992.
  • Diamond, Jody. Prelude: Anyone Can Play. American Gamelan Institute, Hanover NH, 1992.
  • Dick, Robert. The Other Flute - A Performance Manual of Contemporary Techniques. Oxford University Press, London, 1975. Multiple Breath Music Company, 1989.
  • Dickreiter, Michael. Der Musiktheoretiker Johannes Kepler. Francke Verlag, Bern/München, 1973, 252 pages.
  • Diderot, Denis, and Jean Le Rond d'Alembert. "Lutherie", Recueil er planches, sur les sciences, les arts libéraux, et les arts méchaniques, avec leur explication vol. 5, Briasson, Paris, 1762-72.
  • Dieterlin, M. and M. Vastellengo. "Un témoin insoupçonné du tempérament chez Cavaillé-Coll, père et fils", Flûte harmonique vol. 30, 1984, pp. 12-22.
  • Dijk, Marian van. "Is microtonaliteit stijlloos?", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 24-36.
  • Dijk, Marian van. "Hollands dilettantisme! Het muzikale gedachtengoed van professor Fokker", Mens en Melodie vol. 51 no. 7-8, jul/aug. 1996, pp. 318-321.
  • Dijk, Pieter van. "Jos de Bie: Stemtoon en stemmingsstelsels", Het Orgel vol. 97 no. 6, 2001.
  • Dijk, Pieter van; Leen Spaans and Frank van Wijk (eds.) Historical Organs of Alkmaar. CD-ROM.
  • Dijkema, Tammo Jan. "De fysica van muziek", WWW, 1998-1999.
  • Dijkhuis, Ben. "Griekse toonladdertheorieën en modaliteit", WWW, 2010.
  • Dijkhuis, Ben. "Stemmingen, intonatie en tempereringen", WWW, 2011.
  • Dijkhuis, Ben. "Oude 'Keltische' toonsystemen en notaties", WWW, 2011.
  • Dijksterhuis, E.J. Simon Stevin. Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1943, p. 273.
  • Dijksterhuis, E.J. "Dr. A.D. Fokker: Rekenkundige bespiegeling der muziek (book review)", Mens en Melodie vol. 1, 1946, pp. 59-62.
  • Diliberto, John K. "An Interview with Wendy Carlos", Polyphony, June 1984, pp. 10-13.
  • Ding, Chengyun. "Zhu Zaiyu qinlü yanjiu - jiantan guqin lüzhi de bianqian" (Zhu Zaiyu's researches into guqin temperament - changes in guqin temperament system), Yi Yuan (Journal of the Nanjing Art Academy) no. 3, 1987.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. Unequal temperaments and their role in the performance of Early Music: Historical and theoretical analysis, new tuning and fretting methods. Artes Gráficas Farro, Buenos Aires, 1978, 326 pages.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "Bach's temperament [correspondence with H.A. Kellner]", Early Music vol. 8 no. 1, January 1980, p. 129.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "Bach's temperament [observations]", Early Music vol. 9 no. 2, April 1981, pp. 219-221.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio and Sylvia Leidemann. "Un temperamento francés de 1690: la transición entre la entonación media y los temperamentos circulares franceses del siglo XVII" (A French temperament of 1690: a link between meantone and 18th c. French circular temperaments), Second Argentine Musicology Symposium, Buenos Aires, 1985.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "El Temperamento Musical Ayer y Hoy" (Musical Temperament in Ancient Times and Today), Bulletin of the Departamento de Música Antigua, Collegium Musicum, Buenos Aires, 1996.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "Upgrades to Unequal temperaments", WWW, Oct. 2002.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "Tuning the tempérament ordinaire", Harpsichord & Fortepiano vol. 10 no. 1, Lincoln, autumn 2002, published Feb. 2003.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "A Concise Guide To The Most Useful 12-Note Unequal Temperaments", commissioned by Veritune Inc., in The Verituner 100 User Guide, March 2003, pp. 93-107.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. Unequal Temperaments: Theory, History and Practice (Scales, Tuning and Intonation in Musical Performance). eBook, Bray Baroque, Bray, 2009, 456 pages.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "Unequal Temperaments: Revisited", response to a review by Bradley Lehman, The Viola da Gamba Society Journal vol. 4, 2010, Jan. 2011, pp. 164-182.
  • Di Veroli, Claudio. "Vallotti as the Ideal German Good Temperament", Harpsichord & Fortepiano vol. 15 no. 1, Lincoln, UK, 2010, pp. 9-14.
  • Dixon, Gavin. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky: Microtonalist and Mystic", WWW, 2009.
  • Djami, Abdurakhan. Treatise on music (in Persian). Russian translation by A.N. Boldyrev, Viktor M. Belyayev (ed.), Publishing House of the Academy of Sciences of the Uzbek SSR, Tashkent, 1960. English translation (from Russian) by Ivor Darreg, 1965, Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 224-239.
  • Djordjevic, Michael M. "Questions of Temperance and Intonation in New Musical Theory", 1993.
  • Djordjevic, Michael M. "Musical Intervals Reckoning", 1994.
  • Djordjevic, Michael M. Discrete Tone Relations Determined by the Hearing Phenomenon within Five-Dimensional Sound-Musical Continuum. PhD thesis, FMU Belgrade, June 1995.
  • Djordjevic, Michael M. "Musical Abilities, Temperament and Intonation, Tuning, Dissonance and other Fundamental Musical Questions as the Result of Categorical and Noncategorical Perception of Discrete Tone Relations", WWW.
  • Dobbins, Peter A. and Lola L. Cuddy. "Octave discrimination: an experimental confirmation of the "stretched" subjective octave", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 72, 1982, pp. 411-415.
  • Dobozi, Bálint. "Vergleich verschiedener wohltemperierter Stimmungen anhand von J.S. Bachs Fuga in As-Dur BWV 886 aus dem zweiten Band des Wohltemperierten Klaviers und deren Frühversion, der Fughetta in F-Dur BWV 901", Proseminararbeit, Universität Zürich, October 2000.
  • Dodart, Denis. Mémoire sur les causes de la voic de l'homme et de ses différents tons. Paris, 1703.
  • Dodd, Gordon. "The chest of viols reconsidered", Chelys (Journal of the Viola de Gamba Society) vol. 3, 1971, pp. 22-24.
  • Doderer, Gerhard. "Contribuição para a problematica da afinação dos instrumentos de tecla na Peninsula Iberica o seculo XVIII", Boletim da Associação Portuguesa de Educação Músical vol. 48, January-March 1986, pp. 40-43.
  • Doerschuk, Robert L. "Craig Hundley: Microtonal Explorations of an L.A. Studio Mainstay", Keyboard, September 1981.
  • Doerschuk, Robert L. and Dominic Milano. "Back to Bach: After 25 years, Wendy Carlos remakes Switched- on Bach, the album that made synthesizers famous", Keyboard vol. 18 no. 8, Aug. 1992, pp. 88-110.
  • Doherty, Sue, "Exploring Microtonality", International League of Women Composers Journal, spring 1989, pp. 11-12.
  • Dolmetsch, Albert. De l'accord des pianos. Paris, end 19th cent.
  • Dolmetsch. "The Antiquity of Equal Temperament", Consort vol. 5, 1948.
  • Dolmetsch, Mabel. "Archive: On Equal Temperament", Consort vol. 29, 1973, pp. 39-41.
  • Dombois, Eugen. "Varieties of meantone temperament realized on the lute", Journal of the Lute Society of America vol. 7, 1974, pp. 82-89.
  • Dombois, Eugen. "Die Temperatur für Laute bei Hans Gerle (1532)", Forum musicologicum: Basler Studien zur Interpretation der alten Musik vol. 2, 1980, pp. 60-71. English translation in Lute. Journal of the Lute Society vol. 22, 1982, pp. 3-13, 89.
  • Dombois, Eugen. "Lute temperament in Hans Gerle (1532) - a comment from the author", Lute. Journal of the Lute Society vol. 22 no. 2, 1982, pp. 3-13, 89.
  • Dombois, Eugen. "Die Temperatur für Laute bei John Dowland (1610)", Alte Musik: Praxis und Reflexion, Basler Jahrbuch für historische Musikpraxis, suppl., 1983, pp. 328-339.
  • Domínguez Berrueta, J. Teoría Física de la Música. Memorias de la Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Físicas y Naturales, vol. 2 no. 5, 1927.
  • Dominguez, Manuel; David Clampitt and Thomas Noll. "Well-formed Scales, Maximally Even Sets, and Christoffel Words", Proceedings of the MCM 2007, Berlin, 2007.
  • Domling, Wolfgang. "Revolutionär wider Willen: Ferruccio Busoni und sein Entwurf einer neuen Ästhetik der Tonkunst", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik vol. 123, 1973, pp. 564-569.
  • Don, Gary. "Brilliant Colors Provocatively Mixed: Overtone Structures in the Music of Debussy", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 23 no. 1, spring 2001, pp. 61–73.
  • Donahue, Thomas. A Guide to Musical Temperament. Scarecrow Press, Lanham MD, 2005, 228 pages.
  • Donder, Th. de. Sur le clavier bien tempéré. Bruxelles, 1944.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Compendio del trattato de' generi, e de' modi della musica. Rome, 1635.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Annotazioni sopra il Compendio de' generi, e de' modi della musica... Rome, 1640.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Deux traictez de musique... Rome, 1640.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. De praestantia musicae veteris libri tres. Florence, 1647.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Dichiaratione del Cembalo Pentarmonico di cinque gradi per tuono; con cinque tastature principali e due altre replicate. Florence, 1647.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Trattato I sopra il genere enarmonico. Florence, 1763.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Del diatonico equabile di Tolomeo. Florence, 1763.
  • Doni, Giovanni Battista. Lyra Barberina amphicordos. A.F. Gori and G.B. Passeri, Florence, 1763.
  • Donval, Serge. Histoire de l'Acoustique Musicale (History of Musical Acoustics). Éditions Fuzeau, Courlay, 2006, 222 pages.
  • Dostrovsky, Sigalia. "Early Vibration Theory: Physics and Music in the Seventeenth Century", Archive for History of Exact Sciences vol. 14, 1975, pp. 169-218.
  • Dostrovsky, Sigalia and John Cannon. "Entstehung der musikalischen Akustik (1600-1750)", Hören, Messen und Rechnen in der frühen Neuzeit, Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Darmstadt, 1987, pp. 7-79.
  • Doty, David B. "Tuning Keyboards in Just Intonation", Keyboard vol. 9 no. 10, October 1983, p. 41.
  • Doty, David B. "Reflections on Gamelan and Composition", Ear vol. 8 no. 4, 1983, p. 15.
  • Doty, David B. "Editorial", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, 1985.
  • Doty, David B. "The Subharmonic Question", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, p. 1.
  • Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part One - What Do All Those Ratios Mean?", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, pp. 6-7.
  • Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part Two", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, p. 2 ff.
  • Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part Three", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, p. 6 ff.
  • Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part Four", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3, 1986, p. 1 ff.
  • Doty, David B. "An Assortment of Commas (and Other Irritants) [chart]", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, p. 13.
  • Doty, David B. "Toward Standard Definitions", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, p. 2.
  • Doty, David B. "What Is Just Intonation?", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 38-41.
  • Doty, David B. "The Nine-Tone Diatonic Scale", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 1, 1987, pp. 2, 14-15.
  • Doty, David B. "Interview with Lou Harrison", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 2, pp. 1-4.
  • Doty, David B. "The DX7II: A First Look", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 4, 1987, pp. 11-12.
  • Doty, David B. "An Abundance of Thirds", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, spring 1988, pp. 4-5, 14.
  • Doty, David B. "Meaty MIDI Meeting", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, 1988, p. 15.
  • Doty, David B. "Anomalous Pairs in 'Paradigms Lost'", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 1, winter 1989, pp. 4-8.
  • Doty, David B. "Charles Lucy: Pitch, Pi and Other Musical Paradoxes (book review)", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, p. 2.
  • Doty, David B. "Interview with LaMonte Young (Part One)", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 4, 1989, p. 1.
  • Doty, David B. "Microtonal Resources of the Seven Limit", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 1, winter 1990, p. 1.
  • Doty, David B. "Interview with LaMonte Young (Part Two)", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 1, winter 1990, pp. 8-12.
  • Doty, David B. "The editor pontificates", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 2, December 1991, pp. 17-18.
  • Doty, David B. "Two theories of melodic intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 4, Aug. 1992, pp. 1, 10-14.
  • Doty, David B. Just Intonation Primer. 2nd ed. Just Intonation Network, San Francisco, 1994.
  • Doty, David B. A Composer's Guide to Just Intonation. manuscript.
  • Doty, David B. "What is Just Intonation?", WWW, 1994.
  • Doty, David B. "Microtones in 'Bodhisattvas in Berkeley'", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 4, 2001, pp. 13-19.
  • Doty, David B. "From the editor: On False Reification and Tuning Theory", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 1, spring 2002, pp. 2, 28.
  • Doty, David B. "From the editor: A Response to Julia Werntz", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 2, winter 2003, pp. 2, 17-19.
  • Doty, David B. "Lou Harrison - The Louisville Orchestra" (CD review), 1/1 vol. 11 no. 4, spring 2004, pp. 22-23.
  • Dourson, Paul and Bernard Parzysz. "Musiques, nombres et structures", L'Education musicale nos. 232, 233, 235, 239, 1976-1977.
  • Douthett, Jack, Roger Entringer and Andrew Mullhaupt, "Musical Scale Construction: The Continued Fraction Compromise", Utilitas Mathematica vol. 42, 1992, pp. 97-113.
  • Douthett, Jack. "Filtered Point-Symmetry And Dynamical Voice-Leading", Lecture held at the John-Clough-Memorial Conference, University of Chicago, 2005.
  • Douthett, Jack and Richard J. Krantz. "Continued fractions, best measurements, and musical scales and intervals", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 1 no. 1, March 2007, pp. 47-70.
  • Douthett, Jack and Julian Hook. "Formal Diatonic Intervallic Notation", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Douwes, Claas. Verhandling van de Musicq en van de Instrumenten. Franeker, 1696, 1762.
  • Douwes, Claas. Grondig Ondersoek van de Toonen der Musijk: Zijnde een klaare betooninge van de wijdte of grootheit van Octaven, Quinten, Quarten en Tertien, geheele en halve toonen: Van de Imperfecte, ende valsche Spetien. Als mede Of in een goed Musijk de Octaven, ende hoe veel malen de Quinten, Quarten en Tertien met malkanderen mogen gaan. Van de twaalf Toonen der Musijk; ende eenige Exempelen om de Musijk-nooten te Componeren. Met een tweede deel; Handelende van verscheidene Musijk-instrumenten, Alles kort en klaar aangeweesen. Adriaan Heins, Franeker, 1699, 132 pages. Reprint Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1970, Series: Early Music Theory in the Low Countries vol. 2, Frits R. Noske (ed.), 155 pages.
  • Dowd, William. A Short Maintenance Manual for William Dowd Harpsichords. Self-published, 1982.
  • Dowling, W. Jay. "The 1215-Cent Octave: Convergence of Western and Non-Western Data on Pitch Scaling", Abstract QQ5, 84th meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, Friday, December 1, 1972, p. 101 of program. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 53, 1973, p. 373A.
  • Dowling, W. Jay. and J.C. Bartlett. "The importance of interval information in long-term memory for melodies", Psychomusicology vol. 1, 1981, p. 30.
  • Dowling, W. Jay. "Musical scales and psychophysical scales: Their psychological reality", Kolinski Gedenkschrift: Cross-cultural perspectives on music, T. Rice and R. Falck (eds.), University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1982, pp. 20-28.
  • Dowling, W. Jay. "Pitch Structure", Representing Musical Structure, Peter Howell et al. (eds.), Academic Press London, 1991, pp. 33-57.
  • Downing, John. "An analysis of Irish harp scaling", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 68, July 1992, pp. 24-36.
  • Downing, John. "A stringing/tuning guide for the Irish harp", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 69, October 1992, pp. 27-30.
  • Draaf, Martin. "Die enharmonische Gitarre", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 73-86.
  • Dräger, Hans-Heinz. "Der heutige Bach-Hörer und die gleichschwebende Temperatur", Festschrift Der Bach Feier Leipzig, 1950, pp. 52-66.
  • Dräger, Hans-Heinz. "Zur mitteltönigen und gleichschwebenden Temperatur", Conference Report Leipzig 1950, 1951, pp. 389-404.
  • Drake, Stillman. "Renaissance music and experimental science", Journal of history of ideas vol. 31 no. 4, Oct. 1970, pp. 483-500.
  • Dreyblatt, Arnold. "The Sound of One String", WWW, 1997.
  • Drieberg, Friedrich von. Die mathematische Intervallenlehre der Griechen. Berlin, 1818.
  • Drieberg, Friedrich von. Aufschlüsse über die Musik der Griechen. Leipzig, 1819.
  • Drieberg, Friedrich von. Die Stimmung der griechischen Instrumente, und das Monochord, 1826.
  • Dröbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. "Über musikalische Tonbestimmung und Temperatur", Abhandlungen der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Widmannsche Buchhandlung, Leipzig, 1852. Vierter Band: Abhandlungen der mathematisch-physischen Classe, S. Hirtel, Leipzig, Aug. 1855, pp. 33-121.
  • Dröbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. Über die wissenschaftliche Bestimmung der musikalischen Temperatur. 1853.
  • Dröbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. Nachträge zur Theorie der musikalischen Tonverhältnisse. Leipzig, 1855.
  • Dröbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. "Über reine Stimmung und Temperatur der Töne", Berichte der math.-phys. Klasse der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, 1877.
  • Drummond, Dean. "Zoomoozophone Primer", Ear Magazine East, New York, 1983, pp. 20-21.
  • Drummond, Dean. "On Newband and the Partch Instruments", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, pp. 14-16.
  • Drummond, Ron. "Toward a Rolling Sky: Some Pearls on Pauline Oliveros", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 16-22.
  • Duchesne-Guillemin, Marcelle. "Découverte d'une Gamme babylonienne", Revue de Musicologie vol. 49, 1963, pp. 3-17.
  • Duchesne-Guillemin, Marcelle. "Note complémentaire sur la Découverte de la Gamme babylonienne", in Hans Gustav Guterbock, Thorkild Jacobsen (eds.), Studies in Honor of Benno Landsberger on his Seventy-Fifth Birthday, April 21, 1965, Assyriological Studies 16, Publications of the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago, 1965, pp. 268-272.
  • Duchesne-Guillemin, Marcelle. "Survivance orientale dans la Designation des Cordes de la Lyre en Grèce?", Syria vol. 44, 1967, pp. 233-246.
  • Duchesne-Guillemin, Marcelle. "La théorie babylonienne des metaboles musicales", Revue de Musicologie vol. 55, 1969, pp. 3-11.
  • Duckworth, William and Richard Fleming (eds.) Sound and Light: La Monte Young and Marian Zazeela. Associated University Presses, Cranbury NJ, 1996.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Le Mandala des 22 srutis ou la Rose Alchimique Musicale", L'Escargot Folk, 1976.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Exploration Harmonique et situations d'écoute", Musiques à prendre, Cahier du CENAM, Paris, 1984.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "The Golden Scale", Pitch vol. 1 no. 2, 1987, pp. 1-7.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "The Harmonic octave wheel", Atelier d'Exploration Harmonique & Just Intonation Network, 1987.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "La gamme dorée: Un tempérament inégal issu du nombre d'or", Nombre d'or et musique, Jean Bernard Condat (ed.), Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1988, pp. 147-157.
  • Dudon, Jacques and Daniel Arfib. "Exploration Harmonique", Journal de Lune-Soleil vol. 2, 1988.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Musiques harmoniques", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, summer 1989, pp. 10, 14-15.
  • Dudon, Jacques and Daniel Arfib. "Synthèse photosonique", 1er Congrès Français d'Acoustique, Les Editions de Physique, 1990.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "L'intonation juste", Journal de Lune-Soleil vol. 17, 1992.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "7-Limit Slendro mutations", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 2, 1994.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Cohérence différencielle: une nouvelle approche de la consonance", Actes des Journées d’Informatique Musicale, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Laboratoire de Méchanique et Acoustique, Marseille, 1998. English translation by the author, "Differential Coherence: Experimenting with New Areas of Consonance", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 2, winter 2003, pp. 1, 6-13.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "The Photosonic Disk", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 14 no. 4, 1999.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Petit lexique de termes spécifiques à l’intonation juste", WWW, 2000.
  • Dudon, Jacques; Daniel Arfib and Patrick Sanchez. "'WaveLoom', logiciel d'aide à la création de disques photosoniques", Proceedings of the 2002 Conference on New Interfaces for Musical Expression, Dublin, 2002.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "La confusion des genres: tentatives de résolution", WWW, 2004.
  • Dudon, Jacques. "Lumières audibles / synthèse photosonique", WWW, 2007.
  • Duffie, Bruce. "Easley Blackwood. The composer in conversation with Bruce Duffie", New Music Connoisseur, summer 2001.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Tuning and Temperament", in A Practical Guide to Historical Performance: The Renaissance, Jeffrey Kite-Powell (ed.), Early Music America, New York, 1989, pp. 149-156.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Tuning", in A Performer's Guide to Medieval Music, Ross Duffin (ed.), Bloomington, 2000, pp. 545-562.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Why I hate Vallotti (or is it Young?)", WWW.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Tuning Course Multimedia", WWW.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Just Intonation in Renaissance Theory and Practice", Music Theory Online vol. 12 no. 3, October 2006.
  • Duffin, Ross W. "Baroque Ensemble Tuning in Extended 1/6 Syntonic Comma Meantone", Digital Case, 2006.
  • Duffin, Ross W. How Equal Temperament Ruined Harmony And Why You Should Care. W.W. Norton & Co., New York, November 2006, 160 pages.
  • Dufton, A.F. "The Comma in Music", Philosophical Magazine Series 7 vol. 32 no. 212, Taylor & Francis, September 1941, pp. 259–261.
  • Dujunco, Mercedes M. "Xian shi yue tuning", WWW, 1997.
  • Dujunco, Mercedes M. "The Birth of a New Mode? Modal Entities in the Chaozhou Xianshi String Ensemble Music Tradition of Guangdong, South China", Ethnomusicology Online vol. 8, 2002.
  • Duke, Robert Alan. Wind Instrumentalists' Intonational Performance of Selected Musical Intervals. PhD diss., Florida State University, 1983, 178 pages.
  • Dumas, Jean (Père). Mémoire sur le tempérament de l'orgue et du clavecin. Lyon, 1755.
  • Dumas, Jean (Père). Principes de l'harmonie ou l'on déduit les systèmes de la gamme et celui du tempérament. Lyon, 1756.
  • Dumas, Jean (Père). Mémoire sur l'harmonie tempérée et son application au clavecin. Avignon, 1756.
  • Dumas, Jean (Père). Observations sur le jeu des harmoniques. Lyon, 1758.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "The morphology of the Babylonian scale", WWW, 1997.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "Götterzahlen and scale structure", WWW, 1997.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "The Uruk Lute: Elements of Metrology", WWW, 1997.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. Music of the Ancient Near East. The Musicology and Organology of the Ancient Near East 3500 - 500 B.C.. Tadema Press, London, 2000, 700 pages.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "Four Tables from the Temple Library of Nippur: A Source for 'Plato's Number' in relation to the Quantification of Babylonian Tone Numbers", The Archaeomusicological Review of the Ancient Near East vol. 1, April 2008, Iconea, 2009, pp. 27-38.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "Is the heptagram in CBS 1766 a Dial?", The Archaeomusicological Review of the Ancient Near East vol. 1, April 2008, Iconea, 2009, pp. 47-50.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "The earliest evidence of heptatonism in a late Old Babylonian text: CBS 1766", The Archaeomusicological Review of the Ancient Near East, 2008.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "Evidence and inference in texts of theory in the ancient Near East", ICONEA 2008: Proceedings of the International Conference of Near Eastern Archaeomusicology, held at the British Museum, 4-6 December 2008, Richard Dumbrill and Irving Finkel (eds.), Iconea Publications, London, pp. 105-116.
  • Dumbrill, Richard J. "Babylonian Quantification of pitches and its influence on music theory of the Abbasids and the Renaissance", Musical traditions in the middle east: reminiscences of a distant past, Conference on ancient Near East musicology, Leiden University, 10-12 December 2009.
  • Dumoulin, Dorothee. "Die Chelys: Ein altgriechisches Saiteninstrument", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 49 no. 2, 1992, pp. 85-109.
  • Dumour, Earl. "An Interview with Arthur Roberts", Computer Music Journal vol. 17 no. 2, 1993, pp. 17-22.
  • Duncan, Otis Dudley. "Notes and Commas [letter]", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, 1987, p. 2.
  • Duncan, Otis Dudley. "Septimal Harmony for the Blues", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, 1989, pp. 4-5.
  • Duncan, Otis Dudley. "Why Superparticular?", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 1, March 1993, pp. 1, 4-10, 14.
  • Duncan, Otis Dudley. "The Ptolemaic Antinomy", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 1, pp. 5, 14.
  • Dunker, Amy. "An Analysis of Henk Badings’ 'Kyrie Eleison'", WWW, 2008, 4 pages.
  • Dunn, David (ed.) Harry Partch: An Anthology of Critical Perspectives. Series: Contemporary Music Studies vol. 19, Harwood Academic Publishers, Amsterdam, 2000, 195 pages with CD.
  • Dunne, Edward G. "Pianos and Continued Fractions", WWW, 1997. Also: Edward Dunne and Mark McConnell, "Pianos and Continued Fractions", Mathematics Magazine vol. 72 no. 2, April 1999, pp. 104-115.
  • Dupont, Wilhelm. Geschichte der musikalischen Temperatur. C.H. Beck'sche Buchdruckerei, Nördlingen, 1935. Reedition, Richard Rensch (ed.), Orgelbau-Fachverlag Rensch, Lauffen/Neckar, 1986, 143 pages.
  • Düring, Ingemar. Die Harmonielehre des Klaudios Ptolemaios. Dissertation Göteborg, vol. 38 no. 2 of Göteborgs Högskolas Ärsskrift, Elanders Boktryckeri Aktiebolag, Göteborg, 1930, 148 pages.
  • Düring, Ingemar (ed.) Porphyrios' Kommentar zur Harmonielehre des Ptolemaios. Göteborg, 1932.
  • Düring, Ingemar. Ptolemaios und Porphyrios über die Musik. Vol. 40 no. 1 of Göteborgs Högskolas Ärsskrift, Elanders Boktryckeri Aktiebolag, Göteborg, 1934. Reprint Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 293 pages.
  • During, Jean. La musique iranienne, tradition et évolution. Éditions Recherches sur les Civilisations, Paris, 1984.
  • During, Jean. "Théories et pratiques de la gamme iranienne", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 79-118.
  • During, Jean. "Acoustic Systems and Metaphysical Systems in Oriental Traditions", the world of music vol. 29 no. 2, 1987, pp. 19-31.
  • During, Jean. The Art of Persian Music. Mage Publishers, Washington DC, 1991.
  • Dürr, Alfred. Johann Sebastian Bach - Das Wohltemperierte Klavier. Kassel, 1998.
  • Durutte, François-Camille-Antoine. "Etat futur de l'acoustique musicale. Détermination de la vraie gamme diatonique par Hoëné Wronski", Revue Progressive, novembre 1853.
  • Durutte, François-Camille-Antoine. Esthétique musicale: technie ou lois générales du système harmonique. Mallet-Bachelier-Girod, Paris, 1855, 570 pages. Rousseau-Pallez, Metz.
  • Durutte, François-Camille-Antoine. Réponse du comte Camille Durutte à la réfutation de son système harmonique par Fétis, suivi de l'exposé du principe absolu du rythme musical et de la sanction physiologique de ce principe. Mallet-Bachelier, Paris, 1862, 31 pages.
  • Durutte, François-Camille-Antoine. Résumé élémentaire de la Technie harmonique, et complément de cette Technie. Gauthier-Villars, Paris, 1876, 411 pages.
  • Dussaut, Robert. "Proposition de quelques réformes en théorie acoustico-musicale", Colloque International d'Acoustique Musicale, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique no. 84, Paris, 1958, pp. 103-110.
  • Dutilleux, Pierre. "Verstärkung von Differenztönen", Bericht der 19. Tonmeistertagung Karlsruhe, Zentrum für Kunst und Medientechnologie - Institut für Musik und Akustik, Verlag K.G. Saur, 1996, pp. 798-806.
  • Dutrochet, René-Henri-Joachim. Mémoire sur une nouvelle théorie de l'harmonie, dans lequel on démontre l'existence de trois modes musicaux, qui faisaient partie du système musical des Grecs. Allut, Paris, 1810.
  • Dyer, Daniel. How to tune a piano in one hour, electronically. Bronxville NY, self-published, 1975, 25 pages.

- E -

  • Eargle, John M. Music, Sound and Technology. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1990.
  • Earls, Paul "Harry Partch: Verses in Preparation for 'Delusion of the Fury'", Annuario - Yearbook 3, Inter-American Institute for Musical Research, Tulane University, 1967, pp. 1-32.
  • Eaton, John. "A Portable Electronic Instrument", Music Journal, 1966.
  • Ebbeke, Klaus. "Compositions pour quator et trio à cordes d'Ivan Wyschnegradsky", CD notes Compositions pour quator et trio à cordes, Block, Berlin, 1990, pp. 23-29.
  • Ebeling, Martin. Tonhöhe physikalisch - musikalisch - psychologisch - mathematisch. Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1999.
  • Eberl, Kathrin; Konstanze Musketa and Wolfgang Ruf (eds.) Daniel Gottlob Türk - Theoretiker, Komponist, Pädagoge und Musiker. Bericht über die wissenschaftliche Konferenz anlässlich des 250. Geburtstages am 3. und 4. November 2000 im Händel-Haus Halle, Händel-Haus, Halle an der Saale, 2002, 352 pages.
  • Eberle, Gottfried. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky, ein russischer Pionier der Ultrachromatik", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik vol. 9, Sept. 1974, pp. 549-555.
  • Eberle, Gottfried. "'Absolute Harmonie' und 'Ultrachromatik'. Nicolaj Obuchov und Ivan Wyschnegradsky - zwei radikale Fälle von Skrjabin Nachfolge", Alexander Skrjabin, Graz, 1980, p. 95.
  • Eberlein, Roland. "Selektive Adaptation bei Akkorden", Fortschritte der Akustik - DAGA '86, 1986, pp. 389-392.
  • Eberlein, Roland. Theorien und Experimente zur Wahrnehmung musikalischer Klänge. PhD thesis, Universität Köln, Europäische Hochschulschriften Reihe 36, Musikwissenschaft Band 44, Peter Lang, Bern/Berlin, 1990, 174 pages.
  • Ebhardt, Gotthilf Frederic. Die höhern Lehrzweige der Tonsetzkunst: 1 Die musikalische Cadenz; 2 Die Fortschreitung, Ausweichung und der Übergang, mi Rücksicht auf die verschiedenen Cadenzen und melodischen Tonführungen; 3 Die Rythmik in Bezug auf Taktarten und ganze Sätze, etc., nebst einem Anhang über die Verwandtschaft der griechischen Tonarten mit unserem harmonischen System. Hofmeister, Leipzig, 1830.
  • Echols, Jane Agnew. Melchiore de Barberiis's lute intabulations of sacred music. MA thesis, University of North Carolina, 1973, 275 pages.
  • Eckardt, Jason Keith. Parametric Articulation of Pitch Materials in Composition (parameters, perception, polarities, original composition). MA thesis, Columbia University, 1998, 109 pages.
  • Edholm, Dag W. "Temperaturen är i det närmste liksväfvig .... Till frågan om svenska orgelbyggares sätt att temperera efter 1700-talets mitt", Orgelforum vol. 23, 2001, pp. 18-23.
  • Edlund, Lars. Modus novus; Studies in reading atonal melodies. Nordiska Musikförlaget, Stockholm, 1963, 111 pages.
  • Edskes, Cornelius H. (ed.) De nagelaten geschriften van de orgelmaker Arp Schnitger (1648–1719). Boeijenga, Sneek, 1968.
  • Edskes, Cornelius H. "Über die Stimmtonhöhe und Temperatur der Arp Schnitger-Orgel von St. Jacobi in Hamburg", Cornelius H. Edskes. Doctor Honoris Causa (publication in honor of Cornelius H. Edskes, 19 October 1996), Hans Davidsson and Paul Peeters (eds.), Gothenburg, 1996, pp. 19-42.
  • Egan, John B. Marin Mersenne, Traité de l'harmonie universelle: Critical Translation of the Second Book. PhD thesis, Indiana University, 1962.
  • Eger, Arthur. Stimmunghöhe und Stimmungsart... mit Untersuchung der Temperatur. G. Silbermann, 1956.
  • Eggebrecht, Hans Heinrich. Musik im Abendland. Piper, München 1991.
  • Eggen, Erik. Skalastudier. Studier over skalaens genesis på norrønt område. Eberh. B. Oppi's Förlag, Oslo, 1923, 97 pages.
  • Eggen, Erik. "Zur Entstehung und Entwicklung der Skala", Gedenkboek aangeboden aan Dr. D.F. Scheurleer op zijn 70sten verjaardag, Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1925, pp. 103-106.
  • Eggers, Wolfgang. Die Stimmungs- und Intonationsprobleme auf der Gambe. Möseler Verlag, Wolfenbüttel, 1986, 31 pages.
  • Eichhorn, Holger. "Ensemble-Intonation im 17. Jahrhundert", Stimmungen im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert. Vielfalt oder Konfusion?, 15. Musikinstrumentenbau-Symposion in Michaelstein am 11. und 12. November 1994, Günter Fleischhauer, Monika Lustig, Wolfgang Ruf, Frieder Zschoch (eds.), Stiftung Kloster Michaelstein, 1997, pp. 142–150.
  • Eijken, Eugène. Een onderzoek naar getempereerd spel op houtblaasinstrumenten in de 17e en 18e eeuw, in het bijzonder op de blokfluit. Koninklijk Conservatorium, Den Haag, 1982.
  • Eik, Jaap van. "De kwartenbas van Jeroen Thesseling", Music Maker Sept. 1995, pp. 26-29.
  • Eimert, Herbert. Grundlagen der musikalischen Reihentechnik. Universal Edition, Vienna, 1964, 174 pages.
  • Eitz, Carl A. Das mathematisch-reine Tonsystem. Leipzig, 1891.
  • Eitz, Carl A. "The tone-word system and its relation to the three kinds of tuning existing in music, viz. the pure quint tuning, the tempered one and the naturally pure one", 1905.
  • Eitz, Carl A. Das Tonwort: Bausteine zur musikalischen Volksbildung. Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1911, 1928.
  • Eitz, Carl A. Der Gesangunterricht als Grundlage der musikalischen Volksbildung. 1914, 1924.
  • Eitz, Carl A. "Von den natürlich reinen Stimmungsverhältnissen", Melos vol. 1, 1920, p. 293.
  • Ekmelische Musik, Gesellschaft für. 10 Jahre Gesellschaft für ekmelische Musik. Salzburg, 1991.
  • Ekmelische Musik, Internationale Gesellschaft für. 20 Jahre Internationale Gesellschaft für ekmelische Musik. Salzburg, 2001.
  • Ekowski, Christian. "Interview mit Gustav Leonhardt, Pionier des 'historischen' Bachspiels", organ - Journal für die Orgel vol. 4, 2000.
  • Eliot, Samuel A. "The Euharmonic Organ", The Living Age, 7 September 1850, p. 473-479.
  • Elliot, J.; Platt, J.R. and R.J. Racine. "Adjustment of successive and simultaneous intervals by musically experienced and inexperienced subjects", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 42, 1987, pp. 594-598.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "On the Conditions, Extent, and Realization of a Perfect Musical Scale on Instruments with Fixed Tones", Proceedings of the Musical Society of London vol. 13, 1864, pp. 93-108.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "On the Temperament of Instruments with Fixed Tones", Proceedings of the Royal Society vol. 13, London, 1864, pp. 404-422.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "Two memoirs on the theory of musical sounds", Proceedings of the Royal Society vol. 13, London, 1864. Reprint Taylor and Francis, London, 1864, 32 pages.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "Mesotonic Harmonium", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 1, 1874-1875, p. 41.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. Illustrations of Just and Tempered Intonation. London, 1875.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. The Basis of Music. Musical Association, 1877.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "On the History of Musical Pitch", Journal of the Society of Arts vol. 28, March 1880, pp. 293-336; appendix pp. 400-403; postscript in vol. 29, 1881, pp. 109-113. Reprint in Studies in the History of Musical Pitch, Frits A.M. Knuf, Amsterdam, 1963, pp. 11-62.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "On Musical Duodenes, or the Theory of Constructing Instruments with fixed Tones in Just or in practically Just Intonation", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 23, 1875, pp. 3-31.
  • Ellis, Alexander John and Alfred James Hipkins. "Tonometrical Observations on Some Existing Nonharmonic Musical Scales", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, November 1884, pp. 368-385.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. "On the Musical Scales of Various Nations", Journal of the Society of the Arts vol. 33 no. 1688, 1885, pp. 485-527. Revised and enlarged version of "Tonometrical Observations...", also reprinted for private circulation by the author, with additions and corrections, April 1885. German translation "Über die Tonleitern verschiedener Völker" by Erich von Hornbostel in Sammelbände für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, München, 1922, p. 18. Reprint in A century of ethnomusicological thought, Kay Kaufman Shelemay (ed.), Garland Publications, New York, 1990, pp. 1-43.
  • Ellis, Alexander John. Studies in the History of Musical Pitch. Arthur Mendel (ed.), Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1968, 238 pages.
  • Ellis, Catherine J. and B. Seymour. "Pre-Instrumental Scales", Ethnomusicology vol. 9 no. 2, 1965, pp. 126-144.
  • Ellis, Don. Quarter Tones: A Text with Musical Examples, Exercises and Etudes. Harold Branch Publishing, Plainview NY, 1975, 92 pages.
  • Elliston, Thomas. Organs and Tuning: A practical handbook for organists; being a treatise on the construction, mechanism, and fine tuning of the instrument. London, 1894, Reprint Weekes & Co., London, 1911, 149 pages.
  • Ellsworth, Oliver B. "A Fourteenth-Century Proposal for Equal Temperament", Viator vol. 5, 1974, pp. 445-453.
  • Ellsworth, Ray. "The weird, wonderful world of Harry Partch", The American Record Guide, October 1958, pp. 110-112.
  • Elsner, Jürgen (ed.) Maqam, Raga, Zeilenmelodik: Konzeptionen und Prinzipien der Musikproduktion: Materialien der 1. Arbeitstagung der Study Group "Maqam" beim International Council for Traditional Music vom 28. Juni bis 2. Juli 1988 in Berlin. Berlin, 1989, 344 pages.
  • Elsner, Jürgen and Gisa Jahnichen (eds.) Regionale maqam-Traditionen in Geschichte und Gegenwart: Materialien der 2. Arbeitstagung der Study Group "maqam" des International Council for Traditional Music vom 23. bis 28. März 1992. Gosen bei Berlin, 2 vols., 1992, 593 pages.
  • Elst, Jan van der. Den ouden ende nieuwe grondt van de Musijcke. Gent, 1657?, 1662.
  • Elster, Steven. "A Harmonic and Serial Analysis of Ben Johnston's String Quartet no. 6", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 138-165.
  • Emery, Eric. La gamme et le langage musical. P.U.F., Paris, 1961.
  • Encyclopedie Methodique. cf. Vol. 'Musique' et 'Arts et métiers' où l'on trouve divers articles concernant l'accord de l'orgue et du clavecin dont une description du Kirnberger II d'après Sulzer. Cf. également le mot 'système'. Panckoucke, Paris, 1782-1792.
  • Enders, Bernd. Studien zur Durchhörbarkeit und Intonationsbeurteilung von Akkorden. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung Band 115, Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1981, 228 pages.
  • Enders, Bernd. "Stimmungswechsel - Variable Stimmungen per Computersteuerung", Das Musikinstrument vol. 38 no. 8, 1989, pp. 26-32.
  • Engel, Carl. Music of the most Ancient Nations, particularly of the Assyrians, Egyptians, Hebrews. William Reekes Ltd., London, 1864, 1929.
  • Engel, Carl. An Introduction to the Study of National Music. Longmans, Green, Reader and Dyer, London, 1866.
  • Engel, Gustav. Das mathematische Harmonium: Ein Hülfsmittel zur Veranschaulichung der reinen Ton-Verhältnisse. Verlag von Carl Habel, Berlin, 1881.
  • Engel, Gustav. "Eine mathematische-harmonische Analyse des Don Giovanne von Mozart", Vierteljahrsschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 3, 1887, p. 491.
  • Engel, Gustav. Die Bedeutung der Zahlenverhältnisse für die Tonempfindung. Dresden, 1892.
  • Engelhardt, Jakob. "Comment on 'A Reconstruction of the Well-Tempered Tuning of Johann Sebastian Bach'", Das Musikinstrument vol. 29, 1980, pp. 956-960.
  • Eppelsheim, Jürgen. "Stimmlagen und Stimmungen der Ensemble-Streichinstrumente im 16. und frühen 17. Jahrhundert", Capella Antiqua München Festschrift, Schneider, Tutzing, 1988, pp. 145-173.
  • Eradus, W.J. "Stemmen en stemmingen in de muziek", Kerk en Muziek vol. 34 no. 5, Sept-Oct 1985, pp. 2-5.
  • Erdman, James. "The influence and reputation of Andreas Werckmeister in the United States", Bericht über das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 77-90.
  • Erdmann, Jerzy. "Ein Rechenmodell für historische Mensurationsmethoden", Acta Organologica vol. 23, 1992, pp. 339-350. Summary in French and English.
  • Erickson, Raymond. Musica enchiriadis and Scolica enchiriadis. English translation with introduction and critical notes, Claude V. Palisca (ed.), Yale University Press, New York, 1995.
  • Erickson, Robert. "The Musical System of Archytas", San Francisco, April 1965, WWW.
  • Erickson, Ron. "The Music of James Tenney (book review)", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, p. 4.
  • Erickson, Ron. "Timbre and tuning of the Balinese gamelan", Soundings vol. 14-15, Santa Fe NM, 1986.
  • d'Erlanger, Rodolphe. La musique arabe. Band I-VI, Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner, Paris, 1930, 1935, 1938, 1939, 1949, 1959. Reprint Geuthner, Paris, 2001. Translations of al-Farabi, Avicenna, Al-Urmawî, etc. (vols. 1-4). Vol. 5: Essai de codification des règles usuelles de la musique arabe moderne. Book 1: "L'échelle générale des sons mélodiques employés en musique arabe moderne", Book 2: "Le système modal de la musique arabe moderne." Vol. 6: Essai de codification des règles de la musique arabe moderne. Book 1: "Le système rythmique de la musique arabe modern", Book 2: "Les diverses formes de composition artistique connues en musique arabe moderne."
  • Erlich, Paul. "On Harmonic Entropy", WWW, 1997. With commentary by Joe Monzo, "On Harmonic Entropy", WWW, 1999.
  • Erlich, Paul. "Tuning, Tonality and Twenty-Two-Tone Temperament", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 12-40.
  • Erlich, Paul. "A gentle introduction to Fokker periodicity blocks, WWW, 1999.
  • Erlich, Paul. The Forms of Tonality, a preview. Self-published, 2001, 22 pages.
  • Erlich, Paul. "A Middle Path. Between Just Intonation and the Equal Temperaments, part 1", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 159-199.
  • Erményi, L. Petzvals Theorie der Tonsysteme. B.G. Teubner, Leipzig, 1904.
  • Ernst, Friedrich. "Tasteninstrumente in Deutschland um 1800", Glareana vol. 19 no. 2, June 1970, pp. 2-9.
  • Ernst, Friedrich. Über das Stimmen von Cembalo, Spinett, Clavichord und Klavier. Das Musikinstrument vol. 11, Musikinstrument, Frankfurt am Main, 1971, 47 pages.
  • Esbroeck, Guy van, and Franz Montfort. Qu'est-ce que jouer juste? Editions Lumière, A. Manteau, Brussels, 1946.
  • Esbroeck, Guy van. Le problème des gammes. Université Paris VII, Paris, Dec. 1963.
  • Esper, Erwin. "Max Meyer and the Psychology of Music", Journal of Music Theory vol. 10 no. 2, winter 1960, pp. 182-199.
  • Estève, Pierre. Nouvelle découverte du principe de l'harmonie, avec un examen de ce que M. Rameau a publié sous le titre de Démonstration de ce principe. Huart et Moreau fils, Durand, Paris, 1751, 54 pages. 2nd edition, S. Jorry, Paris, 1752.
  • Estève, Pierre. Recherches sur le meilleur système de musique harmonique & sur son meilleur tempérament. Paris, 1755.
  • Estève, Pierre. Réplique aux réflexions que Mr. Romieu à faites sur les recherches concernant le meilleur sistème de musique et son tempérament. Paris, 1756.
  • Estrada, Julio. "Une théorie générale de l'intervallique élémentaire dans les échelles et quelques applications en analyse musicale", Memoria del XV Congreso Internacional de Musicología, Madrid, España, 1992.
  • Estrada, Julio. Théorie de la composition : discontinuum continuum. PhD thesis, Université de Strasbourg II, Sciences Humaines, 1994, 932 pages.
  • Estrada, Julio, Román Osorio and Mario Peña. "Sistema de graficación para música informática microtonal", Memorias del 2do. Congreso Internacional de Informática en la Cultura, Convención Internacional Informática 96, Havana, 1996, 12 pages.
  • Étienne, Luc. Un système musical nouveau: le tempérament décimal (la musique de l'autre côté du miroir). Bulletin du Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale no. 61 bis, Université Paris VII, Paris, June 1972.
  • Euclides. Sectio canonis. c. 300 B.C. English translation by Thomas J. Mathiesen, "An annotated translation of Euclid's 'Division of a monochord'", Journal of Music Theory vol. 19 no. 2, 1975, pp. 236–258.
  • Euler, Leonhard. Tentamen novae theoriae musicae. Sint Petersburg, 1739, 263 pages. (PDF). In Opera Omnia series III volumen I, Teubner, Leipzig, 1926. German translation by Lorenz Mizler in Neu eröffnete Musikalische Bibliothek vol. 3, 1752: chapters 1-3, vol. 4, Leipzig, 1754: chapter 4. Reprint Frits Knuf, Hilversum, 1966. French translation Essai d'une nouvelle théorie de la musique, 1839. English translation with commentary by Charles Samuel Smith, PhD diss., Indiana University, Bloomington, June 1960, 365 pages.
  • Euler, Leonhard. "Esame del Trattato di Tartini", manuscript, 1754/56, in: Giovanni Tebaldini, "Giuseppe Tartini. Appunti storico-critici. I: Tartini ed Euler", Gazzetta musical di Milano vol. 51 no. 31, 5 Aug. 1897, pp. 444-448.
  • Euler, Leonhard. Exposition de quelques nouvelles vues mathématiques dans la théorie de la musique. Amsterdam, 1760.
  • Euler, Leonhard. "Conjecture de la raison de quelques dissonances généralement reçues dans la musique", Mémoires de l'Academie Royale de Berlin, vol. 20, 1764. In Opera Omnia series III volumen I, Teubner, Leipzig, 1926.
  • Euler, Leonhard. Tentamen de sono campanarum. Novi commentarii Academiae Scientiarum Imperialis Petropolitanae, tom. 10, 1764.
  • Euler, Leonhard. De harmoniae veris principiis per speculum musicum repraesentatis. 1774. In Opera Omnia series III volumen I, Teubner, Leipzig, 1926.
  • Evangelista, José. "A simple way to play microtonal music", WWW, 1999.
  • Evans, Christopher C. "The Guqin - Tunings and Modes", WWW, 1996-1999.
  • Evans, Christopher C. "Chinese Traditional Music - Pitches, Scales and Modes", WWW, 1999.
  • Evans, J. "The Keyboard Tuning Rules of 'The Modern Musick-Master'", Early Music vol. 11, 1983, pp. 360-363.
  • Ewell, Terry B. The Bassoon-Family Fingering Companion: An Annotated Index of Fingerings for Instruments in the Bassoon Family Contained in English Wind Periodicals and Other Select Publications with Additional Material. International Double Reed Society, 1996.
  • Ezgi, Suphi Z. Nazarî ve Amelî Türk Mûsikisi. (Theory and practice of Turkish music), 5 vols, Istanbul Conservatory Publication, 1933-1935.

- F -

  • Faas, Ekbert. "Interview with Karlheinz Stockhausen held August 11, 1976", Interface vol. 6 no. 3-4, 1977, pp. 187-204.
  • Faber Stapulensis, Jacobus. Elementa musicalia. Joannes Higmanus and Volgangus Hopilius, Paris, 1496.
  • Fabre d'Olivet. La musique expliquée comme Science et comme Art, et considérée dans ses rapports analogiques avec les mystères religieux, la mythologie ancienne et l'histoire de la terre. 1896. Édition Jean Pinasseau, Paris, 1928. l'Âge d'Homme, Lausanne, 1974, 93 pages.
  • Fabrizio, A. A Guide to the Understanding and Correction of Intonation Problems. Fort Lauderdale, 1994.
  • Faggot, Jacob. "Trigonometrisk uträkning för den nya temperaturen för tonernas stämning", "Trigonometrische Berechnung der neuen Temperatur", Der Königl. Schwedischen Akademie der Wissenschaften neue Abhandlungen aus der Naturlehre, Haushaltungskunst und Mechanik vol. 5, 1743, pp. 230-234.
  • Fairchild, Stephen. "Altered Equal Temperament for Small Pianos", Piano Technicians Journal vol. 25 no. 10, Seattle, 1982, pp. 20-21.
  • Falkenhausen, Lothar von. Suspended Music: Chime Bells in the Culture of Bronze Age China. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1994, 567 pages.
  • Fanning, David. "Kurze Bemerkungen über das Spielen, Stimmen und Erhalten der Fortepiano, welche von Nanette Streicher, geborne Stein in Wien verfertiget werden (book review)", Early Music vol. 8 no. 3, July 1980, p. 393.
  • Farey, John. "On the Stanhope temperament of the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 27, London, 1807, pp. 191-206.
  • Farey, John. "On different temperaments of the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 27, London, 1807, pp. 313-322.
  • Farey, John. "On a new mode of equally tempering the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 28, London, 1807, pp. 65-66.
  • Farey, John. "On the Stanhope and other temperaments of the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 29, London, 1808, pp. 345-349.
  • Farey, John. "Six theorems, containing the chief properties of all regular douzeave systems of music", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 36, London, 1810, pp. 39-53, 374-375.
  • Farey, John. "Theorems for calculating the temperaments of such regular douzeaves as are commensurable or defined by a certain number of equal parts, into which the octave is divided", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 38, London, 1811, pp. 434-436.
  • Farey, John. On the recent Alterations said to be made by some tuners of Musical Instrument, in the Place of Wolves, or largely temperated Concords. London, 1820.
  • Farey, John. On different modes of expressing the magnitudes and relations of musical intervals; with some remarks, in commendation of Professor Fischer's proportionally-tempered douzeave..., 1820.
  • Farhat, Hormoz. The Dastgah Concept in Persian Music. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1965. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1990, 2004, 213 pages.
  • Farhat, Hormoz. The Traditional Art Music of Iran. Ministry of Culture and Arts Press, Tehran, 1973.
  • Farmer, Gerald James. Multiphonics and other contemporary clarinet techniques. Shall-u-mo Publications, Rochester NY, 1982.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "Clues for the Arabian influence on European musical theory", The Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, first quarter, 1925, pp. 61-80.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "The Old Persian Musical Modes", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society vol. c, 1926, pp. 93-95.
  • Farmer, Henry George. A History of Arabian Music to the XIIIth Century. Luzac & Co., London, 1929. Reprints 1967, 1994. Arabic translation by Girgîs Fathallâ Al Muhâmî, Dâr Maktabat Al Hayât, Beirut.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "The Congress of Arabian Music (Cairo, 1932)", Transactions of the Glasgow Oriental Society vol. 6, 1929-1933, pp. 61-67.
  • Farmer, Henry George. Al-Farabi's Arabic-Latin Writings on Music. London, 1934, reprint Hinrichsen Edition Ltd., New York, 1965.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "The Lute Scale of Avicenna", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1937, pp. 339-353.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "Was the Arabian and Persian Lute Fretted?", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1937, pp. 453-460.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "An outline of history of music and musical theory", A Survey of Persian Arts, vol. 3, Arthur Upham Pope (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1939.
  • Farmer, Henry George. The sources of Arabian music: an annotated bibliography of Arabic manuscripts which deal with the theory, practice, and history of Arabian music from the eighth to the seventeenth century. Bearsden, 1940. E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1965, 97 pages.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "The Music of Islam", in New Oxford History of Music, volume 1: Ancient and Oriental Music, E. Wellesz (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1957.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "The old Arabian melodic modes", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, parts 3 & 4, 1965, pp. 99-102.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "Music and Music Theory", A Survey of Persian Art, A. Pope (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1967.
  • Farmer, Henry George. "Persien", Außereuropäische Musik in Einzeldarstellungen, Joseph Kuckertz (ed.), Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag/Bärenreiter Verlag, edition MGG, Kassel, 1980, pp. 180-189.
  • Farmer, Henry George. Studies in Oriental Music. Vol. I. History and Theory. Reprint of writings published in the years 1925-1966, The Science of Music in Islam vol. 1, Ed. Eckhard Neubauer, Frankfurt a.M., 1997, 756 pages.
  • Fascicolo, V.M. Simulazione della musica greca antica con il Mathematica. Thesis, University of Bari, 2001.
  • Fattorini, Eugenio. Methodo per accordare i Pianoforti. Ricordi, Milano, 1859.
  • Faulhaber, Johann. Ingenieurschul. Frankfurt a.M., 1630.
  • Faulhaber, G. Andreas Werckmeister. 1974.
  • Faust, Oliver Cromwell. A treatise on the construction, repairing and tuning of the organ, including also the reed organ, the orchestrelle and the player-piano. 1949.
  • Feaster, C. Raymond. The dynamic scale and how to tune it. Louisville KY, 1958.
  • Federhofer, Hellmut. "Johann Joseph Fux und die gleichschwebende Temperatur", Die Musikforschung vol. 41 no. 1, 1988, pp. 9-15. English translation "Johann Joseph Fux and Equal Temperament", Eighteenth-Century Music in Theory and Practice: Essays in Honor of Alfred Mann, M.A. Parker (ed.), Stuyvesant NY, 1994, pp. 119-130.
  • Feeney, M. Patrick, "Dichotic beats of mistuned consonances", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 102 no. 4, 1997, pp. 2333–2342.
  • Felciano, Richard. In Celebration of Golden Rain. American Gamelan Institute, Hanover NH, 1977.
  • Feldtkeller, R., and E. Zwicker. "Die Größe der Elementarstufen der Tonhöhenempfindungen und der Lautstärkeempfindung", Acustica vol. 3, 1953, pp. 97-100.
  • Feldtkeller, R. "Welche Tonhöhen-Unterschiede kann unser Ohr noch wahrnehmen?", Umschau vol. 61, 1961, pp. 518-521.
  • Fend, Michael. "Musiktheoretisches in Francesco Giorgis Idee einer harmonischen Welt", in Kongreßbericht Bayreuth 1981, Kassel, 1981.
  • Fend, Michael. "Zarlinos Versuch einer Axiomatisierung der Musiktheorie in den Dimostrationi harmoniche (1571)", Musiktheorie vol. 4 no. 2, 1989, pp. 113-126.
  • Fend, Michael. Gioseffo Zarlino: Theorie des Tonsystems. Das 1. und 2. Buch der Istitutioni harmoniche (1573). PhD diss., TU Berlin, 1983. Series: Europäische Hochschulschriften no.36:43. Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1989, 488 pages.
  • Feng, Wenci. "The Abacus Extraction used by Zhu Zaiyu for Calculating the Twelve-Tone Equal Temperament", Journal of Music in China vol. 3 no. 2, fall 2001, pp. 157-178.
  • Fenner, Klaus. "Die Obertonverstimmung und ihre Bedeutung für den Klavierstimmer", Das Musikinstrument und Phono vol. 11, Verlag Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1960, pp. 550-551.
  • Fernandez, Antonio. Arte de musica de canto dorgam, e canto cham, & proporções de musica divididas harmonicamente. Pedro Craesbeeck, Lisbon, 1626.
  • Ferrari-Barassi, Elena. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (book review)", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 24, no. 3-4, July-Dec. 1990, pp. 537-540.
  • Ferreira, Manuel Pedro Ramalho. Music at Cluny: the tradition of Gregorian chant for the proper of the mass. Melodic variants and microtonal nuances. PhD diss., Princeton University, 1997, 552 pages.
  • Ferrini, Giovanni Battista. Regola per accordare il cembalo... 17th cent.
  • Ferroni, Nicola. "Sistemi d'accordatura", WWW, 2002.
  • Fétis, François Josef. Biographie universelle des musiciens et Bibliographie générale de la musique. 8 vols, Brussels, 1835-1844, 1860-1868.
  • Fétis, François Josef. "Esquisse de l'histoire de l'harmonie, considérée comme art et comme science systématique", Revue et gazette musicale de Paris, 1840, pp. 1-77.
  • Fétis, François Josef. Traité complet de la théorie et de la pratique de l'harmonie. Au Conservatoire, Bruxelles, 1844. Schlesinger, Paris, 1844, 257 pages. 4th edition, 1849, 278 pages.
  • Fétis, François Josef. Histoire générale de la musique. Firmin Didot frères, Paris, 1869-1876, 2 vols.
  • Fichet, Laurent. Les théories scientifiques de la musique: XIXème et XXème siècles. J. Vrin, Paris, 1996, 390 pages.
  • Fichet, Laurent. Le langage musical baroque, éléments et structures. Zurfluch, Bourg-La-Reine, 2000, 175 pages.
  • Fickénscher, Arthur. "The 'Polytone' and the Potentialities of a Purer Intonation", Musical Quarterly vol. 27 no. 3, July 1941, pp. 356-370.
  • Fickénscher, Arthur. "Polytone Keyboard", United States Patent 2,232,600. February 18, 1941.
  • Fiedler, Jörg. Die nicht-temperierte Intonation. Master thesis, Schola Cantorum Basiliensis, Basel, 1990.
  • Fiedler, Jörg. "Dichtung und Wahrheit im Tonsystem des 18. Jahrhunderts: Eine Demontage", Basler Jahrbuch für historische Musikpraxis vol. 15, 1991, pp. 149-182.
  • Filip, Miroslav. "Sweep-tone effect in mistuned consonances", Musaica vol. 10, 1970, pp. 95-107.
  • Filippi, Filippo. Dell'intonazione. Memoria inédita del signor S. Bruni. 1860.
  • Filippi, Filippo. L'accordatura teorico-pratica dei pianoforti. Lettera di Eugenio Fattorini a Giuseppe Canti du Busseto. 1861.
  • Finchum, Hilary. "Tuvan Overtone Singing: Harmonics Out of Place", SAVAIL Working Papers, WWW, 2000.
  • Finck, Hermann. Practica musica. Erben Heorg Rhau, Wittenberg, 1556.
  • Finé, O. Epithoma musice instrumentalis. Paris, 1530.
  • Fink, Bob. Neanderthal Flute. Bob Fink, Saskatoon, 1997.
  • Fink, Bob. "A brief description of the natural forces bringing the 'do, re, mi, scale' into existence", The Origin of Music, Greenwich Publishers, Saskatoon, 1997.
  • Finnamore, David J. "5- to 9-tone, octave repeating scales. From Wilson's Golden Horagrams of the scale tree", WWW, 2003.
  • Firth, I.M. and H.G. Sillitto. "Acoustics of the Highland Bagpipe Chanter and Reed", Acustica vol. 40, 1978, pp. 310-315.
  • Fischer, Andrew. "New Releases: Riley and Hykes (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 4, 1986, p. 2.
  • Fischer, Andrew. "Scott Wilkinson: Tuning In (book review)", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, 1988, p. 2, 13.
  • Fischer, Andrew. "Lou Harrison's Piano Concerto (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 1, 1990, p. 2.
  • Fischer, Frederic. "The yellow bell of China and the endless search", Music Educators Journal vol. 59 no. 8, April 1973, pp. 30-33, 95-98.
  • Fischer, Jack and Hervé Lauret. "Les tempéraments dans l'accord des instruments à claviers", WWW, 2000.
  • Fischer, Johan Philip Anbrecht. Kort en grondig Onderwys, van de Transpositie, Beneffens Eenige korte aenmerkingen over de Musiek der Ouden, De onnodigheit van eenige Modis, en het ut, re, mi, Als mede De Subsemitonia, of gesneede klavieren. Waer noch bygevoegt is, eene korte en gemakkelyke Methode, om een klavier gelijk te stemmen. Willem Stouw, Utrecht, 1728, 34 pages.
  • Fischer, Johan Philip Anbrecht. Korte en noodigste grond-regelen van de Bassus Continuus. P. Muntendam, Utrecht, 1731, 52 pages.
  • Fischer, Johan Philip Anbrecht. Verhandeling van de klokken en het klokke-spel; waer in behalve de opkomst van het klokkespel, alles wat omtrent de klokken aenmerkelyk is, als: de stoffe, gewigt, en klank der zelve, mitsgaders de compositie regel voor de ton, en de nodige wetenschap van 't versteeken, wordt voorgestelt; benevens een kort bericht van de outheit, gebruyk, misbruyk, en doopen der klokken, als ook van zogenaamde wonderklokken. Utrecht, 1738. Reprint Asten, 1956, 's-Gravenhage, 1977.
  • Fischer, Matthias. Der Intonationstest: seine Anfänge, seine Ziele, seine Methodik. Europäische Hochschulschriften, Reihe XXXVI, Musikwissenschaft, P. Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 1995, 230 pages.
  • Fishbein, Michael. "A Questionaire for Microtonal Musicians", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, 1982, pp. 18-19.
  • Fisher, Alexander Metcalf. "Essay on musical temperament", The American Journal of Science vol. 1, J. Eastburn and Company, New York, 1818, pp. 9-35, 176-199.
  • Fisher, Fred and Gerald Edmundson. "Acoustics and the Mesoamerican calendar", Interdisciplina vol. 1 no. 2, winter 1975, pp. 43-55.
  • Fisher, Fred. "Music and the wheel: The Oedipus story", Interdisciplina vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1976, pp. 38-54.
  • Fisher, Fred. "Kuttner's 'Great frame': A new hypothesis", Chinese Music vol. 4 no. 3, September 1981, pp. 47-50.
  • Fjalestad, Olav (ed.) Eivind Groven. Heiderskrift til 70-årsdagen 8. oktober 1971. Noregs boklag, Oslo, 1971, 232 pages.
  • Fleischer, David. "Sounds of Infinity", Connoisseur vol. 213 no. 858, August 1983, p. 100 ff.
  • Fleischhauer, Günther et al. (eds.) "Stimmungen im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert. Vielfalt oder Konfusion?", 15. Musikinstrumentenbau-Symposium in Michaelstein am 11. und 12. November 1994, Michaelsteiner Konferenzberichte vol. 52, Michaelstein, 1997.
  • Fleisher, Tsippi. "Structural Aspects of My Music as Illustrated in the Tape Work 'The Gown of Night' and the Cantata 'Like Two Branches'", Organised Sound vol. 3, no. 1, Cambridge University Press, 1998, pp. 51-59.
  • Fletcher, Harvey. "Loudness, Pitch and the Timbre of Musical Tones and their Relation to the Intensity, the Frequency and the Overtone Structure", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 6, 1934, p. 59.
  • Fletcher, Harvey. "Normal vibration frequencies of stiff piano strings", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 36 no. 1, 1964, pp. 203-209.
  • Fletcher, N.H. and Thomas D. Rossing. The Physics of Musical Instruments. Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York, 1991, 1998.
  • Fogliano, Ludovico. Musica theorica docte simul ac dilucide pertractata, in qua quamplures de harmonicis intervallis: non prius tentatae: continentur speculationes. Venice, 1529.
  • Fokker, Adriaan A. jr. "MICROTON: een 31-toons-computerprogramma voor IBM-PC of compatible", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1988, Haarlem, pp. 31-35.
  • Fokker, Adriaan Daniël. "Ultrasone trillingen", Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 3 no. 8, 1938, p. 414.
  • Fokker, Adriaan Daniël. "Christiaan Huygens' oktaafdeling in 31 gelijke diëzen" (Christiaan Huygens' octave division in 31 equal dieses), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 98 no. 15, 1941, pp. 149-152.
  • Fokker, A.D. Harmonische muziek, and Balth. van der Pol. Muziek en elementaire getallentheorie, lectures Haarlem, Teyler's Museum, 20, 27 December 1941, Reprint from Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 9 no. 5, 1942, pp. 449-540, Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1942.
  • Fokker, A.D. "De keuze der muziektonen" (the choice of the musical tones), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 25-29.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Grondtoon, gidstoon en hun volledig akkoord" (fundamental tone, guide tone and their complete chord), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 72-75.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Vierklanken als getallenkwartetten" (four-tone chords as number quartets), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 116-118.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Intervalsnippers en de verdeeling van het octaaf en kwint in even grote delen" (interval shreds and the division of the octave and fifth in parts of equal size), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 172-176.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Het muzikale toonstelsel van Christiaan Huygens, de normale diëzenstemming" (the musical tone-system of Christiaan Huygens: the tuning with equal dieses), De Gids vol. 106 no. 2, 1942, pp. 164-171.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Tartini en de zevende harmonische" (Tartini and the seventh harmonic), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 100, 1943, pp. 78-80.
  • Fokker, A.D. Rekenkundige bespiegeling der muziek. (Arithmetical reflection of music), Noorduijn, Gorinchem, 1945, 228 pages.
  • Fokker, A.D. "On equal temperament" [letter], Physica vol. 11, 1946, pp. 447-448.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Over Cis en Des" (about C sharp and D flat), Mens en Melodie vol. 2, 1947, p. 245.
  • Fokker, A.D. Les mathématiques et la musique. Trois conférences. Reprint from Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10, Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1947, pp. 1-32.
  • Fokker, A.D. Just intonation and the combination of harmonic diatonic melodic groups. Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1949, 80 pages.
  • Fokker, A.D. "De middentoonstemming gedemonstreerd" (Meantone tuning demonstrated), Mens en Melodie vol. 4, 1949, pp. 139-141.
  • Fokker, A.D. and Jan van Dijk. "Expériences musicales avec les genres musicaux de Leonhard Euler contenant la septième harmonique" (musical experiences with Leonhard Euler's musical genera containing the seventh harmonic), Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 133-146.
  • Fokker, A.D. "La gamme, la musique et le tempérament égal", lecture at la Sorbonne, Paris, 15 Jan. 1951. Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 147-160.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Les possibilités d'une notation musicale de plus grande précision" (the possibility of a musical notation of much greater precision). Voordracht voor de Nederlandse Vereniging voor Muziekwetenschap, Utrecht, 10 december 1949. Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 161-171.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Les fréquences dans le tempérament égal à trent-et-un cinquièmes de ton" (the frequencies of 31-tone equal temperament), Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, p. 172.
  • Fokker, A.D., Jan van Dijk and B.J.A. Pels. Recherches musicales, théoriques et pratiques, Reprint from Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10, Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1951, pp. 133-184.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Un orgue à demitons majeurs et mineurs placé au Musée Teyler à Haarlem" (an organ with major and minor semitones situated in the Teylers Museum in Haarlem), Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 182-184.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Les gammes et le tempérament égal", Acustica vol. 1, 1951, pp. 29-35.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Toonhoogte en intensiteit" (Pitch and intensity), Mens en Melodie vol. 6, 1951, p. 73.
  • Fokker, A.D. "De behoefte aan grotere nauwkeurigheid in de muzikale notatie der toonhoogte" (the need for greater precision in musical pitch notation), Mens en Melodie vol. 8, 1953, pp. 114-115.
  • Fokker, A.D. "The qualities of the equal temperament by 31 fifths of a tone in the octave", Report of the Fifth Congress of the International Society for Musical Research, Utrecht 3-7 July 1952. Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis, Amsterdam, 1953, pp. 191-192.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Equal Temperament with 31 Notes", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 5 no. 4, autumn 1955, p. 41.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Equal temperament and the thirty-one-keyed organ", Scientific Monthly vol. 81, 1955, pp. 161-166.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Les cinquièmes de ton", Acoustique musicale, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959, pp. 29-37.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Optelakkoorden" (Addition chords), Mens en Melodie vol. 15 no. 5, May 1960, p. 145.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Wozu und warum? Fragen zur neuen Musik" (Wither and why? Questions concerning new music), Die Reihe vol. 8, 1962, pp. 62-72.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Genauere Bestimmung der Tonhöhe", Musica vol. 16, 1962, p. 37.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Multiple antanairesis", Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Series A, vol. 66, Amsterdam, 1963, pp. 1-6.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Uitweg uit muzikale impasse", Algemeen Handelsblad, 3 Oct. 1963.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Refinement of pitch", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 10, Andover MA, 1963, pp. 13-14.
  • Fokker, A.D. Oor en Stem. Bundel solfège-oefeningen met harmonischen aan de nagedachtenis van Willem Pijper en Martinus Lürsen. Voor de Stichting Nauwluisterendheid uitgegeven door G. Alsbach & Co., Amsterdam, 1963, 27 pages.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Met verjongde oren" (with rejuvenated ears), Mens en Melodie vol. 19 no. 1, January 1964, pp. 14-16.
  • Fokker, A.D. "De muzikale ontwikkeling op een tweesprong" (musical development at the crossroads), Publikatie Nederlands Akoestisch Genootschap vol. 7, September 1965, pp. 3-7.
  • Fokker, A.D. Neue Musik mit 31 Tönen. Verlag der Gesellschaft zur Förderung der systematischen Musikwissenschaft e.V., Düsseldorf, 1966, 89 pages. English translation New music with 31 notes by Leigh Gerdine, Orpheus - Series of Monographs on Basic Questions in Music, vol. 5, Verlag für Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1975, 95 pages.
  • Fokker, A.D. "On the expansion of the musician's realm of harmony", Acta musicologica vol. 38, April-Dec. 1966, pp. 197-202, Bärenreiter Verlag, Basel, 1967.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Selections from the harmonic lattice of perfect fifths and major thirds containing 12, 19, 22, 31, 41 or 53 notes", Proceedings of the KNAW, Series B, vol. 71, Amsterdam, 1968, pp. 251-266.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Periodieke herhalingen in het muzikaal harmonische veld" (periodical repeats in the musical-harmonic field), Verslagen van de gewone vergaderingen der afdeling Natuurkunde [van de KNAW] vol. 77 no. 9, Amsterdam, 1968, pp. 140-146.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Unison vectors and periodicity blocks in the three-dimensional (3-5-7-) harmonic lattice of notes", Proceedings of the KNAW, Series B, vol. 72, Amsterdam, 1969, pp. 153-168.
  • Fokker, A.D., Hans Kox, Joel Mandelbaum and R.H. Orton. "Report of the Working Committee for Notation (IMS)", Report of the Tenth Congress of the International Musicological Society, Ljubljana, 1967. Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1970, pp. 473-483.
  • Fokker, A.D., Hans Kox, Joel Mandelbaum and R.H. Orton, "Die Notenschrift von 31 Diësen in der Oktave" (The notation of 31 dieses to the octave), Sonorum Speculum vol. 46, Amsterdam, 1971, pp. 31-47.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Acoustical analysis of a peal of thirteen Chinese bells", Proceedings of the KNAW, Series B, vol. 74, 1971, pp. 257-262.
  • Fokker, A.D. "New rational musical scales", Eivind Groven. Heiderskrift til 70-årsdagen 8. oktober 1971, Olav Fjalestad (ed.), Noregs Boklag, Oslo, 1971, pp. 191-204.
  • Fokker, A.D. "Pleasant sequences by addition chords", Acustica vol. 28, 1973, pp. 3-4.
  • Fokker, A.D. Ab Ovo. Unpublished collection covering Fokker's life work. Currently in the archives of the Huygens-Fokker Foundation, Amsterdam.
  • Fokker, Jeroen. "De Archifoon: een computerprogramma voor microtonale muziek", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1988, Haarlem, pp. 37-50.
  • Folkers, Catherine. "Playing in Tune on a Baroque Flute", Traverso vol. 10 no. 1, January 1998.
  • Fongaard, Bjørn. 24-Toneuniversets Tonale Egenskaper og Dermed Forbundne Musikalske Muligheter. (Machinenschr.) Oslo.
  • Fongaard, Bjørn. N-Toneuniverset: (2/1)^n/12 --> "infinity. Og Dets Egenskaper Som Musikalsk Byggenmateriale. Oslo, 1967.
  • Fongaard, Bjørn. "Of the quarter-tone system and the micro-interval system and their musical characteristics", Nutida musik vol. 3, 1972-1973, pp. 14-21.
  • Fonsèque, Raymond. "Procédé Fonsèque de 24 sons par octave assorti de la notion de 'super-tempérament'", Paris, 1986.
  • Fontenelle, Bernard Le Bouyer de. Sur les systèmes tempérés de musique. Paris, 1730.
  • Fonton, Charles. Der Essai sur la musique orientale von Charles Fonton mit Zeichnungen von Adanson. Eckhard Neubauer (ed.), The Science of Music in Islam vol. 4, Frankfurt a.M., 1999, 324 pages.
  • Fonville, John. "Ben Johnston's Extended Just Intonation: A Guide For Interpreters", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 106-137.
  • Fonville, John. "Harmonic Resources of Extended Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 2, December 1991, pp. 1, 4-15.
  • Fonville, John. "Microtonal Fingerings for Flute: A Comprehensive List", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, 1990, pp. 37-54.
  • Foote, Edward. "Historical Tunings on the Modern Concert Grand", WWW, 1997.
  • Forlin, Gino Robair. How Trees Are Felled in China. Unpublished Master of Arts dissertation, Mills College, Oakland CA, 1988.
  • Formentelli, Bartholomeo. Méthode pour accorder le Piano-Forté. Janet et Cotelle, Paris, 1830.
  • Forrester, Peter S. "Citterns and their Fingerboard", Lute Society Journal vol. 23, 1983, pp. 15-20.
  • Förster, August. Der Viertelton-Flügel. A. Förster Flügel und Pianobriken Löban (Sachen) Georgswalde Tchecoslovaquie, 1925.
  • Forster, Cris. "Chrysalis", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, 1978, pp. 6-8.
  • Forster, Cris. "Harmonic/Melodic Canon IV", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, 1979, pp. 17-19.
  • Forster, Cris. "Introduction to Everything", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1986-7, pp. 1-11.
  • Forster, Cris. "Diamond Marimba II", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, 1979, pp. 16-18.
  • Forster, Cris. "Conversion Analysis: Ratio to Cents", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, p. 5.
  • Forster, Cris. "Harry Partch: Ein Bildnis", Für Augen und Ohren, magazine of the Berlin Music Festival, Ulrich Eckhardt (ed.), Berlin, January–February 1980, pp. 10–13.
  • Forster, Cris. "Descriptions of five original acoustic instruments; and of the Chrysalis Foundation", Making Music, catalog of the California Crafts Museum, Bill Mellentin (ed.), San Francisco, February–April 1987.
  • Forster, Cris. "Plain String Calculations", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 5 no. 6, April 1990, pp. 10–11.
  • Forster, Cris. "On the physics of musical glasses and marimba bars", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 3, October 1990. pp. 4–5.
  • Forster, Cris. "Wound String Calculations", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 3, October 1990. pp. 14–17.
  • Forster, Cris. "Just Intoned Music", WWW, 2002.
  • Forster, Cris. Musical Mathematics. On the Art and Science of Acoustic Instruments. Chronicle Books, San Francisco, 2002-2010, 944 pages, to be published July 2010.
  • Förster, H. von, and J. Beauchamp (eds.) Music by Computers. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1969.
  • Fortlage, C. Das musikalische System der Griechen in seiner Urgestalt, aus den Tonleitern des Alypius zum ersten Male entwickelt. Leipzig, 1847. Reprint P. Schippers N.V., Amsterdam, 1964.
  • Fortuin, Harold. "The Clavette", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1994, Amsterdam, pp. 147-151.
  • Fortuna, Clem. "Composing in Seven Equal & String Quartet in Seven Equal", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 77-86.
  • Fortuna, Clem. Microtone Guide. Self-published, 1989.
  • Fose, Luanne Eris. The 'Musica practica' of Bartolomeo Ramos de Pareia: A critical translation and commentary. PhD diss., Music, University of North Texas, 1992, 538 pages.
  • Foulds, John Herbert. Music-Today: Its heritage from the Past and Legacy to the Future. Ivor Nicholson and Watson Ltd., London, 1934. Chapter "Quarter-Tones", pp. 59-63.
  • Fourneaux, Napoléon. Instrumentologie: traité théorique et pratique de l'accord des instruments a sons fixes, l'harmonium, l'orgue a tuyaux et le piano, contenant une théorie complète du tempérament musical et des battlements. Repos, Paris, 1867, 295 pages.
  • Fox, Christopher. "Hybrid temperaments and structural harmony: a personal history", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, p. 123.
  • Fox-Strangways, Arthur Henry. "The Hindu Scale", Sammelbände der internationalen Musikgesellschaft, Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1907-1908, pp. 449-516.
  • Fox-Strangways, Arthur Henry. The Music of Hindostan. The Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1914, 376 pages. Reprint Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1965. Oriental Books Reprint Co./Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi, 1975. Kanishka Publishing House, Delhi, 1989.
  • Fox-Strangways, Arthur Henry. "The Gândhâra Grâma", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1935, pp. 689-696.
  • Framjee, Firoze. Text book of Indian music (theory & practice): useful alike to the scholars of both northern (Hindustani) as well as southern (Carnatic) music. Sakhi Prakashan, Hathras (Aligarh), 1936, Poona, 1938, 1986, 1991, 144 pages.
  • Francis, John Charles. "Das Wohltemperirte Clavier. Pitch, Tuning and Temperament Design", WWW, July 2005. PDF, 30 pages.
  • Francis, John Charles. The Keyboard Temperament of J. S. Bach. WWW, 2005, 49 pages. In HTML.
  • Francis, John Charles. "Bradley Lehman: 'Bach’s extraordinary temperament: our Rosetta Stone –1' (review)", 2005, 7 pages.
  • Francis, John Charles. "Comparison of Werckmeister’s Correct No. 1 (Werckmeister III) with BACH R12-2", 2005, 4 pages.
  • Francis, John Charles, Friedrich Suppig’s Diagrammatic Tunings. March 2006, 20 pages.
  • Francis, John Charles. Tuning Interpretation of Bach’s ‘1722 Seal’ as Beats Per Second. WWW, 2006, 7 pages.
  • Frandsen, Lars. Livsløgnen og drømmen om det fuldkomne. Om anvendelsen af ren stemning i forbindelse med det sædvanlige 12-tonige klaviatur, med udgangspunkt i Eivind Grovens renstemte orgel. Aalborg Universitet, 1995.
  • Franklin, Don O. "Bach's Keyboard Music in the 1730s and 1740s: Organs and Harpsichords, Hildebrandt and Neidhardt", Early Keyboard Studies Newsletter vol. 6 no. 1, Oct. 1991, pp. 1-6, 12-14.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. "Musical Syncretism and the Greek Orientalizing Period", Archäologie früher Klangerzeugung und Tonordnungen, E. Hickmann and R. Eichmann (eds.), Serie Studien zur Musikarchäologie, Orient-Archäologie, Rahden, 2002.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. "Diatonic Music in Greece: a Reassessment of its Antiquity", Mnemosyne vol. 56 no. 1, 2002, pp. 669-702.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. Terpander: The Invention of Music in the Orientalizing Period. PhD diss., University College London, 2002, Oxford University Press, 2004.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. "Hearing Greek Microtones" (with CD selections), Ancient Greek Music in Performance, Stefan Hagel and Ch. Harrauer (eds.), Wiener Studien Beiheft 29, Vienna, 2005. From a paper and audio-demonstration with Virtual Lyre delivered at Performing Ancient Greek Music Today, Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Vienna, 29 Sep - 1 Oct, 2003.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. "Realizations in Ancient Greek Music: Beyond the Fragments" (with CD selections), in E. Hickmann, R. Eichmann, A.A. Both (eds.), Serie Studien zur Musikarchäologie 6, Rahden, 2008.
  • Franklin, John Curtis. The Middle Muse: Mesopotamian Echoes in Archaic Greek Music. Oxford University Press, to be published.
  • Franssen, N.V. and C.J. v.d. Peet. "Digitale toonopwekking voor een transponerend elektronisch klavierinstrument", Philips Technisch Tijdschrift vol. 31, 1970, pp. 369-390, with grammophone record.
  • Fransson, Frans, Johan Sundberg and Per Tjernlund. Statistical computer measurement of the tone-scale in played music. Report STL-QOSR-2-3, Speech Transm. Lab., Stockholm, 1970.
  • Fransson, Frans, Johan Sundberg and Per Tjernlund. "The scale in played music", Svensk tidskrift för musikforskning vol. 56 no. 1, 1974, pp. 49-54.
  • Frantz, Glen. "Composing in scaleless space", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 1, 1988, San Francisco, pp. 8-10.
  • Frantz, Glen. "A Scaleless Sequencer", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, summer 1990, pp. 4-5, 14.
  • Frazer, Peter A. "The Development of Musical Tuning Systems", WWW, 2001.
  • Freeman, Alan Dean. The Construction and Validation of a Scale of Band Intonation. Phd diss., University of Illinois, 1991, 182 pages.
  • Freeman, Robin. "Tanmatras: The life and work of Giacinto Scelsi", Tempo no. 176, March 1991, pp. 8-19.
  • Freff. "Tuning in to Wendy Carlos", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 20-37.
  • Freis, Wolfgang. "Perfecting the Perfect Instrument. Fray Juan Bermudo on the Tuning and Temperament of the vihuela de mano", Early Music vol. 23 no. 3, 1995, pp. 421-435.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. Über subjektive Differenztöne höchster hörbarer Töne und des angrenzenden Ultraschalls im musikalischen Hören. PhD thesis, Universität Köln, Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung, Band 16, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1960, 148 pages.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. Intonation und musikalisches Hören. Habilitationsschrift Köln, 1968.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Die Relativität optimaler Intervallgrößen", Bericht über den musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Bonn 1970, Carl Dahlhaus et al. (eds.), Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1973, pp. 397-400.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Mikrotonale Klangbildungen - Identifikation und Systemfähigkeit", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 165-184.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Überlegungen zur Durchsetzung des Prinzips der Gleichteilung vor Werckmeister: Pietro Mengolis Temperatur- und Toleranzberechnungen", Bericht über das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 22-39.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Klangbreite und Tonempfindung: Bedingungen kategorialer Wahrnehmung aufgrund experimenteller Untersuchung der Intonation", Jahrbuch Musikpsychologie vol. 5, Wilhelmshaven, 1988, pp. 67-87.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Die Bedeutung der Mikrointervalle im Wandel der Zeiten und Kulturen", Mikrotöne IV, Bericht über das 4. Internationale Symposion "Mikrotonforschung" 1991 in Salzburg, Horst-Peter Hesse (ed.), Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993, pp. 221-250.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Hörerfahrungen mit mikrotonaler Musik", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993, pp. 163-175.
  • Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Pitch bending und das Harmonium als Reininstrument. Mit einem Verzeichnis der Reininstrumente und deren Beschreibung", Harmonium und Handharmonika. 20. Musikinstrumenten-Symposium, Michaelstein, 19. bis 21. November 1999, Monika Lustig (ed.), Michaelsteiner Konferenzberichte vol. 62, Stiftung Kloster Michaelstein, Blankenburg, 2002, pp. 105-116.
  • Friedlander, Ed. "The Ancient Musical Modes: What Were They?", WWW, 2000.
  • Friedrich, Ernst. Über das Stimmen von Cembalo, Spinett, Clavichord und Klavier. Frankfurt a.M., 1971.
  • Fripertinger, Harald. Untersuchung über die Anzahl verschiedener Intervalle, Akkorde, Tonreihen und anderer musikalischer Objekte in n-Ton Musik. Master thesis, Hochschule für Musik und Darstellende Kunst, Graz, 1991.
  • Fripertinger, Harald. "Enumeration in Musical Theory", Séminaire Lotharingien de Combinatoire vol. 26, 1991, pp. 29–42. Also in Beiträge zur Elektronischen Musik vol. 1, Institut für Elektronische Musik und Akustik, Graz, January 1993.
  • Fritsch, Ingrid. "Zur Geschichte der Tonsysteme Japans", Analysen von Solo-Honkyoku der Tozan-Schule, Studien zur traditionellen Musik Japans, Band 4, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1979, pp. 47-69.
  • Fritsch, Johannes. Die Tonalität des Harry Partch. Feedback Papers vol. 14, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, 1977, pp. 17-21.
  • Fritz, Barthold. Anweisung, wie man Claviere, Clavecins, und Orgeln, nach einer mechanischen Art, in allen Zwölf Tönen gleich rein stimmen könne. Leipzig, 1756, 1780, 1829. Dutch translation Onderwys, om Op eene Tuigwerkelyke wyze Clavieren, Clavecimbels, en Orgels, In alle 24 Toonen even zuiver te Stemmen, Op dat daar uit Zo wel de Major als Minor welluidend gespeeld kan worden. Uit het Hoogduits vertaald door H. van Evervelt, en voorzien met eenige Aanmerkingen. J.J. Hummel, Amsterdam, 1757, 36 pages. Microfiche. Zug, Switzerland, Inter Documentation, 1976.
  • Fritz, K. von. "Mathematiker und Akusmatiker bei den alten Pythagoreern", Sitzungsberichte der Bayrische Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1960, p. 2.
  • Froger, Jacques. "Les pretendus quarts de ton dans le chant grégorien et les symboles du ms H. 159 de Montpellier", Études grégoriennes vol. 17, 1978, pp. 145-179.
  • Frosch, Johannes. Rerum musicarum opusculum rarum ac insigne, totius eius negotii rationem mira industria et brevitate complectens, iam recens publicatum. Peter Schoeffer and Mathias Apiarius, Strasbourg, 1535.
  • Frosch, Reinhart. Mitteltönig ist schöner! Studien über Stimmungen von Musikinstrumenten. Peter Lang, Bern/Wien, 1993, 1996, 276 pages. English translation Meantone is Beautiful!, Peter Lang, Bern, 2002.
  • Frosztega, Alexander J. Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg and musical temperament in late eighteenth-century Germany. PhD diss., Universiteit Utrecht, 1999.
  • Frova, Andrea. Fisica nella musica. Zanichelli, Bologna, 1999, 576 pages.
  • Frusi, Luciano. "La doppia intonazione dell' intervallo di terza minore", Rivista internazionale di musica sacra vol. 7 no. 4, 1986, pp. 372-381.
  • Frutolfus of Michelsberg. Breviarium de musica et Tonarius. 12th century. P. Cölestin Vivell (ed.), Sitzungsberichte vol. 188, Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, Vienna, 1919, pp. 26-113.
  • Frye, Royal Merrill and Esther W. Tipple. A Graphic Introduction to the Harmon. and Data Supplement to a Graphic Introduction to the Harmon. Self-published, Boston, 1942. (Library of Congress catalogue numbers ML 3809 .T 56 G 7 and ML 3809 .T 557)
  • Fuchs, Helmut. "Klavierstimmung und akustische Forschung", Das Musikinstrument und Phono vol. 2, Verlag Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1964, pp. 151-153.
  • Fuertes, Sorino. "Tratado de musica de Al-Farabi", Musica arabe-española, Barcelona, 1853.
  • Fujita, Iori. "Uncertainty Principle for Temperament", WWW, 2004.
  • Fujiwara, Kazuhiro. "Über die musiktheoretischen und philosophischen Grundlagen der Temperaturtheorie Andreas Werckmeisters", Conference Report Stuttgart 1995, 1998, pp. 153-164.
  • Fuller, Ramon. "A Study of Microtonal Equal Temperaments", Journal of Music Theory vol. 35 no. 1-2, 1991, pp. 211-237.
  • Funke, Otto. Das Intonieren von Pianos und Flügeln mit Besonderer Berücksichtigung der Beziehungen von Hammerkopf, Resonanzboden, Saitenbezug und so weiter zur Intonation. Series: Das Musikinstrument vol. 21, Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt am Main, 1977, 55 pages.
  • Furio, Angelo (da Todi). Armonica cultura.... Ms Musica F.5, libretto secondo : 'Della regola da osservarsi nell'accordo degli strumenti', 17th-18th cent., pp. 90-100.
  • Fux, Johann Joseph. Gradus ad Parnassum. Book I. Vienna, 1725. German translation Gradus ad Parnassum oder Anführung zur regelmäßigen musicalischen Composition by Lorenz Mizler, Leipzig, 1742. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1974.
  • Fyk, J. "Tolerance of intonation deviation in melodic intervals in listeners of different musical training", Archives of Acoustics vol. 7 no. 1, 1982, pp. 13-28.

- G -

  • Gable, Frederick K. "Possibilities for mean-tone temperament playing on viols", Journal of the Viola Da Gamba Society of America vol. 16, 1979, pp. 22-39.
  • Gaffurio (Gafori), Franchino. Theorica musice. Impressum Mediolani per Magistrum Philippum Mantegatium dictum Cassanum opera et impensa Magistri Joannis Petri de Comatio, Milan, 1492. Facs. editions Rome, 1934, New York, 1967, Bologna, 1969. English translation by Walter Kurt Kreyszig The theory of music, Yale University Press, New Haven CT, 1993, 236 pages.
  • Gaffurio (Gafori), Franchino. Practica musicae utriusque catus excelletis Franchini gaffori laudesis. Quattor libris modulatissima: Sumaqz diligétia nouissime ipressa. Milan, 1496. Italian translation Angelicum ac divinum opus musicae, 1508. English translation by Clement A. Miller, American Institute of Musicology, 1968. English translation by Irwin Young (ed.), University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 1969.
  • Gaffurio (Gafori), Franchino. Apologia adversum Ioannem Spatarium. Torino, 1520.
  • Gagliardo, Emilio and M. Ghislandi. "Did Beethoven Use the 'Enneadecaphonic' Theory?", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 1-9.
  • Gagliardo, Emilio. "Enneadecaphonic Music: A New System of Harmonic Tones", Estratto dagli Atti dell'Accadèmia Ligure di Scienze e Lettere vol. 37, 1980, pp. 1-13.
  • Galeazzi, Francesco. Elementi teorico-pratici della musica, con un saggio sopra l'arte di suonare il violino. Rome, 1791.
  • Galilei, Galileo. Discorsi e dimostrazioni matematiche interno à due nuove scienze attenenti alla mecanica ed i movimenti locali. Elsevier, Leiden, 1638. English translation Dialogues concerning Two New Sciences by H. Crew and A. de Salvio, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1963.
  • Galilei, Vincenzo. Dialogo della musica antica et della moderna. Giorgio Marescotti, Florence, 1581. Reprint, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1968. English translation by Robert H. Herman (ed.), 1973, 987 pages.
  • Galilei, Vincenzo. Fronimo 1584. English translation by Carol MacClintock (ed.), Musicological Studies and Documents 39. American Institute of Musicology. Hanssler-Verlag, Neuhausen/Stuttgart, 1985.
  • Galilei, Vincenzo. Discorso intorno all'opere di messer Gioseffo Zarlino da Choggia. Florence, 1589.
  • Galin, Pierre. Exposition d'une Nouvelle Méthode pour l'Enseignement de la Musique. Bordeaux, 1818. Reprint Émile Chevé, 1862.
  • Gall, Joseph (ed.) Klavierstimmbuch oder deutliche Anweisung, wie jeder Musikfreund sein Klavier, Flügel, Fortepiano und Flügelfortepiano selbst stimmen, reparieren und bestmöglichst gut erhalten könne, nebst einer Nachricht von einigen neuerfundenen musikalischen Instrumenten des Herrn Joseph Wachtl. Carl Kupffer, Wien, 1805. Facsimile reprint, Antiquariat-Verlag Zimmermann, Straubenhardt, 1988.
  • Gallimard, Jean Edme. La théorie des Sons où l'on démontre dans une exacte précision les rapports de tous les intervalles de la Gamme. Ballard, Paris, 1754.
  • Gallimard, Jean Edme. L'Arithmétique des Musiciens. Paris, 1754.
  • Gallimard, Jean Edme. Sistème de l'accord du clavessin et de l'orgue. Paris, 1754.
  • Gallo, F.A. "Die Kenntnis der griechischen Theoretikerquellen in der italienischen Renaissance", Italienische Musiktheorie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert: Antikenrezeption und Stazlehre, Renate Groth (ed.), Darmstadt, 1989, pp. 7-38.
  • Galpin, Francis W. The music of the Sumerians and their immediate successors, the Babylonians & Assyrians, described and illustrated from original sources. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1937.
  • Gamer, Carlton. "Some Combinational Resources of Equal-Tempered Systems", Journal of Music Theory vol. 11 no. 1, 1967, pp. 32-59.
  • Gamer, Carlton. "Deep Scales and Difference Sets in Equal-Tempered Systems", Proc. Amer. Soc. of University Composers vol. 2, 1967, pp. 113-122.
  • Gamer, Carlton. "ET Setera: Some Temperamental Speculations", Music Theory Special Topics edition, Richmond Browne, Academic Press, New York, 1981, pp. 59-81.
  • Gamer, Carlton and Robin J. Wilson. "Musical Block Designs", Ars Combinatoria vol. 16-A, 1983, pp. 217-225.
  • Gammeltoft-Hansen, Bendt. "Klokkespillets historie", Årv og eje, 1983-84, pp. 157-170.
  • Ganassi dal Fontego, Silvestro. Lettione seconda. Lettione seconda pur della prattica di sonare il violone d'arco da tasti, composta per Silvestro Ganassi dal Fontego desideroso nella pictura, la quale tratta dell'effeto della corda falsa giusta e media et il ponere li tasti con ogni rason e prattica, et ancora lo acordar ditto violone con la diligentia conveniente in diverse maniere et accomode ancora per quelli che sonano la viola senza tasti con una tabulatura di lauto adottada di molti et utilissimi secreti a propositi nell'effetto dil valente di tal strumento e strumenti et ancora il modo di sonare piu parte con il violone unito con la voce. Opera utilissima a chi se diletta de imparare sonare. Ganassi, Venice, 1543. Reprint Max Schneider, Kistner und Siegel, Leipzig, 1924. Forni, Bologna, 1970. German translation by Wolfgang Eggers, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1974. English translation by Daphne & Stephen Silvester, R. Lienau, Berlin, 1972, 1977.
  • Gann, Kyle. "La Monte Young's 'The Well-Tuned Piano'", Perspectives of New Music vol. 31 no. 1, winter 1993, pp. 134-162.
  • Gann, Kyle. "Gold in That Thar Vacuum", Village Voice, 19 July 1994, p. 76.
  • Gann, Kyle. "The Tingle of p X Mn - 1", Village Voice vol. 39 no. 40, October 4, 1994, p. 84. Also in Music Downtown, 2006.
  • Gann, Kyle. "The Outer Edge of Consonance: Snapshots from the Evolution of La Monte Young's Tuning Installations", in Sound and Light: La Monte Young and Marian Zazeela, Bucknell Review vol. 15 no. 1, William Duckworth and Richard Fleming (eds.), Bucknell University Press, Lewisburg, 1996, pp. 152-190.
  • Gann, Kyle. "Just Intonation Explained", WWW, 1997.
  • Gann, Kyle. "An Introduction to Historical Tunings", WWW, 1997.
  • Gann, Kyle. "Anatomy of an Octave", WWW, 1998.
  • Gann, Kyle. "Speak For Yourself! A Hyper-History of American Composer-Led New Music Ensembles. American Festival of Microtonal Music", NewMusicBox, May 1999.
  • Gann, Kyle. "'BETWEEN U S' A Hyperhistory of American Microtonalists", NewMusicBox vol. 17, September 2000.
  • Gann, Kyle. "A Whole Different Serving of Tapioca: Exploring Just Intonation Dissonance", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 1, spring 2002, pp. 1, 4-7.
  • Gann, Kyle. "My Idiosyncratic Reasons for using Just Intonation", WWW, 2004.
  • Gann, Kyle. Music Downtown. Writings from the Village Voice. University of California Press, Berkeley CA, 2006, 333 pages.
  • Gann, Kyle. "Glimpses of a Musical Future in Ben Johnston's Fourth Quartet", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 3, fall 2007, pp. 23-24, 31.
  • Gante, Pablo C. de. "El futuro de la musica: Sistema de sonidos nuevos", Heterofonía vol. 1 no. 5, 1969, pp. 14-18.
  • Ganter, Bernard and Rudolf Wille. Der Defekt gleichschwebender Temperierungen. Manuskript, Bonn, 1970.
  • Ganter, Bernard; H. Henkel and Rudolf Wille. Mutabor. Ein rechnergesteuertes Musikinstrument zur Untersuchung von Stimmungen. TH Darmstadt reprint nr. 863, 1984.
  • (anon.) Ganz Neue Und Vollständige Anleitung, Nach Welcher Man Clavierinstrumente Temperiren...Nach Asioli, Pizzati, D'Alembert, Rameau, Kirnberger, Vogler, Weller, Fritzen. Artaria Verlag, Vienna.
  • Gaona, Saul. Consonancia y Disonancia Musical. Juventudes Musicales del Paraguay, Asunción, 1993, 1996.
  • Garbusov, N.A. "Die Zonen-Natur des Intervallengehörs" (in Russian), Physiologisches Journal der SSSR vol. 3 no. 4, 1945.
  • Garbusov, N.A. "Musikalische Akustik" (in Russian), in: Große Sowjet-Enzyklopädie, Reihe Mathematik, Physik und Astronomie H6, 1954. German translation, Leipzig, 1954.
  • Garcia, José L. "A Linear Twenty-Nine Tone Scale", Xenharmonikôn 11, 1989, pp. 43-45.
  • García Suárez, Carlos. "Representación algebraica de las escalas musicales", Música. Revista del Real Conservatorio Superior de Música de Madrid vol. 10-11, 2003-2004, pp. 113-132.
  • Garfias, Robert. "Preliminary Thoughts on Burmese Modes", Asian Music vol. 7 no. 1, 1975, pp. 39-49.
  • Garland, Peter (ed.) A Lou Harrison Reader. Soundings Press, Santa Fe, 1987.
  • Garland, Peter. "James Tenney: Some historical perspectives", A celebration of American music: Words and music in honor of H. Wiley Hitchcock. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 1990, pp. 477-486.
  • Garland, Peter. "Harry Partch: Bitter Music (book review)", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, p. 16.
  • Garland, Trudy Hammel and Charity Vaughan Kahn. Math and Music. Harmonious Connections. Dale Seymour Publications, 1995.
  • Garlandia, Johannes de. De musica mensurabili. Paris, c.1280. In Scriptorum de musica medii aevi nova, E. de Coussemaker (ed.), Durand, Paris, 1866-1876. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1963.
  • Garman, Barry Rex. The effects of accompaniment texture and contextual pitch distance on string instrumentalists' intonational performance. PhD diss., Music, University of Miami, 1992, 148 pages.
  • Garmendia Rodríguez, M.J. and J.A. Navarro González. "Mathematical Theory of Musical Scales", Extracta Mathematica vol. 11, 1996, pp. 369-374.
  • Garnault, Paul. Le Tempérament. Son histoire, Son application aux claviers, aux violes de gambe et guitars, son influence sur la musique du XVIIIe siècle. self-published, Nice, 1929.
  • Garofalo, R. "Teaching disciplined tuning and warm-ups", Instrument vol. 51, September 1996, p. 46 ff.
  • Garr, Douglas. "The Endless Scale", OMNI vol. 3 no. 6, New York, March 1981, p. 48.
  • Gassendi, Pierre. Initiation à la théorie ou partie spéculative de la musique. Introduction, traduction et notes par Patrice Bailhache, Brepols, 2005, 113 pages.
  • Gasser, Luis. Vincenzo Galilei's manuscript 'Libro d'intavolatura di liuto (1584)': An introductory study. DMA doc., Stanford University, 1991, 99 pages.
  • Gates, Everett. Comparison of the Pythagorean, Just, Mean-Tone & Equally Tempered Scales. Published privately, 1956. Reprinted in The Musical Comma by Charles B. Righter. The University of Iowa Press, Iowa City, 1972.
  • Gatjen, Bram. "Siebenstufig-äquidistante Skalen und ihre Darstellung", Die Sprache der Musik: Festschrift Klaus Wolfgang Niemöller zum 60. Geburtstag. Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1989, pp. 189-200.
  • Gattey, James. "Barbershop Music", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 7-8.
  • Gaudy (of Nordwich?) The geometrical scale of musick, or, The gam-ut reduced to geometrical proportions. ca. 1735, 84 pages. Microfilm, New York, 1994.
  • Gauldin, Robert. "The cycle-7 complex: Relations of diatonic set theory to the evolution of ancient tonal systems", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 5, 1983, pp. 39-55.
  • Gautam, Madurai Ramaswami. Evolution of raga and tala in Indian music. Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1989, 291 pages.
  • Gayden, Lucille. Ivan Wyschnegradsky. Peters, Frankfurt, 1973.
  • Gazzola, Florindo. L'accordatura degli antichi strumenti da tasto. Armelin Musica, Padova, 2003.
  • Geary, John M. "Consonance and Dissonance of Pairs of Inharmonic Sounds", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 67 no. 5, May 1980, pp. 1785-1789.
  • Geay, Gérard. La théorie harmonique au XVIIIième siècle. Cael, Bourg la Reine, 1981.
  • Geer, J.P. van de, Willem J.M. Levelt, and Renier Plomp. "The connotation of musical consonance", Acta psychologica vol. 20, 1962, pp. 308-319.
  • Geller, Doris. Praktische Intonationslehre für Instrumentalisten und Sänger. Bärenreiter/NBM/Medienkombination, Kassel, 1997. With CD.
  • Gellerman, Robert F. The American Reed Organ and the Harmonium: A Treatise on its History, Restoration and Tuning, with descriptions of some outstanding Collections, including a Stop dictionary and a directory of Reed Organs. The Vestal Press, Vestal NY, 1996.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Hawaii electronic music group", Interval, fall 1978, p. 27.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Electronic Music (Cheap) Without a Synthesizer!", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 5-6.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Simple Instruments in Just Intonation", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, 1980, pp. 37-38.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Easley Blackwood: An Interview by Denny Genovese - Part I", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, spring 1981, pp. 16-18.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Easley Blackwood: An Interview by Denny Genovese - Part II", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, summer 1981, pp. 18-21.
  • Genovese, Denny. "The Binary Flute", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, pp. 20-21.
  • Genovese, Denny. "Bass marimbas in just intonation", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 4 no. 3, October 1988, pp. 10-12.
  • Gerbert, Martin (ed.) Scriptores ecclesiastici de musica sacra potissimum. 3 vols., Typis San-Blasianis, St. Blaise, 1784. Reprint G. Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1963.
  • Gerdine, Leigh et al. Microtonal Music in America, Proceedings of the American Society of University Composers vol. 2, Washington University, St. Louis MO, April 1967, pp. 77-122.
  • Gerhardt, Ludwig. "Linguistische und musikethnologische Zusammenhänge bei den Floßzithern Nordnigerias", Musik in Afrika, pp. 72-83.
  • Geringer, John M. "Tuning preferences in recorded orchestral music", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 24 no. 4, winter 1976, pp. 169-176.
  • Geringer, John M. "Intonation performance and perception of ascending scales", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 26, 1978, pp. 32-40.
  • Gerle, Hans. Musica Teusch. Nürnberg, 1532.
  • Germanus, Sander. Muziekthermiek. Master thesis, Orpheus Higher Institute for Music, Hogeschool Gent, 2005, 170 pages.
  • Gernhardt, Klaus. "Die wichtigsten Stimmungsarten der Bachzeit, ihre praktische Durchführung und ihr musikalischer Wert-aus der Sicht des Musikinstrumenten-Restaurators", Bericht über die wissenschaftliche Konferenz zum III. internationalen Bach-Fest der DDR, Werner Felix et al. (eds.), VEB Deutscher Verlag für Musik, Leipzig, 1977, pp. 355-360.
  • Gernhardt, Klaus. "Abweichung liegt in der Natur des Tons: Stimmung-Kompromiß zwischen Naturgesetz und Hörgewohnheit", Neue Musikzeitung vol. 45, February-March 1996, pp. 56-57.
  • Gerson, A. and J.L. Goldstein. "Evidence for a general template in central optimal processing for pitch of complex tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 63, 1978, pp. 498-510.
  • Gerson-Kiwi, Edith. "Towards an exact transcription of tone relations", Acta musicologica vol. 25, 1953, p. 80.
  • Gerson-Kiwi, Edith. The Persian Doctrine of Dastgah Composition, a Phenomenological Study in the Musical Modes. Israel Music Institute, Tel-Aviv, 1963.
  • Gervasoni, Carlo. La scuola della musica. Niccolo Orgesi, Piacenza, 1800.
  • Gervasoni, Carlo. Nuova teoria di musica. Parma, 1812.
  • Geuns, Sjoerd van. "Een nieuw luidklokkenconcept?", Klok & Klepel no. 73, Dec 2000, pp. 25-28.
  • Gevaert, François Auguste. Histoire et théorie de la musique de l'antiquité. C. Annout-Braeckman, Gent, 1875, 1881.
  • Gharib, Mohammad Reza. "Proposal for tempering Iranian music scales".
  • Gheorghe, Viorel. A Theory of Byzantine Music. PhD diss., University of Southern California, 1995, 263 pages.
  • Ghosh, Nikhil. Fundamentals of Raga and Tala with a New System of Notation. Bombay, 1968.
  • Gianelli, Pietro. Divizione della musica sacra et profane (article 'accordare'). Venice, 1830.
  • Gibbens, John Jeffrey. "Design in Ben Johnston's Sonata for Microtonal Piano", Interface vol. 18 no. 3, 1989, pp. 161-194.
  • Gibbens, John Jeffrey. "Ben Johnston's Sonnets of Desolation: Facts, Materials, Ideas, Context", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 3, fall 2007, pp. 16-22, 31.
  • Gibbon, John. "Bell Garden - Tuned to What?", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 28-30.
  • Gibelius, Otto. Introductio musicae thericae didacticae. Bremen, 1660.
  • Gibelius, Otto. Propositiones Mathematico-Musicae. Münden, 1666. Modern edition by Pieter Bakker (ed.), Stichting Muziek en Wetenschap, Schraard, 2007, 46 pages.
  • Gieseler, Walter. Komposition im 20. Jahrhundert. Details - Zusammenhänge. No. 4015, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1975, 236 pages.
  • Gieseler, Walter. "Kritische Anmerkungen zur Komposition mit Kleinstintervallen", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 159-172.
  • Gieseler, Walter. "Natur - Musik - Zahl", Mikrotöne III, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Gieseler, Walter. Harmonik in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Tendenzen - Modelle. No. 4061, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1996. 2 Bände, 62+84 pages.
  • Gieseler, Walter. "Über die Vergleichbarkeit von Teilton-Säulen", Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag, Wolfgang Auhagen (ed.), Köln 1995.
  • Gilbert, John. "Intonation and Fret Placement", Soundboard, spring 1984, pp. 26-27.
  • Gillessen, Klaus. "The perfect fifths tempered scale, a proposal or already a practice?", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 104 no. 5, 1999, pp. 3123-3125.
  • Gilmore, Robert. "The Bewitched Goes to Europe", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, pp. 27-32.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "A European Perspective on Partch", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, winter 1986, pp. 4, 5, 7.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "Harry Partch: Revelation in the Courthouse Park (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, 1990, p. 2.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "On Harry Partch's Seventeen Lyrics by Li Po", Perspectives of New Music vol. 30 no. 2, summer 1992, pp. 22-58.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "Changing the Metaphor: Ratio Models of Musical Pitch in the Work of Harry Partch, Ben Johnston, and James Tenney", Perspectives of New Music vol. 33 no. 1-2, 1995, pp. 459-503.
  • Gilmore, Bob. Harry Partch - a biography. Yale University Press, New Haven CT, May 1998, 496 pages.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "The Climate Since Harry Partch", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, pp. 15-34.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "'Wild Ocean': an interview with Horatiu Radulescu", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, pp. 105-122.
  • Gilmore, Bob. "Microtonality: my part in its downfall", key-note lecture at UK Microfest 1, October 15, 2005, 4 pages.
  • Gilson, Bruce R. "A Numerical Theory of Scale Invention", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 98-134.
  • Gilson, Bruce R. Construction of Musical Scales. A Mathematical Approach. Createspace, 2008, 150 pages.
  • Giorgetti, Renzo. "Un inedito metodo per accordare gli organi di Armodio Maccioni", Il flauto dolce: Rivista per lo studio e la pratica della musica antica vol. 16, April 1987, pp. 38-40.
  • Giorgi, Carlo Tommaso. La nostra musica - i suoi difetti - il suo avvenire. Prato, 1899.
  • Giorgi, prof. Manuel simplifié de l'accordeur ou l'art d'accorder le piano dédié al signor maestro Rossini. Roret, Paris, 1834.
  • Giovanetti, Gustavo. Genesi del nuovo sistema musicale tricommatico naturale a 'terzi di tono' a rettifica ed integrazione dell'attuale sistema musicale moderno. Leo S. Olschki, Firenze, 1955.
  • Giovanetti, Gustavo. Altre singolarità integrative riguardanti il nuovo sistema musicale tricommatico naturale a 'terzi di tono' (a naturale rettifica ed integrazione dell'attuale sistema musicale moderno). Leo S. Olschki, Firenze, 1957.
  • Girbaui i Badó, Joan. "Les Matemàtiques i les escales musicals", Butlletí de la Societat Catalana de Matemàtiques vol. 18, Barcelona, October 1985, pp. 3-27.
  • Glasier, Elisabeth. "Confessions of a Microtonal Convert", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, San Diego, 1978, pp. 2-3. Reprint in Interval vol. 4 no. 2, p. 28.
  • Glasier, Elizabeth. "Discovering the Microtonal Resources of Your Voice", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 23-24.
  • Glasier, John Sr. "Improvising in Non-12 Tunings", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, winter 1984, pp. 5-6.
  • Glasier, John Sr. "Intervals and Theory", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, pp. 6, 28.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Perspective", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, spring 1978, pp. 9-10.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Ivor Darreg Lecture/Concert", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 29-30.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Vocal Harmonics", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 21-23.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "George Secor Interview", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 6-7.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Musings", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 6-7.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Families of Intervals - Thirds", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, pp. 14-15.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "KIVA Interview", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, pp. 24-28.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Pepe Aton Estevane: an interview the microtonal ambassador from Mexico", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, pp. 24-25.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "OMNI Puts Microtonalists on Map", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, p. 26.
  • Glasier, Jonathan and Judith Essex. "Sound and Movement Choir", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, winter 1981, pp. 10-11.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "An Interview with Terry Riley", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 12 - 15.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Sonic Art Show - California State College San Bernardino", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 16, 21.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Interview in Mexico City with Dolores Carrillo, Daughter of Julián Carrillo, and David Espejo", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, pp. 6-9.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "An Ear for Microtonality in the East", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, pp. 24-25.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Early Partch Work - Part 1: Manuscript, Keyboard Design Charts Uncovered", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 6-7.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Early Partch Work - Part 2: Partch Manuscript Uncovered", Interval vol. 4 no. 3.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "The Pentaphone - Unfolding Fives", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, pp. 14-16.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Interview with French Composer Pierre-Jean Croset and his Lyra", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, 1983, pp. 10-14.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Interval Hosts North American Conference on Micro-Intervallic Music", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 28-30.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Microtonal Music Released from Obscurity?", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, p. 14.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Ratio Keyboard Design", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1987, pp. 14-17.
  • Glasier, Jonathan. "Wendy Carlos ... Perspective", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1987, pp. 24-25.
  • Glorian, Peter. "Indische Ragas - Inhalt und Struktur", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `94, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1995, pp. 41-98.
  • Gmeinder, Hugo. Die Stimmung in Theorie und Praxis für Musiker und Musikfreunde. Self-published, Neusäß, 1984.
  • Gmeinder, Hugo. Schwebestöße: Tab. für Terzen, Quarten, Quinten und Sexten der gleichschwebend temperierten Stimmung mit Erläuterung und Anleitung. Neusäß, 1988.
  • Gmelch, Joseph. Die Vierteltonstufen im Meßtonale von Montpellier. Gregorianischen Akademie zu Freiburg, Freiburg, 1911, pp. 9-19.
  • Gobeli, Jörg. "A Diagram For Visualization and Interpretation of the Intervals of Historical Temperaments", De Clavicordio V, Proceedings, 5-8 Sept. 2001, 2002, pp. 77-82. German version "Eine grafische Darstellung zur Veranschaulichung und Interpretation der Intervallverhältnisse historischer Temperaturen", Fundament aller Clavierten Instrumenten - Das Clavichord, 2003, pp. 166-171.
  • Goble, Robert. Notes on the Maintenance of Goble Harpsichords. Goble & Son Ltd.
  • Goddijn, Aad. Hoe klinkt 4√5? Middentoonstemming, muzikale algebra met de stemhamer, achtergronden, andere historische stemwijzen. Handout Nationale Wiskunde Dagen, 1999. Symposium muziek en wiskunde, Wiskundig Genootschap, Eindhoven, 2001, 28 pages.
  • Godin, prof. Nouvelle méthode claire et facile pour accorder les Fortes Pianos suivi de la manière d'accorder la Harpe. Joly, Paris, 1794.
  • Goebel, Johannes. Zu den Zielsetzungen der deutschen Gesellschaft für Computermusik. Feedback Papers vol. 27-28, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, 1982, pp. 2-7.
  • Goebel, Joseph. Theorie und Praxis des Orgelpfeifenklanges. Intonieren und Stimmen. Ein Handbuch für Orgelbauer und Organisten. Schriftenreihe Das Musikinstrument Heft 9, Verlag Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1967, 94 pages.
  • Goens, Jan von. "Bach auf der mitteltönigen Orgel", Ars organi vol. 32, Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1984, pp. 153-157.
  • Gogava, Antonius (ed.) Aristoxenus, Ptolemaeus, et al., Aristoxeni Harmonicorum elementorum libri III, Cl. Ptolemaei Harmonicorum, seu De Musica libri III. Venice, 1562.
  • Gojkovic, Andrijana and Ivan Kirigin. "Tone series of Serbian pipes", Ethnomusicology vol. 5 no. 2, 1961, pp. 100–120.
  • Goldáraz Gaínza, José Javier. Afinación y Temperamento en la Música Occidental. Alianza Música, Madrid, 1992, 143 pages. Re-edition: Afinación y temperamentos históricos. Alianza Editorial, Madrid, 2004, 272 pages.
  • Goldáraz Gaínza, José Javier. "El temperamento igual. Una indagación histórica", Theoria vol. 13 no. 3, 1998, pp. 571-584.
  • Goldbach, Christian. Temperamentum musicum universale. Leipzig, 1717.
  • Goldbach, Karl Traugott. "Ein Physiker unterrichtet Harmonielehre. Zur musiktheoretischen Lehre Arthur von Oettingens an der Universität Dorpat", Referat auf dem Kongress Musica Baltica. Universität und Musik in Greifswald September 2006.
  • Goldbach, Karl Traugott. "Arthur von Oettingen und sein Orthotonophonium im Kontext", Tartu ülikooli 200, Geiu Rohtla (ed.), Tartu University Library, Tartu, 2007, 29 pages.
  • Goldman, David Paul. "A new look at Zarlino's theory and its effect on his counterpoint doctrine", Theory and Practice vol. 16, 1991, pp. 163-177.
  • Goldsmith, David S. "An Electronically Generated Complex Microtonal System of Horizontal and Vertical Tonality", Journal of the Audio Engineering Society vol. 19 no. 10, Nov. 1971, pp. 851-858.
  • Goldstein, A.A. "Optimal Temperament", Classroom Notes in Applied Mathematics, May 1972, Michigan State University, East Lansing, pp. 242-251. Also in Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics Review vol. 19 no. 3, 1977, pp. 554–562.
  • Göller, Stefan. Introduction to Musical Scales. Mathematics Institute, University of Warwick & University of Erlangen-Nürnberg, December 2001, 57 pages.
  • Gollin, Edward. "Some Aspects of Three-Dimensional Tonnetze", Journal of Music Theory vol. 42 no. 2, 1998, pp. 195-206.
  • Gollin, Edward. "Representations of Space and Conceptions of Distance in Transformational Music Theories", Harvard University, Cambridge, 2000.
  • Gollin, Edward. "Some Further Notes on the History of the Tonnetz", Theoria vol. 13, 2006.
  • Gombosi, Otto Johannes. Tonarten und Stimmungen der antiken Musik. Ejnar Munksgård, Copenhagen, 1939, 1950, 148 pages. Reprint Amsterdam, 1967.
  • Gombosi, Otto Johannes. "New Light on Ancient Greek Music", International Congress of Musicology, New York 1939, New York, 1944, p. 168.
  • Gombosi, Otto Johannes. "Key, Mode, Species", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 4 no. 1, 1951, pp. 20-26.
  • Gomperts, Amrit. "Tunings, Tone Systems and Psychoacoustics of Sundanese, Javanese, and Balinese Music", Oideion vol. 2: The Performing Arts World-Wide, Wim van Zanten and Marjolijn van Roon (eds.), special issue, Research School CNWS, Leiden, 1995, pp. 173-207.
  • Gontershausen, Heinrich Welcker von. Neu eröffnetes Magazin musikalischer Tonwerkzeuge: Dargestellt in technischen Zeichnungen aller Saiten-, Blas-, Schlag- & Friktions-Instrumente. Heinrich Ludwig Brönner, Frankfurt a.M., 1855, 448 pages.
  • Goodall, Howard. Big Bangs: Five Musical Revolutions. Chatto & Windus Ltd, London, 2000, 256 pages. Vintage, 2001. Dutch translation Magische momenten: Keerpunten in de muziek by Piet Dal, Teleac/NOT, Hilversum, Tirion Uitgevers, Baarn, 2001, 272 pages.
  • Goode, Dan. "Microtonal Songs for the Clarinet", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, pp. I16-I19.
  • Goodman, Stephen Kent. "Sonic Artist", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 9-10.
  • Goodman, Stephen Kent. "Sound Sculptures at LAICA", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 25-26.
  • Goodman, Stephen Kent. "Acoustical Instruments: Obsolete or Absolute?", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1987, pp. 5-7.
  • Gorski, Markus. "Das abendländische Tonsystem. Lehrklänge, Online-Lehrgang für Musiktheorie", WWW, 2007.
  • Gosman, Alan. "Rameau and Zarlino: Polemics in the Traité de l'harmonie", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 22 no. 1, 2000.
  • Gostoli, A. Terpandro: Introduzione, testimonianze, testo critico, traduzione e commento. Rome, 1990.
  • Gottlieb, Robert S. "Musical scales of the Sudan as found among the Gumuz, Berta, and Ingessana peoples", the world of music/Die Welt der Musik/Le monde de la musique vol. 28 no. 2, 1986, pp. 56-76.
  • Götze, Heinz and Rudolf Wille (eds.) Musik und Mathematik: Salzburger Musikgespräch 1984 unter Vorsitz von Herbert von Karajan. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985, 1995.
  • Gouk, Penelope. Music in the natural philosophy of the early Royal Society. PhD diss., Music history: London University, 1982, 383 pages.
  • Gouk, Penelope. Music, science and natural magic in seventeenth-century England. Yale University Press, 1999.
  • Gould, Mark. "Balzano and Zweifel: Another Look at Generalized Diatonic Scales", Perspectives of New Music vol. 38 no. 2, summer 2000, pp. 88-105.
  • Govi, G. Sur une ancienne détermination du nombre absolu des vibrations du diapason. Paris, 1860.
  • Gozza, P. "Atoms, 'spiritus', sounds: The 'Speculations on music' (1670) of the Galilean Pietro Mengoli" (in Italian), Nuncius. Annali di Storia della Scienza vol. 5 no. 2, Olschki, Florence, 1990, pp. 75-98.
  • Graaf, Gerard A.C. de. "Afinaciónes antiguas en España", El organo español, U. Complutense, Madrid, 1983, pp. 27-29.
  • Gradenwitz, Matthias. "Die vier Elemente und die Harmonik als die Wissenschaft vom 'Klangäther'", Harmonik und Glasperlenspiel, Beiträge 1994, Verlag Peter Neubäcker, München, 1995.
  • Grady, Kraig. "Combination-Product Sets, Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1985.
  • Grady, Kraig. "The Discovery of a 14-Tone Scale", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 86-89.
  • Grady, Kraig. "Erv Wilson's Hexany", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, fall 1992, pp. 8-11.
  • Grady, Kraig. "On the Nature of Working with Performers", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 92.
  • Grady, Kraig. "CENTAUR - A 7-Limit 12-Tone Tuning", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 93.
  • Grady, Kraig. "Horacycle Rhythms", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, pp. 94-98.
  • Grady, Kraig. "An Introduction to the Moments Of Symmetry", WWW, 2008.
  • Grady, Kraig. "An Introduction to the Scales of Mt Meru and Other Recurrent Sequence Scales", WWW, 2008.
  • Gräf, Albert. Musical scale rationalization - a graph-theoretic approach. Schriftenreihe Musikinformatik vol. 45, Johannes Gutenberg-University Mainz, December 2002, 20 pages.
  • Grahame, George Farquhar. "Temperament of the musical scale", Encyclopedia Brittannica, 7th ed., Adam and Charles Black, Edinburgh, 1842.
  • Grammateus, Henricus alias Heinrich Schreiber. Ayn new kunstlich Buech. Johannes Stüchs, Nürnberg, 1518.
  • Grassi-Landi, Bartholomeo. Descrizione della nuova tastiera cromatica. Rome, 1880.
  • Grassi-Landi, Bartholomeo. L'armonia dei suoni col vero corista o diapason normale. Tip. Vaticana, Roma, 1885.
  • Gratzki, Bettina. Die reine Intonation im Chorgesang. PhD diss., Musicology, Bonn, 1993. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik vol. 70, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1993, 300 pages.
  • Green, Burdette Lamar. The harmonic series from Mersenne to Rameau: an historical study of circumstances leading to its recognition and application to music. PhD diss. Ohio State U., Columbus, 1969, 518 pages.
  • Green, Edward. "Just How Radical was Harry Partch?", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 2, spring 2006, pp. 16-24.
  • Green, Robert. "Explanation of the Shape, the Tuning, and the Use of the Lyra Viol: Proposition XVIII from the Harmonie Universelle by Marin Mersenne", Journal of the Viola da Gamba Society of America vol. 2, 1965, p. 54.
  • Greene, Paul Clarence. "Violin performance with reference to Tempered, Natural and Pythagorean Intonation", University of Iowa Studies in Psychology of Music vol. 4, 1936, pp. 232-250.
  • Greene, Paul Clarence. "Violin Intonation", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 9 no. 1, 1937, pp. 43-44.
  • Greene, Paul Clarence. "Comparison of Melodic Intervals", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, November 1949.
  • Greenfield, Jack. "Introduction of Equal Temperament; Acoustics of Galileo", Piano Technicians Journal vol. 32, September 1989, pp. 31-33.
  • Greenhill, Peter. The Robert ap Huw Manuscript: An Exploration. Chapter 3, Tuning, Private dissertation for Centre for Advanced Welsh Music Studies, 2000.
  • Greenslade T.B. Jr. "The Acoustical Apparatus of Rudolph Koenig", Physics Teacher vol. 30, 1992, pp. 518-524.
  • Greß, Frank Harald. Dokumentation zur originalen Stimmungsart der Gottfried-Heinrich-Trost-Orgel in der Schloßkirche Altenburg. Dresden, 1979.
  • Griffioen, Dirk A. Zeventiende eeuwse opvattingen over de 'Harmonie der Sferen': Robert Fludd, Johannes Kepler, Athanasius Kircher. MA thesis, Universiteit Utrecht, 1996.
  • Griffioen, Dirk A. "'Rationalis, non Vocalis'. Johannes Kepler en de Harmonie der Sferen", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 7 no. 1, 2002, pp. 1-10.
  • Griffiths, Paul et al. Entry for "Microtone", The New Grove Dictionary of Musical Instruments, MacMillan Press Limited, second revised edition, London, 2000.
  • Grijp, Louis Peter and Paul Scheepers (eds.) Van Aristoxenos tot Stockhausen. Volume 1: Oudheid tot Renaissance. Volume 2: Van Barok tot heden. Wolters-Noordhoff, Groningen, 1990, 1078 pages.
  • Grijp, Louis Peter. "Fret patterns of the cittern", Galpin Society Journal vol. 34, March 1981, pp. 62-97.
  • Grönewald, Jürgen. "Mikrotonale Differenzen in den Bach-Stimmungen", Berlin, WWW, 2000.
  • Grönewald, Jürgen. "Kellners Stimmanweisungen", Berlin, WWW, 2000.
  • Grönewald, Jürgen. 128 musikalische Temperaturen im mikrotonalen Vergleich, Berlin, WWW, 2000.
  • Grönewald, Jürgen. Kellners Stimmanweisungen. Teil 1: Tabellen, Teil 2: Texte, Teil 3: Nachtrag, Verlag Pro BUSINESS GmbH, Berlin, 2006.
  • Grossman, Stefan. The book of guitar tunings: a practical study of non-standard tunings for the folk, blues, jazz, and rock guitarists for new sounds, new textures, and a freedom in lefthand fingering. Amsco Music Pub. Co., New York, 1972, 96 pages.
  • Groven, Eivind. Naturskalaen. Tonale lover i norsk folkemusikk bundne til seljefløyta. Norsk folkekulturs forlag, Skien, 1927. Also in Norsk Folkekultur vol. 13–15, Bergens Museum, Bergen, 1927–1929.
  • Groven, Eivind. "Det renstemte klaver. Eivind Grovens revolusjonerende opfinnelse patentert i en rekke land", Tonekunst vol. 17/18, 1934, pp. 135-136.
  • Groven, Eivind. Temperering og renstemning. Dreyer, Oslo, 1948, 1968, 66 pages. English translation Equal Temperament and Pure Tuning, Eget forlag, Oslo, 1969. German translation Temperierung und Reinstimmung. Suttung, Tangen, 1973, 68 pages.
  • Groven, Eivind. "Temperering av tonesystemer", Fra fysikkens verden vol. 1, Norsk fysisk selskap, Trondheim, 1948, pp. 24-34.
  • Groven, Eivind. "My Untempered Organ", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 5 no. 3, summer 1955, pp. 34-40.
  • Groven, Eivind. Renstemningsautomaten. Universitetsförlagets Trykningssentral, Oslo, 1968.
  • Groven, Eivind. "Eivind Groven", Eivind Groven's Institute for Just Intonation, WWW, 1993.
  • Gruber, Albion M. "Mersenne and Evolving Tonal Theory", Journal of Music Theory vol. 14, 1970, pp. 36-67.
  • Gruber, Gerold W. "Review of the 3rd Congress for Music Theory, Vienna, Austria, May 10-12 1996", Music Theory Online vol. 2 no. 7, 1996.
  • Grundmann, Bill. "Alternative Tuning and How We Hear", WWW, 2003.
  • Guarnieri, A. "La musica microtonale: origini e sviluppi di una deviazione dal sistema temperato", programme notes with 'Il passato al futuro', concert at Teatro La Fenice-Palazzo Grassi, Venice, 14 & 23 September 1986.
  • Gudel, Joachim. "Zu Fragen der Temperierung bei Clavichord, Cembalo und Orgel", Cembalo, Clavichord, Orgel, 1978, pp. 43-46. Studien zur Aufführungspraxis und Interpretation von Instr. vol. 6 no. 1, Eitelfriedrich Thom (ed.), Blankenburg, 1978, pp. 43-46.
  • Guéroult, M. Georges. "Sur un harmonium à double clavier", Comptes rendus des séances de l'Académie des Sciences vol. 74, 1872, p. 1188.
  • Guglielmo, Giovanni. Arte e tecnica dell'intonazione negli strumenti ad arco. Collana di studi musicale vol. 18, G. Zanibon, Padova, 1980, 25 pages.
  • Guido of Arezzo. Micrologus Guidonis de disciplina artis musicae. German translation Kurze Abhandlung Guidos über die Regeln der musikalischen Kunst übersetzt und erklärt von Michael Hermesdorff, Trier, 1876.
  • Guild of American Luthiers. "Equal Temperament Tuning", Guild of American Luthiers data sheet #45.
  • Guiraud de Willot, Didier. "Musique et tempéraments", WWW, 2004.
  • Gulik, Robert Hans van. The Lore of the Chinese Lute. Monumenta nipponica monographs no. 3, Sophia University, Tokyo, 1940, 235 pages. Addenda et corrigenda, Tokyo, 1951. 2nd rev. Charles Tuttle (ed.) and Sophia University, Rutland VM, 1969.
  • Gunden, von Heidi. The Music of Ben Johnston. Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1986, 204 pages.
  • Gunden, von Heidi. The Music of Lou Harrison. Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1995, 380 pages.
  • Gundlach, Ralph H. "A quantitative analysis of Indian music", American Journal of Psychology vol. 44 no. 1, 1932, pp. 133–145.
  • Guo, Shuqun. "Think over Zhu Zaiyü's Temperament Once More: Respectfully to sir Chen Yingshi" (in Chinese), Musicology in China, 1996, no. 1, pp. 117-130.
  • Gurney, O.R. "An Old Babylonian Treatise on the Tuning of the Harp", Iraq vol. 30, 1968, pp. 229-233.
  • Gurney, O.R. and M. West. "Mesopotamian Tonal Systems: A Reply", Iraq vol. 60, 1998, pp. 223-227.
  • Gurvin, Olav. "Eivind Groven 70 ar", Syn og segn vol. 8, 1971, pp. 1-8.
  • Gustafson, Bruce. "Tuning the historical temperaments by ear (book review)", Diapason vol. 69 no. 6, May 1978, p. 4.
  • Gut, Serge. La tierce harmonique dans la musique occidentale, origines et évolution. Heugel & Cie, Paris, 1969, 237 pages.
  • Gut, Serge. "La notion de consonance chez les théoriciens du Moyen-Âge", Acta musicologica vol. 48, 1976.
  • Gut, Serge. "L'échelle à double seconde augmentée: Origines et utilisation dans la musique occidentale", Musurgia vol. 7 no. 2, 2000, pp. 41-60.
  • Guthrie, E.R. and H. Morill. "Fusion of Non-Musical Intervals", American Journal of Psychology vol. 40, 1928, pp. 624-625.
  • Guttmann, Alfred. "Ist eine Vierteltonmusik möglich?" (Is a quartertone music possible?), Melos vol. 7, 1928, pp. 530-533.
  • Guy, Richard K. "Small Differences Between Powers of 2 and 3", in Unsolved Problems in Number Theory. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1994, p. 261.
  • Gwynn, Dominic. "Comments on early 18th-century organ pitches", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 67, April 1992, pp. 57-60.

- H -

  • Haacke, Walter. "Theorie und Praxis des Orgelpfeifenklanges. Intonieren und Stimmen (book review)", Musik und Kirche vol. 46 no. 4, 1976, pp. 192-194.
  • Haacke, Walter. "Bemerkungen aus der Spielpraxis zur Stimmungsfrage der Zither", Die Volksmusik vol. 41 no. 4-6, 1986, pp. 2-5.
  • Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "...die freie Auswahl des Tonmaterials... Anmerkungen zu Alois Habas frühen mikrotonalen Kompositionen", Musikalische Gestaltung im Spannungsfeld von Chaos und Ordnung, Otto Kolleritsch (ed.), Universal Edition, Wien, 1991, pp. 168-186.
  • Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "Arc-en-ciel, opus 37. Ivan Wyschnegradskys behutsame Annäherung an das Zwölfteltonintervall", Mikrotöne IV, Musikedition Nymphenburg 2001, München, 1993, pp. 79-92.
  • Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "Die Verwirklichung einer Utopie: Ultrachromatik und nicht-oktavierende Tonräume in Ivan Wyschnegradskys mikrotonalen Kompositionen", Harmonie im 20. Jahrhundert, Claus Ganter (ed.), WUV-Universitätsverlag, Wien, 1993, pp. 87-100.
  • Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "Charles Delusse: Air à la Grecque", Ton 4/96-1/97. IGNM, Wien, 1997.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Leibniz und die Musik - Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Harmonikalen Symbolik. Hommerich, 1963.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Grundlagen der harmonikalen Symbolik. ORA, München, 1966, 106 pages.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Hans Kayser - Ein Leben für die Harmonik der Welt. Schwabe & Co., Stuttgart, Basel, 1968, 144 pages.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Die harmonikalen Wurzeln der Musik. Lafite, Wien, 1969, 80 pages.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Geschichte des harmonikalen Pythagoreismus. Publikationen der Wiener Musikakademie no. 3, Lafite, Wien, 1969.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Die 12 'Halbtöne'", Musikerziehung vol. 25 no. 4, Wien, 1972.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Paul Hindemiths harmonikale Quellen - sein Briefwechsel mit Hans Kayser. Lafite, Wien, 1973.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Gehördisposition und griechische Skalen", Festschrift Karl Gustav Fellerer zum 70. Geburtstag, Arno-Volk-Verlag, Köln, 1973.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Leibniz und die Harmonikale Tradition", Akten des II. internationalen Leiniz-Kongresses Hannover Bd. 1, Wiesbaden, 1973.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Die Herkunft musikalischer Grundlagen aus dem Gehör. Eine Morphologie der Intervalle", Musik und Zahl, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Der meßbare Einklang. Ernst Klett-Verlag, Stuttgart, 1976.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Über das disponierte Gehör. Doblinger, Wien - München, 1977, 52 pages.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Korrespondenten von G.W. Leibniz, III: Conrad Henfling", Studia Leibnitiana vol. 9 no. 1, Wiesbaden, 1977, pp. 111-119.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Zehn Jahre Institut für harmonikale Grundlagenforschung. Lafite, Wien, 1977.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Harmonikale Synthese. Lafite, Wien, 1980.
  • Haase, Rudolf (ed.) Der Briefwechsel zwischen Leibniz und Conrad Henfling. Ein Beitrag zur Musiktheorie des 17. Jahrhunderts. Veröffentlichungen des Leibniz-Archivs vol. 9, Vittorio Klostermann, Frankfurt a.M., 1982, 155 pages.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Aufsätze zur Geschichte der Harmonik. Bern, 1984.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Natur-Geist-Seele, Harmonik und Metaphysik des quadratischen und des runden Lambdoma. Braumüller, Wien, 1985.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Harmonikale Grundlagenforschung", Acta musicologica vol. 58, 1986, pp. 282-304.
  • Haase, Rudolf. "Gehördisposition und ekmelische Intervalle", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 151-164.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Zwanzig Jahre Hans-Kayser-Institut für harmonikale Grundlagenforschung. Bern, 1988.
  • Haase, Rudolf. Keplers Weltharmonik heute. PARAM-Verlag, Ahlerstedt, 1989.
  • Haase, Ursula. Der Briefwechsel Hans Kaysers. Lafite, Wien, 1973.
  • Hába, Alois. "Die harmonikalen Grundlagen des Vierteltonsystems", Melos vol. 3, 1922, pp. 201-205. English translation "Harmonic Principles of the Quarter-tone System".
  • Hába, Alois. Von der Psychologie der musikalischen Gestaltung, Gesetzmäßigkeit der Tonbewegung und Grundlagen eines neuen Musikstils. Verlag Universal-Edition, Wien, 1924. Czech version O psychologii tvoreni, pohybove zakonitosti tonove a zakladech noveho hudebniho slohu. Prague, 1925.
  • Hába, Alois. "Grundlagen der Tondifferenzierung und der neuen Stilmöglichkeiten in der Musik", Von neuen Musik, Köln, 1925, pp. 52-58.
  • Hába, Alois. "Welche Aufgaben bietet die Vierteltonmusik der Musikwissenschaft?", Bericht über den I. Musikwiss. Kongreß der deutschen Musikgesellschaft in Leipzig vom 4 bis 8 Juni 1925, Leipzig 1926, reissued Wiesbaden, 1969.
  • Hába, Alois. "Over Kwart-tonen-muziek" (concerning quarter-tone music), De Muziek vol. 2, Amsterdam, 1927, pp. 109-118.
  • Hába, Alois. Harmonické základy ctvrttónové soustavy. German translation by the author Neue Harmonielehre des diatonischen, chromatischen Viertel-, Drittel-, Sechstel- und Zwölftel-tonsystems, Fr. Kistner & C.F.W. Siegel, Leipzig, 1927. Universal, Wien, 1978. Revised by Erich Steinhard, Grundfragen der mikrotonalen Musik, Bd. 3, Musikedition Nymphenburg 2001, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1979, 251 pages. English translation with annotations by Suzette Mary Battan, University of Rochester, 1980, 366 pages. Spanish translation with foreword by Ramón Barce Nuevo tratado de armonía de los sistemos diatónico, cromático, de cuartos, de tercios, de sextos y de doceavos de tono, Real Musical S.A., Madrid, 1984. Italian translation by Otto C. Reppert and Edilio Frassoni Principi armonici del sistema a quarti di tono, Devega, Milano, 1984.
  • Hába, Alois. "Flügel und Klavier der Vierteltonmusik", Die Musik vol. 21, 1928, pp. 201-202.
  • Hába, Alois. "Meine Vierteltonoper Die Mutter", Anbruch Monatsschrift für moderne Musik, 1931.
  • Hába, Alois. "Schönberg und die weiteren Möglichkeiten der Musikentwicklung", Arnold Schönberg zum 60. Geburtstag, 13. September 1934, Berlin, 1934, pp. 15-17.
  • Hába, Alois. "Quelques réflexions sur l'interprétation des bases théoriques de la musique à quarts et à sixièmes de ton", La revue musicale, juin-juillet 1937, pp. 92-95.
  • Hába, Alois. Mein Weg zur Viertel- und Sechsteltonmusik. Gesellschaft zur Förderung der systematischen Musikwissenschaft, Düsseldorf, 1971, 125 pages. Filmkunst Musikverlag, München, 1986.
  • Hába, Alois. Grundlagen der Harmonik in mikrotonaler Musik. Helbling, Innsbruck, 1989, 144 pages.
  • Hába, Alois. "Muj lidsky a umelecky vyvoj", Sborník k zivotu a dílu skladatele. Jirí Vyslouzil (ed.), Nakladatelství; "Lipa", Vizovice, 1993, p. 50.
  • Hackbarth, Glenn Allen. An Analysis of Harry Partch's Daphne of the Dunes. DMA thesis, University of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana, 1979.
  • Hackleman, Jay Scott. "Some Details Concerning the 19-Tone Clavichord", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
  • Haeberli, Jörg. "Twelve Nasca panpipes: a study", Ethnomusicology vol. 23 no. 1, January 1979, pp. 57-74.
  • Haefer, J. Richard. "Bagpipes and tunings (book review)", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 2, 1976, pp. 102-103.
  • Haenen, Greta. "J. Sauveur: Collected writings on musical acoustics (book review)", Musica Antiqua vol. 4 no. 4, 1987, p. 160.
  • Haenen, Greta. "Een zuiver gestemd clavecimbel aan het hof te Düsseldorf", Musica Antiqua vol. 5 no. 3, 1988, pp. 105–109.
  • Haenen, Greta. "Louis Peter Grijp - P. Scheepers: Van Aristoxenos tot Stockhausen (book review)", Musica Antiqua vol. 8 no. 2, 1991, p. 89.
  • Haenen, Greta. "M. L. West: Ancient Greek Music (book review)", Musica Antiqua vol. 12 no. 1, 1995, p. 38.
  • Haenen, Greta. "Ibo Ortgies: 'Die Praxis der Orgelstimmung in Norddeutschland im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert und ihr Verhältnis zur zeitgenössischen Musikpraxis' (review)", Svensk tidskrift för musikforskning, 2005.
  • Hafenreffer, Samuel. Monochordon symbolico-biomanticum obstructissimum pulsum doctrinam, ex harmonicis musicis dilucide, figurisque oculariter demonstrans, de causis et prognosticis inde promulgandis fideliter instruens, et jucunde per medicam praxin resonans. Ulm, 1640.
  • Hafner, Everett. "The Forty-Eight Revisited in Thirty-One", Well Tempered Notes, November 1974, Motorola Scalatron Inc.
  • Hagel, Stefan. Modulation in altgriechischer Musik. PhD diss., Classical Philology, Wien, 1999. 155 pages.
  • Hagel, Stefan. "Ancient Greek Music", WWW, 1999.
  • Hagel, Stefan. "Twenty-four in auloi. Aristotle, Met. 1093b, the harmony of the spheres, and the formation of the Perfect System", Ancient Greek Music in Performance, S. Hagel and Ch. Harrauer (eds.), Wiener Studien Beiheft 29, Vienna, 2005, pp. 51-92.
  • Hagel, Stefan and Ch. Harrauer (eds.) Ancient Greek Music in Performance. Wiener Studien Beiheft 29, Vienna, 2005, pp. 9-50.
  • Hagel, Stefan. "Is nîd qabli Dorian? Tuning and modality in Greek and Hurrian music", Baghdader Mitteilungen vol. 36, 2005.
  • Hagenow, C.F. "The equal tempered musical scale", American Journal of Physics vol. 2 no. 3, 1934, pp. 81–84.
  • Hagerman, B. and Johan Sundberg. "Fundamental frequency adjustment in barbershop singing", Speech Transmission Laboratory: Quarterly progress and status report vol. 1, April 1980, pp. 28-42. Reprint in Journal of Research in Singing vol. 4 no. 1, December 1980, pp. 3-17.
  • Hahn, Paul. "An Interesting Result in the Theory of Well-Temperaments", WWW, 1996.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "17 Tones", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, San Jose State University, 1992, pp. 449-450.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "Low Energy and Equal Spacing; the Multifactorial Evolution of Tuning Systems", Interface vol. 22 no. 4, 1993, pp. 277-348.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "Harmonische Energie - Motor bei der Evolution 'relevanter' Tonsysteme", Feedback Papers vol. 35, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, pp. 1-25.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "Wege zu einer neuen Harmonielehre", Zeitschrift der Hochschule für Musik Detmold, summer 1997, pp. 2-5.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "Die Domestizierung des Zufalls Klarenz Barlows Computerprogramm AUTOBUSK", WWW, 2002.
  • Hajdu, Georg. "Überlegungen zu einer neuen Theorie der Harmonie", Mikrotöne und mehr, Manfred Stahnke (ed.), Schriftenreihe: Musik und. Band 8. Hanns-Werner Heister and Wolfgang Hochstein (eds.), Weidler Verlag, Berlin, 2005, pp. 165-187.
  • Hakvoort, Johannes. Stemming en samenspel. August 2007, 19 pages.
  • Halbreich, Harry. "Wyschnegradsky, l'anachorète", Le monde de la musique vol. 77, April 1985.
  • Halfpenny, Eric. "Diderot's Tunings for the Violin Family", Galpin Society Journal vol. 27, 1974, pp. 15-20.
  • Hall, Donald E. "The Objective Measurement of Goodness-of-fit for Tunings and Temperaments", Journal of Music Theory vol. 17 no. 2, 1973, pp. 274-290.
  • Hall, Donald E. "Quantitative Evaluation of Musical Scale Tunings", American Journal of Physics vol. 42 no. 7, July 1974, pp. 543-552.
  • Hall, Donald E. "Is unequal temperament coming back for pipe organs?", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 66, 1979, S68.
  • Hall, Donald E. Musical Acoustics: an Introduction. Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, 1980, 2nd edition 1991, 475 pages.
  • Hall, Donald E. and Joan Taylor Hess. "Perception of musical interval tuning", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 2, 1984, pp. 166-195.
  • Hall, Donald E. "A Systematic Evaluation of Equal Temperaments Through N=612", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 61-73.
  • Hall, Donald E. "Acoustical Numerology and Lucky Equal Temperaments", American Journal of Physics vol. 56 no. 4, 1988, pp. 329–333.
  • Hall, Rachel Wells and Kresimir Josic. "The Mathematics of Musical Instruments", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 108 no. 4, 2001, pp. 347–357.
  • Hall, Rachel Wells. The Sound of Numbers. A Tour of Mathematical Music Theory. Book proposal, Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, Saint Joseph’s University, Philadelphia, 2007.
  • Hall, Rachel Wells. "The Math Behind the Music by Leon Harkleroad (book review)", Journal of Mathematics and the Arts vol. 1 no. 2, 2007, pp. 143-145.
  • Halperin, Tamar. "The Ongoing Quest for Bach's Temperament", The Juilliard Journal Online vol. 24 no. 6, March 2009.
  • Halsey, G.D. and Edwin Hewitt. "More on the superparticular ratios in music", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 79 no. 10, 1972, pp. 1096–1100.
  • Haluska, Ján. "On two algorithms in music acoustics", Extracta mathematica vol. 12 no. 3, 1997, pp. 243-250.
  • Haluska, Ján. "Diatonic scales summary", Proc. of 7th IFSA Prague, June 25-29, 1997, Academia, vol. 4, Prague, 1997, pp. 320-322.
  • Haluska, Ján. "On fuzzy coding of information in music", BUSEFAL vol. 69, 1997, pp. 37-42.
  • Haluska, Ján. "Comma 32805 / 32768", International Journal of Uncertainty, Fuzziness and Knowledge-Based Systems vol. 6 no. 3. 1998, pp. 295-305.
  • Haluska, Ján. "Searching the frontier of the Pythagorean system", Tatra Mountains Mathematical Publications vol. 16, 1999, pp. 273-282.
  • Haluska, Ján and Beloslav Riecan. "On a lattice of tetrachords", Tatra Mountains Mathematical Publications vol. 16, 1999, pp. 283-294.
  • Haluska, Ján. "Segmentation on the pitch level: the frontier of the Pythagorean system", Osterreichishe Computer Gesselschaft vol. 133, Diderot Forum on Mathematics and Music, Vienna, 1999, pp. 205-211.
  • Haluska, Ján. "Equal temperament and Pythagorean Tuning: a geometrical interpretation in the plane", Fuzzy Sets and Systems vol. 114 no. 2, 2000, pp. 261-269.
  • Haluska, Ján. "The Petzval's Theory of Tone Systems", Ambiguity and Music, Ján Haluska (ed.), Polygrafia, Bratislava, 2000, pp. 7-17.
  • Haluska, Ján. "Uncertainty measures and well-tempered systems", General Systems vol. 31 no. 1, 2002, pp. 73-96.
  • Haluska, Ján. "Weber-Fechner's law, uncertainty, and Pythagorean system", Proc. 11th Sci. Conf., Zilina, November 17-19, 2003, IEDIS, Zilina, 2003, pp. 47-50.
  • Haluska, Ján. The Mathematical Theory of Tone Systems. Pure and Applied Mathematics Series vol. 262, Marcel Dekker - Ister Science, New York/Basel/Bratislava, 2003, 410 pages.
  • Haluska, Ján; Ondrej Hutník and Tomás Mihály. "On a diophantine equation derived from the theory of meantone systems", Proceedings of Transcom 2005, the 6th. European Conf. of Young Researchers and Science Workers in Transport and telecommunications, 27-29 June 2005, vol. 9, Ilina University, Ilina, 2005, pp. 79-82.
  • Halusková, E. "Comma sequences", Ambiguity and Music, Ján Haluska (ed.), Polygrafia, Bratislava, 2000, pp. 1-5.
  • Hamilton, Elsie. The Modes of Ancient Greece. 1953, 20 pages.
  • Hamilton, James Alexander. Hamilton's practical introduction to the Art of tuning the Piano-Forte; written for the use of persons desirous of tuning their own instruments, with a mathematical demonstration of the theory of Equal Temperament ... a list of authors who have written on temperament ... also ... instructions for the maintenance and preservation of the pianoforte. R. Cocks & Co., London, 1844.
  • Hammer-Purgstall. Literatur der arabischen und persischen Musik. Vienna, 1839.
  • Hammett, Jean Claire. Quantitative Analysis of Five Temperaments. Honors thesis, Tulane University, 1978.
  • Hammond, Frederick. "Musical instruments at the Medici court in the mid-seventeenth century", 1975.
  • Hammond, Frederick. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (book review)", Music & letters vol. 71 no. 3, Aug. 1990, pp. 383-384.
  • Hand, Ferdinand. Ästhetik der Tonkunst. Eduard Eisenach, Leipzig, 1847.
  • Händel, Georg Friedrich. Twelve Voluntaries and Fugues for the Organ or Harpsichord with Rules for Tuning by the celebrated Mr. Händel, Book IV. Longman and Broderip, London, c.1780.
  • Handschin, Jacques S. "Akustisches aus Russland", Gedenkboek aangeboden aan Dr. D.F. Scheurleer op zijn 70sten verjaardag, Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1925, pp. 143-157.
  • Handschin, Jacques S. "Review of Ariel's Das Relativitätsprinzip der Musikalische Harmonie, Band I: Die Gesetze der inneren Tonbewegungen, das evolutionäre Temperierungsverfahren und das 19 stufiges Tonsystem", Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 8, 1926, pp. 579-583.
  • Handschin, Jacques S. "Über reine Harmonie und temperierte Tonleitern", Schweizerisches Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1927, pp. 145-166.
  • Handschin, Jacques S. "Ein mittelalterlicher Beitrag zur Lehre der Sphärenharmonie", Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 9 no. 4, 1927.
  • Handschin, Jacques S. Der Toncharakter. Eine Einführung in die Tonpsychologie. Atlantis Verlag, Zürich, 1948.
  • Hanel, Reinhard. "Die elektronische Feinstufenorgel", Ekmelische Musik, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1983.
  • Hansen, Finn Egeland. The grammar of Gregorian tonality : an investigation based on the repertory in codex H 159, Montpellier. Studier og publikationer fra Musikvidenskabeligt Institut, Aarhus Universitet. English translation by Shirley Larsen, Dan Fog, Copenhagen, 1979, 2 vols.
  • Hansen, Finn Egeland. "Ren stämmning under renässansen och i Per Nørgårds musik", Nutida musik/Contemporary music vol. 31 no. 3, 1987-1988, pp. 43-46.
  • Hanson, Howard. Harmonic Materials of Modern Music. Appleton-Century-Crofts, New York, 1960.
  • Hanson, Larry. "Development of a 53-Tone Keyboard Layout", Xenharmonikôn vol. 12, 1989, pp. 69-87.
  • Hanson, Larry. "A 34-equal guitar", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9, December 1993, p. 39.
  • Hanson, Larry. "A 34 tone scale and the starr-switch grid with Hanson's 15 rank keyboard applied to the 72 (hebdomekontany), 53, and 34, tone scales", 1994.
  • Hanson, Larry. "34-ET Notation System Based on Major and Minor Thirds", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 9-11.
  • Hänzer, Walter. Die Naturseptime im Kunstwerk. Büchler, Bern, 1926, 116 pages.
  • Harasek, Richard J. "A New Look at the Partch Monophonic Fabric", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
  • Harasek, Richard J. "On This Thing Called Scalatron", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
  • Harasek, Richard J. "Well Tempered Notes", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
  • Hardegree, Gary. Scales in Music. Thesis, University of Massachusetts, Amherst MA, 2000, 26 pages.
  • Hardouin, Pierre. "Working Hypothesis for a History of the Tierce", 1970.
  • Harker, F.H. "The Principles Underlying the Tuning of Keyboard Instruments to Equal Temperament", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 8, 1937, pp. 243-256.
  • Harkleroad, Leon. The Math Behind the Music. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2006, 158 pages plus audio CD.
  • Harlow, Randall. Recent Organ Design Innovations and the 21st-century “Hyperorgan”. MSc thesis, Eastman School of Music, May 2011, 49 pages plus examples.
  • Harrell, Max Leigh. Scales and modes in the music of West Java. MA thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1972, 228 pages.
  • Harrington, Jeff. Making Microtonal Music with Software", WWW, 2004.
  • Harris, C.M., M. Eisenstadt and M.R. Weiss. "Sounds of the Highland Bagpipe", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 35, 1963, pp. 1321-1327.
  • Harris, J. Donald, "Scaling of Pitch Intervals", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 32 no. 12, December 1960, pp. 1575-1581.
  • Harrison, Daniel. Harmonic Function in Chromatic Music. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago and London, 1994.
  • Harrison, John. A Description concerning such Mechanism as will afford a nice, or true Mensuration of Time; together with Some Account of the Attempts for the Discovery of the Longitude by the Moon; and also An Account of the Discovery of the Scale of Musick. London, 1775.
  • Harrison, John. A True and Full Account of the Foundation of Musick, or, as principally therein, of the Existance of the Natural Notes of Melody. unpublished manuscript, London, ca. 1776, 182 pages.
  • Harrison, John. "An Account of the Discovery of the Scale of Musick", reprint in Pitch vol. 1 no. 2, American Festival of Microtonal Music, New York, 1987, pp. 12-14.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Some notes on the music of mouth organs", Lee Hue-ku Festschrift, 1970, pp. 339-350.
  • Harrison, Lou. Lou Harrison's Music Primer. Peters, New York, 1971.
  • Harrison, Lou. "At the Tomb of Charles Ives (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, fall 1974.
  • Harrison, Lou. "A Phrase For Arion's Leap (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, fall 1974.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Item: Five-tone, six-tone, and seven-tone modal forms within the traditional matrix of two tetrachords separated by nine to eight", Xenharmonikôn vol. 4, 1975.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Incidental Music for Corneille's 'Cinna' (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Item: Thoughts while designing a gamelan", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, 6 pages.
  • Harrison, Lou and William Colvig. "Gamelan Builders' Notes", Ear vol. 8 no. 4, 1983, p. 26.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Thoughts about 'Slippery Slendro'", Selected Reports: Institute of Ethnomusicology vol. 6, University of California, Los Angeles, 1985, pp. 111-117.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Cloverleaf: A little narrative with several 'off-ramps'", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, 1989, p. 1. Also in: Companion to Contemporary Musical Thought, Routledge, London, 1992, pp. 248-255.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Blessed Be Translators, for They Give Us Worlds", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, 1991, pp. 4-5.
  • Harrison, Lou. "Microfest 2001 Keynote Address", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 4, 2001, pp. 1, 4-12.
  • Harrison, Michael. "Revelation Tunings", WWW, 2007.
  • Harrison, Michael. "Music in Pure Intonation", WWW, 2007.
  • Hartmann, Caroline. "Pythagoras und die Anfänge der Musik", Fusion, July-Aug-Sep 2002. English translation by Richard Sanders "Music and the Unsolved Paradox of Pythagoras. Violin Building and the World of Harmonic Sound", 21st Century Science & Technology Magazine, spring 2003, pp. 10-22.
  • Hartmann, George C. "A Numerical Exercise in Musical Scales", American Journal of Physics vol. 55 no. 3, 1987, pp. 223-226.
  • Hartmann, William Morris. "On the origin of the enlarged melodic octave", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 93 no. 6, June 1993, pp. 3401-3409.
  • Hartridge, H. "Recent Research on Musical Acoustics (1895-1924) supplementing Pole's work", in The Philosophy of Music by W. Pole, Harcourt, Brace & Co., New York, 1924.
  • Harvey, Jonathan. "Mortuos Plango Vivos Voco: A Realization at IRCAM", Computer Music Journal vol. 5 no. 4, pp. 22-24.
  • Harvey, Jonathan. "Notes on the Realization of Bhakti", Computer Music Journal vol. 8 no. 3, pp. 74-78.
  • Hasenclever, Richard. Die Grundzüge der esoterischen Harmonik des Altertums. Verlag M. du Mont, Köln, 1870, 47 pages.
  • Haskins Eyles Stiles, François. "Explication des modes & tons de l'ancienne musique grecque", Abrégé des Transactions de la Société Royale de Londres, Paris, 1790, pp. 215-298.
  • Hasse, Karl. "Temperierte Stimmung und musikalische Praxis", Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 13 no. 7, 1931, p. 353.
  • Hatzis, Christos. "The Law of One: Recursive structures in composition", Organised Sound vol. 3 no. 1, Cambridge University Press, 1998, pp. 17-25.
  • Hauptmann, Moritz. Die Natur der Harmonik und der Metrik, zur Theorie der Musik. O. Paul (ed.), Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1853, 1873. English translation by E. Heathcote, London, 1888.
  • Hauptmann, Moritz. "Temperatur", Jahrbücher für musikalische Wissenschaft Band I, Friedrich Chrysander (ed.), Leipzig, 1863.
  • Haverstick, Neil. "Notes on 'Mysteries', and score of 'Mysteries'". Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 114.
  • Haverstick, Neil. "More notes", the Onion vol. 25, Denver CO, 31 March 1999.
  • Haverstick, Neil. 19 Tones: A New Beginning. Self-published, 1996, 30 pages.
  • Havingha, Gerardus. Oorspronk en voortgang der orgelen, met de voortrefflykheit van Alkmaars groote Orgel. Klaas Mol, Alkmaar, 1727, 247 pages. Reprint Arend Jan Gierveld (ed.), Bibliotheca Organologica vol. 13, Frits Knuf, Buren, 1985.
  • Hawkes, William. "On the musical temperament of keyed instruments", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 28, London, 1807, pp. 304-306.
  • Hawkins, John. A General History of the Science and Practice of Music. In five volumes, T. Payne and Son, London, 1776.
  • Hayashi, Kenzo. "So no chogen no gensoku to hatten", Journal of the Society for Research in Asiatic Music vol. 24/25, March/April 1968, pp. 1-35.
  • Hayes, Deborah. "Christian Huygens and the science of music", Musicology at the University of Colorado vol. 1 no. 1, December 1977, pp. 17-31.
  • Haynes, Bruce. "Temperamento per comune opinione perfettisimo: 18th-century tuning for singers and orchestral instruments", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 43, April 1986, pp. 56-58.
  • Haynes, Bruce. "Les diapasons à l'époque de Jean-Sébastien Bach. III: Description de diapasons anciens; sources, hauteurs relatives et absolues", in collaboration with Marc Écochard, Flûte a bec et instruments anciens no. 24, Mar 1988, pp. 11-18.
  • Haynes, Bruce. "Beyond Temperament: Non-Keyboard Intonation in the 17th and 18th Centuries", Early Music vol. 19 no. 3, August 1991, pp. 356-381.
  • Haynes, Bruce. "Johann Sebastian Bach's Pitch Standards: The Woodwind Perspective", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society no. 11, 1985, pp. 5-114.
  • Haynes, Bruce. Pitch Standards in the Baroque and Classical Periods. PhD diss., Université de Montréal, 1995.
  • Hays, Elizabeth. F.W. Marpurg's Anleitung zum Clavierspielen (Berlin, 1755) and Principes du clavecin (Berlin, 1756). Translation and commentary. PhD thesis, Stanford University, 1977, 2 vols., 309 and 351 pages.
  • Hayslett, Dennis J. "The effect of selected tuning pitch sources on the tuning accuracy of band members", Contributions to music education vol. 17, fall 1990, pp. 44-49.
  • He, Changlin. "Lun 'chunlühua'" (On the justification of temperament), Yuefu Xinsheng (Journal of the Shenyang Conservatory of Music) no. 4, 1983, pp. 13-16.
  • He, Ji-Huan and Jie Tang. "Rebuild of King Fang 40 B.C. musical scales by He’s inequality", Applied Mathematics and Computation vol. 168, 2005, pp. 909–914.
  • Heartz, Daniel; Mann, Alfred; Oldman, Cecil B.; Hertzmann, Erich. Thomas Attwoods Theorie- und Kompositionsstudien bei Mozart. Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart: Neue Ausgabe sämtlicher Werke, Ser. X, Werkgruppe 30, Bd. 1, 1965, Kassel.
  • Hébert, Charles. Traité de l'Harmonie des sons et de leurs rapports (...). Bologna, 1733.
  • Hefny, Mahmoud el. Ibn Sinas Musiklehre. PhD diss., Otto Hellwig, Berlin, 1931.
  • Hegendörfer, Gerd. "Indische Musik - Struktur und Wirkung", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `93, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1994, pp. 249-275.
  • Heijltjes, Mireille. "Microtonale klavieren", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 37-46.
  • Heim, David Bruce. Practical Tuning, Temperament and Conditioning for Hornists and Other Wind Instrumentalists: Understanding and attaining intonational flexibility in musical performance. Master thesis, University of Tulsa, 1990, 199 pages.
  • Heine, Alois. Akustische Phänomene. Untersuchungen und Experimente mit der Klarinette und Einführung in die Ansatztechniken zur Erzeugung von Überblasetönen, Untertönen und Akkordklängen. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 5. Musikverlag Emil Katzbichler, München/Salzburg, 1978.
  • Heinemann, Michael (ed.) Das Bach Lexikon. Bach-Handbuch Band 6, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2000, 623 pages.
  • Heinichen, Johann David. Der General-Baß in der Composition. Dresden, 1728.
  • Heins, Ernst. "Indonesian Colonization of West- and Central-Africa?", Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde vol. 122, 1966, pp. 274-282.
  • Heintz, Joachim. "Tuning your MIDI Keyboard. Playing with user-controllable scales in Csound", Csound Journal no. 12, Dec. 2009.
  • Heinz, Rudolf. "Ferruccio Busonis musikalischer Futurismus", Geschichte und Zukunft, Meisenheim, 1967, pp. 200-218.
  • Helfert, Vladimir. "Habova Nova nauka o harmonii (Na okraj Habovy nauky o harmonii)", Hudebni rozhledy vol. 3, 1927, p. 148.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "Un aspect de la théorie des hauteurs", Journées Arithmétique, Caen, 1980.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "Scales, Comptes-Rendus Mathématiques", La Société Royale du Canada vol. 4 no. 5, October 1982, and vol. 5 no. 2, April 1983.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "L'Essai d'une nouvelle théorie de la musique de Leonhard Euler", publication de l'IREM de Caen, p. 53.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "A la recherche de l'arithmétique qui si cache dans la musique", Gazette des Mathématiciens no. 33, 1987, pp. 71-80.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "Gammes naturelles". Gazette des Mathématiciens no. 81, July 1999, pp. 25-39 and no. 82, October 1999, pp. 13-26.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "Outils diophantiens pour la définition d'une distance harmonique", Symposium On Tone Systems, Paris, 2002, 11 pages.
  • Hellegouarch, Yves. "A mathematical interpretation of expressive intonation". University of Caen, 7 pages.
  • Heller, Charles. "Mordecai Sandberg : His Compositions and His Ideas", Cantors Assembly 1984, Journal of Synagogue Music.
  • Hellwig, Friedmann. "Historische musikalische Temperaturen und ihre Einstimmung", Restaurierung von Saitenklavieren, Beiträge zur Aufführungspraxis Bd. 2, Akad. Druck- und Verlagsanstalt, Graz, 1973, pp. 57-67.
  • Hellwig, Friedmann. "Zum Temperatursystem bei Joseph Haydn", in Joseph Haydn: Vienna 1982, Henle Verlag, München, 1986, pp. 87-91.
  • Helmholtz, Hermann L.F. von. "On the Physiological Causes of Harmony in Music", Popular Scientific Lectures, Appleton, New York, 1873. A lecture delivered in Bonn during the winter of 1857, translated by A.J. Ellis.
  • Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. "Über musikalische Temperatur", Verhandlungen des Naturhistorisch-medizinischen Vereins zu Heidelberg, 23 November 1860. Revised in Die Lehre von den Tonempfindungen.
  • Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. "Über die arabisch-persische Tonleiter", Verhandlungen des Naturhistorisch-medizinischen Vereins zu Heidelberg, 23 November 1862.
  • Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. Théorie physiologique de la musique. Transl. from German by G. Guéroult, V. Masson, Paris, 1868.
  • Helmholtz, Hermann L.F. von. Die Lehre von den Tonempfindungen als physiologische Grundlage für die Theorie der Musik. 6th edition, Friedrig Vieweg & Sohn, Braunschweig, 1913, 668 pages. Darmstadt, 1968. Olms, Hildesheim, 1983.
    On the Sensations of Tone as a Psychological basis for the Theory of Music. 2nd English edition translated by Alexander John Ellis, based on the 4th German edition of 1877 with extensive notes, foreword and afterword: 1885. Reprint by Dover Publications, 1954.
    Théorie physiologique de la musique fondée sur l'étude des sensations auditives. French edition translated by G. Guéroult, based on the edition of 1863, Victor Masson & Fils, Paris, 1874, 544 pages. Reprint Jacques Gabay, Paris, 1990.
  • Helmholtz, H.L.F. von and Pietro Blaserna. Le son et la musique (par P. Blaserna), suivis des Causes physiologiques de l'harmonie musicale (par H. Helmholtz). G. Baillière, Paris, 1877, 208 pages. Spanish translation La armonía musical.
  • Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. Vorlesungen über die mathematischen Principien der Akustik. J.A. Barth, Leipzig, 1898, 406 pages.
  • Hemony, Pieter. "De on-noodsakelijkheid en ondienstigheid van cis en des in de bassen der klokken", Delft, 1678, reprint Amsterdam, 1927, reprint Asten, 1964.
  • Hender, Nicholas. Timbre, and Timbres Derived from Tuning Systems, as Realised in Electronic Music. Master's thesis, La Trobe University, Melbourne, 1997, 77 pages.
  • Henderson, Ian Hamilton. Strobe tuner settings for the historic scales. Self-published, Brockport, New York, 1983, 121 pages.
  • Henderson, Ian Hamilton. Computer assistance for the setting of historic tunings and temperaments: a monograph to supplement Strobe tuner settings for the historic scales. 1983, Self-published, Brockport, 1986, 28 pages.
  • Henderson, Ian Hamilton. "Three well temperaments and how to set them", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 3, 1984, pp. 19-34.
  • Henfling, Conrad. C. Henflingii Epistola de novo suo systemate musico. Onoldi 17. April 1708. ad Praesidem data, Miscellanea Berolinensia, Berlin, 1710, pp. 265-294 + fig. 66-67.
  • Hennemeyer, Kurt. "Tonsysteme, Systematik", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Bd. 13, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1966.
  • Henry, Norman. "An Open Letter", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, 1986, p. 2.
  • Henry, Norman. "A Justly-Tuned Harpsichord", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985, pp. 7-9.
  • Henry, Robert Earl. Judgment of intonation in the context of three part woodwind ensemble performances. PhD diss., Music: North Texas State University, 1987, 176 pages.
  • Henzel, C. "Alois Hába und der athematische Musikstil", Musiktheorie vol. 10 nr. 3, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 1995.
  • Herbart, Johann Friedrich. Psychologische Bemerkungen zur Tonlehre, 1811. Über die Möglichkeit und Nothwendigkeit, Mathematik auf Psychologie anzuwenden, 1822. Über die Wichtigkeit der Lehren von den Verhältnissen der Töne, und vom Zeitmasse, für die gesammte Psychologie, 1839. In: Kleinere Abhandlungen zur Psychologie, Bonset, Amsterdam, 1969.
  • Herbst, Johann Andreas. Arte Prattica & Poetica. Frankfurt, 1653.
  • Herlinger, Jan William. The Lucidarium of Marchetto of Padua: a critical edition, translation, and commentary. PhD diss., U. of Chicago, 1978. University of Chicago Press, 1984, 567 pages.
  • Herlinger, Jan William. "Fractional Divisions of the Whole Tone", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 3, 1981, pp. 74-83.
  • Herlinger, Jan William. "Marchetto's Division of the Whole Tone", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 34 no. 2, summer 1981, pp. 193-216.
  • Herlinger, Jan William. "Marchetto's influence: The manuscript evidence", Music theory and its sources: Antiquity and the Middle Ages, André Barbera (ed.), University of Notre Dame, South Bend, 1990, pp. 235-258.
  • Hero, Barbara. The Lambdoma. Self-published, 1991.
  • Hero, Barbara. Lambdoma Unveiled (The theory of Relationships). Strawberry Hill Farm Studios Press, North Berwick, Maine, 1992.
  • Hero, Barbara. "A Brief History of the Lambdoma", Xenharmonikôn 16, autumn 1995, pp. 104-113.
  • Hero, Barbara. "Some Effects of Whole Number Ratio Intervals in Music", Music in Human Adaptation, Daniel J. Schneck and Judith K. Schneck (eds.), Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blackburg, 1997.
  • Hero, Barbara and Robert M. Foulkrod. "The Lambdoma matrix and harmonic intervals", IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology Magazine vol. 18 no. 2, Mar/Apr 1999, pp. 61-73.
  • Hero, Barbara. "The Pythagorean System, the Tetractys, the X and the Lambdoma, Ambiguity and Music", Seminar Mathematics and Music Publ., Jan Haluska (ed.), Bratislava, 1999.
  • Hero, Barbara. "Integrative Music of the Lambdoma", Integrative Physiological and Behavioral Science vol. 35 no. 3, Official Journal of the Pavlovian Society, July-September 2000.
  • Hero, Barbara. "Design in nature from Pythagoras to Helmholtz to the Cantor musical array", Design and Nature: Comparing Design in Nature with Science and Engineering, C.A. Brebbia, L. Sucharov and P. Pascolo (eds.), Wessex Institute of Technology Press, Southampton, Boston, 2002.
  • Herrenden Harker, G.F. "The principles underlying the tuning of keyboard instruments to equal temperament", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 8 no. 4, 1937, pp. 243–256.
  • Herrmann, Ursula. Andreas Werckmeister. Halle am Saale, 1950.
  • Herrmann, Ursula. "Andreas Werckmeister: Lebensweg und geistiges Umfeld", Bericht über das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 4-12.
  • Herschel, David; Omer Corlaix; Makis Solomos; Roman Brotbeck et al. Pascale Criton, les univers microtempérés. Collection à la ligne vol. 1, Ensemble 2e2m, 2002, 258 pages.
  • Herschel, John Frederick William. "On musical scales", Quarterly Journal of Science vol. 5 no. 19, London, July 1868, pp. 338-352.
  • Herschel, John and George Bidell Airy. On Sound and Atmospheric Vibrations with the Mathematical Elements of Music. London, 1871.
  • Herz, Eric. Maintenance and Tuning of Harpsichords. Eric Herz Harpsichords, 1976.
  • Herzog, H. "Hudebni expressioniste a Alois Hába ve svèm postoji ke spolecnosti", Rytmus vol. 11, 1947, p. 114.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. Die Wahrnehmung von Tonhöhe und Klangfarbe als Problem der Hörtheorie. Arno Volk-Verlag, Köln, 1972.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. Paul Hindemith und die Natur der Tonverwandtschaften. Verlag Merseburger, Berlin, 1974.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "The judgement of musical intervals", Music, Mind and Brain. The Neuropsychology of Music. Manfred Clynes (ed.), Plenum Press, New York, 1982, pp. 217-225.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Klangwertbestimmung musikalischer Zusammenklänge auf Grund einer Zwei-Faktoren-Theorie der Sonanz", Mikrotöne I, pp. 49-68, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Sonanz- und Distanz-Urteil bei musikalischen Intervallen - Über die Verbindlichkeit mathematischer Intervalldefinitionen", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 141-158.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. Grundlagen der Harmonik in mikrotonaler Musik. Veröffentlichungen der Gesellschaft für Ekmelische Musik no. 5. Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1989, 144 pages.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Die Sonanz als Basis der Harmonik in mikrotonaler Musik", Mikrotöne III, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter (ed.) Mikrotöne III. Bericht über das 3. Internationale Symposium 'Mikrotonforschung, Musik mit Mikrotönen, Ekmelische Musik', 28.-30. April 1989 in Salzburg, Institut für Musikalische Grundlagenforschung, Band I. Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. Aufbruch in eine neue Klangwelt. Gustav Bosse-Verlag, Regensburg, 1991.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter and Louise Carleton. "Breaking Into a New World of Sound: Reflections on the Ekmelic Music of the Austrian Composer Franz Richter Herf (1920-1989)", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, winter 1991, pp. 212-235.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter (ed.) Mikrotöne IV. Bericht über das 4. Internationale Symposium, 2.-5. Mai 1991 in Salzburg. Filmkunst Musikverlag, München, 1993. (Musikedition Nymphenburg 2001)
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Standardisierte Notation für mikrotonale Musik", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Zum Konsonanzempfinden bei vielstimmigen Akkorden", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Zur Oktavteilung im javanischen Sléndro", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Harmonikales Denken in der altchinesischen Musik", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `93, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1994, pp. 160-191.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. Kunst und Wissenschaft im Gespräch? Ursula Müller Speiser, Anif, 1994.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter and Wolfgang Thies (eds.) Gedanken zu Alois Hába. Wort und Musik. Salzburger Akademische Beiträge, Bd. 35. Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 1996, 116 pages.
  • Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Ekmelische Musik. Prinzipien ihrer Harmonik und deren neurophysiologische Basis", WWW.
  • Hesselgren, Fréderic. De la gamme musicale. Etude critique des gammes tempérées et de la gamme naturelle. Frassati, Turin, 1897.
  • Heßling, Hermann. "On the Euler scale and the µEuclidean integer relation algorithm", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 5 no. 3, 2011, pp. 195-215.
  • Heurn, Jan van. De Orgelmaker. A. Blussé en zoon, Dordrecht, 1804/1805. Facsimile reprint, Uitgeverij Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1977.
  • Hewitt, Michael J. The Tonal Phoenix: A Study of Tonal Progression through the Prime Numbers Three, Five and Seven. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik vol. 96, Martin Vogel (ed.), Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 2000, 495 pages.
  • Hewitt, Michael J. "Septimal System", The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, Macmillan, London, 2001.
  • Hickmann, Hans. "Sur l'accordage des instruments à cordes (lyres, harpes, luths)", Miscellanea Musicologica, vol. 48 no. 2, Annales du Service des Antiquités, 1948, pp. 646-663. Reprinted in Hans Hickmann, Vie et travaux, ed. Diá Abou-Ghazi, vol. 1, pp. 136-153, Organization des Antiquités de l'Égypte, Cairo, 1980.
  • Higbee, Dale. "Jean Denis: 'Traité de l'accord de l'espinette' (book review)", American Recorder vol. 12 no. 2, May 1971, p. 58.
  • Higgins, Dick. "The decaphonic system: Macrotonics", Ear Magazine East, New York, 1983, p. 10.
  • Hill, Ralph David. "Just Intonation on a Home-Built Digital Synthesizer-Computer", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 15-22.
  • Hill, Ralph David. Introduction to Nontraditional Harmony. 2-hr. cassette and accompanying notes, self-published, Just Intonation Network, 1984.
  • Hill, Ralph David. "An Example of the 48:49 Sixth-tone Step", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1988, p. 14.
  • Hill, Ralph David. "Study of Whole Tones in Two Parts", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, 1989, pp. 6-7.
  • Hill, Ralph David. "The Cro-Magnon Advanced Additive Analysis/Resynthesis System", Proceedings of the 1991 International Computer Music Conference, Montréal, 1991, pp. 169-176.
  • Hiller, Lejaren A. "Electronic Synthesis of Microtonal Music", Microtonal Music in America, Proceedings of the American Society of University Composers vol. 2, Washington University, St. Louis MO, April 1967, pp. 77-122.
  • Hindemith, Paul. Unterweisung im Tonsatz I, Theoretischer Teil. Schott, 1937, 252 pages. Neue erweiterte Auflage, B. Schott's Söhne, Mainz, 1940, 260 pages.
  • Hipkins, Alfred James. "Observations on the Upper Partial Tones of a Pianoforte String, Struck at One-Eighth of Its Length", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 38, 1884-1885, pp. 83-85.
  • Hipkins, Alfred James. "Tuning", A Dictionary of Music and Musicians. Macmillan and Co., London, 1893, pp. 187-190.
  • Hirano, Kenji. "Koto no chogen meisho o megutte" (Concerning the names of koto tunings), Toyo ongaku kenkyu/Studies on Oriental music vol. 54, 1989, pp. 107-114.
  • Hirano, Kenji and Taeko Hirano. "Tuning and placement of frets of Heike-biwa and the transmission of heikyoku in the Edo era", Kindaichi Haruhiko Hakase koki kinenronbunshu, Sanseido, Tokyo, 1984, pp. 123-170.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "Acoustic studies on pipe organ: I Fundamental principles of organ and the instruments of Andreas Silbermann and his son" (in Japanese), Kiyo? vol. 17, 1975, National Institute of Informatics, pp. 23-72.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "Temperament of Gregorian chants" (in Japanese), Kiyo?, pp. 1-16.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "Meantone and Japanese traditional music" (in Japanese), Kiyo?, pp. 1-16.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "On the history of tuning practice of the keyboard instruments and its influence on the history of harmony" (in Japanese), Kiyo? vol. 20, 1978, pp. 31-63.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "Remarks on the German organ and the French organ: with reference to the traditions of tuning and temperament" (in Japanese), Kiyo? vol. 21, 1979, pp. 47-67.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "A new starting point of the musical expression and the musical education: Problems on tuning and temperament of the keyboard instruments" (in Japanese), Kiyo? vol. 22, 1980, pp. 1-20.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi. "On the so-called well-temperament after J.S. Bach" (in Japanese), Kiyo? vol. 27, 1985, pp. 1-29.
  • Hirashima, Tatsushi; Kou Tanimura et al. Exceptional Music Education, Objectionable Music Education (in Japanese). Tokyo Music Company, 1986.
  • Hirschfeld, R. "Prosdocimus de Beldemandis", Monatshefte für Musikgeschichte vol. 17, 1885.
  • Hirsh, Paul. "Atlas of Tonespace", WWW, 2001.
  • Hirtler, Eva. Die Musik als scientia mathematica von der Spatäntike bis zum Barock. Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 1995, 263 pages.
  • Hitchcock, H. Wiley and Stanley Sadie (eds.) The New Grove Dictionary of American Music. Entries for Tui St. George Tucker, John Eaton and Easley Blackwood. MacMillan Press Ltd, London, 1980.
  • Hightower, Thomas Váczy. "The Musical Octave viewed in an acoustic, mathematic perspective", resume of Danish manuscript, WWW, 1997.
  • Hightower, Thomas Váczy. "The creation of musical scales", WWW, 2001.
  • Hoag, Barbara Brewster. "A Spanish Clavichord Tuning of the Seventeenth Century", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 2, 1976.
  • Hochel, Lothar. "Zur Entwicklung des Intonationsgehörs im Bereich der Mehrstimmigkeit", Bericht über den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß, Leipzig 1966, 1972, pp. 529-535.
  • Hochgartz, Michael. Gleichstufig oder gleichschwebend? Eine unbekannte mitteldeutsche Stimmanweisung aus der Entstehungszeit von J.S. Bachs Wohltemperiertem Clavier. Münster, 2000, 2 pages.
  • Hodges, Richard. "The musical scale and its intervals", WWW, 2009.
  • Hodgson, John. Short instructions for tuning a piano-forte written by Musicus Ignoramus. London, 1809.
  • Hoek van Dijke, Gilbert. "Essays on Music Theory: Pitch, Tuning, and the Physics of Musical Tone", WWW, 1997.
  • Hofmann, Elke. "Centgenaues Hören mit dem Intonat", Neue Musikzeitung vol. 49 no. 4, 2000, p. 59.
  • Hofmann, Wolfgang. Goldener Schnitt und Komposition: Versuch zur Fixierung eines Ordnungsprinzips. Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1973, 95 pages.
  • Högler, Fritz. "Bemerkungen zu Zarlinos Theorie", Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 9, 1926-1927, p. 518.
  • Holcomb, Bruce. Die Verbesserung der Stimmung von Ventilblechblasinstrumenten. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 6. Emil Katzbichler-Verlag, München/Salzburg, 1983, 50 pages.
  • Holde, Arthur. "Is there a Future for Quarter-tone Music?", Musical Quarterly vol. 24 no. 4, 1938, pp. 528-533.
  • Holden, John. An Essay Towards a Rational System of Music. Glasgow, 1770.
  • Holder, William (ed.) A Treatise of the Natural Grounds, and Principles of Harmony. To which is added, by way of appendix: Rules for playing a thorow-bass; with variety of proper lessons, fugues, and examples ... Also directions for tuning an harpsichord or spinnet. By the late Mr. Godfrey Keller ... The whole being revis'd, and corrected from many gross mistakes committed in the first publication of these rules. J. Heptinstall, London, 1694, 1702, 204 pages. W. Pearson, London, 1731.
  • Holleman, A.W.J. "M. Vogel: Die Enharmonik der Griechen. I: Tonsystem und Notation. II: Der Ursprung der Enharmonik (book review)", Mnemosyne vol. 19 no. 4, Brill, Leiden, 1966, pp. 433-434.
  • Holm-Hudson, Kevin. "Just Intonation and Indian Aesthetic in Terry Riley's 'The Harp of New Albion'", ex tempore vol. 10 no. 1, summer 2000.
  • Holmes, Rich. S. "Microtonal scales", WWW, 2005.
  • Holmes, Rich. S. "Xenharmonic Music: Octave-based rank-2 2-step (MOS) scales for the 7-limit", WWW, 2006.
  • Holmes, Thomas B. Electronic Music - History and Criticism. Charles Scribner's Sons, New York, 1985, pp. 32-41.
  • Holter, Colin. The Spiritual Construction of Tuning in American Experimental Music. 2009, 22 pages.
  • Holton, I.F. "Essay on Musical Intonation and Temperament", Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York vol. 4, 1847, p. 387.
  • Holtsmark, Torger. Pythagoras og verdens harmoni. P2-akademiet/Kulturredaksjonen NRK P2, 21-11–1998. Programserien P2-akademiets foredrag. Kulturredaksjonen NRK P2, Oslo, 1998.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Group Theoretic Description of Just Intonation", Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference Understanding and Creating Music vol. 3, G. Buzzanca et al. (eds.), Caserta, 2003, 8 pages.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Measures of Consonances in a Goodness-of-fit Model for Equal-tempered Scales", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Singapore, 2003, pp. 435-438.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Limitations on Fixed n-Tone Equal Tempered Divisions", Proceedings of the 4th International Conference Understanding and Creating Music vol. 4, G. Buzzanca et al. (eds.), Caserta, 2004, 9 pages.
  • Honingh, Aline K. and Rens Bod. "The notion of convexity in music", Proceedings of the 4th International Conference Understanding and Creating Music vol. 4, G. Buzzanca et al. (eds.), Caserta, 2004.
  • Honingh, Aline K. and Rens Bod. "Convexity and the well-formedness of musical objects", Journal of New Music Research vol. 34 no. 3, 2005, pp. 293-303.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Convexity and compactness as models for the preferred intonation of chords", Proceedings of the Ninth International Conference on Music Perception and Cognition (ICMPC 9), Bologna, August 2006.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Scales and chords in the Euler-lattice: Convexity as a preferred intonation model", Mathematical and Computational Musicology, State Institute of Music Research, Berlin, 2006.
  • Honingh, Aline K. The Origin and Well-Formedness of Tonal Pitch Structures. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, October 2006, 173 pages.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Intonation and temperament: a special orchestral rehearsal", Reflections on type theory, lambda-calculus, and the mind. Essays dedicated to Henk Barendregt on the occasion of his 60th birthday, 2007, pp. 139-146.
  • Honingh, Aline K. A geometrical approach to find the preferred intonation of chords. Technical Report Series TR/2008/DOC/02, City University London, 2008, 16 pages.
  • Honingh, Aline K. "Compactness in the Euler Lattice: A Parsimonious Pitch Spelling Algorithm", Musicae Scientiae vol. 13 no. 1, 2009, pp. 117-138.
  • Honingh, Aline K. and Anja Volk. "Mathematische muziektheorie: Nieuwe mogelijkheden voor muziekgerelateerd onderzoek", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 14 no. 3, 2009, pp. 181-193.
  • Honingh, Aline K. and Rens Bod. "In Search of Universal Properties of Musical Scales", Journal of New Music Research vol. 40 no. 1, 2011, pp. 81–89.
  • Hood, Mantle. The Nuclear Theme as a Determinant of Patet in Javanese Music. J.B. Wolters, Groningen, Djakarta, 1954. Da Capo Press, New York, 1977.
  • Hood, Mantle. "Sléndro and Pélog redefined", Selected Reports vol. 1 no. 1, Institute of Ethnomusicology, Los Angeles, 1966, pp. 28-48. Reprint in Readings in Ethnomusicology, D.P. McAllester (ed.), New York, 1971, p. 35.
  • Hood, Mantle. "The effect of medieval technology on musical style in the orient", Selected reports in ethnomusicology vol. 1 no. 3, 1970, pp. 147-170.
  • Hood, Margaret. Harpsichord Repair Guide. Margaret Hood Fortepianos, Platteville WI, 2003.
  • Hook, Julian. "Enharmonic systems: A theory of key signatures, enharmonic equivalence and diatonicism", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 1 no. 2, July 2007, pp. 99-120.
  • Hoornaert, Guido. "Intonering en stempraktijk - Een blik op de evolutie tussen 1650 en 1750", Orgelkunst vol. 5 no. 1, 1982, pp. 3-13.
  • Hoornaert, Guido. "Musicalische Temperatur. Andreas Werckmeister. Uitgave door R. Rasch (book review)", Musica Antiqua, 1986.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Lyra designed and built by Pierre-Jean Croset", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 1 no. 1, June 1985, p. 3.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Steel cello and bow chimes designed and built by Robert Rutman", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 1 no. 1, June 1985, pp. 4-5.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "The semi-civilized tree designed and built by Nazim Ozel", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 1 no. 6, April 1986, pp. 1, 4-7.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Alternative tunings on fretted instruments: Refretting and other approaches", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 3 no. 6, April 1988, pp. 1, 8-9.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Glenn Branca and the Third Bridge", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, p. 4.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Experimental Musical Instruments", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, p. 37.
  • Hopkin, Bart and Jim Carrey. "Congas according to Carraway", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 4 no. 4, December 1988, pp. 9-11.
  • Hopkin, Bart, David Courtney and Larry Polansky. "A comparative tunings chart", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 2, August 1990, pp. 11-17.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Tubulonia", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 10 no. 2, 1994, pp. 26-30.
  • Hopkin, Bart. Air Columns & Tone Holes: Principles for Wind Instrument Design. 36 pages.
  • Hopkin, Bart. Gravikords, Whirlies and Pyrophones: Experimental Musical Instruments. Ellipsis Arts..., Roslyn NY, 1996. 96 pages, with CD.
  • Hopkin, Bart. "Overtone-Tuning in Lamellaphones", WWW, 2010.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von and Otto Abraham. "Tonsystem und Musik der Japaner", Sammelbände der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 4, Leipzig, 1903. Reprint Sammelbände für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, 1922, p. 179.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Über das Tonsystem und die Musik der Melanesier", Kongreßbericht der Internationalen Gesellschaft für Musikwissenschaft, Basel 1906, Basel 1907, p. 60.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Über ein akustisches Kriterium für Kulturzusammenhänge", Zeitschrift für Ethnologie vol. 43, Berlin, 1911, pp. 601-615. Reprint in Beiträge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft vol. 7, 1913, p. 1.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Melodie und Skala", Jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Peters vol. 19, 1913, pp. 11-23.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Musikalische Tonsysteme", Anthropos, 1920. Also in Handbuch der Physik vol. 8, H. Geiger and K. Scheel (eds.), Julius Springer, Berlin, 1927, pp. 425-449.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Die Maßnorm als kulturgeschichtliches Forschungsmittel", Festschrift Pater W. Schmidt, Wien, 1928, p. 303. And in Opera omnia, Jaap Kunst (ed.), Amsterdam, unpublished.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Zum Kongreß für arabische Musik - Kairo 1932", Zeitschrift für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, 1933, pp. 16-17.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von, and Robert Lachmann. "Das indische Tonsystem bei Bharata und sein Ursprung", Zeitschrift für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1 and 4, 1933, 1976, pp. 73-91.
  • Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Über einige Panpfeifen aus Nordwestbrasilien", History, definitions, and scope of ethnomusicology. Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 27-42.
  • Horne, Nigel. The Tonality of Middle Eastern Music, 5 pages.
  • Horner, Andrew and Lydia Ayers. "Common Tone Adaptive Tuning Using Genetic Algorithms", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 100 no. 1, July 1996, pp. 630-640.
  • Hörner, Sebastian von. "Universal Music", Psychology of Music vol. 2, 1974, pp. 18-28.
  • Hörner, Sebastian von. "The Definition of Major Scales with Chromatic Scales of 12, 19 and 31 Divisions per Octave", Psychology of Music vol. 4 no. 1, 1976, pp. 12-23.
  • Horowitz, Mindy D. "Modulation and the Tonoi according to Aristides Quintilianus", Theoria vol. 1, 1985.
  • Horton, Jim. "Electronic/Computer Music News", Ear Magazine vol. 8 no. 3, 1983, p. 11.
  • Horton, Jim. "Horton Hears a Who(-le Number Ratio)", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, San Francisco, pp. 1, 11-14.
  • Hothby, John. Opera omnia de proportionibus. 15th c., reprint American Institute of Musicology, Hänssler-Verlag, Neuhausen, 1997, 58 pages.
  • Houtgast, Tammo. "Subharmonic pitches of a pure tone at low S/N ratio", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 60, 1976, pp. 405-409.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "Discrimination of frequency ratios", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 44, 1968, p. 383(A).
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. and J.L. Goldstein. "The central origin of the pitch of complex tones: evidence from musical interval recognition", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 51 no. 2 (part 2), 1972, pp. 520-529.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "What Determines Musical Pitch?", Journal of Music Theory vol. 17 no. 1, 1973, pp. 138-155.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "Musical pitch of two-tone complexes and predictions by modern pitch theories", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 66, 1979, pp. 87-99.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "Pitch salience of various complex sounds", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 296-307.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M.; Thomas D. Rossing and W.M. Wagenaars. Auditory Demonstrations. Audio CD, Instituut voor Perceptie-Onderzoek (IPO), Eindhoven, 1987, Philips 1126-061.
  • Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. and J. Surzynski. "Pitch identification and discrimination for complex tones with many harmonics", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 87, 1990, pp. 304-310.
  • Howe, Hubert S. Jr. "Timbral Structures for Computer Music", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Evanston, 1978, pp. 214-224.
  • Howe, Hubert S. Jr. "19-Tone Theory and Applications", catalogue of papers accepted for the International Computer Music Conference 1993.
  • Howell, Peter; R. West and Ian Cross. "The detection of notes incompatible with scalar structure", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 76 no. 6, 1984, pp. 1682-1689.
  • Howell, Standley. "Ramos de Pareja's Brief discussion of various instruments", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 11, 1985, pp. 14-37.
  • Howell, Thomas. The Avant-Garde Flute. A Handbook for Composers and Flutists. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1974.
  • Huang, Xiangpeng. "Zhongguo chuantong yindiao de shuli luoji guanxi wenti" (Mathematical and logical relationships in traditional scales and modes), Zhongguo yinyuexue no. 3, 1986, pp. 9-27.
  • Hubbard, Frank. Three Centuries of Harpsichord Making. Cambridge MA, 1965.
  • Huber, Alfons. "Der österreichische Klavierbau im 18. Jahrhundert", Die Klangwelt Mozarts, Kunsthistorisches Museum Wien, 1991, pp. 47-54.
  • Huber, Alfons. "Konstruktionsprinzipien im Clavichordbau. Überlegungen zur Mensurierung, Stimmtonhöhe und Besaitung bei Clavichorden des 15. bis 18. Jahrhunderts", Musik muß man machen. Festschrift Josef Mertin zum 90. Geburtstag, Vom Pasqualatihaus, Wien, 1994.
  • Hubmann, Klaus. "Vom rechten Ton am Fagott. Zur Frage von Stimmton-Verhältnissen im Barock", Musik muß man machen. Festschrift Josef Mertin zum 90. Geburtstag, Vom Pasqualatihaus, Wien, 1994.
  • Hucbald of St. Amand. De harmonica institutione. c.880. E. de Coussemaker (ed.), Durand, Paris, 1866-1876. Martin Gerbert (ed.), Typis San-Blasianis, St. Blaise, 1784. Reprint G. Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1963.
  • Huchzermeyer, Helmut. Aulos und Kithara. PhD diss., Münster, 1931.
  • Hueber, Kurt Anton. "Pseudoharmonische Partialtonreihen, ihre ekmelischen Intervallstrukturen. Ein neuer Klangraum der Musiktheorie", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 29-47.
  • Hueber, Kurt Anton. "Mathematisch-physikalische Grundlagen einer ekmelischen Intervallehre", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 115-124.
  • Hueber, Kurt Anton. "Ekmelische Harmonik", Mikrotöne III, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990, pp. 41-49.
  • Huener, Thomas Joel. Wolfgang Caspar Printz' Phrynis Mitilenaeus: A narrative synopsis of musica poetica. PhD diss., U. of Iowa, 1989, 171 pages.
  • Huestis, Herbert L. "How to flip reeds to check for tuning stability", The Diapason vol. 91 no. 5, 2000, p. 22.
  • Huestis, Herbert L. "The Merits of Nearly Equal Temperament", The Diapason vol. 94 no. 8, 2003, p. 16.
  • Huestis, Herbert L. "Machine Tuning: Blessing or Curse - or Both?", The Diapason vol. 94 no. 9, 2003, p. 26.
  • Huey, Daniel. "Microtonal Serial Procedures in Ben Johnston's Second String Quartet, Mvt. I", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Hughes, Andrew. "Ugolino: The Monochord and Musica Ficta", Musica Disciplina vol. 23, 1969, pp. 21-39.
  • Hughes, David G. "Evidence for the Traditional View of the Transmission of Gregorian Chant", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 40 no. 3, autumn 1987, pp. 377-404.
  • Hughes, Thea Stanley. "The New Language of Music (book review of The Greek Aulos by Kathleen Schlesinger)", Movement, June 1948.
  • Huglo, Michel. "L'Introduction en Occident des formules Byzantines d'intonation", Studies in Eastern Chant vol. 3, Milos Velimirovic (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1973, pp. 81-90.
  • Hulen, Peter Lucas. "Ratiotonic temperament: A proposal for the organization of tones in art music as an alternative to dodecaphonic equal temperament", Actes des Journees d'informatique musicale '98 (JIM '98), Publications du Laboratoire de Mecanique et d'Acoustique no. 148, Marseille, May 1998, pp. C4.1-C4.8.
  • Hulen, Peter Lucas. "A Musical Scale in Simple Ratios of the Harmonic Series Converted to Cents of Twelve-Tone Equal Temperament for Digital Synthesis", WSEAS Transactions on Computers vol. 5 no. 8, August 2006, pp. 1713-1719.
  • Hulen, Peter Lucas. "A composition procedure for digitally synthesized music on logarithmic scales of the harmonic series", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, New York, 2010, 7 pages.
  • Hullmander, J.N. Principles of Music Chiefly Calculated for the Pianoforte or Harpsichord. London.
  • Hummel, Johann Nepomuk. Ausfürliche teoretisch-practische Anweisung zum Piano-Forte. Haslinger, Wien, 1828.
  • Hunt, Aaron. MegaScore Tour, WWW.
  • Hunt, Aaron. The Emancipation of Pitch. Self-published, 2003.
  • Huovinen, Erkki. "Categorical perception of microtonal intervals in simple tonal contexts", Proceedings of the Stockholm Music Acoustics Conference vol. 2, R. Bresin (ed.), Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan, Stockholm, 2003.
  • Huron, David. "Harmony: A Psychoacoustical Approach by Richard Parncutt (book review)", Psychology of Music vol. 19 no. 2, 1991, pp. 219-222.
  • Huron, David. "Cognitive Foundations of Musical Pitch. by Carol L. Krumhansl (book review)", Psychology of Music vol. 20 no. 1, 1992, pp. 180-185.
  • Huron, David. "Interval-Class Content in Equally Tempered Pitch-Class Sets: Common Scales Exhibit Optimum Tonal Consonance", Music Perception vol. 11 no. 3, 1994, pp. 289-305.
  • Hurwitz, Robert Irving. An investigation into the perception of root in harmonic intervals. PhD thesis, Indiana University, 1970, 64 pages.
  • Hüschen, Heinrich. "Der Harmoniebegriff im Musikschrifttum des Altertums und des Mittelalters", Bericht über den 7. Internationalen Musikwissenschaftlichen Kongress, Köln, 1958, Kassel, 1959.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. "Sieben afrikanische Tonleitern", Jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Peters vol. 44, 1937.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. "Olympos, die Anfänge der griechischen Enharmonik", Jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Peters vol. 44, 1937, pp. 29-44.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. "Eine neue Konsonanztheorie", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 9, 1952, p. 219.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. Vom Wesen der Konsonanz. Müller-Thiergarten Verlag, Heidelberg, 1953, 79 pages.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. "Gombosi: 'Tonarten und Stimmungen der antiken Musik' (Besprechung)", Musikforschung vol. 7, 1954, pp. 366-369. Also in: Göttingische Gelehrte Anzeigen vol. 211, 1957, p. 47.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. Einführung in die Musikwissenschaft. Quelle & Meyer, Heidelberg, 1958, 268 pages.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. Grundlagen der antiken und orientalischen Musikkultur. Berlin, 1961.
  • Husmann, Heinrich. "Zur Charakteristik der Schlickschen Temperatur", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 24, 1967, pp. 253-265.
  • Hutchinson, William and Leon Knopoff. "The acoustic component of Western consonance", Interface vol. 7, 1978, pp. 1-29.
  • Hutchison, Niels. "Music for measure. On the 300th Anniversary of Newton's 'Opticks'", WWW, 2004.
  • Hutchison, Niels. "Colour Music in Australia: De-mystifying De Maistre", WWW, 2008.
  • Huygens, Christiaan. Le cycle harmonique. Rotterdam, 1691; Novus cyclus harmonicus, Leiden, 1724. 2nd edition with English and Dutch translations, Rudolf Rasch (ed.), Tuning and temperament library vol. 6, Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1986.
  • Huygens, Christiaan. "Lettre touchant le Cycle Harmonique", Histoire des Ouvrages des Sçavans, Henri Basnage de Beauval (ed.), Rotterdam, October 1691, pp. 78-88.
  • Huygens, Christiaan. Cosmotheros, sive De terris coelestibus, earumque ornatu, conjecturae. The Hague, 1698, 1699.
  • Huygens, Christiaan. Oeuvres complètes. Tome premier, deuxième, troisième, quatrième, cinquième, sixième, septième, huitième, neuvième, dixième, dix-neuvième, vingtième, vingt-et-unième, vingt-et-deuxième. The Hague, 1888-1950.
  • Huystee, Th. van. "Over stemmen en stemmingen", Het Orgel vol. 70 no. 5, 1974.
  • Hyde, Fred B. The Position of Marin Mersenne in the History of Music. PhD dissertation, New Haven University, 2 vols., 1954, 631 pages.

- I -

  • Iazzetta, Fernando. "Escalas", WWW, 2000.
  • Ilerici, Kemal. Türk musîkîsi tonal sistemi ve armonisi. Istanbul, 1948, 1970.
  • Ilmonen, Tommi. "Tunings for guitars", WWW.
  • Incirci, Tahsin. Turkse muziek. Translated from Turkish to Dutch, adapted and supplemented by Wouter Swets (ed.), Nederlands Bibliotheek en Lektuur Centrum, Den Haag, 1985, 92 pages.
  • Interbartolo, Graziano and Paolo Venturino. BACH 1722: Il temperamento de Dio: Le scoperte e i significati del “Wohltemperirte Clavier”. Edizioni Bolla, Firenze, Finale Ligure, 2007.
  • Iring, Widogast. Die reine Stimmung in der Musik. Gebrüder Reinecke, Leipzig, 1898.
  • Irmann, Karel. "Ladeni klavesovych hudebnich nastrou", Hudebni nastroje vol. 6 no. 5, 1969, pp. 143-144.
  • Irvine, Demar B. "Toward a Theory of Intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 17 no. 4, April 1946, pp. 350-355.
  • Isacoff, Stuart M. Temperament. How Music Became a Battleground for the Great Minds of Western Civilization. Alfred Knopf, New York, 2001, 277 pages. Dutch translation by Henk Moerdijk Het octaaf. De juiste stemming in de muziek, De Bezige Bij, Amsterdam, 2002, 271 pages. Italian translation Temperamento. Storia di un enigma musicale, EDT, Torino, 2005, 296 pages.
  • Ives, Charles Edward. "Some 'Quarter-Tone' Impressions", Franco-American Music Society Bulletin vol. 25 no. 3, 1925: reprinted in Essays Before a Sonata and Other Writings, H. Boatwright (ed.), New York, 1962, p. 105.
  • Ives, Charles Edward. Memos. Reprint, John Kirkpatrick (ed.), Norton & Co., 1991.
  • Izawa, Hideyuki. "Alois Hába no "atarashii ongaku-yoshiki": Gengaku shijusokyoku 12 no baai" (Alois Hába's new music style in the string quartet op. 12), Musashino ongaku daigaku kenkyu kiyo vol. 24, 1992, pp. 17-36.
  • Izbickaja, Nadezda. K problemam intonacii sovremennoj horovoj muzyki: Na primere analiza horov Borisa Ljatosinskogo. PhD diss. summary, Music theory: Gosudarstvennaja Konservatorija im. P.I. Cajkovskogo, Kyjiv, 1987, 19 pages.

- J -

- K -

  • Kaçar, Gülçin Yahya. "Yorgo Bacanos’un Ud Icrasindaki Araliklar ve Arel Ezgi-Uzdilek Ses Sistemi’ne Göre Bir Karsilastirma" (The Intervals in the Ud performance of Yorgo Bacanos and a comparison with the Arel-Ezgi-Uzdilek tonal system), G.Ü. Gazi Egitim Fakültesi Dergisi vol. 22 no. 2, 2002, pp. 155-161.
  • Kak, Subhash. "The Idea of 22 Srutis", September 2001, 12 pages.
  • Kak, Subhash. "Early Indian Music", APSE Symposium on A Search in Asia for a New Theory of Music, Manila, February 2002, 24 pages.
  • Kakinuma, Toshie. The musical instruments of Harry Partch as an apparatus of production in musical theatre. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1989, 359 pages.
  • Kallen, Elliott. "Harry Partch and his music", Listener vol. 7 no. 2, March-April 2001, Englander Communications, Greenwich CT.
  • Kallenbach-Greller, Lotte. "Die historischen Grundlagen der Vierteltöne", Archiv für Musikwissenschaft vol. 8, Sept. 1927, pp. 473-485.
  • Kallman, Howard J. "Octave equivalence as measured by similarity ratings", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 32 no. 1, 1982, pp. 37-49.
  • Kameoka, A. and M. Kuriyagawa. "Consonance theory Part I: Consonance of Dyads", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 45 no. 6, 1969, pp. 1451-1459.
  • Kameoka, A. and M. Kuriyagawa. "Consonance theory Part II: Consonance of complex Tones and its calculation method", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 45 no. 6, 1969, pp. 1460-1469.
  • Kamleiter, Peter. Carl Stumpfs Theorie der Tonverschmelzung als Erklärung des Konsonanzphänomens. Diss., Universität Würzburg, 1993.
  • Kanno, Mieko. "Thoughts on how to play in tune: pitch and intonation", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, pp. 35-52.
  • Kantemir, Dmitri. Kitabu Ilm-il Musiki A’lâ Vechi’l Hurufat. Yalçin Tura (ed.), YKY, Istanbul, 2001.
  • Kanter, Jason. "About Temperaments", WWW, 2002.
  • Karadeniz, M. Ekrem. "Yeni Musiki sistemi", Baglama vol. 1, Gültekin Oransay (ed.), Ankara, 1965.
  • Karadeniz, M. Ekrem. Türk Mûsikîsinin Nazariye ve Esaslari (Theory and principles of Turkish music). Türkiye IS Bankasi Kültür Yayinlari, Publ. no. 237/238, Ankara, 1965, 1983, 811 pages.
  • Karaosmanoglu, M. Kemal. "Batida 12’li Tampere Sistem Disi Arayislar ve Iki Örnek: Partch - Daniélou", WWW, 2000.
  • Karaosmanoglu, M. Kemal and Can Akkoç. "Türk Musikisinde Icra-Teori Birligini Saglama Yolunda Bir Girisim", presentation to the 10th Müz-Dak (Türk Müzigi Dernek ve Vakiflari Dayanisma Konseyi) Symposium, Maçka Social Establishments, Istanbul Technical University, 4 December 2003.
  • Karaosmanoglu, M. Kemal. "Türk Musikisi Perdelerini Ölçüm, Analiz ve Test Teknikleri", Yildiz Teknik Üniversitesi Müzik Konferansi, Istanbul, 6 May 2004.
  • Karas, S. Harmoniá. Des Consonances (Synphonies) par Moyens harmoniques: les Intervalles musicaux. French translation by M. Bichel and S. Martinou, Société pour la Dissemination de la Musique Nationale, Manoutious, Athens, 1998.
  • Karkoschka, Erhard. Das Schriftbild der neuen Musik. Bestandsaufname neuer Notationssymbole. Anleitung zu deren Deutung, Realisation und Kritik. No. 4010, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1966, 186 pages. English translation by Ruth Koenig: Notation in new music, Universal Edition, London, 1972.
  • Karkoschka, Erhard. "Adriaan D. Fokker: Neue Musik mit 31 Tönen", Die Musikforschung vol. 22, 1969, pp. 115-116.
  • Karp, Cary. "A matrix technique for analyzing musical tuning systems", Acustica vol. 54, 1984, pp. 209-216.
  • Karpen, Richard, Douglas Keislar and Jerome Kohl (eds.) "Forum: Microtonality Today", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, 1992, pp. 172-262; no. 2, pp. 72-211.
  • Karrick, Brant Gilmore. An Examination of the Intonation Tendencies of Advanced Wind Instrumentalists Based on Their Performance of Selected Musical Intervals. PhD diss., The Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical College, 1994, 116 pages.
  • Karrick, Brant Gilmore. "An examination of the intonation tendencies of wind instrumentalists based on their performance of selected harmonic musical intervals", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 46, 1998, pp. 112-127.
  • Karstens, Heinrich. "Andreas Werckmeister", Ars Organi vol. 15, 1967, pp. 1088-1090.
  • Kasemets, Udo; Tina Pearson and Gordon Monahan. "A tradition of experimentation: James Tenney in conversation", Musicworks: The Journal of Sound Exploration no. 27, spring 1984, pp. 2-9, 20.
  • Kassel, Adrien and Christian Kassel. "On Hellegouarch's definition of musical scales", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 4 no. 1, 2010, pp. 31-43.
  • Kassel, Richard M. "Harry Partch in the Field", MusicWorks no. 51, autumn 1991, pp. 6-15.
  • Kassel, Richard M. The Evolution of Harry Partch's Monophony. PhD thesis, City University of New York, 1996, 153 pages.
  • Kassler, Jamie Croy. The science of music in Britain, 1714-1830: a catalogue of writings, lectures and inventions. Garland reference library of the humanities vol. 79, Garland, New York and London, 1979, 2 vols. 673 & 666 pages.
  • Kassler, Michael. "The tuning of Maxwell's Essay", Studia musicologica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae vol. 11, 1977, pp. 27-36.
  • Kastinen, Arja. Erään 15-kielisen kantelen akustisesta tutkimuksesta (An acoustical investigation of the 15-string kantele). Publication 5, Sibelius Academy Dept. of Folk Music, Helsinki, 2000.
  • Katayama, Chikako. "Theinred of Dover ni okeru kyowa-gainen" (Theinred of Dover's conceptualization of the degree of consonance), Tokyo geijutsu-daigaku ongaku-gakubu kiyo vol. 17, 1991, pp. 21-44.
  • Kaufmann, Henry William. "Vicentino's Archiorgano: An Annotated Translation", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5, April 1961, pp. 32-53.
  • Kaufmann, Henry William. "Vicentino and the Greek genera", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 16 no. 3, 1963, pp. 325-346.
  • Kaufmann, Henry William. The life and works of Nicola Vicentino (1511-c.1576). Rome, 1966. American Institute of Musicology, 1966.
  • Kaufmann, Henry William. "More on the tuning of the Archicembalo", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 23 no. 1, spring 1970, pp. 84-94.
  • Kaufmann, Henry William. "Francesco Orso's commentary on the chromatic writing of his first book of madrigals (1567)", Herz Festschrift, 1981, pp. 156-164.
  • Kaufmann, Knid and Martin Kaufmann. Le clavisimbalum d'Arnaut de Zwolle. Bulletin du Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale no. 54, Université de Paris, Paris, Feb. 1971.
  • Kaufmann, Walter. The Ragas of North India. International Affairs Center/Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1968. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1993.
  • Kaufmann, Walter. The Ragas of South India: a catalogue of scalar material. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1976.
  • Kayser, Hans. "Tagebuch vom Binntal", in Abhandlungen zur Ektypik harmonikaler Wertformen, Occidentverlag, Zürich, 1938, pp. 193-269. Reprint as Beiträge zur harmonikalen Grundlagenforschung, Heft 9, Lafite, Wien, 1977.
  • Kayser, Hans. Grundriss eines Systems der harmonikalen Wertformen. Max Niehans Verlag, Zürich und Leipzig, 1938, 350 pages.
  • Kayser, Hans. Lehrbuch der Harmonik. Occident Verlag, Zürich, 1950, 380 pages.
  • Kayser, Hans. Akróasis. Die Lehre von der Harmonik der Welt. Benno Schwabe und Co., Basel, 1946, reprint 1989. English translation Akróasis, the theory of world harmonics by Robert Lilienfeld, Plowshare Press, Boston, 1964.
  • Kayser, Hans. Ein harmonikaler Teilungskanon. Harmonikale Studien Heft 1, Occidentverlag, Zürich, 1946, 47 pages.
  • Kayser, Hans. Aufsätze aus dem Nachlaß. Lafite, Wien, 1975.
  • Keefe, Douglas H., Edward M. Burns and Phong T. Nguyen. "Vietnamese modal scales of the dan tranh", Music Perception vol. 8 no. 4, summer 1991, pp. 449-468.
  • Keenan, David C. "An algorithm for dynamically choosing the best 12 notes from an extended meantone", WWW, 1995.
  • Keenan, David C. "A strange 9-limit temperament", WWW, 1999.
  • Keenan, David C. "Harmonic errors in single-chain-of-equal-fifths tunings", WWW, 1999.
  • Keenan, David C. "Harmonic errors in equal tempered musical scales", WWW, 1999.
  • Keenan, David C. "A note on the naming of musical intervals", WWW, 1999.
  • Keenan, David C. "A method for optimally distributing any comma", WWW, Nov. 1999.
  • Keenan, David C. "Optimising JI guitar designs using linear microtemperaments or If it aint Baroque don’t waste your lute fixing it", Nov. 2003, Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 124-146.
  • Keers, Femke. "Ben Johnston", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 47-56.
  • Keidel, Wolf D. "Der Harmoniebegriff des Pythagoras aus sinnesphysiologischer Sicht", in Musik und Zahl - Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zum Grenzbereich zwischen Musik und Mathematik, Günther Schnitzler (ed.), Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976, pp. 201-292.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "A Programmable Microtonal Keyboard", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 6-9.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "Software for Real-Time Microtonal Control", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Den Haag, 1986, pp. 83-85.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "The Structure of Recognizable Diatonic Tunings by Easley Blackwood" (book review), Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 3, autumn 1987, pp. 50-52.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "History and Principles of Microtonal Keyboards", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987, pp. 18-28. Published with corrections as "History and Principles of Microtonal Keyboard Design", Report STAN-M-45, Stanford University, 1988.
  • Keislar, Douglas. Psychoacoustic Factors in Musical Intonation: Beats, Interval Tuning, and Inharmonicity. PhD thesis, Stanford University Department of Music Technical Report Stan-M-70, March 1991, 211 pages.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "Six American Composers on Nonstandard Tunings", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, winter 1991, pp. 176-211.
  • Keislar, Douglas. "The relevance of beating partials for musical intonation", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Montréal, 1993, pp. 202-205.
  • Keislar, Douglas. Music Notation Evaluation Procedure. Music Notation Modernization Association, Kirksville MO, 1994, 108 pages.
  • Kelleher, John Emil. Zarlino's 'Dimostrationi harmoniche' and Demonstrative Methodologies in the Sixteenth Century. PhD thesis, 1993, 405 pages.
  • Keller, Godfrey. A Compleat Method and a scale for tuning the Harpsichord or Spinet in A complet Method to Attaining to play a Thourough Bass. John Cullen, London, 1701, 1707. See William Holder, 1731.
  • Keller, Michaël. Monochordum, siue tractatus de ratione harmoniae musicae. In quo certa mensura, numeris decisa, non... demonstratur. Nissae, 1636.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. "Ein Beitrag zur Orgelbewegung. Vom Klangerlebnis in nichtgleichschwebenden Temperaturen", Instrumentenbau-Zeitschrift vol. 11, 1957, pp. 173-176.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. Zur musikalischen Temperatur, I. Johann Sebastian Bach und seine Zeit. Onckel Verlag, Kassel, 1960, reprint 1979, 96 pages. 2nd edition Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1981, 100 pages.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. "Zur Tonordnung (Wohltemperierung) im Werke Johann Sebastian Bachs", Festschrift Müller, 1960, pp. 19-26.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. "Zur 'Bachstimmung'", Das Musikinstrument vol. 9 no. 4, 1960.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. Ein Beitrag zur musikalischen Temperatur der Musikinstrumente vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart. Wandel und Goltermann, Reutlingen, 1966, 43 pages.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. "Zu Helmut K.H. Langes Besprechung von Ein Beitrag zur Musikalischen Temperatur der Musikinstrumente vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart. Eine Erwiderung", Die Musikforschung vol. 22 no. 3, July-Sept. 1969, pp. 344-348.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. "Zur Frage der Tonordnung bei der Restaurierung alter Orgeln", The Organ Yearbook vol. 8, 1977, pp. 61-63.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. Zur musikalischen Temperatur, II. Wiener Klassik. Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1982, 158 pages.
  • Kelletat, Herbert. Zur musikalischen Temperatur, III. Franz Schubert. Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1994, 95 pages.
  • Kelley, Clarence Moore. Atlas of the Natural Enharmonic Scale and the Equal Temperament Chromatic Scale. Dedham MA, 1930.
  • Kelley, Robert Tyler. "Charting Enharmonicism on the Just-Intonation Tonnetz: A Practical Approach to Neo-Riemannian Analysis", Annual Meeting of Music Theory Southeast, Davidson NC, March 2003, 49 pages.
  • Kelley, Robert Tyler. Mod-7 Transformations in Post-Functional Music. PhD diss., Florida State University, March 2005, 157 pages.
  • Kelling, Frits. "Analyse van een 31-toonscompositie 'Vier stukken voor strijkkwartet' van Hans Kox", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 57-71.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. Harmonische Tonleiter, Mitteltönigkeit und Kirnbergerstimmung. Hochschule für Musik, Berlin, 1975.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Musikinstrumente in fester, optimierter ungleichschwebender Stimmung für alle Tonarten", 1975.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das 'Schweb', eine neue Maßeinheit für verstimmte Intervalle", Das Musikinstrument vol. 25 no. 5, 1976, p. 809.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. German patent DE 25 58 716 C3: "Musikinstrumente in fester, optimierter ungleichschwebender Stimmung für alle 24 Tonarten", claimed 21 Dec. 1975, granted 14 May 1981.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. Wie stimme ich selbst mein Cembalo?. Series: Das Musikinstrument vol. 18, Frankfurt a.M., 1976, 1979, 49 pages. 3rd edition, Bochinsky, Frankfurt a.M., 1986, 73 pages. English translation The tuning of my harpsichord, Verlag Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1980, 54 pages. Japanese translation Cembalo Choritsu: Bach no Hibiki o saigen suru by Sumi Gunji, 1990, 68 pages.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Eine Rekonstruktion der wohltemperierten Stimmung von Johann Sebastian Bach", Das Musikinstrument vol. 26 no. 1, 1977, pp. 34-35.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Eine neue Stimmkontrolle für die gleichschwebende Temperatur", Das Musikinstrument vol. 26, 1977, p. 178.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Betrachtungen zur Stimmung Werckmeister III von 1691", Das Musikinstrument vol. 26, 1977, pp. 995-996.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Sur quelques aspects de l'accord du clavecin bien tempéré", Das Musikinstrument vol. 27 no. 9, 1977, p. 1332.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das ungleichstufige, wohltemperierte Tonsystem", Bach-Stunden, Festschrift für Helmut Walcha zum 70. Geburtstag, W. Dehnhard & G. Ritter (eds.), Evang. Presseverband in Hessen und Nassau, Frankfurt a.M., 1978, pp. 75-91.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Wie genau kann mann die Bach-Stimmung nach den Gehör legen?", ? vol. 27 no. 1, 1978, Frankfurt a.M., pp. 35-17.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Was Bach a Mathematician?", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 2 no. 2, April 1978, pp. 32-36.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "A mathematical approach: Reconstructing J.S. Bach's Keyboard temperament", Bach, the quarterly journal of the Riemenschneider Bach Institute vol. 10 no. 4, Berea OH, October 1979, pp. 2-8, 22. Reprint in Bach vol. 30 no. 1, summer 1999.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Die ungleichstufige Wohltemperierung Bachs auf Bösendorfer-Konzertflügeln", Das Musikinstrument vol. 28, 1979, pp. 1197-1198.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "'Das wohltemperirte Clavier': Tuning and Musical Structure", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 2, April 1980, pp. 137-140.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Bach's temperament [correspondence]", Early Music vol. 9 no. 1, January 1981, p. 141.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das C-dur-Praeludium BWV 846 und Forkels Variante", Gesellschaft für Musikforschung, Report, Bayreuth 1981, pp. 332-339.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "J'accorde mon clavecin", Das Musikinstrument vol. 31, Frankfurt a.M., 1982.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Sur quelques aspects de l'accord du clavecin bien tempéré", Revue Musicale de Suisse Romande vol. 35 no. 1, 1982, pp. 26-32.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Temperaments for all 24 Keys: A Systems-Analysis", Acustica vol. 52 no. 2, Stuttgart, 1982, pp. 106-113.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Is there an enigma in Werckmeister's 'Musicalische Temperatur'?", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 3 no. 7, 1984, pp. 134-136.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "One typographical enigma in Werckmeister, 'Musicalische Temperatur'", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 3 no. 8, 1985, pp. 146-151.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Did Werckmeister already know the tuning of J.S. Bach for the '48'?", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 4 no. 1, 1985, pp. 7-11.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das wohltemperirte Clavier: Implications de l'accord inégal pour l'oeuvre et son autographe", translated by Christian Meyer. Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 143-157.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "A propos d'une réimpression de la 'Musikalische Temperatur' (1691) de Werckmeister", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 184-187.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Neue Perspektiven der Bach-Forschung. Das Rätsel von Bachs Cembalostimmung", Österreichische Musikzeitschrift vol. 40 no. 2-3, 1985, pp. 73-81.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Comment Bach accordait-il son clavecin?", Flûte à Bec et instruments anciens vol. 13-14, SDIA, Paris, 1985.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "How Bach quantified his well-tempered tuning within the Four Duets", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 4 no. 2, 1986, pp. 21-27.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "F.W. Marpurg's Comments of 1776 on J.S. Bach's Tuning", Das Musikinstrument vol. 35 no. 2, 1986, pp. 74-75.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Barocke Akustik und Numerologie in den 'Vier Duetten': Bachs 'musikalische Temperatur'", Bericht über den Internationalen Musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Stuttgart 1985, Dietrich Berke and Dorothea Hanemann (eds.), Alte Musik als ästhetische Gegenwart vol. 1, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1987, pp. 439-449.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Einführung in die Praxis historischer Stimmungen", Pianoflügelbau, 1991, pp. 353-361.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Kepler, Bach and Gauß, The Celestial Harmony of the Earth's Motion", BACH, Journ. Riemenschn. Bach Inst. vol. 25 no. 1, 1994, pp. 46-56.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Le tempérament inégal de Werckmeister / Bach et l'alphabet numérique de Henk Dieben", Revue de Musicologie vol. 80 no. 2, 1994, pp. 283-298.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "A Visualization of Organ Tunings for Perception of their Structure", Das Musikinstrument vol. 44 no. 10, 1995, p. 76.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "J.S. Bach's Well-Tempered Unequal System for Organs", The Tracker vol. 40 no. 3, Organ Historical Society, Richmond, 1996, pp. 21-27.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Stimmungssysteme des 17. und 18. Jahrhunderts", Alte Musik und Musikpädagogik, Symp., Hochschule für Musik und Darstellende Kunst, Wien, Hartmut Krones (ed.), Reihe Wiener Schriften zur Stilkunde und Aufführungspraxis Bd. 1, Böhlau, Wien/Köln/Weimar, 1997, pp. 235-265.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Über die Cembalostimmung für Das wohltemperirte Clavier", Michaelsteiner Konferenzberichte vol. 52, "Stimmungen im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert, Vielfalt oder Konfusion?", G. Fleischhauer, Monika Lustig, W. Ruf, F. Zschoch (eds.), Michaelstein, 1997, pp. 35-44.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. Musikalische Temperatur bei J.S. Bach und seinen Söhnen. H.A. Kellner, Paris, 1998.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Baroque-style Organs well-tempered according to Werckmeister/Bach; Bien tempérer les orgues de style baroque selon Werckmeister/Bach; Orgeln barocken Stils, wohltemperiert nach Werckmeister/Bach", International Society of Organbuilders Journal vol. 4, 1999, pp. 8-14.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "A Mathematical Approach Reconstituting J.S. Bach's Keyboard Temperament", Bach vol. 30 no. 1, 1999, pp. 1-9.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Considering the Tempering Tonality B-Major in Well-Tempered Clavier II", Bach vol. 30 no. 1, 1999, pp. 10-25.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "How BACH encoded his name into 'Die Kunst der Fuge' together with his tuning", Diapason, May 1999, pp. 14-15.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Göttliche Unität und mathematische Ordnung: Zahlenalphabet und Gematria von A. Werckmeister bis J.S. Bach", Österreichische Musikzeitung vol. 55 no. 11-12, 2000, pp. 8-16.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Johann Sebastian Bach: the well tempered tuning is unequal", WWW, 2001.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Bach-Numerologie-Gematria", WWW, 2001.
  • Kellner, Herbert Anton. Musicalische Temperatur der Bachsöhne. Self-published, 2001, 90 pages.
  • Kemal, Mustafa. "Türk Musikisi Nota Girisi, Baski ve Icra Yazimili", WWW, 2002.
  • Kemal, Mustafa. "Batida 12'li Tampere Sistem Disi Arayislar Iki Örnek: Partch - Daliélou", WWW, 2002.
  • Kennedy, Keith. "The Ancient Four-note Musical Scale of the Maori", Mankind vol. 1/2, 1931, pp. 11-14.
  • Kennedy, Keith. "The music system of the Fijians", Mankind vol. 1/2, 1931, p. 37.
  • Kent, Christopher. "Tuning & temperament and the British organ, 1750-1850: A century of change viewed through the repertoire", BIOS: Journal of the British Institute of Organ Studies vol. 14, 1990, pp. 21-34.
  • Kent, Earle L. "Influence of irregular patterns in the inharmonicity of piano tone partials upon piano tuning practice", Musical Acoustics, Piano and Wind Instruments, Benchmark Papers in Acoustics vol. 9, reprinted from Dokumentation Europiano Kongreß Berlin 1965. 1966 by Fordergemeinschaft Klavier e.V. Published by Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross Inc., Stroudburg, Pennsylvania, 1977. Also in Das Musikinstrument vol. 31, 1982, pp. 1008-1013.
  • Kepler, Johannes. Harmonices mundi (Weltharmonik). 1619.
  • Kergomard, J., and X. Meynial. "Systèmes micro-intervalles pour les instruments de musique à vent avec trous latéraux", Journale Acoustique vol. 1, 1988, pp. 255-270.
  • Kessler, E.J., C. Hansen and R.N. Shepard. "Tonal schemata in the perception of music in Bali and in the West", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 2, winter 1984, pp. 131-156.
  • Ketels, M. "Stemmingen", Musica Antiqua, 1984.
  • Khatschi, Khatschi. Der Dastgâh, Studien zur neuen, persischen Musik. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung, Band 19, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1962.
  • Khatschi, Khatschi. "Das Intervalsbildungsprinzip des persischen Dastgâh Shur", Jahrbuch für musikalische Volks- und Völkerkunde vol. 3, 1967, pp. 70-84, 128-133.
  • Khoshzamir, Mojtaba. Aspects of the Persian Tasnif. Unpublished master thesis, UIUC, 1972.
  • Khoshzamir, Mojtaba. Ali Naqi Vaziri and his Influence on Music and Music Education in Iran. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, UIUC, 1979.
  • Khramov, Mykhaylo. "Project Commator and Sonantometry", Proceedings of the International Symposium Frontiers of Research on Speach and Music (FRSM-2008), 20-21 February 2008, Kolkata, pp. 133-140.
  • Khramov, Mykhaylo. "Approximation of 5-limit just intonation. Computer MIDI Modeling in Negative Systems of Equal Divisions of the Octave", Proceedings of the International Conference on Signal Processing and Multimedia Applications (SIGMAP-2008), 26-29 July 2008, Porto, pp. 181-184.
  • Khramov, Mykhaylo. "Bayan and 31EDO system", WWW, 2009.
  • Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. Die Musik der Araber, nach Originalquellen dargestellt. Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1842. Reprint Breitkopf und Härtel, Wiesbaden, 1968, 1983. Sändig Reprint Verlag, Shaan, 1977.
  • Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. "Über Tonmessungen und Temperaturen", Cäcilia no. 83, 1842.
  • Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. Der neuen Aristoxener; zerstreute Aufsätze über das Irrige der musikalischen Arithmetik und das Eitle ihrer Temperaturrechnungen. Gesammelt, und mit einer historisch-kritischen Einleitung als Vorrede. Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1846. Reprint: Martin Sändig, Breitkopf und Härtel, Wiesbaden, 1971, 68 pages.
  • Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. "Die sogenannte vollkommen gleichschwebende Temperatur, ohne Logarithmen, graphisch, technisch und praktisch ausgeführt", Cäcilia vol. 26, 1847, pp. 137-142.
  • Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. Über die Oktave des Pitagoras. Leipzig, 1848.
  • Killian, Gotthard. Die Monochordschule des Pythagoras und das Musika Lisch - Organische: Die Wiederentdeckung der Alt-Griechischen Planetenskalen. Blue Hill Publishing, Basel/Melbourne, 2006, 318 pages.
  • Kilmer, A.D. "The Strings of Musical Instruments: their Names, Numbers and Significance", Assyriological Studies vol. 16, 1965, pp. 261–268.
  • Kilmer, A.D. "The Discovery of an Ancient Mesopotamian theory of music", Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society vol. 115, 1971, pp. 131–49.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "Retrofretting for Non-Twelve Scales", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 3 no. 6, April 1988, pp. 11-14. Revised version, WWW, 2003.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "Toward a Music of the Hyperspheres", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 1, June 1990, pp. 6-9.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "Just Modulation Computer Program & 13-Tone ET Score", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 65-70.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "The 13 Tone Ensemble", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 2, December 1992, p. 5.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "Just Intonation Cardboard Bongos", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 2, December 1992, p. 5.
  • Kimball, Buzz. "Visions of the enharmonic, and incursions in building and playing 31 tone equal temperament guitars", Thirty One vol. 1, Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 2004, pp. 79-85.
  • Kimpel, Dan. "Stephen James Taylor: Taylor-Making A New Musical Vocabulary", Film Music vol. 1 no. 5, Nov/Dec 1998, pp. 28-29.
  • King, Anthony. "The Construction and Tuning of the Kora", African Language Studies vol. 13, 1972, pp. 113-136.
  • Kirby, Percival R. "The recognition and practical use of the harmonics of stretched strings by the Bantu of South Africa", Bantu Studies vol. 6, 1932.
  • Kirby, Percival R. "Physical Phenomena which appear to have determined the Bases and Development of an Harmonic Sense among Bushmen, Hottentot and Bantu, as I have observed them in Southern Africa", Bericht über den Siebenten Internationalen Musikwissenschaftlichen Kongress Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Kirby, Wayne J. "Design for a Microtone and Brain Wave Generator", WWW, 1998.
  • Kirck, George T. "Computer Realization of Extended Just Intonation Compositions", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987, pp. 69-75.
  • Kirk, R.E. "Tuning preferences for piano unison groups", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 31 no. 12, 1959, pp. 1644-1648.
  • Kirnbauer, Martin. "Si possono suonare i Madrigali del Principe’ – Die Gamben G. B. Donis und chromatisch-enharmonische Musik in Rom im 17. Jahrhundert", Schweizer Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 22, 2002.
  • Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Construction der gleichschwebenden Temperatur. Berlin, 1764.
  • Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. "Anweisung zum Clavierstimmen", Johann Philipp Kirnbergers Clavierübungen, ... Vierte Sammlung, Friedrich Wilhelm Birnstiel, Berlin, 1766.
  • Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Die Kunst des reinen Satzes in der Musik I. Theil. Heinrich August Rottmann, Berlin/Königsberg, 1774, 250 pages. II. Theil. G.J. Decker und G.L. Hartung, Berlin/Königsberg, 1776-1779, Wien, 1793, 252 pages. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1968.
  • Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Letter to Johann Nikolaus Forkel, ca. 1779, in "Briefe von Kirnberger an Forkel", H. Bellerman (ed.), Allgemeine Musikalische Zeitung, 1871, p. 34.
  • Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Articles "Stimmen" and "Stimmung", in Allgemeine Theorie der schöne Künste ..., Johann Georg Sulzer (ed.), Leipzig, 1786-1787.
  • Kittler, Friedrich. "Vernehmen, was du wähnst. Über neuzeitliche Musik als akustische Täuschung", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik, September/Oktober 1997, pp. 4-9. Reprint in Kaleidoskopein vol. 2, Leipzig, 1997, pp. 8-16.
  • Kjersgaard, Mads. "Sanning och osanning om tempereringar", Orgelforum vol. 24, 2002, pp. 70-75, 110-118.
  • Klause, Inna. "The Life and work of Aleksandr Kenel, colleague of Georgy Rimsky-Korsakov in the circle of Quarter-Tone Music", Proceedings of the Rimsky-Korsakov Meeting, 19-22 March 2010, Saint-Petersburg, 2010, pp. 307-313.
  • Klein, Rolf Bernd. Die Intervallehre in der deutschen Musiktheorie des 16. Jahrhunderts. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung vol. 157, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1989, 284 pages.
  • Klein, Sigmund. "Quarter-Tone Data", Pro Musica Quarterly, March 1925, p. 21.
  • Klerk, Dirk de. "Equal Temperament", Acta musicologica vol. 51 no. 1, January-June 1979, pp. 140-150.
  • Klokken no. 1 en 2, verslag van de enquête door N.V. Eijsbouts naar het gebruik van de middentoonstemming voor beiaarden. Asten, 1951.
  • Klop, Gerrit C. Stemmen van clavecimbels. Werkplaats voor clavecimbelbouw, Garderen, 1974. Translation by Glen Wilson Harpsichord tuning, a course outline, Garderen, 1974. Reprint Sunbury Press, 30 pages.
  • Kloppenburg, Wim. "Een merkwaardig boekje over klavierspel", Mens en Melodie vol. 3 no. 8, August 1948, pp. 229-232.
  • Klösch, Gerhard. "Der unendliche Tonvorrat der reinen Stimmung und seine Realisierung durch relationale Notenschrift und Schiebetastatur", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 221-226.
  • Klösch, Gerhard. "Von der Eulerschen Konsonanztheorie zum relationalen Tonsystem. Ordnung in der Unendlichkeit der Töne", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 51-64.
  • Klösch, Gerhard. "Periodenstrukturen als Grundlage einer mathematisch fundierten Harmonielehre", Mikrotöne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Klösch, Gerhard. "Der Home-Computer als mikrotonale Heimorgel für beliebige Tonsysteme", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Klumpenhouwer, Henry. "The Cartesian Choir", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 14 no. 1, spring 1992, pp. 15-37.
  • Klumpenhouwer, Henry. "Dualist Tonal Space and Transformation in Nineteenth-Century Musical Thought", The Cambridge History of Western Music Theory, Thomas Christensen (ed.), Cambridge University Press, 2002, pp. 456–476.
  • Kluth, Reinhard. "Heinrich Wilhelm Stolzes 'Wohltemperirte Orgel'. Überraschender Fund wird jetzt neu veröffentlicht", Musik und Kirche vol. 73, 2003, p. 393.
  • Knight, Roderic C. "Vibrato Octaves: Tunings and modes of the Mande balo and kora", Progress Reports in Ethnomusicology vol. 3 no. 4, University of Maryland Baltimore County, 1991, pp. 1-49.
  • Knudsen, Vern. O. "Some Cultural Applications of Modern Acoustics", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 9 no. 3, January 1938, pp. 175-184.
  • Knutsen, Torbjørn. "Alois Hába", Norsk musikkgranskning, Oslo, 1937, pp. 63-66.
  • Koehler, Laurie. Pythagoräisch-platonische Proportionen in Werken der ars nova und ars subtilior. Kassel, 1990, 2 vols, 285 and 169 pages.
  • Koenig, Gottfried Michael. "Kommentar zu Stockhausen...Wie die Zeit verging...zu Fokker Wozu und Warum?", Die Reihe vol. 8, 1962, pp. 73-92.
  • Koenig, Laura Jeanne. 'Air à la grecque': a quarter-tone piece for flute in the historical context of the enharmonic genre in eighteenth-century French music and theory (Charles de Lusse). MA thesis, University of Iowa, 1995, 150 pages.
  • Koenigsberg, Christopher K. "Karlheinz Stockhausen's New Morphology of Musical Time", seminar paper, Mills College, Oakland, December 1991.
  • Koepf, Siegfried. "Zum Nichttemperierten 48-Ton-System", Feedback Papers vol. 40, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, July 1994, pp. 16-27.
  • Kogut, Gennadiy Aleksandrovich, and Mikhael Sergeevich Shadrin. "The basic sound opportunities of 17-notes equal temperament" (in Ukrainian), "Ukrainian music scientific", vol. 4, edition "The Musical Ukraine", Kiev, 1969, pp. 203-217.
  • Kogut, G. "41-notes equal temperament and use of its (her) opportunities in folk music notation" (in Ukrainian), "A scientific slip" (An art series) the edition of the Ternopol Pedagogical University by V. Gnatiuk, vol. 1 no. 2, 1999, pp. 96-104.
  • Kogut, G. "From acoustic realities - to music of the future" (in Ukrainian), "A scientific slip" (An art series), the edition of the Ternopol Pedagogical University by V. Gnatiuk, vol. 2 no. 3, 1999, pp. 13-21.
  • Kogut, G. "Microtonal structures and some of their models" (in Ukrainian), Scientific bulletin of the National Music Academy of Ukraine, P. Chaikovskiy (ed.), Music knowledge: from XX to XXI century vol. 7, Kiev, 2000, pp. 178-197.
  • Kogut, G. "Microtonal scales as interval-gradient of structure" (in Ukrainian), Theoretical and practical questions in music theory: Ukraine musicology on the verge of centuries vol. 31, Melitopol, 2002, pp. 140-153.
  • Kogut, G. "Microintervallic - or 'again same do - re - mi ...?'" (in Ukrainian), Ukrainian music knowledge: scientific-methodical collection vol. 31, P.I. Chaikovskiy (ed.), National Music Academy of Ukraine, Kiev, 2002, pp. 193-205.
  • Kogut, G. "Acoustic phenomena as events" (in Ukrainian), Scientific notes of the Ternopol state pedagogical university by V. Gnatjuk, P.I. Chaikovskiy (ed.), series: Music knowledge vol. 1 no. 10, National Music Academy of Ukraine, 2003, pp. 60-67.
  • Kogut, G. Mikrotonovya muzyka. (in Russian), Naukova dumka, Kiev, 2005, 264 pages.
  • Kogut, G. "Alexei Ogolevets", WWW, 2008.
  • Kohl, Jerome. "Tuning Pure Intervals", Traverso vol. 1 no. 2, April 1991, pp. 1-2.
  • Kohl, Randall Charles. The Hawaiian slack key guitar tradition as performed by Raymond K. Kane: An analysis of performance and composition techniques in Taro Patch and other tunings. MA thesis, Music, U. of Hawaii, 1990, 374 pages.
  • Koizumi, Fumio. Nihon dento ongaku no kenkyu 1: Minyo kenkyu hoho to onkai no kihon kozo (Research on Japanese traditional music 1: methods of folksong research and the structural basis of musical scales). Ongaku no tomo-sha, 1958.
  • Kok, W. Harmonische orgels. The Hague, 1955, with English summary.
  • Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "A New Equi-Distant 12-Tone Temperament", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 12 nos. 2-3, 1959, pp. 210-214.
  • Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "The Origin of the Indian 22-Tone System", Studies in Ethnomusicology vol. 1, 1961, pp. 3-18.
  • Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "Consonance and dissonance", Ethnomusicology vol. 6 no. 2, 1962, pp. 66–74.
  • Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "Gestalt Hearing of Intervals", The Commonwealth of Music (Festschrift for Curt Sachs), G. Reese and R. Brandel (eds.), Free Press, New York, 1965, pp. 368-374.
  • Kolk, Dieter. Zahl und Qualität : Abhandlungen zur Harmonik Hans Kaysers. Schriften über Harmonik Nr. 19, Kreis der Freunde um Hans Kayser, Bern, 1995, 456 pages.
  • Kollmann, August Friederich Christoph. An essay on musical harmony according to the nature of that science. London, 1796.
  • Kollmann, August Friederich Christoph. A New Theory of Musical Harmony. London, 1806. Revised ed., 1823.
  • König, Alfred P. "Barockgitarre und Theorbe: Eine interessante Entdeckung beim Vergleich ihrer Stimmung", Gitarre & Laute vol. 14 no. 1, 1992, pp. 19-20.
  • Koperdraat, Michiel. "Griekse muziek, hoe zit dat nou eigenlijk in elkaar?", Lychnari no. 1, 1999.
  • Kopiez, Reinhard. "Intonation of harmonic intervals: Adaptability of expert musicians to equal temperament and Just Intonation", Music Perception vol. 20 no. 4, 2003, pp. 383-410.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald Otto. Musical Acoustic based on the pure Third-System. Wilhelm Hansen Musik-Forlag, Copenhagen and Leipzig, 1922.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald Otto. Die Hochteilung der Oktave. Copenhagen, 1930.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald Otto. Das Tonsystem des Italieners Zarlino vom Jahr 1558, 1930 in ein modernes Wertbezug-System zur Würdigung der 31-, 19- und 12-tönigen Temperaturen umgebildet. Ein sehr konzentrierter Extrakt. Self-published, Copenhagen, 1930, 16 pages. Translated from Danish to German by P. Friedrich Paulsen.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Akustische Gesetze für die Akkord- und Skala-Bildung. Copenhagen, 1930.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Das Goldene Tonsystem als Fundament der theoretischen Akustik. Aschehoug Forlag, Copenhagen, 1930.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Die Vorläufer der gleichschwebenden Temperaturen mit 19 oder 31 Tönen in der Oktave. Translated from Danish to German by P. Friedrich Paulsen. J. Jorgensen, Copenhagen, 1930.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Von der Urform 5-Toniger Skalen zu den goldenen Tönen elektrischer Instrumente. Copenhagen, 1931.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Die akustische Atomtheorie angewandt auf das pythagoraische Tonsystem. Copenhagen, 1931.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Acoustic methods of work in relation to systematic comparative musicology. Translated by Maurice Baruel, J. Jorgensen and Co., Copenhagen, 1934.
  • Kornerup, Thorwald. Acoustic Valuation of Intervals by Aid of the Stable Tone-System. Translated by Jean Ferguson. Aschehoug Forlag, Copenhagen, 1938.
  • Kostelanetz, Richard. "A Conversation, in Eleven-Minus-One Parts, with Lou Harrison about Music/Theatre", Musical Quarterly, 1992, p. 383.
  • Kostujak, Wolfgang. "Logarithmus und Legende. Bachs 'Wohltemperiertes Clavier' zwischen Denksport und musikalischer Praxis", Sendemanuskript, DeutschlandRadio Kultur, 8 June 2004, 22.00 h.
  • Kostujak, Wolfgang. "Sammlung verschiedener Stimmanweisungen zum stimmpraktischen Unterricht an der FolkwangHochschule Essen", WWW, 2006.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "The World of Small Pitches", unpublished lecture presented at the Nordlyd Festival, Trondheim, 1995.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Tendenzen der Mikrotonmusik", ton vol. 4/96-1/97, IGNM, Wien, 1997.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Integrative Musik - Mikrotöne und Klangfarbe". ton vol. 4/96-1/97, IGNM, Wien, 1997.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Standortbestimmung. Erfahrungen mit Naturtonmusik", ton vol. 4/96-1/97, IGNM, Wien, 1997.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Auf dem Weg zu Mikroharmonik", Musikwissenschaft - Musikpraxis. Festschrift für Horst-Peter Hesse zum 65. Geburtstag, Kai Bachmann and Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 2000.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Musik im 21. Jahrhundert. Gedanken zur Entwicklung der Ekmelischen Musik", WWW.
  • Kotschy, Johannes. "Systematik der mikrotonalen Musik", WWW.
  • Kottick, Edward L. "Treatise on harpsichord tuning (book review)", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 6/7, 1988/89, pp. 214-218.
  • Kottick, Edward L. "Bonifazio Asioli and Equal Temperaments", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 9, 1991.
  • Kottick, Edward L. "The Truth About Temperaments", The Big Red Book of American Lutherie vol. 1, Guild of American Luthiers, Tacoma WA, 1999, p. 386.
  • Kottick, Edward L. "Mark Lindley: Lutes, Viols and Temperaments (book review)", The Big Red Book of American Lutherie vol. 1, Guild of American Luthiers, Tacoma WA, 1999, p. 488.
  • Kraft, Sönke. "Musiktheorie", WWW, 2002.
  • Kragl, Florian. "Zur Stimmung von Xylophonen in Malawi und Nordmoçambique. Kritischer Forschungsbericht und Untersuchungen", Frankfurter Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 6, 2003, pp. 85-133.
  • Krähenbühl, David and Christopher Schmidt. "On the Development of Musical Systems", Journal of Music Theory vol. 6 no. 1, spring 1962, pp. 32-65.
  • Kramer, Jonathan. "The Fibonacci Series in Twentieth-Century Music", Journal of Music Theory vol. 17 no. 1, 1973, pp. 110-148.
  • Krammer, Anton. "Rationale und irrationale Harmonie", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge 1994, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1995, pp. 73-128.
  • Kranenburg, Peter van. Klavierstemmingen in 17e-eeuwse geschriften. WWW, 2001, 11 pages.
  • Krantz, Richard J. and Jack Douthett. "A measure of reasonableness of equal-tempered musical scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 95 no. 6, June 1994, pp. 3642-3650.
  • Krantz, Richard J. and Jack Douthett. "Construction and interpretation of equal-tempered scales using frequency ratios, maximally even sets, and p-cycles", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 107 no. 5, May 2000, pp. 2725–2734.
  • Krantz, Richard J. and Jack Douthett. "Algorithmic and computational approaches to pure-tone approximations of equal-tempered musical scales", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 5 no. 3, 2011, pp. 171-194.
  • Kraus, Sabine: Die Konzertharfe in der ekmelischen Musik. Master thesis, Hochschule Mozarteum, Salzburg, 2000.
  • Krebs, Karl. "Die besaiteten Klavierinstrumente bis zum Anfang des 17. Jahrhunderts", Vierteljahresschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 8, 1892.
  • Kreichi, Stanislav. "ANS continues to work" (in Russian), Muzykal'naja Akademija no. 4, 1999.
  • Kremer, Joseph-François. Rameau, l'harmonie et les méprises de la tradition. Méridiens-Klincksieck, Paris, 1986.
  • Krenek, Ernst. Über neue Musik: sechs Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die theoretischen Grundlagen. Ringbuchhandlung, Wien, 1937, 108 pages. English translation Music here and now, 1939.
  • Kreyszig, Walter Kurt. "Preparing Editions and Translations of Humanist Treatises on Music: Franchino Gaffurio's 'Theorica Musice' (1492)", Music Discourse from Classical to Early Modern Times. Editing and Translating Texts, Papers given and the 26th Conference on Editorial Problems, University of Toronto, 19-20 October 1990, Maria Rika Maniates (ed.), University of Toronto Press, Toronto, 1997, pp. 71-95.
  • Krickeberg, D. "Studien zu Stimmung und Klang der Querflöte zwischen 1500 und 1850", Jahrbuch des Staatlichen Instituts für Musikforschung, 1968.
  • Krohn, Ilmari. "Das akustische Harmonium der Universität zu Helsingfors", Bericht über den zweiten Kongress der internationalen Musikgesellschaft zu Basel vom 25.-27. September 1906, Leipzig, 1907, pp. 75-83.
  • Kroman, Kai. "Wedell's 31-system", Musik. Tidsskrift for Tonekunst vol. 1 no. 1, Copenhagen, 1917, pp. 6-7, no. 2 pp. 13-14, no. 5 pp. 46-48, no. 6 pp. 58-61.
  • Kronman, Ulf. "Acoustics of the steelpan: Tone generation and tuning--an introductory study of methods for measurements", Speech transmission laboratory no. 4, 1988, pp. 59-73.
  • Kronman, Ulf. Steel pan tuning: A handbook for steel pan making and tuning. Musikmuseets skrifter no. 20, Musikmuseet, Stockholm, 1992, 174 pages.
  • Kroyer, Theodor. Die Anfänge der Chromatik im italienischen Madrigal des XVI. Jahrhunderts. 1902.
  • Krueger, Felix. "Differenztöne und Konsonanz", Archiv für die gesamte Psychologie vol. 1 & 2, 1903.
  • Krüger, Hans. "Die Verstimmung (scordatura, discrodatura) auf Saiten-Instrumenten in Beziehung zur klanglichen Einrichtung der Instrumente und zum Tonsystem und ihre Folgen auf die Aufführungspraxis", Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Krüger, Walther. "Bemerkungen zur Stimmungscharakteristik und stimmungsmassigen Adaptionsfähigkeit bei Blasinstrumenten", Bericht über das 3. Symposium zu Fragen der Streichinstrumente, Saiten und Stimmungen, Kultur- und Forschungsstätte, Institut für Aufführungspraxis, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1983, pp. 64-73.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. and Roger N. Shepard. Component factors in judgments of scale completion. Paper presented at the Western Psychological Association Symposium, Cognitive structure of musical pitch, San Francisco, 1978.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. and Roger N. Shepard. "Quantification of the hierarchy of tonal functions within a diatonic context", Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance vol. 5, 1979, pp. 579-594.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. "General Properties of Musical Pitch Systems: Some Psychological Considerations", in Johan Sundberg (ed.), Harmony and Tonality. Royal Swedish Academy of Music (Publication # 54), Stockholm, 1987, pp. 33-52.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. The Cognitive Foundations of Musical Pitch. Oxford Psychology Series no. 17, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1990, 307 pages.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. and Paul Iverson. "Perceptual Interactions Between Musical Pitch and Timbre", Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance vol. 18, 1992, pp. 739-751.
  • Krumhansl, Carol L. and Marc Perlman. "An Experimental Study of Interval Standards in Javanese and Western Musicians", Music Perception vol. 14 no. 2, 1996, pp. 95-116.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. "Mehrstimmigkeit und Tonsysteme in Zentral- und Ostafrika", Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse, Sitzungsberichte vol. 254 no. 4, H. Böhlau, Wien, 1968.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. Natureza e estrutura de escalas musicais africanas. Portuguese translation by João de Freitas Branco, Junta de Investigações do Ultramar, Lisboa, 1970, 36 pages.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. "Aufbau und Struktur der amadinda-Musik von Buganda", Graf Festschrift, 1976, pp. 109-137.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. Theory of African music. 9 essays. PhD diss., Musicology: U. Wien, 1980, 397 pages.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. "Likembe tunings of Kufuna Kandongan, Angola", African Music vol. 6 no. 1, South Africa, 1980, pp. 70-88.
  • Kubik, Gerhard. "African tone-systems: A re-assessment", Yearbook of the International Folk Music Council Int. vol. 17, 1985, pp. 31-63.
  • Kuckertz, Joseph (ed.) Außereuropäische Musik in Einzeldarstellungen. Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag/Bärenreiter Verlag, edition MGG, Kassel, 1980, 480 pages.
  • Kudelski, Stefan. The S 52: A New Electronic Instrument for Musical Research. Lausanne, 1969.
  • Kuh, Kohnie. A Musicological Study of the Important Tonal Systems of the T'ang Dynasty, 618-907, PhD diss., New York University, 1942, Ann Arbor MI, 1973.
  • Kühl, Jürgen. "Die Orgelstimmungen von Ignaz Bruder und Andreas Silbermann", Acta Organologica vol. 16, 1982, pp. 249-264.
  • Kühl, Jürgen. "Über ungleichschwebende Orgelstimmungen", Acta Organologica vol. 19, 1987, pp. 239-250.
  • Kuhnau, Johann. "Sowohl aber als des Neidhardts Temperatur... auf Saiteninstrumenten, als Clavecins und Clavicordiis..appliciret werden", Critica Musica Bd. 2, Johann Mattheson, Hamburg, 1725, pp. 229-239.
  • Kulbin, Nicolaj. "Die freie Musik", Der Blaue Reiter, Berlin, 1911. Self-published, Moscow, 1915. Reprint with additions, Klaus Lankheit (ed.), München, 1984, pp. 125-131. Italian translation "La musica libera", in Il Cavaliere azzurro, Franz Marc and Wassily Kandinsky (eds.), 1988, pp. 117-120.
  • Kullber, B.L. "Holland: Harmonische Musik mit 31 Tönen", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik vol. 128, March 1967, pp. 97-98.
  • Kümmel, Hans Martin. "Zur Stimmung der babylonischen Harfe", Orientalia. Nova series vol. 39 no. 2, 1970, pp. 152-163.
  • Kuna, M. "Torso vztahu lidkèho a umèleckèho (korespondence Aloise Háby Vaclavu Talichovi", HV vol. 8, 1971, p. 94.
  • Kunst, Jaap and C. (Katy) J.A. Kunst-Van Wely. "Over toonschalen en instrumenten van West-Java", Djawa vol. 3, Weltevreden, 1923, pp. 26-40.
  • Kunst, Jaap and C.J.A. Kunst-Van Wely. De toonkunst van Bali. 2 vols. I: Weltevreden, 1925. II in: Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde vol. 65, 1925, Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, pp. 369-508.
  • Kunst, Jaap. "De l'origine des échelles musicales javano-balinaises", Journal of the Siam Society vol. 23, Bangkok, 1929, pp. 111-122.
  • Kunst, Jaap. "Een overwalsche bloedverwant van den Javaanschen Gamelan", Nederlandsch Indië oud en nieuw vol. 24, 1929-1930, pp. 79-96, 354.
  • Kunst, Jaap and R.M.A. Koesoemadinata. "Een en ander over pelog en salendro", Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde vol. 69, 1929-1930, pp. 320-352.
  • Kunst, Jaap. De toonkunst van Java. Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1934. English edition Music in Java: its history, its theory and its technique, E.L. Heins (ed.), 2 vols., Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1949, third ed. 1973, 660 pages.
  • Kunst, Jaap. "Teylers muzikale prijsvraag", Mens en Melodie vol. 1 no. 1, January 1946, pp. 19-22.
  • Kunst, Jaap. "Java", Außereuropäische Musik in Einzeldarstellungen, Joseph Kuckertz (ed.), German translation by Hans Albrecht, Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag/Bärenreiter Verlag, edition MGG, Kassel, 1980, pp. 360-374.
  • Kunst, Jaap. Around von Hornbostel's theory of the cycle of blown fifths. Instituut voor de Tropen, mededeling no. 76, Koninklijke Vereniging Indisch Instituut (Royal Netherlands Institute for the Indies), Amsterdam, 1948, 35 pages. Reprint in Ethnomusicological theory and method, Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 43-75.
  • Kunst, Jaap. "Alexander John Ellis", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart vol. 3, 1954, p. 1284.
  • Kunst, Jaap. Ethno-musicology. A study of its nature, its problems, methods and representative personalities to which is added a bibliography. Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1955, 158 pages.
  • Kuppuswami, T.V. Carnatic Music and the Tamils. Kalinga Publications, Delhi, 1992, 334 pages.
  • Kurenniemi, Erkki. "Divisor harmonies", Musiikki vol. 19 no. 1-4, 1989, pp. 462-472.
  • Kurka, Rudolf Wilhelm. "Zum Problem der 'Reinen Stimmung'", Zeitschrift für Instrumentenbau vol. 8, 1889, p. 307.
  • Kurosawa, T. "The Musical Bow of the Bununs tribe in Formosa and suggestions as to the origin of the Pentatonic Scale", Toyo Ongaku Kenkyu vol. 10-11, Tokyo, 1952, pp. 18-32.
  • Kurt, Irfan. Baglamada duzen ve pozisyon (Tuning and positioning of the baglama). Yayincilik, Ankara, 1989, 95 pages.
  • Kurz, Michael. Klangsynthese mittels physikalischer Modellierung einer schwingenden Saite durch numerische Integration der Differentialgleichung. Diplomarbeit Technische Universität Berlin, 1995.
  • Kusumadinata (Koesoemadinata), Raden Machjar Angga. Ringkesan Elmoening Kanajagan. Tjitakan ka-1, Departement O. & E., Weltevreden (Bogor), 1940.
  • Kusumadinata, Raden Machjar Angga. Ringkesan Pangawikan Rinenggaswara (Ringkesan elmuning kanajagan), Pelog 9 Raras, Raras Salendro 15 and 17 Raras Salendro. Noordhoff Kolf NV, Djakarta, 1950.
  • Kusumadinata, Raden Machjar Angga. Ilmu seni raras. Pradnja Paramita, Bandung, 1969, 139 pages.
  • Kutlug, Yakup Fikret. Türk Musikisinde Makamlar. YKY, Istanbul, 2000.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. "The Science of Music in Ancient China: When an Acoustical Engineering Experiment Might Last Five Centuries", High Fidelity, August 1955, p. 52 ff.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. "A 'Pythagorean' Tone-System in China - Antedating the Early Greek Achievements by several centuries", Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959, pp. 174-176.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. and J. Murray Barbour. Meantone Temperament in Theory and Practice and The Theory and Practice of Just Intonation and The Theory of Classical Greek Music. Introductory Notes. Musurgia Records A-3, New York, 1958.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. "A musicological interpretation of the 12 Lüs in China's traditional tone system", Ethnomusicology vol. 9 no. 1, 1965, pp. 22-38.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. "Prince Chu Tsai-Yü's (Zhu Zaiyu) life and work: a re-evaluation of his contribution to equal temperament theory", Ethnomusicology vol. 19 no. 2, May 1975, pp. 163-206. Also in Studien zur Phänomenologie der musikalischen Gestaltung: Festschrift für Marinus Schneider, Regensburg, 1977.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. "The 749-temperament of Huai Nan Tzu (+ 122 B.C.)", Asian Music vol. 6 no. 1-2, essays in honor of dr. Laurence E.R. Picken, Fritz A. Kuttner and Fredric Lieberman (eds.), 1975, pp. 88-112.
  • Kuttner, Fritz A. The Archaeology of Music in Ancient China: 2000 Years of Acoustical Experimentation 1400 B.C.-A.D. 750. Paragon House, New York, 1989, 240 pages.
  • Kutz, Adalbert. Musikgeschichte und Tonsystematik. Junker und Dünnhaupt, Berlin, 1943.
  • Kwon, O-Yeon. Die Theorie und Praxis der Intonationen in der traditionellen koreanischen Musik, gemessen an den Wölbbrettzithern Komun'go und K'ayagum. Kölner Beiträge zur Musikforschung vol. 169, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1992, 237 pages.

- L -

  • Laborde, Jean-Benjamin de. Essai sur la musique ancienne et moderne. E. Onfroy, Paris, 4 vols., 1780.
  • Laborde, Jean-Benjamin de. Mémoires sur les Proportions musicales, le genre énarmonique des Grecs et celui des Modernes. Supplément à l'Essai sur la musique, Philippe Denys Pierres, Paris, 1781, 70 pages.
  • Laborde, Jean-Benjamin de. Mémoires sur le nouveau clavecin chromatique de M. de Laborde. Philippe Denys Pierres, Paris, 1782.
  • Lachmann, Robert. Musik des Orients. Hirt, Breslau, 1929.
  • Lachmann, Robert and Mahmoud el-Hefny (eds.) "Ja`qub Ibn Ishaq al-Kindi: Über die Komposition der Melodien", Veröffentlichungen der Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Musik des Orients vol. 1, Fr. Kistner & C.F.W. Siegel, Leipzig, 1931.
  • Lachmann, Robert. "Das indische Tonsystem bei Bharata und sein Ursprung", Zeitschrift für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, 1933, p. 73.
  • Lachmann, Robert. "Die Vina und das indische Tonsystem bei Bharata", Zeitschrift für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1934.
  • Lack, Graham. "Objects of Contemplation and Artifice of Design: Sonic Structures in the Music of George Benjamin", Tempo, New Series no. 215, British issue, Jan 2001, pp. 10-14.
  • Ladma, Vladimir. "Harmonic Bindings", paper presented at "Fuzzy principles in music" of the Seventh International Fuzzy Systems Association World Congress, Prague, June 25-29, 1997.
  • Ladma, Vladimir. "Musical Structures", WWW, 2001.
  • Lafuente, Henzo. "Microtonalismo y Afinaciónes alternativas", WWW, 2001.
  • Lai, Eric C. A Theory of Pitch Organization in the Early Music of Chou Wen-Chung. PhD thesis, Indiana University, 1995. 286 pages.
  • Lakner, Yehoshua. "A new method of representing tonal relations", Journal of Music Theory vol. 4 no. 2, 1960, pp. 194–209.
  • Laloy, Louis. Aristoxène de Tarente et la musique de l'Antiquité. Paris, 1904.
  • Lambert, Johann Heinrich. "Remarques sur le tempérament en musique", Nouveau mémoires de l'Académie Royale des sciences et belles-lettres, Voss Chrétien Frédéric, Berlin, 1774, 1776, pp. 55-73. German translation by Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg, "Gedanken über die musikalische Temperatur", in Historisch-Kritische Beyträge zur Aufnahme der Musik vols. 5, 6, Stück, 1760-1778. Art. no. 1, pp. 417-450.
  • Lambooij, Th. "Klaas Douwes van Tzum (Fr.) en zijn 'Grondig Onderzoek van de Toonen der Musyk'", Mens en Melodie vol. 8 no. 3, March 1953, pp. 80-82.
  • Lamothe, Pierre. "Différentes gammes encore en usage", WWW, 1994.
  • Lamothe, Pierre. "Extraits d'une lettre à Yves Hellegouarch", April 1998, WWW, 2000.
  • Lamothe, Pierre. "Pourquoi les gammes naturelles ne sont-elles pas symétriques ?", WWW, 2000.
  • Lamothe, Pierre. "Le Système Indien Classique", WWW, 2000.
  • Lamothe, Pierre. "Fétichisme du numérique et rationalité musicale", WWW, 2000.
  • Lan, Guangming. A Musical Theoretical System Based on the Interval of the Fifth. PhD diss., Music Theory, Yale University.
  • Land, Jan Pieter Nicolaas. "Over de toonladders der Arabische muziek", Verslagen en Mededelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, afdeling Letterkunde, tweede reeks, vol. 9, 1880, p. 246.
  • Land, Jan Pieter Nicolaas. "Joan Albert Ban en de theorie der toonkunst", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 1, 1883, pp. 95-111, vol. 3, 1891, pp. 204-210.
  • Land, Jan Pieter Nicolaas. "Recherches sur l'histoire de la gamme arabe", Actes du Sixième Congrès International des Orientalistes tenu en 1883 à Leide Band 2, Leiden, 1885, pp. 35-168.
  • Land, Jan Pieter Nicolaas. "Über die Tonkunst der Javanen", Vierteljahrschrift für Musik-Wissenschaft vol. 5, 1890, pp. 193-215.
  • Land, Jan Pieter Nicolaas. "Het toonstelsel van Christiaan Huygens", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 3, 1891, pp. 197-203.
  • Lander, Nicholas S. "Ricercares a quattro voci by Vincenzo Galilei, 1584" (in English), WWW, 1997.
  • Landwehr, Gerard. "Middentoonstemming", Bouwbrief vol. 49, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 1988, pp. 25-26.
  • Lanfranco, Giovanni Maria. Scintille di musica di Giovan Maria Lanfranco da Terentio Parmegiano che mostrano a leggere il canto fermo, & figurato, gli accideti delle note misurate, le proportioni, i tuoni, il contrapunto, et la diuisione del monochordo, co la accordatura de uarii instrumenti, dalla quale nasce un modo, onde ciascu per se stesso imparare potra le uoci di la, sol, fa, mi, re vt .... Brescia, 1533. English translation by B. Lee, Cornell University, 1961.
  • Lang, Bernhard. "Diminuendo. Über selbstähnliche Verkleinerungen", Beiträge zur Elektronischen Musik vol. 7, Sonderband des Institut für Elektronische Musik und Akustik Graz, 1998.
  • Lang, Klaus. "Auf Wohlklangswellen durch der Töne Meer. Temperaturen und Stimmungen zwischen dem 11. und 19. Jahrhundert", Beiträge zur Elektronischen Musik vol. 10, Institut für Elektronische Musik und Akustik, Graz, January 2000.
  • Lange, Daniël de. "De gamelang", autograaf betreffende zijn voordracht in 1879 te Arnhem, NMI, archief Dan. de Lange 85.37.
  • Lange, Daniël de. Exposé d'une théorie de la musique. Librairie Fischbacher, Paris, 1908.
  • Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "In memoriam Arnolt Schlick", Hamburg, 1965.
  • Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "Ein Beitrag zur Musikalischen Temperatur der Musikinstrumente vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart", Die Musikforschung vol. 21, 1968, p. 482.
  • Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "Die Orgelstimmung Gottfried Silbermanns. Ein Beitrag zur Aufführungspraxis alter Musik", Bericht über den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Bonn 1970, p. 487. Also in: Acta Organologica vol. 7, 1973, pp. 154-188. English translation "Gottfried Silbermann's Organ Tuning", ISO-Information vol. 8, Sept. 1972, pp. 221-223; vol. 9, Feb. 1973, pp. 303-315.
  • Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "Die mitteltönige Stimmung", Das Musikinstrument vol. 22, 1973.
  • Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. Tonlogarithmen. Musikalisch-akustisches Tabellenwerk. Veröffentlichungen zur Musikforschung vol. 4, Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1978, 148 pages.
  • Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "Das Clavecin brise von Jean Marius in der Berliner Sammlung und die Schlick-Stimmung", Die Musikforschung vol. 31 no. 1, 1978, pp. 57-79.
  • Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "Über die Bedeutung des Syntonischen Kommas und seine Verwendung in der Orgelstimmung Gottfried Silbermanns", Acta Organologica vol. 16, 1982, pp. 235-248.
  • Langen, Petra van. "Blaasinstrumenten en microtonaliteit", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 72-81.
  • Laprade, Paul A. "Jean Denis: Treatise on Harpsichord Tuning (review of English translation)", Theoria vol. 4, 1989, pp. 123-129.
  • Larios, E. "La teoría del sonido 13 y la escritura musical", El Sonido 13 June 1925, pp. 2-10.
  • Laske, Otto E. "The Tuning of the World (review)", Musical Quarterly vol. 64 no. 3, July 1978, pp. 394-397.
  • Lasserre, F. "Musica babilonese e musica greca", La Musica in Grecia, B. Gentili and R. Prestagostini (eds.), Rome, 1988, pp. 72–83.
  • Last, Gert. "Quo vadis Zither?", Die Volksmusik vol. 41 no. 10-12, 1986, pp. 1-6.
  • Lateef, Yusef. Repository of Scales and Melodic Patterns. Fana Music, Amherst MA, 1981, 270 pages.
  • Lath, M. A Study of Dattilam: a Treatise on the Sacred Music of Ancient India. Biblia Impex Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1978.
  • Lattard, Jean. Gammes et tempéraments musicaux. Masson, Paris, 1988, 130 pages.
  • Lattard, Jean. "Influence of inharmonicity on the tuning of a piano - measurements and mathematical simulation", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 94 no. 1, 1993, pp. 46-52.
  • Lattard, Jean. "Piano Tuning Mathematical Simulation", Proceedings of the International Symposium of Musical Acoustics, Société française d'acoustique, SFA, Dourdan, 1995, pp. 304-310.
  • Lattard, Jean. Musique: Gammes et tempéraments (de Pythagore aux simulations informatiques). Diderot Editeur, Coll. Pratique des sciences, Paris, 1997, 224 pages.
  • Laucirica, Ana. Efectos del oído absoluto sobre el procesamiento del intervalo melódico temperado. Unpublished thesis, Facultad de Psicología Universidad del País Vasco, 1998.
  • Laucirica, Ana. "Limitationes perceptivas que obstaculizan la introducción de mensajes sonoros de otras culturas en el currículo musical", Eufonía vol. 18, 2000, pp. 90-97.
  • Laurencie, Lionel de la. Le Violon de Lully à Viotti. Tome 3, Paris, 1924.
  • Lawergren, B. "A lyre common to Etruria, Greece, and Anatolia: The Cylinder Kithara", Acta Musicologica vol. 57, 1985, pp. 25-33.
  • Lawergren, B. "To Tune a String: Dichotomies and Diffusions between the Near and Far East", in B. Magnusson, S. Renzetti, P. Vian and S.J. Voicu (eds.), Ultra Terminum Vagari. Scritti in onore di Carl Nylander, Edizioni Quasar, Rome, 1997, pp. 175-192.
  • Lawrence, John S. "The diatonic scale: More than meets the ear", The journal of aesthetics and art criticism vol. 46 no. 2, winter 1987, pp. 281-291.
  • Lawrence, Robert Edwin. The music treatises of Thomas Salmon (1648-1706). MA thesis, Music, U. of Calgary, 1991, 108 pages.
  • Leach, John. "The psaltery", The consort vol. 27, July 1971, pp. 39-49.
  • Ledang, Olai Kai. "Instrument-Player-Musik on the Norwegian folk music", Studia instrumentorum Musica Popularis vol. 3, Stockholm, 1974.
  • Lederer, Muriel. "Mathematics Makes a New Music: This Experimenter Uses 43 Notes to the Octave and Some Strange Home-Built Instruments - to Create a Startling New Music", Science and Mathematics, December 1960, pp. 74-77.
  • Lee, Brian. "World Musics and Microtuning", WWW, 1993, 7 pages.
  • Lee, Brian. "Alternative Tunings and Free Range Eggs", WWW, 1994, 2 pages.
  • Lee, Brian. "Kathleen Schlesinger and Elsie Hamilton - Pioneers of Just Intonation", WWW, 2006.
  • Lee, Riley Kelly. "How my harpsichord goes out of tune", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 69, October 1992, pp. 31-35.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "Owen Jorgensen: Tuning the historical temperaments by ear (review)", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vols. 5-6, 1979-80, pp. 197-200.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "Tuning Systems", The New Grove Dictionary of American Music vol. 4, Macmillan, London, 1980, pp. 420-426.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "Intervals in Recent Writings - A Review: Including the New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, pp. 20-23.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "Owen Jorgensen: The Equal-beating Temperaments: A Handbook for Tuning Harpsichords and Forte-Pianos, with Tuning Techniques and Tables of Fifteen Historical Temperaments (review)" and "Herbert Anton Kellner: The Tuning of My Harpsichord (review)", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 7, 1981, pp. 121-129.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "In Praise of Other Intervals", Cum Notis Variorum vols. 1-2 no. 59, Jan./Feb. 1982, pp. 7-10.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "New Music for an Old Temperament?", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982-3, pp. 16-19.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "A Selective List of Source Materials on Alternative Tuning Systems in American Music", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, 1983, pp. 7-9.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "String Quartet (1965-1975), I.S.I.M.", Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1985.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "A venerable temperament rediscovered", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 202-211.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "Giving Number a Voice", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 56-59.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "La Monte Young: The Second Dream of the High-Tension Line Stepdown Transformer (CD review)", American Music vol. 11 no. 1, 1993, p. 126.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "Martin Vogel: On the Relations of Tone (book review)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 120-123.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "A Note on John Curwen, his Tonic Sol-Fa System, and Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 2, winter 2003, pp. 4-5, 16.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "The Persistence of Just Intonation in Western Musical Practice" part I, 1/1 vol. 11 no. 4, spring 2004, pp. 12-18, 24. part II: "Just Intonation in the Teaching and Performance of Music", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 1, winter 2005, pp. 4-11, 19.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "Alternative Tunings in Two New Encyclopedia of Music", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 147-151.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "Review of 'The Tonal Phoenix: A Study of Tonal Progression through the Prime Numbers Three, Five and Seven' by Michael Hewitt", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 152-153.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "Review of 'Harmonic Experience: Tonal Harmony from its Natural Origins to its Modern Expression' by W.A. Mathieu", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 153-155.
  • Leedy, Douglas. "Lou Harrison: A Reminiscence", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, p. 156.
  • Leeuw, Ton de. "L'interaction des cultures dans la musique contemporaine" / "Interaction of Cultures in Contemporary Music", Cultures, Unesco and la Baconnière, 1973, pp. 13-32.
  • Lefkoff, Gerald. "Tuned Cyclic Systems", Proceedings of the 1978 International Computer Music Conference vol. 1, Northwestern University, Illinois, 1978.
  • Legros, Henry. Gammes et tempéraments. Paris.
  • Legros, Henry. "Tour d'horizon sur le problème du tempérament".
  • Legros, Henry. Le tempérament. Bulletin du Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale no. 61, Université Paris VII, Paris, May 1972.
  • Legros, Henry; Emile Leipp, Michèle Castellengo, Philippe Fritsch, Georges Lhôte, Hardouin, Denise Mégevand, Labeyrie, Alfred Kern. Accordage et audition. Bulletin du Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale no. 76, Université Paris VII, Paris, Dec. 1974.
  • Legros, Henry. "Le tempérament dans la musique d'orgue française classique", Lausanne, 1975.
  • Legros, Henry. "L'orgue bien tempéré", La Revue Musicale, Paris, 1977.
  • Legros, Henry. "Le tempérament d'après Mercadier de Bélesta", 1978-1979.
  • Legros, Henry. "Le tempérament des orgues en France aux 17ème et 18ème siècles", Visitatio Organorum dl. 2. Feestbundel voor Maarten Albert Vente ter gelegenheid van zijn 65e verjaardag, Albert Dunning (ed.), Frits Knuf, Buren, 1980, pp. 419-438.
  • Legros, Henry. "A propos du 'deuxième tempérament' de Dom Bédos de Celles", La facture de clavecin du XVe au XVIIIe siècle, Louvain, 1980, pp. 111-121.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "Bach's extraordinary temperament: our Rosetta Stone", part 1, Early Music vol. 33 no. 2, February 2005, pp. 3-24. Part 2, Early Music vol. 33 no. 5, May 2005. Supplementary materials. Errata and clarifications, August 2005.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "The 'Bach temperament' and the clavichord", Clavichord International, November 2005.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "Bach's Art of Temperament", WWW, 2006.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "Johann Georg Neidhardt’s 21 temperaments of 1732", WWW, 2006, 23 pages.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "Other 'Bach' temperaments", WWW, 2009.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "Enharmonic handling - a graph of scale structure", WWW, 2009.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "Mathematical analyses of Bach's temperament", WWW, 2009.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "'Ordinary' Temperament", WWW, 2009.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "Regular 'meantone' strains", WWW, 2009.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "The mathematics of fifths and major thirds, modeled in modern Temperament Units and in Sorge's 18th century discussion of schismas", WWW, 2009.
  • Lehman, Bradley. "Claudio Di Veroli, Unequal Temperaments: Theory, History and Practice (book review)", The Viola da Gamba Society Journal vol. 3, 2009, pp. 137-163.
  • Lehman, Paul R., "Ancient Scales and Modern Musicians", 1970.
  • Lehmann, Johann Traugott. Gründliches vollständiges und leicht faßliches Stimmsystem..Wie ein jeder Fortepianos...auf die beste und leichteste Art rein und richtig in kurzer Zeit stimmen lernen kann. Kollmann, Leipzig, 1827. English translation "Fundamental, complete and easily understood tuning system..by which anyone can quickly, correctly and easily learn to tune fortepianos and clavichords in the best way" by Thomas Nelson McGeary, Early Keyboard Journal vol. 12, 1994, pp. 71-94.
  • Lehr, André. "The system of the Hemony-carillons tuning", Acustica vol. 1, 1951, pp. 101-104.
  • Lehr, André. Historische en muzikale aspekten van Hemony-beiaarden. Amsterdam, 1960.
  • Lehr, André. "On vibration patterns before Chladni", Janus vol. 52, 1965, pp. 113-120.
  • Lehr, André. "Hedendaagse Nederlandse Klokkengietkunst", Neth. Acoust. Soc. Publ. no. 7, 1965, pp. 20-49. English translation by R. Selman and T. Marton, "Contemporary Dutch Bell-Founding Art", in Thomas D. Rossing, Acoustics of Bells. Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1984, p. 191 ff.
  • Lehr, André. "De stemming van oude beiaarden. Namen zij wanklanken voor lief?", Mens en Melodie vol. 22, 1967, pp. 212-215.
  • Lehr, André. Van paardebel tot speelklok. De geschiedenis van de klokgietkunst in de Lage Landen. Cultuurgeschiedenis der Lage Landen vol. 7, Europese Bibliotheek, Zaltbommel, 1971, 1981, 430 pages.
  • Lehr, André. "Stemmingen en klokkenspelen", Klok en Klepel, tijdschrift van de Nederlandse Klokkenspel-Vereniging vol. 32, June 1984, pp. 14-19.
  • Lehr, André. The designing of swinging bells and carillon bells in the past and present. Athanasius Foundation, Asten, 1987.
  • Lehr, André. "Verklarende woordenlijst van klokkentermen", WWW, 2000.
  • Lehr, André. "Een omwenteling in de kunst van het stemmen van klokken", in Een muziekgeschiedenis der Nederlanden, Louis Peter Grijp (ed.), Amsterdam University Press, 2001, 916 pages with CDROM, pp. 254-260.
  • Lehr, André. De zoektocht naar de slagtoon. Verschiltoon of periodiciteitstoon, dat is de kwestie, 6 pages.
  • Lehr, André. De betekenis van de duodeciem voor de vorming van de slagtoon, 6 pages.
  • Lehr, André. Leerboek der Campanologie. Nationaal Beiaardmuseum, Asten, 2007, 170 pages.
  • Lehr, André. De beiaard van het Nationaal Beiaardmuseum met majeur of grote tertsklokken, 2 pages and Data of the new major third-bell with a perfect timbre, 3 pages.
  • Lehr, André. Het berekenen van een klokprofiel met behulp van de computer, 11 pages.
  • Leib, Walter, Alwine Leib-Lang (ed.) Von Glocken, Klangen und Tonsystemen. Series: Quellen und Studien zur Musikgeschichte von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart no. 28. Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1991, 148 pages.
  • Leicht, Robert. "Mitteltönige Verstörung", Zeit, 5 Apr. 2002.
  • Leigh-Silver, A.L. "Equal Beating Chromatic Scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 29 no. 4, April 1957, pp. 476–481.
  • Leigh-Silver, A.L. "Some musico-mathematical curiosities", Mathematical Gazette vol. 48, 1964, pp. 1-17.
  • Leigh-Silver, A.L. Notes on the Duodecimal Division of the Octave. The Institute of Musical Instrument Technology, London, 1964.
  • Leigh-Silver, A.L. Musimatics or the Nun's Fiddle. April 1971.
  • Leipp, Émile. Le problème du diapason. Université Paris VII, Paris, 1964.
  • Leipp, Émile. Le diapason. Université Paris VII, Paris, 1968.
  • Leipp, Émile. La sensation de hauteur et d'intervalle. Masson, Paris, 1976.
  • Leipp, Émile. Acoustique et Musique. Masson, Paris, 1976.
  • Leipp, Émile. "Critique des fondements de la théorie de J. Ph. Rameau", La Revue Musicale vol. 260.
  • Leipp, Émile, François Agostini and Michèle Castellengo. "Un diapason électronique nouveau à l'Opera de Paris", Bulletin de Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale vol. 40, Feb. 1969, pp. 1-19.
  • Leipp, Émile and Michèle Castellengo. Du diapason et de sa relativité. Richard-Masse, Paris, 1977.
  • Lekkas, Demetrios E. The Mathematical Theory of Music, Pythagorean and Just Systems. PhD thesis, University of Athens, 1995, 1100 pages.
  • Lekkas, Demetrios E. Hyperdimensional Tuning Forks. The mathematical theory of music. Mousiko Laografiko Archeio, Athens, to be published.
  • Lemkes, Bouw. "Over zuivere intonatie. Het levenswerk van prof. dr. A.D. Fokker", Mens en Melodie vol. 23 no. 2, February 1968, pp. 37-42.
  • Lemkes, Bouw and Jeanne Vos. "Über saubere Intonation", Microtonal music and intonation. ESTA Konferentie, 1980.
  • Lemkes, Bouw and Jeanne Vos. "Mikrotonale Musik in den Niederlanden", Mikrotöne I, Edition Hellbling, Innsbruck. 1986, pp. 117-122.
  • Lemmens, Michel. "Archivalische gegevens betreffende het Delhaye-orgel te Paal- Beringen (1835-36)", Adem: Driemaandelijks tijdschrift voor musikalische Volkskunde vol. 25 no. 1, Jan-Mar. 1989, pp. 9-13.
  • Lenihan, J.M.A. and S. MacNeill. "An Acoustical Study of the Highland Bagpipe", Acustica vol. 4, 1954, pp. 231-232.
  • Lennox Atkins, E.P. "The scientific basis of tuning", The Musical Times vol. 55 no. 859, 1914, pp. 587–588.
  • Lenormand, René. Étude sur l'harmonie moderne. Eschig, Paris, 1925. English translation by Herbert Antcliffe: A Study of Twentieth Century Harmony. B.T. Wood, Boston, 1940.
  • Lenson, David. Non-Specific Accidentals: A study in temperament based on notation. MA thesis, University of Western Ontario, 1997.
  • Lenstra, Hendrik. "Harmonic Numbers", MSRI Lecture Notes, 1998.
  • Lentz, Donald A. Tones and Intervals in Hindu Classical Music. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln NE, 1961.
  • Lentz, Donald A. The Gamelan Music of Java and Bali. An Artistic Anomaly Complementary to Primary Tonal Theoretical Systems. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln NE, 1965.
  • Leone, Ugo and Pietro Righini. Il diapason. Storia e vicende della sua normalizzazione. ERI, Torino, 1969, 134 pages.
  • Leoni, Stefano A.E. "Gioseffo Zarlino: scienza e musica alla ricerca delle passioni nell'autunno del Rinascimento", Nuova Civiltà delle Macchine, Nuova Eri, Roma, no. 2-3, 1994, pp. 60-71.
  • Lera, Luigi. "Il radoppio della terza: un'analisi funzionale", Diastema vol. 4, January 1993, pp. 1-4.
  • Leroux, Philippe. "Analyse des Intégrations Opus 49", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, March 1985, pp. 87-104.
  • Leroy, C. "Les Hommages à Julián Carrillo", Les Nouvelles du Mexique no. 43-44, 1966, pp. 50-54.
  • Leuba, Christopher. A Study of Musical Intonation. Prospect Publications, Seattle, 1962. 2nd revised edition, 1980, 21 pages.
  • Levarie, Siegmund and Ernst Levy. "The Pythagorean table", Main currents in modern thought vol. 30 no. 3-4, 1974, pp. 117-129.
  • Levarie, Siegmund and Ernst Levy. A Study in Musical Acoustics. Kent State University Press, 1980. Greenwood Publishing, 1981.
  • Levelt, Willem J.M. and Renier Plomp. "The appreciation of musical intervals", Proceedings of the 5th International Congress Aesthetics, Amsterdam, 1964.
  • Levelt, Willem J.M.; J.P. van de Geer, and Renier Plomp. "Triadic Comparisons of Musical Intervals", British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology vol. 19, Nov. 1966, pp. 163-179.
  • Levendoglu, N. Oya. "Klasik Türk Müzigi’nde Ana Dizi Tartismasi ve Çargah Makami", Gazi Egitim Fakültesi Dergisi, vol. 23 no. 2, Gazi Üniversitesi Yayini, Ankara, 2003, pp. 181-193.
  • Levendoglu, N. Oya and Fazli Aslan. "Mûsikînin mebadi-i riyaziyesi (matematiksel esaslari)", Sosyal Bilimler Enstitüsü Dergisi Sayi vol. 18 no. 1, 2005, pp. 247-257.
  • Levens, Charles. Abrégé des règles de l'Harmonie, pour apprendre la composition, avec un nouveau projet sur un système de Musique sans tempérament, ni cordes mobiles. Jean Chapuis, Bordeaux, 1743, 112 pages.
  • Levenson, Thomas. Measure for Measure - how music and science together have explored the universe. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1997.
  • Levitin, Daniel. "Diana Deutsch: The Psychology of Music, 2nd ed. (book review)", Music Perception vol. 16 no. 4, 1999, pp. 495-506.
  • Lévy, Fabien. "Plaidoyer pour une oreille subjective et partisane. Une approche 'pythagoricienne' de la perception culturelle des intervalles", Cahiers des philosophies du langage n°3 - Philosophie et musique, A. Soulez, Y. Sebestik, F. Schmitz (eds.), L'Harmattan, Paris, 1998.
  • Levy, James Marx. The Tonal Hierarchy: a Discrete, Pitch-free Model of Tonal Cognition. PhD diss., Yale University, 1989, 363 pages.
  • Levy, Jim. "Joseph Amiot and enlightenment speculation on the origin of Pythagorean tuning in China", Theoria vol. 4, 1989, pp. 63-88.
  • Levy, Kenneth J. "Costeley's Chromatic Chanson", Annales musicologues: Moyen-Âge et Renaissance vol. 3, 1955, pp. 213-263.
  • Levy, Mark. Intonation in North Indian Music: a select comparison of theories with contemporary practice. Biblia Impex Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 1982, 224 pages.
  • Lewin, David. "Forte's interval vector, my interval function, and Regener's common-note function", Journal of Music Theory vol. 21, 1977, pp. 194-237.
  • Lewin, David. "A Formal Theory of Generalized Tonal Functions", Journal of Music Theory vol. 26, 1982, pp. 23-60.
  • Lewin, David. Generalized Musical Intervals and Transformations. Yale University Press, New Haven-London, 1987, 258 pages.
  • Lewin, J. "Klumpenhouwer networks and some isographies that involve them", Music Theory Sprectrum vol. 12 no. 1, 1990, pp. 83–120.
  • Lewis, Joel. "Voice of America", The Wire vol. 523, June 1994, pp. 44-45.
  • Lewis, Pierre. "Understanding Temperaments", WWW, 1998.
  • Lewis, Walter and Thomas. Modern Organ Building. Being a Practical Explanation and Description of the Whole Art of Organ Construction with Especial Regard to Pneumatic Action and Chapters on Tuning, Voicing, etc. 1911, 176 pages. Reprint Frits Knuf, Buren, 1986.
  • Li, Chunyi. "Guanyu Yinzhong de yanjiu", Kaogu xuebao vol. 3 (Bulletin of archeology), 1957.
  • Li, Chunyi. Zhongguo gudai yinyue shigao. Yinye Chubanshe, Beijing, 1958, 2 vols. Revised edition 1964.
  • Li, Chunyi. "Zhu Zhaiyu shier pingjunlu faming niandai bianzheng" (The probable date of Zhu Zhaiyu's invention of the twelve equal temperaments), Yinyue yanjiu vol. 3, 1980, pp. 33-34.
  • Liang, Mingyüe. The Chinese Ch'in: Its History and Music. Chinese National Musical Association, San Francisco, 1972.
  • Liang, Mingyüe. Music of the Billion. An introduction to Chinese musical culture. Heinrichshofen Edition, New York, 1985, 309 pages.
  • Liang, Mingyüe. "Temperament and Musicology of Ancient Hubei Tones: Study on Guqin 'You Lan' and Music of Seven Stringed Zither" (in Chinese), Music Study, 1989, no. 1, pp. 47-49.
  • Liang, Mingyüe. "Guqinqu 'Jieshi diao Youlan' de zilü jiegouxue" (The structure of temperament in the guqin piece 'Jieshi diao Youlan'), Yinyue Yanjiu no. 1, 1991, pp. 47-59.
  • Liban, Jerzy. De musicae laudibus oratio. Halicz, Krakow, 1540. Reprint Polskie Wydawnictwo Muzyczne, Kracow, 1975.
  • Lichte, W.H. "One Man's Preferred Pitch", American Journal of Psychology, 1955.
  • Liddle, Elizabeth. "Tuning", in Play the Viol: The Complete Guide to Playing the Treble, Tenor, and Bass Viol, Alison Crum (ed.), Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1989, pp. 155-164.
  • Lieber, Edgar. "Erfahrungen bei der Stimmungsmessung an Pianos", Das Musikinstrument vol. 26, 1977, pp. 31-33.
  • Lieber, Edgar. "Ein Stimm-Experiment: Die J.S. Bach-Stimmung nach Dr. Kellner auf dem Klavier", Das Musikinstrument vol. 37 no. 9, 1988, pp. 95-104.
  • Lieber, Edgar. "Die 'Wohltemperierte' J.S. Bach Stimmung auf Cembalo und Klavier - Theorie, Ergebnisse, Problematik", 8. Tagung Akustik Berlin, 1989, pp. 137-148.
  • Lieber, Edgar. "Saitendaten: Und was kann daraus ersehen werden?", Saiten und ihre Herstellung in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart. Institut für Aufführungspraxis der Musik des 18. Jahrhunderts, Blankenburg/Harz, 1991, pp. 16-25.
  • Lieberman, Frederic. The Chinese Long Zither Ch'in: A Study Based on the Mei-an Ch'in-p'u. PhD thesis, University of Washington, Seattle, 1977.
  • Lieberman, Frederic (ed.) "The Mei-an Ch'in-p'u by Hsü Li-sun", A Chinese Zither Tutor, University of Washington Press, Seattle WA, 1983.
  • Lieberman, Marc. "A scientist's account of the French organ in 1704", Diapason vol. 73 no. 2 (867), February 1982, pp. 16-17.
  • Liern, Vicente. "Algoritmos matemáticos y afinación musical", Educación Mat. vol. 6, 1994, pp. 45–55.
  • Liern, Vicente. "Fuzzy tuning systems: the mathematics of musicians", Fuzzy Sets and Systems vol. 150, 2005, pp. 35–52.
  • Ligeti, György. "Neue Notation - Kommunikation oder Selbstzweck?", Darmstädter Beiträge zur Neuen Musik vol. 9, 1965.
  • Limbach, Albert. Die Kunst reiner Intonation. Studien zu unbegleitetem Solo- und Chorgesang in Oper und Konzert. Breitkopf und Härtel, Wiesbaden, 1980, 56 pages.
  • Lin, Ehr. "The Notation for Continuous Gradual Change of Pitch", Journal of the International Folk Music Council vol. 16, 1964, pp. 107-108.
  • Lin, Jian-Yu and William M. Hartmann. "The pitch of a mistuned harmonic: evidence for a template model", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 103 no. 5, 1998, pp. 2608–2617.
  • Linde, K. van de. "F.-J. Ratte: Die Temperatur der Clavierinstrumente (book review)", Musica Antiqua, 1993.
  • Linden, Werner. "Vom unbekannten Gesang", Musiktheorie vol. 18 no. 1, 2003, Laaber Verlag, pp. 73-81.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Early Sixteenth-Century Keyboard Temperaments", Musica Disciplina vol. 33, 1974, pp. 129-151.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Fifteenth-Century Evidence for Meantone Temperament", Proceedings of the Royal Musical Association vol. 102, Feb 1976, pp. 37-51.
  • Lindley, Mark. "The well-tempered clavecin: Chambonnières to D'Anglebert", American Musicological Society, Washington DC, 1976.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Instructions for the Clavier Diversely Tempered", Early Music vol. 5 no. 1, January 1977, pp. 18-23. Japanese translation by Seiichi Toukawa (ed.) in Temperament and Intonation in Early Music (in Japanese), Shunjusha, Tokyo, 2001.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Storia et pratica dell'accordatura et Accordatura per Bach", Cuneo, 1977.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Owen Jorgensen: Tuning the Historical Temperaments by Ear (book review)", Notes vol. 34 no. 3, March 1978, Music Library Association. Also in Early Music, Jul. 1978, p. 453.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Luis Milàn and meantone temperament", Journal of the Lute Society of America vol. 11, 1978, pp. 45-62.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Pythagorean Intonation and the Rise of the Triad", Royal Musical Association Research Chronicle vol. 16, 1980, pp. 4-61.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Mersenne on Keyboard Tuning", Journal of Music Theory vol. 24 no. 2, 1980, pp. 167-203.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Stratikova teorija ciste intonacije", Simposij o Josipu Mikovilu Stratiku, Osor, 1980.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Artusi, Monteverdi and equal temperament", Institute of Advanced Musical Studies, University of London, 1980.
  • Lindley, Mark. "La 'practica ben regolata' di Francescantonio Vallotti", Rivista italiana di musicologia vol. 16, 1981, pp. 45-95.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Leonhard Euler als Musiktheoretiker", Kongreßbericht Bayreuth 1981, Kassel, 1981, pp. 547-553.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Der Tartini-Schüler Michele Stratico", Kongreßbericht Bayreuth 1981, Kassel, 1981.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Chromatic systems (or Non-Systems) from Vicentino to Monteverdi", Early Music History vol. 2, 1982, pp. 377-404.
  • Lindley, Mark. Lutes, viols, and temperaments. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1984, 141 pages. German translation Lauten, Gamben und Stimmungen. Quellen und Schriften: Erganzungs-Reihe no. 1, Tre Fontane, Wilsingen, 1990, 160 pages.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Die Entwicklung mitteltöniger Stimmungssysteme zwischen 1480 und 1620", Internationales Heinrich-Schütz Fest, Bremen, 1984.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Spanning the two cultures 1550-1750: Scientists and humanists seeking a quantitative account of contemporary musical scales", Acoustical Society of America, Minneapolis, 1984.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Euler's music theory", Society for Music Theory, Philadelphia, 1984.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Bachs Stimmung des Klaviers", Kongressbericht Stuttgart 1985, Gesellschaft für Musikforschung, Stuttgart, 1985. Dutch translation "Klavierstemmingen van J.S. Bach", Het Orgel vol. 81 no. 6, 1985. English version "J.S. Bach's tuning", The Musical Times vol. 126, Society for Music Theory, Vancouver, 1985.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Heinrich Schütz: intonazione della scala e struttura tonale", part 1: Il flauto dolce: Rivista per lo studio e la pratica della musica antica no. 14-15, Apr-Oct. 1986, pp. 58-65. part 2: Recercare vol. 1, 1989, pp. 41-93.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Stimmung und Temperatur", Hören, messen und rechnen in der frühen Neuzeit, Frieder Zaminer (ed.), vol. 6 of Geschichte der Musiktheorie, Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Darmstadt, 1987, pp. 109-331.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Renaissance theory of tempered tuning as an historical proving ground for reconciling mathematical coherence with physical approximation", Warburg Institute, 1987.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Unequal temperament in the high Baroque: French vs German styles" and "Early German organ fingering and hand positions: 1525, 1625, 1725", International Congress of Organists, Cambridge, 1987.
  • Lindley, Mark. "J.S. Bachs Klavierstimmung", Alte Musik als ästhetische Gegenwart: Bach, Händel, Schütz: Stuttgart 1985 vol. 1, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1987, pp. 409-421. English translation "J.S. Bach's Tunings", The Musical Times vol. 126 no. 1714, December 1985, pp. 721-726.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Just Intonation", The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians vol. 9, Stanley Sadie (ed.), Macmillan, London, 1987, pp. 756-758.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Temperaments", The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians vol. 3, Stanley Sadie (ed.), Macmillan, London, 1987, pp. 540-555. 2nd revised edition, London, 2000, pp. 248-268.
  • Lindley, Mark. "A suggested improvement for the Fisk organ at Stanford", Performance Practice Review vol. 1 no. 1-2, spring-fall 1988, pp. 107-132.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Heinrich Schütz: Intonazione della scala e struttura tonale. II", Recercare: Rivista per lo studio e la pratica della musica antica vol. 1, 1989, pp. 41-93.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Tuning and intonation", Performance practice: Music after 1600 vol. 2, Howard Mayer Brown and Stanley Sadie (eds.), Macmillan, Basingstoke, 1989, pp. 169-185.
  • Lindley, Mark. "An historical survey of meantone temperaments to 1620", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 8, 1990, pp. 1-29.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Eine ungewöhnliche algebraische Struktur zur Entwicklung von Tonleitermodellen", Mathematisches Institut der Universität Koln, 1990.
  • Lindley, Mark and Ronald Turner-Smith. "Une approche algébraique des modèles mathématiques d'échelle musicale", Analyse musicale no. 22, Feb. 1991, pp. 93-104.
  • Lindley, Mark and Ronald Turner-Smith. Mathematical Models of Musical Scales: A New Approach. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik vol. 66, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1993, 308 pages.
  • Lindley, Mark and Ronald Turner-Smith. "An Algebraic Approach to Mathematical Models of Scales", Music Theory Online vol. 0 no. 3, June 1993.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Luís Milán and Temperament", Galpin Society Journal vol. 44, March 1993, p. 218.
  • Lindley, Mark. "A Quest for Bach's Ideal Style of Organ Temperament", Stimmungen in 17. und 18. Jahrhunderts: Blankenburg, Harz, 1994, pp. 45-67. Slovakian translation "Hladanie Bachovho idealneho stylu ladenia organu", Slovenská Hudba vol. 21 no. 3, 1997.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Was war für J. S. Bach eine wohl temperierte Orgel?", Internationales Musikinstrumentenbau Symposium, Institut für Aufführungspraxis Michaelstein, 1994.
  • Lindley, Mark. "A Systematic Approach to Chromaticism", Systematische Musikwissenschaft - Systematic Musicology - Musicologie systématique vol. 2, 1994, pp. 155-194.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Enige herziene neo-barokstemmingen", Het Orgel vol. 90 no. 12, 1994, p. 442.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Tuning Renaissance and Baroque Keyboard Instruments: some Guidelines", Performance Practice Review vol. 7, 1994, pp. 85-92.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Changes of taste in French Baroque tuning", paper, Midwestern Historical Keyboard Society, 1994.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Some thoughts concerning the effects of tuning on selected musical works (from Landini to Bach)", Performance Practice Review vol. 9, 1996, pp. 114-121.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Akustische und systematische Aspekte der chromatisches Skalen in der abendländischen Musik, 1400-1900", Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag, Wolfgang Auhagen (ed.), Köln 1995.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Zarlino's 2/7-Comma Meantone Temperament", Music in Performance and Society: Essays in Honor of Roland Jackson, Warren MI, 1997, pp. 179-195.
  • Lindley, Mark. "Modulation, Tonartencharakteristik und historische Stimmungen – einige Beispiele von Bach, Beethoven und Chopin", Deutsche Gesellschaft für Musiktheorie, Munich, 2002.
  • Lindley, Mark and G. Boone. "Euphony in Dufay: Harmonic 3rds and 6ths with Explicit Sharps in the Early Songs" (forthcoming)
  • Lindley, Mark, Conny Restle, Klaus-Jürgen Sachs. Beethovens Variationen für Klavier op. 34: Entstehung, Gestalt, Darbietung | Genesis, Structure, Performance (bilingual), Klang und Begriff. Perspektiven musikalischer Theorie und Praxis, Bd 2, Thomas Ertelt and Conny Restle (eds.), Schott, Mainz, 2005. Chapter 4: Lindley: Nuances of Intonation. Technical and Historical Background.
  • Lindsay, Jennifer. Javanese Gamelan. 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, Singapore, 1992.
  • Link, John W. Theory and tuning: Aron's meantone temperament and Marpurg's temperament 'I.'. 1963, 136 pages. Turner's Supply, Boston, 1972.
  • Link, John W. "A New and Reliable Tuning Method for the Meantone Temperament", February 1963.
  • Link, John W. "Meantone revived: Phoenix on record", September 1967.
  • Link, John W. "The promise of Meantone", January 1969.
  • Link, John W. The mathematics of music. Gateway Press, Baltimore, 1977, 92 pages.
  • Lippius, Johannes. Synopsis musicae novae. C. Kieffer, Strasbourg, 1610, 1612, 80 pages. English translation by Benito V. Rivera Synopsis of new music, Colorado College Music Press, Colorado Springs, 1977.
  • Lipps, Th. Psychologische Studien II. Leipzig, 1905.
  • Lischke, André. Article Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Guide de la musique de piano et de clavecin, Fayard, Paris, 1987, pp. 835-836.
  • Liston, Henry. An Essay on Perfect Intonation. Peter Hill and John Ballantyne & Co., Edinburgh, 1812.
  • Litchfield, Malcolm. Giovanni Maria Artusi's L'Artusi, overo Delle imperfettioni della moderna musica (1600): A translation and commentary. MA thesis, Musicology: Brigham Young Univ., 1987, 493 pages.
  • Litchfield, Malcolm. "Aristoxenus and Empiricism: A Reevaluation Based on his Theories", Journal of Music Theory vol. 32 no. 1, spring 1988, pp. 51-74.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn Southworth. "Intonation: and the ear", Music and Letters vol. 19 no. 4, 1938, pp. 443–449.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn Southworth. "Just Temperament", Music and Letters vol. 20 no. 4, 1939, pp. 365-373.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "The Myth of Equal Temperament", Music and Letters vol. 21 no. 4, October 1940, pp. 347-361.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "A Note on Just Intonation", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 11 no. 4, 1940, pp. 440–445. Correction in vol. 12 no. 1, 1940, p. 206.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "The Artificial Scale", The Musical Times vol. 82 no. 1181, 1941, pp. 252-254.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "Musical Theory in Retrospect", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 13 no. 1, July 1941, pp. 56-62.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "Modern Science and Musical Theory", Journal of the Royal Society of Arts vol. 90, 1942, p. 591.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "Just Intonation Misconceived", Music and Letters vol. 24 no. 3, 1943, pp. 133-144.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "The Problem of the Keyboard Instrument", Philosophical Magazine vol. 7 no. 34, London, 1943, pp. 624-631, 674-684.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "The Lesson of Mean-Tone Tuning", The Music Review vol. 5, 1944, p. 214.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "Pseudo-science in musical 'theory'", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 70, 1944, pp. 35-51.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "The Myth of Equal-Stepped Scales in Primitive Music", Music and Letters vol. 27 no. 2, 1946, p. 73.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "Hornbostel's Theory of Blown Fifths", Monthly Musical Record, London, Jan/Feb 1946.
  • Lloyd, Llewelyn Southworth. Intervals, Scales and Temperaments. With introduction by Hugh Boyle (ed.), Macdonald & Jane's, London, 1963, 322 pages. St. Martin's Press, London, 1978.
  • Lo-Bamijoko, Joy Ilfeoma Nwosu. A preliminary study of the classification, tuning and educational implications of the standardization of musical instruments in Africa: the Nigerian case. PhD diss., University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 1981, 251 pages.
  • Lo-Bamijoko, Joy Ilfeoma Nwosu. "Tuning methods of African musical instruments: Some examples from Nigeria and Ghana", Nigeria magazine vol. 142, 1982, pp. 15-24.
  • Lobo, Antsher. "Indian Musical 'ma-grama' of Bharata, World's only Perfect Scale", Three Monographs on Music, Bombay and Baroda, 1980, pp. 59-104, 95-151.
  • Lobo, Antsher. "The Universal Basic Scale of Unicentric Tonality", Three Monographs on Music, Bombay and Baroda, 1980, pp. 1-24.
  • Lockwood, Lewis. "A Dispute on Accidentals in Sixteenth-Century Rome", Analecta Musicologica vol. 2, 1965, pp. 24-40.
  • Loeb, David. "An Analytic Study of Japanese Koto Music", Music Forum vol. 4, 1976, pp. 335-393.
  • Loehr, Johann Joseph. Über die Scheiblersche Erfindung überhaupt und dessen Pianoforte- und Orgel-Stimmung Insbesondere. Schüller, Krefeld, 1837.
  • Loehr, Johann Joseph. An Essay on the Theory and Practice of Tuning in general, and on Scheibler's Invention of Tuning Pianofortes and Organs by the Metronome in particular. For the use of musicians, tuners, and organ builders. Translated from German by Augustus Wehrman, Robert Cocks & Co., London, 1853, 64 pages.
  • Loeppky, D. and D. Fallowfield, Keyboard and Interface Unit for a Nineteen Tone per Octave Synthesizer. Undergraduate thesis, University of Manitoba Department of Electrical Engineering, 1979.
  • Loewinski, Margareta. "Pianostämmning med tonvikt på klangfargerna", Musik-kultur vol. 1, 1986, Sweden, pp. 8-9.
  • Loffink, John. "Microtonal synthesis. Database of electronic instruments which support microtuning", WWW.
  • Loffink, John. "Recommended architectures for microtonal synthesizers, WWW, 2001.
  • Lohmann, Johannes. Mousikè et Logos. Contribution à la Philosophie et à la Théorie musicale grecques. Anastasios Giannarás (ed.), French translation from German by Pascal David. Trans-Europ-Repress, Mauvezin, 1989, 167 pages.
  • Loman, A.D. Jr. De logische grondslagen der muziek. G. Alsbach & Co., Amsterdam, 1929.
  • Loman, A.D. Jr. Het organisme onzer muziek. Drukkerij Jacob van Campen, Amsterdam, 1937, 47 pages.
  • London, Justin. "Some Non-Isomorphisms Between Pitch and Time", paper read at Music Theory Midwest, April 2001.
  • Loonsma, Stephanus Theodorus van. Muzicaal A,B,-Boek, Of den Organist in zyn Leerjaren. Zynde een Kort Begrip wegens de Behandeling van het Clauwier of Clavicimbaalspel. Opgesteld ten dienste voor de eerst beginnende Jeugd, die haar tot den Organist-Konst willen laten instrueren, door Step. Theod. van Loonsma, Organist etc. te Ylst. Arnoldus Olofsen, Amsterdam, 1741.
  • Loosen, Franz. "Intonation of solo violin performance with reference to equal-tempered, Pythagorean and just intonations", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 93, 1993, pp. 525-539.
  • Loosen, Franz. "Tuning of diatonic scales by violinists, pianists, and nonmusicians", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 56, 1994, pp. 221-226.
  • Loosen, Franz. "The Effect of Musical Experience on the Conception of Accurate Tuning", Music Perception vol. 12 no. 3, spring 1995, pp. 291-306.
  • Loquenz, Harald. "Kora Jaliya. Skalen und Stimmungen, WWW, 2002.
  • Loquin, Anatole. "La Technie Harmonique", La musique populaire vol. 30, 11 mai 1882, pp. 280-281.
  • Loquin, Anatole. Une révolution dans la science des accords, algèbre de l'harmonie, traité complet d'harmonie moderne, sans notes de musiques ni signes équivalents, avec des nombres pour représenter les effets harmoniques et des lettres pour exprimer les mouvements de basse. Richault, Paris, 1884, 152 pages.
  • Lord, Richard H. "Tuning the Ensoniq Mirage", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 4, fall 1987, pp. 1, 7-10, 14.
  • Lorente, M. "Contribución de la Acústica Musical: Fundamentos físicos de la tonalida y de la consonancia", Revista de Ciencia Aplicada vol. 97, 1964, pp. 97-116.
  • Lorente, M. "Contribución al estudio de la Acústica Musical: Serialización de los elementos musicales", Revista de Ciencia Aplicada vol. 102, 1965, pp. 13-24.
  • Lorentz, R. "19-TET in a Renaissance Chanson by Guillaume Costeley", paper presented at Microfest, Claremont CA, 6 April 2001.
  • Lots, Inbal Shapira and Lewi Stone. "Perception of musical consonance and dissonance: an outcome of neural synchronization", Journal of the Royal Society Interface no. 5, December 2008, pp. 1429-1434.
  • Lottermoser, Werner. "Die Temperierung nach G. Silbermann", Frankfurt a.M., November 1956.
  • Lottermoser, Werner and Ernst Jenkner. "Akustische Intonationsversuche an der neuen Walcker-Orgel in der Matthäuskirche in Braunschweig", Walcker Hausmitteilung vol. 42, 1971, pp. 10-33.
  • Louder, James. "Courting the king: Demystifying Temperament", Organ Alternatives vol. 22, Mar/May 1998, pp. 6-7.
  • Louët, Alexandre. Instructions théoriques et pratiques sur l'accord du pianoforte. Ouvrage qui apprend en très-peu de temps aux personnes les moins exercées, à accorder parfaitement cet instrument. Bertrand Quinquet, Paris, 1797.
  • Loui, Psyche and David Wessel. "Learning and liking an artificial musical system: Effects of set size and repeated exposure", Musicae Scientiae vol. 12 no. 2, fall 2008, pp. 207-230.
  • Loui, Psyche; Elaine H. Wu; David L. Wessel and Robert T. Knight. "A Generalized Mechanism for Perception of Pitch Patterns", The Journal of Neuroscience vol. 29 no. 2, 2009, pp. 454-459.
  • Lougheed, Tom. "Medieval and Renaissance Tuning", WWW, 2000.
  • Loulié, Etienne. Éléments ou principes de musique, mis dans un nouvel ordre. Chr. Ballard, Paris, 1696, 96 pages. Estienne Roger, Amsterdam, 1698, 110 pages. Facs. reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1971.
  • Loulié, Etienne. Nouveau sistème de musique ou nouvelle disposition du monochorde....accorder le clavecin. Chr. Ballard, Paris, 1698, 36 pages.
  • Loulié, Etienne. "Sonomètre inventé par M. Loulié (n° 56), Autre sonomètre inventé par M. Loulié (n° 57)", 1699.
  • Louven, Christoph. "Untersuchungen zu Klang und Stimmung des 'talempong batu'-Lithophons aus Talang Anau, West-Sumatra", Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag, Wolfgang Auhagen (ed.), Köln 1995.
  • Lourié, Arthur. "The Russian School", Musical Quarterly, 1932, pp. 519-529.
  • Louvier, Alain. "Recherche et classification des modes dans les tempéraments égaux", Musurgia vol. 4 no. 3, 1997, pp. 119-132.
  • Love, Charles William. A Manual of Pianoforte Tuning. Weekes & Co., London, 1907.
  • Lowe, Michael Braeme. "Renaissance and Baroque lutes: A false dichotomy. Observations on the lute in the seventeenth century", Proceedings of the International Lute Symposium, STIMU Foundation for Historical Performance Practice, Utrecht, 1988, pp. 124-139.
  • Lowengard, Henry. "Computers, digital synthesizers and microtonality", Pitch vol. 1 no. 1, 1986, pp. 6-7.
  • Lowinsky, Edward E. "Adrian Willaert's Chromatic 'Duo' Re-examined", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 18 no. 1, 1956, pp. 1-36.
  • Loy, Gareth. Musimathics vol. 1. The Mathematical Foundations of Music. MIT Press, Cambridge MA, 2006, 608 pages.
  • Lucy, Charles. Pitch, Pi and Other Musical Paradoxes: A practical guide to natural microtonality. Lucy Scale Developments, London, 1988, 2010, 108 pages.
  • Lucy, Charles. "Pitch, pi,...revisited", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 4, fall 1989, p. 2, 15.
  • Lucy, Charles. "The Search for the Missing Harrison Manuscript, WWW, 2002.
  • Lucy, Charles. "How To LucyTune your music using Logic 7 and/or MIDI", WWW, 2004.
  • Ludeke, Rudolf. Untersuchungen zur Intonation im Streichquartettspiel. PhD diss., Musicology: U. Halle, 1975, 2 vols., 226 & 350 pages.
  • Ludeke, Rudolf. "Zur Intonation im Streichquartettspiel", Musik und Gesellschaft vol. 28 no. 4, April 1978, pp. 218-223.
  • Ludlow, Lynn. "Notes from a Semi-incompetent Performer", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, p. 21.
  • Ludwig, Hellmut. Marin Mersenne und seine Musiklehre. Saale, Halle, 1935, 120 pages. Olms, Hildesheim, 1971.
  • Luecke, Alan Warren. A Survey of Tuning and Temperament in the 18th Century and the Attitudes Regarding its Implementation. Master thesis, Kansas State University, 1879.
  • Lui, Tsun-yuen. "A short guide to ch'in", Selected reports in ethnomusicology vol. 1 no. 2, 1968, pp. 179-204.
  • Luijmes, Dirk. "De bekoring van een vette dissonant in de middentoonstemming", Programmaboek Holland Festival Oude Muziek Utrecht, 1999, pp. 30-33. "The Charm of a Striking Dissonance in Mean-Tone Temperament", idem, pp. 34-35.
  • Lumma, Carl. "The Too-condensed Tuning-math Outline", WWW, 2003.
  • Lundberg, Robert. "In tune with the universe: The physics and metaphysics of Galileo's lute", in: Music and science in the age of Galileo, Kluwer Academic, Dordrecht, 1992, pp. 211-239.
  • Luppi, Andrea. Lo Specchio dell'Armonia Universale, Estetica e musica in Leibniz. Franco Angeli, Milano, 1989.
  • Lürsen, Martinus Joannes. Grondslagen van de muziektheorie. Servire B.V., Katwijk aan Zee, 1944, 9e druk: 1985. 10e druk: Panta Rhei, 1995, 262 pages.
  • Lürsen, Martinus Joannes. Modi Antichi, Musiche Nuove. Een verzameling composities in de tien toongeslachten van den derden graad. Score plus toelichting/introduction in Dutch and English. De erven F. Bohn N.V., Haarlem, 1947. (Verhandelingen uitgegeven door Teyler's Tweede Genootschap, Nieuwe Reeks, 13)
  • Lusitano, Vicente. Introdutione facilissima et novissima de canto ferma. Rome, 1553. Venice, 1558, 1561.
  • Lusse, Charles de. Lettre sur une nouvelle dénomination des sept degrés successifs de la gamme, où l'on propose de nouveaux caractères propres à les noter. Paris, 1766, 14 pages.
  • Lustig, Jacob Wilhelm. Inleiding tot de muzyk-kunde. H. Vechner, Groningen, 1751, 340 pages. 2nd edition, A. Olofsen, Amsterdam, 1758, 340 pages.
  • Lynch, Michael P. et al. "Influences of acculturation and musical sophistication on perception of musical interval patterns", Journal of Experimental Psychology vol. 17 no. 4, November 1991, pp. 967-975.
  • Lynch, Michael P. and Rebecca E. Eilers. "A study of perceptual development for musical tuning", Perception and Psychophysics vol. 52 no. 6, December 1992, pp. 599-608.
  • Lyon, Raymond. "Musique expérimentale: UNESCO concert". Guide du concert, 14 Nov. 1958.
  • Lysdahl, Anne Jorunn Kydland. "Eivind Grovens arbeid med det renstemte orgelet i historisk perspektiv I", University of Oslo, November 1996. Norsk Kirkemusikk nr. 4, April 1999. "Eiv Grovens arbeid med det renstemte orgelet i historisk perspektiv II", Norsk Kirkemusikk nr. 5, May 1999.
  • Lysdahl, Anne Jorunn Kydland. "Eivind Groven's pure-tuned organ in historical and aesthetic perspective", IAML-IASA Congress 2004 Oslo, 2004.
  • Lysdahl, Anne Jorunn Kydland. "Eivind Groven's Pure-Tuned Organ: Past and Future", Fontes Artis Musicae vol. 51, 2004, pp. 199-216.

- M -

  • Maalouf, Shireen. "Mikha'il Mishaqa: virtual founder of the twenty-four equal quartertone scale", Journal of the American Oriental Society, Oct-Dec 2003.
  • Maas, Martha. Stringed Instruments of Ancient Greece. Yale University Press, New Haven CT, 1989, 261 pages.
  • MacDonald, Malcolm. John Foulds and His Music. An Introduction with a Catalog of the Composer's Works and a Brief Miscellany of His Writings. Pro-Am Music Press, White Plains NY, 1989.
  • Macfadyen, K.A. and David Greer. "A Detunable Organ", Musical Times vol. 110, June 1969, pp. 612-613.
  • Mach, Ernst. Einleitung in die Helmoltz'sche Musiktheorie. Populär für Musiker dargestellt. Mit 14 Holzschnitten im Text und zwei Tafeln. 1866. Reprint Sändig-Wohlwend, Vaduz, 1985, 98 pages.
  • Mackenzie of Ord, Alexander C.N. Keyboard Temperament in England during the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Diss. University of Bristol, 1979.
  • Mackenzie of Ord, Alexander C.N. "The Well-Tuned Organ. An Introduction to Keyboard Temperaments in 18th and 19th Century England", Journal of the British Institute of Organ Studies vol. 3, 1979, pp. 56-72.
  • Mackinnon, James. "Jubal vel Pythagoras quis sit inventor musicae?", Musical Quarterly vol. 64, 1978, pp. 1-28.
  • Macneill, Seumas and Frank Richardson. Piobaireachd and Its Interpretation: Classical Music of the Highland Bagpipe. John Donald Publishers Ltd., Edinburg, 1987, 130 pages.
  • Maconie, Robin. The Works of Karlheinz Stockhausen. 2nd edition, Chapter 4, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1990, pp. 45-61.
  • Macpherson, Ewan. "The Pitch and Scale of the Great Highland Bagpipe", New Zealand Pipeband, winter 1998.
  • Macpherson, Ewan. "Chanter tuning data", WWW, 1998.
  • Madrid, Alejandro L. "Seis casi-sonatas en cuartos de tono para violoncello solo by Julián Carrillo" (review), Latin American Music Review / Revista de Música Latinoamericana vol. 30 no. 1, spring-summer 2009, pp. 103-105.
  • Madsen, Clifford K. and John M. Geringer. "Discrimination between tone quality and intonation in unaccompanied flute-oboe duets", Journal of research in music education vol. 29 no. 4, winter 1981, pp. 305-313.
  • Maedel, Rolf and Franz Richter Herf. Ekmelische Musik. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 4. Reischl-Druck, Salzburg, 1972. Musikverlag Emil Katzbichler, München/Salzburg, 1977.
  • Maedel, Rolf. Das transzendentale Tonsystem. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 1. Musikverlag Emil Katzbichler, München/Salzburg, 1975, 30 pages.
  • Maedel, Rolf. Mikrotöne : Aufbau, Klangwert, Beziehungen. Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1983, 87 pages.
  • Maedel, Rolf. "Mikrotonale Funktionsmodelle", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 185-190.
  • Maedel, Rolf. "Transformation", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 105-114.
  • Maedel, Rolf. "Erweiterung der traditionellen Funktionstheorie auf Mikrotonbereiche", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Maedel, Rolf. "Zurück zu den Quellen. Beziehungen zwischen Tonsystemen - ein Vergleich", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `93, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1994, pp. 206-217.
  • Mager, Jörg. Vierteltonmusik. Self-published, Aschaffenburg-Damm, 1915.
  • Mager, Jörg. Eine neue Epoch der Musik durch Radio. Berlin, 1924.
  • Mahillon, Victor-Charles. Éléments d'acoustique musicale et instrumentale. Ed. Mahillon, Bruxelles, 1874, 349 pages. Revised edition, Les Amis de la Musique, Bruxelles, 1984.
  • Mahnkopf, Claus-Steffen. Kritik der neuen Musik. Entwurf einer Musik des 21. Jahrhunderts. Eine Streitschrift. Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1998, 149 pages.
  • Maier, Helmut. "Versuche mit dem Monochord", Plus Lucis vol. 2, 2000, Graz, pp. 26-28.
  • Maier, Michael. Jacques Handschins "Toncharakter": zu den Bedingungen seiner Entstehung. Beihefte zum Archiv für Musikwissenschaft Bd. 31, Franz Steiner Verlag, Stuttgart, 1991, 237 pages.
  • Makeig, Scott. "The Affect of Musical Intervals", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, pp. 18-19, 24-26.
  • Makeig, Scott. "Theory of Interval Affect - Part 2", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, spring-summer 1980, pp. I12-I16.
  • Makeig, Scott. "Theory of Interval Affect - Part 3", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, pp. 11-13.
  • Makeig, Scott. "Theory of Interval Affect - Part 4", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, spring 1981, pp. 21-23.
  • Makeig, Scott. "Theory of Interval Affect - Part 5", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, summer 1981, pp. 11, 18.
  • Makeig, Scott. "Affective versus analytic perception of musical intervals", in M. Clyunes (ed.), Music, Mind and Brain, Plenum Press, New York, 1982, pp. 227-250.
  • Malcolm, Alexander. A treatise of music, speculative, pratical and historical. Edinburg, 1721, 630 pages. Reprint Minkoff, Genève.
  • Malerbi, Luigi. Registrature ed accordature per organo e cembalo del C.D. Luigi Malerba. Bibl. Comunale, Lugo di Romagna, 1794.
  • Malherbe, Edmond. "Système musical et clavier à tiers de ton", Le Ménestrel, 29 July 1929, pp. 329-331; 337-339.
  • Malinowski, Stephen. "Tantrum and Justune: Two Tools for the Study of Temperament Anomalies", Computing in Musicology vol. 9, 1994, pp. 74-76.
  • Malinowski, Stephen. "The Family of Equal-interval Tunings", WWW, 1998.
  • Malm, William P. Music Cultures of the Pacific, the Near East and Asia. Prentice Hall History of Music Series, Englewood Cliffs, 1967, 3rd ed., 1995, 278 pages.
  • Malone, Michael. "Microtonal Manifesto", New England Conservatory Notes vol. 14. no. 2, spring 1988.
  • Maltzew, C. von. "Das Erkennen sukzessiv gegebener musikalischer Intervalle in den äußeren Tonregionen", Beiträge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft vol. 7, 1913, pp. 37-133.
  • Mambella, Guido. "Corpo sonoro, geometria e temperamienti. Zarlino e la crisi del fondamento numerico della music", Music and mathematics in late medieval and early modern Europe, Philippe Vendrix (ed.), Brepols, Turnhout, 2008, 394 pages.
  • Mamoru, Fujieda. "Towards the Practical Use of Alternative Tunings", Sound Arts vol. 10, Xebec SoundArts, Kobe, 1998.
  • Mamoru, Fujieda. "On Tuning and Temperament no. 1", Sound Arts vol. 15, Xebec SoundArts, Kobe, 1999.
  • Manchon, Dominique. La gamme tempérée à 72 tons, Cahier du CIREM, no. 8-9, 1988, pp. 123-135.
  • Mancini, Patricia and Joseph. "On Just Intonation, Melodic Inflection and the Spiritual Source of Music: Terry Riley", Keyboard, July 1986, pp. 52-65.
  • Mandelbaum, M. Joel. "31-Tone Temperament: The Dutch Legacy", Ear Magazine East, New York, 1982/1983.
  • Mandelbaum, M. Joel. "The Microtonal Dimension in 'The Dybbuk'", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1985, pp. 28-29.
  • Mandelbaum, M. Joel. "The Isolation of the Microtonal Composer", Microtonal Music in America. Transcript of the Symposium of the American Society of University Composers, Washington University, St. Louis MO, April 1967. Proceedings of the ASUC vol. 2, pp. 107-112.
  • Mandelbaum, M. Joel. "Toward the Expansion of Our Concepts of Intonation", Perspectives of New Music vol. 13 no. 1, fall-winter 1974a, pp. 216-226.
  • Mandelbaum, M. Joel. "In Memoriam: Harry Partch (1901-1974)", Perspectives of New Music vol. 13 no. 1, fall-winter 1974b, p. 239.
  • Mandelbaum, M. Joel. Multiple Division of the Octave and the Tonal Resources of the 19-Tone Equal Temperament. PhD Thesis, University of Indiana, 1961, 460 pages. University Microfilms, Ann Arbor MI, 1961.
  • Maneri, Joseph Gabriel Esther and Scott Van Duyne. Preliminary Studies in the Virtual Pitch Continuum. Accentuate Music, Plainview NY, 1986. Boston Microtonal Society, with microtonal ear-training CD, Julia Werntz (ed.), 2008.
  • Maniates, Maria Rika. "Vicentino's 'Incerta et occulta scientia' Reexamined", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 28 no. 2, 1975, pp. 335-351.
  • Manik, Liberty. Das Arabische Tonsystem im Mittelalter. PhD diss. Freie Univ. Berlin, 1968. E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1969, 152 pages.
  • Mann, Chester D. Analytic Study of Harmonic Intervals. Tustin CA, 1990, 196 pages.
  • Marandas, Eric; René Caussé and Vincent Gibiat. "Accord des cordes triples du piano", Proceedings of the International Symposium of Musical Acoustics, SFA, Dourdan, 1995, pp. 311-316.
  • Marandola, Fabrice. "L'apport des nouvelles technologies à l'étude des échelles musicales d'Afrique centrale", Journal des Africanistes vol. 69, 1999, pp. 109-119.
  • Marchetto da Padova. Pomerium. Florence, 1318-1319. Giuseppe Vecchi (ed.) American Institute of Musicology, 1961.
  • Marchetto da Padova. Lucidarium. Verona, 1309-1318. English translation by Jan William Herlinger, University of Chicago Press, 1984.
  • Marcus, Scott Lloyd. Arab music theory in the modern period. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1989, 877 pages.
  • Marcus, Scott Lloyd. "Modulation in Arab music: Documenting oral concepts, performance rules and strategies", Ethnomusicology vol. 36 no. 2, 1992, pp. 171-195.
  • Marcus, Scott Lloyd. "The interface between theory and practice: intonation in Arab music", Asian Music vol. 24 no. 2, 1993, pp. 39–58.
  • Marie, Jean-Étienne. Musique vivante. Paris, 1953.
  • Marie, Jean-Étienne. "Musique électronique, expérimentale et concrète", in Histoire de la musique Pléide II., Alexis Roland-Manuel (ed.), Paris, 1963.
  • Marie, Jean-Étienne. "Julián Carrillo", Nouvelles du Mexique vols. 43-44, 1965-6, pp. 3-10.
  • Marie, Jean-Étienne. L'Homme Musical. Édition Arthaud, Paris, 1976.
  • Marie, Jean-Étienne. "Il faut brûler en notre mémoire...", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, March 1985, pp. 77-80.
  • Marie, Jean-Étienne. "Claviers déconnectés", Cahiers du CIREM, no. 10-11, 1989, pp. 163-174.
  • Marincola, Federico. "Sull'accordatura del liuto", Il Fronimo vol. 14 no. 57, October 1986, pp. 35-38.
  • Marissing, Peter van. "Bespreking van 'Fred Bettenhausen, Frits en Hans van Krevelen: Clavecimbel, clavichord en pianoforte - stemmen, stemmingen en onderhoud'", Bouwbrief vol. 35, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 1984, pp. 7-9.
  • Markovits, Michael. Das Tonsystem der abendländischen Musik im frühen Mittelalter. Verlag Paul Haupt, Bern, 1977, 138 pages.
  • Marpurg, Friedrich Wilhelm. Principes du clavecin. Gottlieb August Lange, Berlin, 1756, 118 pages.
  • Marpurg, Friedrich Wilhelm. Anfangsgründe der theoretischen musik. Johann Gottlob Immanuel Breitkopf, Leipzig, 1757, 176 pages. Reprint Broude Brothers, New York, 1966, Series: Monuments of music and music literature in facsimile. Second series, vol. 33.
  • Marpurg, Friedrich Wilhelm. Herrn G.A. Sorgens Anleitung zur General Baß.... 1760.
  • Marpurg, Friedrich Wilhelm. Versuch über die musikalische Temperatur, nebst einem Anhang über den Rameau- und Kirnbergerschen Grundbaß, und vier Tabellen. Johann Friedrich Korn, Breslau, 1776, 320 pages.
  • Marpurg, Friedrich Wilhelm. Neue Methode allerley Arten von Temperaturen dem Claviere aufs bequemste mitzutheilen; auf Veranlaßung einer von dem Herrn Baron von Wiese zu Dresden vorgeschlagenen neuen Stimmungsart entworfen von Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg. Gottlieb August Lange, Berlin, 1790, 40 pages. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1970.
  • Marsh, John. A Short Introduction to the Theory of Harmonics. Chichester, 1809.
  • Marshall, Lucie. "Gunnar Johansen and Harry Partch", Ridge Review.
  • Marshall, Pamela J. "Kurzweil 150X Microtonality", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987, p. 16.
  • Martin, Daniel W. and W. Dixon Ward. "Subjective evaluation of musical scale temperament in pianos", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 33 no. 5, May 1961, pp. 582-585.
  • Martin, Daniel W. "Musical Scales Since Pythagoras", Sound vol. 1, 1962, p. 22.
  • Martin, James M. 'Compendium Harmonicum' (1760) of Georg Andreas Sorge (1703-1778): a Translation and Critical Commentary. Catholic University of America, 1981, 413 pages.
  • Martin, Lynn Wood. Fabio Colonna's 'La sambuca lincea', book III: an annotated translation. Master of Musical Arts ed., Kent State University, 1975, 101 pages.
  • Martin, Lynn Wood. "Fabio Colonna's Sambuca", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, spring 1979, 17 pages.
  • Martin, Lynn Wood. "The Colonna-Stella Sambuca lincea, an Enharmonic Keyboard Instrument", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 10, 1984.
  • Martínez J.R. and S. Palomares-Sánchez. "Sonido 13: un paso hacia el infinito musical", WWW, 1996.
  • Martínez Ruiz, Sergio. La teoría de la disonancia y la afinación en la obra de el clave bien temperado de J.S. Bach. paper, 2004, 27 pages.
  • Martínez Ruiz, Sergio. Temperament in Bach's Well-Tempered Clavier. A historical survey and a new evaluation according to dissonance theory. PhD thesis, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, July 2011, 207 pages.
  • Martini, Giovanni Battista. Divisione dell'Ottava in dodici parti geometricamente proporzionali dedotte dai logaritmi per approssimazione. Museo Civico Bibliografico Musicale, Bologna, 1770.
  • Martini, Giovanni Battista. Compendio della teoria de' numeri per uso de musico. 18th c., Reprint A. Forni, Bologna, 1984, 15 pages.
  • Martini, Jean-Paul Edige. Mélopée moderne ou l'art du chant... (on y trouvera aussi la vraie manière d'accorder le piano et la harpe). Paris, 1792.
  • Martopangrawit, R.L. Catatan-catatan pengetahuan karawitan. Proyek Sekolah Kesenian [Konservatori] Jawa Tengah, Surakarta, 1975. English translation by Martin F. Hatch "Notes on knowledge of gamelan music", Karawitan: Source Readings in Javanese Gamelan Vocal Music vol. 1, J. Becker and A. Feinstein (eds.), University of Michigan, Ann Arbor MI, 1984, pp. 1–244.
  • Marucha, Wieslaw; Mieczyslaw Kotarbinski and Andrzej Rakowski. "Tolerancja stroju akordeonow", Z prac Katedry Akustyki Muzycznej, 1979, pp. 179-183.
  • Marvin, Bob. "Tuning recorders", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 41, October 1985, pp. 23-24.
  • Mása, Jaromír Amadeus. Mikrotöne und Rechner. Prague/Oxford, 1993.
  • Mason, James A. "Comparison of solo and ensemble performances with reference to Pythagorean, just and equi-tempered intonations", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 8 no. 1, spring 1960, pp. 31-38.
  • Mason, Lucas. The new tuning : equal temperament with perfect fifths: a complete guide to a new improved system of tuning keyboard instruments. Echo Productions, Saddle River NJ, 1985, 191 pages.
  • Mason, Marilyn. "A 'Silbermann' re-created: New Fisk at the University of Michigan", Diapason vol. 77 no. 1, [914], January 1986, p. 11.
  • Mason, Robert M. "Enumeration of Synthetic Musical Scales by Matrix Algebra and a Catalogue of Busoni Scales", Journal of Music Theory vol. 14 no. 1, 1970, pp. 92-126.
  • Massaro, M.N. "Catalogo thematico delle opere musicali di Francescantonio Vallotti", Il Santo vol. 20, 1980.
  • Massenkeil, Günther. "Bemerkungen zum 'Compendium musicae' (1618) des René Descartes", Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Massera, Guiseppe. "La 'Mano musicale' ferfetta di Francesco de Brugis", Florence, 1963.
  • Massera, Guiseppe. Musica inspettiva e accordatura strumentale nelle 'Scintille de Musica' di Lanfranco da Terenzo, Biblioteca di Quadrivium, Serie Musicologica vol. 6, Bologna, 1964, 25 pages.
  • Massera, Guiseppe. Dalla scala pitagorica al temperamento equale. Lezioni di acustica musicale. 1969-1970. University of Bologna, 1971, 44 pages.
  • Massera, Giuseppe. Dalla medietà proporzionale alla 'musicalis harmonia' (F. Gaffurio dal 1480 al 1496). Biblioteca di Quadrivium, Studi & Estratti vol. 19, Bologna, 1977, 30 pages.
  • Massera, Giuseppe. Lineamenti storici della teoria musicale nella eta' moderna dal primo '400 a tutto il '700. Parma, 1977.
  • Massey, James G. "Creating an Acoustic Ensemble", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1988, San Francisco, pp. 8-9, 13.
  • Mastorakis, Gioldasis and Theodorou Koutsouvelis. "Study and Design of an Electronic Musical Instrument Which Accurately Produces the Spaces of the Byzantine Music", IEEE Transactions on Consumer Electronics vol. 41 no. 1, Feb. 1995.
  • Matchinsky, A. "À propos de la gamme musicale égyptienne", Publication du Musée de l'Hermitage vol. 2, 1935, p. 9.
  • Mather, Bruce. Analyse : Dialogue à trois d'Ivan Wyschnegradsky. 1990.
  • Mather, Bruce. Program Notes for the concert Homage to Ivan Wyschnegradsky. January 8, 1993.
  • Mathews, Max V. "An Acoustic Compiler for Music and Psychological Stimuli", The Bell System Technical Journal, May 1961, pp. 677-694.
  • Mathews, Max V. and N. Guttman. "Generation of Music by a Digital Computer", Proceedings of the Third International Congress on Acoustics. Elsevier Publishing Company, Amsterdam, 1959.
  • Mathews, Max V. and John R. Pierce. "The Bohlen-Pierce Scale". Chapter 13 in Current Directions in Computer Music Research, Max V. Mathews and John R. Pierce (eds.), pp. 165-173. System Development Foundation Benchmark Series, no. 2, MIT Press, Cambridge MA, 1989.
  • Mathews, Max V., John R. Pierce, A. Reeves and Linda A. Roberts. "Theoretical and Experimental Explorations of the Bohlen-Pierce Scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 84 no. 4, 1988, pp. 1214-1222.
  • Mathews, Max, Linda A. Roberts and John R. Pierce. "Four new scales based on non-successive-integer ratio chords", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America Supplement, vol. 75 no. S1, 1984, p. S10(A).
  • Mathews, Max V. and John R. Pierce. "Harmony and Nonharmonic Partials", Rapports IRCAM no. 28, Paris, 1980. Also in Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 68 no. 5, 1980, pp. 1252–1257.
  • Mathews, Max V., John R. Pierce and Linda A. Roberts. "Harmony and New Scales", Harmony and Tonality: Papers given at a seminar organized by the Music Acoustics Committee of the Royal Swedish Academy of Music, Johan Sundberg (ed.), Kungliga Musikaliska Akademien, Stockholm, 1987, pp. 59-84.
  • Mathews, Max V. and G. Sims. "Perceptual discrimination of just and equal tempered tunings", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, Supplement 1, vol. 69, 1981, p. S38.
  • Mathiesen, Thomas J. "Bibliography of Sources for the Study of Ancient Greek Music", Music Indexes & Bibliographies, George Hill (ed.), Joseph Boonin Inc., New Jersey, 1974.
  • Mathiesen, Thomas J. "An annotated translation of Euclid's 'Division of a monochord'", Journal of Music Theory vol. 19 no. 2, 1975, pp. 236–258.
  • Mathiesen, Thomas J. "Problems of Terminology in Ancient Greek Theory: 'APMONIA'", Festival Essays for Pauline Alderman: a musicological tribute, Burton L. Karson (ed.), Brigham Young University Press, Provo UT, 1976, pp. 3-17.
  • Mathiesen, Thomas J. "New Fragments of Ancient Greek Music", Acta Musicologica vol. 53, 1981.
  • Mathiesen, Thomas J. "Aristides Quintilianus and the Harmonics of Manuel Bryennius: a study in Byzantine music theory", Journal of Music Theory vol. 27 no. 1, 1983, pp. 31–47.
  • Mathiesen, Thomas J. "Harmonia and ethos in ancient Greek music", Journal of Musicology vol. 3 no. 3, 1984, pp. 264–279.
  • Mathiesen, Thomas J. Ancient Greek Music Theory: A Catalogue Raisonné of Manuscripts Series BIX, Répertoire international des sources musicales, Henle Verlag, München, 1988.
  • Mathiesen, Thomas J. Apollo's Lyre: Greek Music and Music Theory in Antiquity and the Middle Ages. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, 1999.
  • Mathiesen, Thomas J. "Greek Music Theory", The Cambridge History of Western Music Theory, Thomas Christensen (ed.), Cambridge University Press, 2002, pp. 109–135.
  • Mathieu, W.A. Harmonic Experience. Inner Traditions International, Rochester VM, 1997, 564 pages.
  • Mathon de la Cour. Mémoire sur la proportion harmonique. Lyon, 1736.
  • Mathon de la Cour. Mémoire sur la génération harmonique. Lyon, 1738.
  • Mathon de la Cour. Instrument pour fixer le tempérament dans l'accord du clavecin et de l'orgue. Lyon, 1740.
  • Matias, Edgar. "Splitting the Octave. A Graphical Model for Musical Scale Description and Creation", WWW, 1993.
  • Mattax, Charlotte. "The Cimbalo Cromatico", Continuo Magazine for Early Music.
  • Matteau, Ray Ovide. Background, Theory, and Aesthetics of Microtonal Music. MA thesis, University of Nevada, Reno, 1975, 58 pages. University Microfilms, Ann Arbor MI, 1976.
  • Mattheson, Johann. Das neu-eröffnete Orchestre, oder universelle und gründliche Anleitung, wie ein Galant Homme einen vollkommnen Begriff von der Hoheit und Würde der edlen Music erlangen, seinen Gout darnach formiren, die Terminos technicos verstehen und geschicklich von dieser vortrefflichen Wissenschafft raisonniren möge. Benjamin Schillers Wittwe, Hamburg, 1713, 338 pages. Reprint 1993. Laaber Reprint vol. 3 Die drei Orchestre-Schriften, 3 vols, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2000, 367/561/789 pages.
  • Mattheson, Johann. Exemplarische Organisten-Probe im Artikel vom General - Bass. Welche mittelst 24. leichter und eben so viel etwas schwerer Exempel, aus allen Tonen des Endes anzustellen ist, dass einer, der diese 48. Prob - Stücke rein trifft und das darinn Enthaltene wohl anbringt, sich vor andern rühmen möge: er sey ein Meister im accompagniren. Alles zum unentbehrlichen Unterricht und Behuf nicht nur einiger Herren Organisten und Clavicymbalisten ex professo, sondern aller Liebhaber der Music, zuförderst derer, die der Haupt-Wissenschafft des Claviers, des General - Basses und des geschickten, manierlichen Accompagnements fleissig obliegen. Schiller- und Kissnerischer Buch-Laden, Hamburg, 1719.
  • Mattheson, Johann. Réflexions sur l'éclaircissement d'un problème de musique pratique. Hamburg, 1720. ("Éclaircissement d'un problème de musique practique", Mémoires pour l'histoire des sciences et des beaux arts, Trevoux, 1718, p. 310.)
  • Mattheson, Johann. Critica musica. Tomus secundus. Hamburg, 1722-1725. Reprint, 1964. Laaber Reprint vol. 4, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2000, 2 vols, 388/416 pages.
  • Mattheson, Johann. Große General-Baß-Schule, oder: der exemplarischen Organisten-Probe zweite, verbesserte und vermehrte Auflage. Johann Christoph Kißner, Hamburg, 1731. Reprint, W. Fortner, Mainz, 1956, 1968. Olms, Hildesheim, 1994.
  • Mattheson, Johann. Kleine General-Baß-Schule. Johann Christoph Kißner, Hamburg, 1735, 253 pages. Laaber Reprint vol. 5, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2000, 295 pages.
  • Mattheson, Johann. Der volkommene Kapellmeister, das ist gründliche Anzeige aller derjenigen Sachen, die Einer wissen, können und vollkommen inne haben muss, der einer Capelle mit Ehren und Nutzen vorstehen will. Christian Herold, Hamburg, 1739, 512 pages. Reprint by Margarete Reimann (ed.), Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1954, Reedition, Bärenreiter, 1999. English translation Johann Mattheson's "Der vollkommene Capellmeister by Ernest C. Harriss. UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor MI, 1981.
  • Mattheson, Johann. Aristoxeni iunioris Phthongologia systematica. Versuch einer systematischen Klang-Lehre wider die irrigen Begriffe von diesen geistigen Wesen, von dessen Geschlechten, Ton-Arten, Dreyklängen, und auch von mathematischen Musikanten, nebst einer Vorerinnerung wegen der behaupteten himmlischen Musik. Johann Adolf Martini, Hamburg, 1748, 167 pages. Reprint, Zentralantiquariat der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik, Leipzig, 1981.
  • Matzka, Wilhelm. Kritische Betrachtungen der musikalischen Töne und der diatonischen Tonleitern. Verlag der Königlichen Böhmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Prag, 1882.
  • Maurolico, Francesco. Musica. Opere matematica di Francesco Maurolico, Tito M. Tonietti (ed.), manuscript, Messina, 1562.
  • Maxham, R.E. The contribution of Joseph Sauveur (1653-1716) to acoustics. PhD thesis, University of Rochester, 1976.
  • Maxwell, Francis Kelly John. An Essay upon Tune. Being an Attempt To free the Scale of Music, and the Tune of Instruments, from Imperfection. C. Elliot, Edinburgh, 1781, 291 pages.
  • Maxwell, Miles. "Heavenly Harmony", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3, 1986, San Francisco, pp. 1, 7-11, 15.
  • Mayer, Harry. Moderne notaties in de muziek. Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema, Utrecht/Antwerpen, 1986. 187 p.
  • Mayfield, S.N. "Student Devises 29-Degree Octave Theory of Music", New Orleans Times-Picayune, 16 Nov. 1930.
  • Mazliak, Laurent. "Musique et Mathématiques. Trois millénaires d'une histoire d'amour mouvementée", WWW, 2000.
  • Mazzola, Guerino. Gruppen und Kategorien in der Musik. Entwurf einer mathematischen Musiktheorie. Heldermann Verlag, Berlin, 1985.
  • Mazzola, Guerino. "Sechs Thesen zur Rolle der Mathematik für die Musik", Musik und Mathematik. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985.
  • Mazzola, Guerino. Modulation und Stimmung. Manuscript, Seminar Wille, TH Darmstadt, 1985.
  • Mazzola, Guerino. "Obertöne oder Symmetrie: Was ist Harmonie?", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 191-210.
  • Mazzola, Guerino. "Mathematische Betrachtungen in der Musik I ?", II. Lecture Notes at Math. Institut, Univ. Zürich, 1986/87.
  • Mazzola, Guerino. "Konsonanz-Dissonanz und verborgene Symmetrien", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 95-104.
  • Mazzola, Guerino and Daniel Muzzulini. "Deduktion des Quintparallelenverbots aus der Konsonanz-Dissonanz-Dichotomie", Musiktheorie, Laaber Verlag, 1992.
  • Mazzola, Guerino. Geometrie der Töne. Elemente der mathematischen Musiktheorie. Unter Mitarbeit von Daniel Muzzulini. Mit einem Beitrag von G.R. Hofmann. Birkhäuser Verlag, Basel, 1990, 364 pages. English expanded translation The Topos of Music, Birkhäuser Verlag, Heidelberg, 2002, 1368 pages.
  • Mazzola, Guerino and Daniel Muzzulini. "Stimmungs- und Tempofelder - Perspektiven künftiger Musikcomputer", Mikrotöne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Mazzola, Guerino. "Mathematische Musiktheorie: Status quo 1990", Jahresbericht der Deutsche Mathematik-Verein vol. 93, 1991, pp. 6-29.
  • Mazzola, Guerino. "Teoria Matematica della Musica: Arte o Scienza?", Il Seminario, Trimestrale di Cultura, L'Araba Fenice, Locarno, 1992.
  • Mazzola, Guerino. "Just and Well-tempered Modulation Theory", Symposium On Tone Systems, Paris, 2002.
  • Mbabi-Katana, Solomon. The Uganda likembe : its history, tuning systems, notational and compositional techniques. Makerere University Printery, Kampala, 1986, 59 pages.
  • McCartin, Brian J. "A Geometric Property of the Octatonic Scale", International Mathematical Forum vol. 2 no. 49, 2007, pp. 2417-2436.
  • McClain, Ernest G. Pythagorean Paper Folding. March 1970.
  • McClain, Ernest G. "A new look at Plato's Timaeus", Music & Man vol. 4, New York, 1975, pp. 341-360.
  • McClain, Ernest G. The Myth of Invariance, the Origin of the Gods, Mathematics and Music from the Rg Veda to Plato. Nicolas-Hays Inc., York Beach MN, 1976. Reprint 1984, 216 pages.
  • McClain, Ernest G. The Pythagorean Plato, Prelude to the Song Itself. Nicolas-Hays Inc., Stony Brook NY, 1978, 192 pages.
  • McClain, Ernest G. and M.S. Hung. "Chinese cyclic tunings in late Antiquity", Ethnomusicology vol. 23 no. 2, May 1979, pp. 205-224.
  • McClain, Ernest G. "Musical Theory and Ancient Cosmology", The World and I, February 1994, pp. 371-391.
  • McClain, Ernest G. "A Sumerian Text in Quantified Archaeomusicology", ICONEA 2008: Proceedings of the International Conference of Near Eastern Archaeomusicology, held at the British Museum, 4-6 December 2008, Richard Dumbrill and Irving Finkel (eds.), Iconea Publications, London, pp. 89-103.
  • McClure, A.R. "Studies in Keyboard Temperaments", Galpin Society Journal vol. 1, March 1948, pp. 28-40.
  • McClure, A.R. "An Extended Mean-tone Organ", The Organ vol. 30, 1950-1, pp. 139-149.
  • McComb, Todd. "Scelsi: Orchestral Works (survey)", WWW, Nov. 1992.
  • McDermott, Josh; Andriana J. Lehr and Andrew J. Oxenham. "Individual differences reveal the basis of consonance", Current Biology vol. 20, June 2010, pp. 1035-1041.
  • McDermott, Vincent and Sumarsam. "Central Javanese music: The patet of laras sléndro and the gendèr barung", Journal of the Society for Ethnomusicology vol. 19 no. 2, 1975, pp. 233-244.
  • McDermott, Vincent. "Gamelans and New Music", Musical Quarterly vol. 72 no. 1, 1986, pp. 16-27.
  • McGeary, Thomas Nelson. "David Tannenberg's Directions for Organ Tuning", The Organ Yearbook vol. 16, 1985, pp. 78-89.
  • McGeary, Thomas Nelson. "Treatise on harpsichord tuning (book review)", Notes. Music Library Association vol. 44 no. 3, March 1988, pp. 467-469.
  • McGeary, Thomas Nelson. "German-Austrian keyboard temperaments and tuning methods, 1770-1840: Evidence from contemporary sources", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 15, 1989, pp. 90-118.
  • McGeary, Thomas Nelson. The Music of Harry Partch, a Descriptive Catalogue. Institute for Studies in American Music Monographs no. 31, Brooklyn College, New York, June 1991.
  • McGeary, Thomas Nelson. "Owen Jorgensen: Tuning: Containing the perfection of eighteenth-century temperament, ... (book review)", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 10, 1992, pp. 179-187.
  • McGeary, Thomas Nelson. The Harry Partch Archive. Unpubl. index of Harry Partch Archive in UIUC library, 1993.
  • McGeary, Thomas Nelson. "Joh. Lehmann's Fortepiano Tuning and Maintainance Manual (1827)", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 12, 1994, pp. 72-94.
  • McGee, Timothy J. The Sound of Medieval Song: Ornamentation and Vocal Style according to the Treatises. Oxford, 1998.
  • McGinnis, C.S. and J.W. Pepper. "Intonation of the Boehm Clarinet", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 16 no. 3, 1945, pp. 188–193.
  • McGoogy, Brink. "The Year of the Monkey", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 19-26.
  • McGowan, Rick. "Microtuning the Orchestra", WWW, January 2006.
  • McHard, James. The Future of Modern Music. American Book Publishing, 2001.
  • McIrvine, Edward. The Paradox of Key Symbolism and Tuning in the Late German Baroque Era: Werckmeister, Bach, Mattheson, and Heinichen. Unpublished paper, CMS, Newark, 2000.
  • McKay, Elizabeth Norman. Schubert: The Piano and Dark Keys. Wienbibliothek im Rathaus. Schriftenreihe zur Musik Bd. 12, Vienna, 2010, 147 pages.
  • McLaren, Brian. "General Methods of Generating Musical Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, 1990.
  • McLaren, Brian. "The Uses and Characteristics of Non-Octave Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1991.
  • McLaren, Brian. "Those Difficult Teens (and Other Microtonal Scales)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1991.
  • McLaren, Brian. "A Nostalgic Look at the 20s - and Other Musical Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1991.
  • McLaren, Brian. "The Low Profile of Those Higher Divisions of the Octave", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1991.
  • McLaren, Brian. "The Uses and Characteristics of Non-Just Non-Equal-Tempered Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, 1993.
  • McLaren, Brian. "More about Non-Octave Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, p. 45.
  • McLaren, Brian. "Circles of Fifths", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 42-52.
  • McLaren, Brian. "An Interview with Ivor Darreg about his Life and Work", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 19.
  • McLaren, Brian. "An Interview with Ralph David Hill", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 54.
  • McLaren, Brian. "Macrotonal Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 36.
  • McLaren, Brian. "Microtonality in the United States", 1997.
  • McLaren, Brian. "A Brief History of Microtonality in the Twentieth Century", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 57-110.
  • McLean, Mervyn. "A New Method of Melodic Interval Analysis as Applied to Maori Chant", Ethnomusicology vol. 10 no. 2, 1966, pp. 174-190.
  • McLean, Mervyn. "An Analysis of 651 Maori Scales", Journal of the International Folk Music Council vol. 1, 1969, pp. 123-164.
  • McLeod, Philip and Geoff Wyvill. "A Smarter Way to Find Pitch", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Barcelona, 5-9 September 2005, pp. 138-141.
  • McLeod, Philip. Fast, Accurate Pitch Detection Tools for Music Analysis. PhD thesis, Department of Computer Science, University of Otago, 2008.
  • McNeil, Michael. "An analysis tool for contemporary and historical tunings", Diapason vol. 78 no. 2 [927], February 1987, pp. 14-16.
  • McPhee, Colin. Music in Bali. A Study in Form and Instrumental Organization in Balinese Orchestral Music. Yale University Press, New Haven CT, 1966. London, 1976. Chapter 7: Scale Systems, Scales and Tunings.
  • McQuere, Gordon D. Russian Theoretical Thought in Music. UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor MI, 1983.
  • McTague, Carl. A Brief on the Helix of Fifths, 2002, 4 pages.
  • Meckenheuser, Jacob Georg. Die so genannte: Allerneuste, musicalische Temperatur. Quedlinburg, 1727.
  • Meer, John Henry van der. "Saitenklaviere mit enharmonischen Tasten im deutschen Sprachgebiet", Kongreß-Bericht Berlin 1974, pp. 592-595.
  • Meer, Wim van der. "Thats and Murcchanas: an Analysis of Tone Materials", ISTAR Newsletter no. 1, New Delhi, January-March 1984, pp. 15-18.
  • Meeùs, Nicolas. "Juan Bermudo et le clavier enharmonique", Bulletin de la Societé Liègeoise de Musicologie vol. 8, 1974, Liège, pp. 1-16.
  • Meeùs, Nicolas. "Some hypotheses on the history of organ pitch before Schlick", The Organ Yearbook vol. 6, 1975, pp. 42-52.
  • Meeùs, Nicolas. "Mode et système: conceptions ancienne et moderne de la modalité", Musurgia vol. 4 no. 3, 1997, pp. 67-80.
  • Meeùs, Nicolas. "Le diapason authentique. Quelques réflexions à propos du clavecin transpositeur des Ruckers", Philippe Mercier (ed.), Collège Erasme, Louvain la Neuve, 1980.
  • Meeùs, Nicolas. Entry for "Enharmonic keyboard", The New Grove Dictionary of Musical Instruments, MacMillan Press Limited, London, 1984.
  • Meffen, John. The Temperament of Keyboard Instruments in England during the Late Sixteenth and Early Seventeenth Centuries. June 1973.
  • Meffen, John. The Temperament of Keyboard Instruments in England from the Virginalists to the Middle of the Nineteenth Century. PhD thesis, Musicology, University of Leeds, 1977.
  • Meffen, John. "A Question of Temperament: Purcell and Croft", Musical Times vol. 119 no. 1624, June 1978, pp. 504-506.
  • Meffen, John. A Guide to Tuning Musical Instruments. David and Charles, Newton Abbot, 1982, 160 pages.
  • Mehner, Klaus. "Kommauntersuchungen beim einstimmigen begleiteten Singen", Bericht über den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß, Leipzig 1966, 1972, pp. 524-528.
  • Mehta, Manharram. Twenty-two Shrutis and two Gramas of Indian Music. Bombay, 1938.
  • Mei, Girolamo. Discorso sopra la musica antica et moderna. 1602.
  • Meibomius, Marcus (Marcus Meibom) (ed.) Antiquae musicae auctores septem. Graece et latine. Marcus Meibomius restituit ac notis explicavit. L. Elsevir, Amsterdam, 1652. Reprint Broude Brothers, New York, 1977.
  • Meijer, Frank. "Alois Hába's 'Neue Harmonielehre'", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 82-93.
  • Meinel, Heinrich. "Einfluss der Tonsysteme auf den Normstimmton", Akustica vol. 5, 1955, pp. 284–288.
  • Meinel, Heinrich. "Musikinstrumentstimmungen und Tonsysteme", Acustica vol. 7, 1957, pp. 185-190.
  • Meister, Wolfgang Theodor. Beiträge zur Entwicklung der Orgelstimmung in Italien und Süddeutschland vom 14. Jahrhundert bis zum Ende des 18. Jahrhunderts. PhD diss., U. Mainz, 1990. Orgelbau-Fachverlag Rensch, Lauffen am Neckar, 1991, 136 pages.
  • Mekeel, Joyce. "The Harmonic Theories of Kirnberger and Marpurg", Journal of Music Theory vol. 4 no. 2, November 1960, pp. 169-193.
  • Mellers, Wilfrid. "An American Aboriginal", Tempo vol. 64, spring 1963, pp. 2-6.
  • Mellers, Wilfrid. "An Authentic American Composer", Times Literary Supplement, 31 March 1991, p. 19.
  • Melling, David J. Reading Psalmodia. An introduction to modern Byzantine Notation. WWW, Jan. 2000, 49 pages.
  • Menard, René. "Le problème de la mémorisation en musique copte garant de fidélité à la tradition", Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Mendel, Arthur. "Pitch in the 16th and early 17th centuries", Musical Quarterly vol. 34, 1948, pp. 28-45, 199-221, 336-357, 575-593.
  • Mendel, Arthur. Studies in the History of Musical Pitch. Uitgeverij Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1968.
  • Mendel, Arthur. "Pitch in Western music since 1500 - a re-examination", Acta musicologica vol. 50, 1978, pp. 1-93.
  • Mendoza, V.I. "El sonido 13 y los fundamentos armónicos del sistema de dieciseisavos", El Sonido 13, 15 March 1925, pp. 7-18.
  • Mengelberg, Karel. Professor Fokker en zijn een-en-dertig-toonsorgel. Mens en Melodie vol. 5 no. 10, October 1950, pp. 317-321.
  • Mengoli, Pietro. Speculationi di musica. Bologna, 1670.
  • Mercadier de Belesta, Jean-Baptiste. Nouveau système de musique théorique et pratique. Valade, Paris, 1776, 376 pages.
  • Mercadier de Belesta, Jean-Baptiste. Mémoire sur l'accord du clavecin et sur le système de M. de Boisgelou, concernant les intervalles musicaux. Desclassan, Paris, 1788.
  • Mercator, Nicolaus. See William Holder: Treatise... which reproduces Mercator's manuscript.
  • Mercator, Nicolaus. Musica. London, 1672.
  • Mercier, Philippe. "Étendue de clavier et accord des clavecins dans les Pays-Bas méridionaux au XVIIIe siècle. Étude d'après le répertoire", La facture de clavecin du XVe au XVIIIe siècle, Collège Erasme, Louvain, 1980, pp. 127-138.
  • Meredith, David. "Pitch spelling algorithms", Proceedings of the Fifth Triennial ESCOM Conference, R. Kopiez, A.C. Lehmann, I. Wolther and C. Wolf (eds.), September 8-13, 2003, Hannover, pp. 204-207.
  • Meredith, David. Computing Pitch Names in Tonal Music: A Comparative Analysis of Pitch Spelling Algorithms. PhD thesis, University of Oxford, 2006.
  • Mersenne, Marin. (pseud. Sieur de Sermes) Traité de l'harmonie universelle, contenant la théorie et la pratique de la musique. Où il est traité des Consonances, des Dissonances, des Genres, des Modes, de la Composition, de la Voix, des Chants, & de toutes sortes d'Instruments Harmoniques. Guillaume Baudry, Paris, 1627, 487 pages. Sébastien Cramoisy, Paris, 1636/1637. Facsimile reprint, François Lesure (ed.), Éditions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, 3 vols., Paris, 1963. English translation Harmonie Universelle: The Books on Instruments by Roger Edington Chapman, Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1957, 596 pages.
  • Mersenne, Marin. Questions harmoniques. Jacques Villery, Paris, 1634. Facsimile edition of 1636, Frommann, Stuttgart, 1963.
  • Mersenne, Marin. Traité de l'orgue. Pierre Ballard, Paris, November 1635. Facsimile reprint with introduction by Bernard Huys, W. Vergaelen, Leuven, 1979, 109 pages.
  • Mersenne, Marin. Harmonicorum libri, in quibus agitur de sonorum natura causis et effectibus; de consonantiis, dissonantiis, rationibus, generibus, modis, cantibus, compositione, orbisque totius harmonicis instrumentis. Guillaume Baudri, Paris, 1635/1636, 1648, 352 pages. Facsimile reprint, Minkoff, Genève, 1972.
  • Mersenne, Marin. "Nouvelles observations physiques & mathématiques", appended to Harmonie Universelle, Antoine Berthier, Paris, 1638.
  • Mersenne, Marin. Cogitata physico-mathematica. Berthier, Paris, 1644.
  • Mersenne, Marin. "Letters", in Correspondance du P. Marin Mersenne, Cornelis de Waard (ed.), Éditions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, 12 vols., Paris, 1932-1988.
  • Mersmann, Hans. "Busoni entwurf einer neuen Ästhetik der Tonkunst", Allgemeine Musikzeitung no. 44, 1917, p. 79.
  • Mersmann, Hans. Die Tonsprache der neuen Musik. Melosverlag, Mainz, 1928, 72 pages.
  • Merthayasa, I.G.N. and B. Pratomo. "The Temporal and Spectral characteristics of Gamelan Sunda Music", Acoustics '08, Paris, 29 June - 4 July 2008.
  • Messina, Lino. "Breve storia della musica ebraica", WWW, 2000.
  • Mete, Denis E. Makâm-Musik in der osmanisch-türkischen Musiktradition. WWW, 2008, 12 pages.
  • Mett, Silke. "Intonation im Ensemblespiel: Theorie und Praxis", Tibia: Magazin für Freunde alter und neuer Blasermusik vol. 14 no. 4, 1989, pp. 573-580.
  • Metz, Paul Wesley. A Study of Harry Partch: With Particular Emphasis on his Microtonal Tuning System. MSc thesis, University of Cincinnati, 1978.
  • Metzger, Heinz-Klaus and Rainer Riehn (eds.) Giacinto Scelsi. Edition text + kritik, München, 1983.
  • Metzger, Heinz-Klaus and Rainer Riehn (eds.) Musik der anderen Tradition I: Mikrotonale Tonwelkten. Musik Konzepte Sonderband, Edition text + kritik, München, 2002, 300 pages.
  • Meulders, Michel. Helmholtz. Des Lumières aux neurosciences, Odile Jacob, Paris, 2001. Italian translation Helmholtz. Dal secolo dei Lumi alle neuroscienze by Marco Piccolino and Giacomo Magrini (eds.), Bollati Boringhieri, Milan, 2005. English translation From Enlightenment to Neuroscience by Laurence Garey, Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 2008.
  • Meursius, Joannes (Johan van Meurs) (ed.) Aristoxenos, Nicomachus, Alypius, Auctores musices antiquissimi. Leiden, 1616.
  • Meyer, Christian. "Observations pour une analyse des tempéraments des instruments à cordes pincées: Le luth de Hans Gerle (1532)", Revue de Musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 119-141.
  • Meyer, Christian. "Mathématique et musique au Moyen-Âge", Quadrivium : Musiques et sciences, La Villette, Paris. IPMC, 1992. (Acte du colloque organise du 8 au 10 mars 1991 à Metz par l'IPMC).
  • Meyer, Max F. "Über Kombinationstöne und einige hierzu in Beziehung stehende akustische Erscheinungen", Zeitschrift für Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 11, 1896, pp. 177-229.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Zur Theorie der Differenztöne und der Gehörsempfindungen überhaupt", Beiträge akustische Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1898, pp. 25-63.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Elements of a Psychological Theory of Melody", Psychological Review vol. 7, 1900, pp. 241-273.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Contributions to a Psychological Theory of Music", The University of Missouri Studies vol. 1, University of Missouri, 1901, pp. 1-80.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Zur Theorie japanischer Musik", Zeitschrift für Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 33, 1903.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Experimental Studies in the Psychology of Music", American Journal of Psychology vol. 14, 1903, pp. 192-214.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Unscientific Methods in Musical Esthetics", Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods vol. 1, 1904, pp. 705-715.
  • Meyer, Max F. Autobiography. 1920.
  • Meyer, Max F. The Musician's Arithmetic: Drill Problems for an Introduction to the Scientific Study of Musical Composition. Oliver Ditson and Company, Boston, 1929. University of Missouri Studies vol. 4 no. 1, 1929, Columbia.
  • Meyer, Max F. How We Hear: How Tones Make Music. Boston, 1950.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Fokker’s organ in Huygens’ tuning", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 23 no. 3, 1951, p. 369.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Observation of the Tartini pitch produced by sin 9x + sin 13x", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 26 no. 4, 1954, pp. 560–562.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Observation of the Tartini pitch produced by sin 11x+sin 15x and sin 11x+2 sin 15x", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 26 no. 5, 1954, pp. 759–761.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Theory of pitches 19, 15 and 11 plus a rumbling resulting from sin 19x + sin 15x", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 27 no. 4, 1955, pp. 749–750.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Subjective Tones: Tartini and beat-tone pitches", The Americal Journal of Psychology vol. 70, 1957, pp. 646-650.
  • Meyer, Max F. "Listeners can be Seduced to Perceive the Paradoxic Ratio 51:87 as either One or Another Truly Melodic Interval", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 34, 1962.
  • Meyer, Max F. "New Illusions of Pitch", American Journal of Psychology vol. 75 no. 2, 1962, pp. 323–324.
  • Meylan, Raymond. La Flûte. Lausanne, 1974. English translation by Alfred Clayton, Amadeus Press, Portland OR, 1988, 143 pages.
  • Meynial, X. Systèmes à micro-intervalles pour les instruments à trous latéraux, oscillations d'une anche simple couplée à un résonateur de diverses formes, dissertation, Université du Maine, Le Mans, 1987.
  • Miao, Tianrui. Lüxue (The study of temperament). Renmin yinyue cbs., Beijing, 1950, 1st rev. ed. 1963, 2nd. rev. ed. 1983.
  • Miao, Tianrui, Liankang Li and Nai'an Guo (eds.) Zhongguo yinyue cidian (Dictionary of Chinese music). Renmin yinyue cbs., Beijing, 1985.
  • Michaelides, S. The music of ancient Greece. London, 1978.
  • Michel, Pierre. György Ligeti, Compositeur d'aujourd'hui. Minerve, Paris, 1985.
  • Michelin, François. La gamme chromatique de l'orchestre et de Jean-Sebastien Bach à 11 quintes justes et 1 quinte faible fa-dièse - do-dièse. Self-published, Antibes, 1977, 126 pages.
  • Michelin, François. Proposition pour une nouvelle gamme musicale. June 1976.
  • MIDI Manufacturers Association. "MIDI Tuning. MIDI 1.0 Universal System Exclusive Messages", 1985-1996.
  • MIDI Manufacturers Association. "MIDI Tuning. Bank and Dump Extensions", 1999.
  • Miller, George A. "The Magical Number Seven, Plus or Minus Two: Some Limits on Our Capacity for Processing Information", The Psychological Review vol. 63, 1956, pp. 81-97.
  • Miller, Herman. "Musical terms in Gjarrda, WWW.
  • Miller, Herman. "The 'Warped Canon' Page", WWW, 2001.
  • Miller, Herman. "Porcupine temperament", WWW, 2002.
  • Miller, Herman. "Regular Temperaments", WWW, 2006.
  • Miller, Leta E. and Fredric Lieberman. Lou Harrison: Composing a world. Oxford University Press, New York, 1998. 385 pages, with CD.
  • Miller, Leta E. (ed.) Lou Harrison: Selected Keyboard and Chamber Music, 1937-1994. With biographical essays, MUSA vol. 8, Music of the United States of America, Ann Arbor MI, 1998.
  • Miller, Leta E. and Fredric Lieberman. "Lou Harrison and the American Gamelan", American Music, summer 1999.
  • Miller, Willis G. The Effects of Non-Equal Temperament on Chopin's Mazurkas. PhD diss., University of Houston, October 2004.
  • Millet, Yves. "La primauté de la Gamme dite de Pythagore, son symbolisme cosmologique", Paris, 1958.
  • Mills, R.G.J. "Tuning of bells by a linear programming method", The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 85 no. 6, June 1989, pp. 2630-2633.
  • Milne, Andrew J. "Tonal Function in Harmonic Scales", unpublished, 2005.
  • Milne, Andrew J., William A. Sethares and James Plamondon. X_System, November 2006, 59 pages.
  • Milne, Andrew J., William A. Sethares and James Plamondon. "Isomorphic Controllers and Dynamic Tuning: Invariant Fingering over a Tuning Continuum", Computer Music Journal vol. 31 no. 4, winter 2007, pp. 15–32.
  • Milne, Andrew J., William A. Sethares and James Plamondon. "Tuning Continua and Keyboard Layouts", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 2 no. 1, 2008, pp. 1–19.
  • Milne, Andrew J., William A. Sethares and James Plamondon. The Matrix: An Alternative Paradigm for Music, WWW, 2008, 16 pages.
  • Milne, Andrew J., Anthony Prechtl, Simon Holland, Robin Laney and David B. Sharp. "Hex: Widening access to the compositional possibilities of novel tunings", Computer Music Journal vol. 36 no. 1, 2012.
  • Milojkovic-Djuric, Jelena. "Hába's microtonal theories in Yugoslavia", Cross currents vol. 1, 1982, pp. 309-313.
  • Minet, Nicolas. "Les notes dans la gamme... Toujours? Pourquoi?", WWW.
  • Ministère de l’Instruction Publique, Royaume d’Égypte. Recueil des travaux du Congrès de musique arabe, qui s’est tenu au Caire en 1932 (Hég. 1350), sous le Haut Patronage de S. M. Fouad 1er, Roi d’Égypte. Imprimerie Nationale, Boulac, Cairo, 1934.
  • Mioli, Piero. "Il clavicembalo: Organologia, accordatura, notazione, diteggiatura (book review)", A.M.I.S. Antiquae musicae italicae studiosi vol. 3 no. 5, Feb. 1987, pp. 20-25.
  • Miranda, Alejandro. A Practical Application of Tuning Practices in the Preludes and Fugues of J. C. F. Fischer's 'Ariadne Musica'. Master thesis, University of North Texas, 1999, 129 pages.
  • Misch, Clemens and Rudolf Wille. "Stimmungslogiken auf MUTABOR: Eine Programmiersprache", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 87-94.
  • Misschaert, L. "Ekkehard Schulze-Kurz: Die Laute und ihre Stimmungen (book review)", Musica Antiqua, 1992.
  • Mitani, Yoko. "Kankoku no kin so ni tsuite-genkin to kayakin no ongaku, I-III", Gakudo vols. 327, 328, 329, Jan.-March 1969, pp. 5-10, 5-11, 4-11.
  • Mitani, Yoko. "Kin no chogen-ho no hensen", Toyo ongaku kenkyu vol. 41-42, August 1977, Japan, pp. 1-26.
  • Mitani, Yoko. "So no chogen-ho no hensen", Chang Festschrift, 1978, pp. 441-469.
  • Mitani, Yoko. "Some melodic features of Chinese qin music", Music and Tradition. Essays on Asian and other music presented to Laurence Picken, Richard Widdess and R.F. Wolpert (eds.), 1981, pp. 123-142.
  • Mitchell, Danlee. "The Tuning of Harry Partch's 43-Tones-To-The-Octave Just Intonation Scale, and its Musical Endowments and Consequences". Unpublished speech to the 106th meeting of the Acoustical Society of America in San Diego, 1983.
  • Mitchell, Geordan. "Fractal Tone Monochord Octave", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 240-245.
  • Mitra, Amit. "In Search of Twenty-Two Shrutis", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 2, spring 2006, pp. 1, 4-15, 24.
  • Mizler, Lorenz Ch. Anfangsgründe des General-Basses nach mathematischer Lehr-Art abgehandelt, und vermittelst einer hierzu erfundenen Maschine auf das deutlichste vorgetragen von Lorenz Mizerln. Leipzig, 1739, 137 pages. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1971.
  • Mobbs, Kenneth and Alexander C.N. Mackenzie of Ord. "The 'Bach Temperament'", Early Music, August 2005, pp. 546-547.
  • Modak, H.V. Propriety of dividing an octave into 22 shrutis. Physics Sect., Indian Science Congress, 1961.
  • Modak, H.V. "Septimal frequency ratios and twenty-two sruti scale", Journal of the Music Academy Madras vol. 38 no. 1-4, 1967, pp. 151-159.
  • Mohr, Chris. "Retuning Music", On the Air Magazine, New York, fall 1992, pp. 33-39.
  • Mohr, Joachim. "Mathematische Beschreibung von Tonsystemen", WWW.
  • Mohr, Joachim. "Reine, mitteltönige und andere Stimmungen, oder, Das syntonische Komma in der Musiktheorie und alles, was damit zusammenhängt", WWW, 2009.
  • Mohr, William David. "'Five': A Tuning Sequence", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, summer 1990, pp. 10-14.
  • Mohr, William David. "The author responds", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 2, December 1991, pp. 16-17.
  • Mohrlok, Werner. "Der reine Klang. Programmgesteuerte Stimmung bei Synthesizern. Reine und temperierte Stimmungen, Hermode Tuning", Keys no. 3, 1995, p. 86.
  • Mohrlok, Werner. "Hermode Tuning Echtzeit-Tuning-System", Keyboards no. 4, 1999, with Atari software on CD-ROM.
  • Mohrlok, Werner. "Hermode program controlled tuning", WWW, 2003.
  • Mollans, comtesse b. de Ferrière le Vayer. Théorie nouvelle sur les modes anciens. 48 pages.
  • Möllendorf, Willi. Musik mit Vierteltönen. Erfahrungen am bichromatischen Harmonium. Verlag von F.E.C. Leuckart, Leipzig, 1917, 58 pages. English translation by Joseph Monzo "Music with quarter-tones. Experiences at the bichromatic harmonium", 2001.
  • Möllendorf, Willi. "Vierteltöne", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik vol. 84 Yearbook, 1917, p. 68.
  • Möllendorf, Willi. "La musique en quarts de ton est en marche" (in German), Neue Musikzeitung, Stuttgart, 1 June 1922.
  • Möllendorf, Willi. "Alois Hába; op. 7, Streichquartett im Vierteltonsystem", Melos vol. 3, 1922, pp. 150-151.
  • Möllendorf, Willi. "Alois Hába als Kompositionslehrer", Sbornik praci filosofickè fakulty brènskè university, F9, 1965, p. 379.
  • Momigny, Jérôme-Joseph de. Cours complet d'harmonie et de composition d'après une théorie neuve et générale de la musique, basée sur des principes incontestables, puisés dans la nature. 3 vols, Paris, 1803-1806, 152 pages.
  • Momigny, Jérôme-Joseph de. Exposé succinct du seul système musical qui soit vraiment fondé et complet; du seul système qui soit partout d'accord avec la nature, avec la raison et avec la pratique. Paris, 1809.
  • Momigny, Jérôme-Joseph de. Article 'Temperament', Paris, 1818.
  • Momigny, Jérôme-Joseph de. La seule vraie théorie de la musique. Paris, 1821. Italian translation La sola e vera teoria della musica, Bologna, 1823.
  • Monahan, Gordon and Tina Pearson. "Bridge", Musicworks: The Journal of Sound Exploration no. 27, spring 1984, pp. 10-13.
  • Monette, Louis G. and C. Stevens. Organ tonal finishing and fine tuning. Oracle, Baton Rouge, 1981, 141 pages.
  • Monro, D.B. Modes of ancient Greek music. Oxford, 1894.
  • Montagu, Jeremy. "Bagpipes and Tunings by Theodor H. Podnos" (book review), The Galpin Society Journal vol. 28, April 1975, pp. 148-149.
  • Montagu, Jeremy. "The art of fingering the harpsichord; illustrated with examples in notes; to which is added an approved method of tuning this instrument (book review)", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 43, April 1986, p. 32.
  • Montagu, Jeremy. "Tuning and Temperament and why we have to do it", Oxford, 2005, 4 pages.
  • Montagu, Jeremy. "Ellis at Belfast. On the Measurement of the Musical Scales of Various Nations and Introducing the Ellis", unpublished ESEM Seminar paper, Oxford, 2005, 5 pages.
  • Montal, Claude. L'Art d'accorder soi-même son piano d'après une méthode sure, simple et facile, déduite des principes exacts de l'acoustique et de l'harmonie, contenant en outre les moyen de conserver cet instrument, l'exposé de ses qualités, la manière de réparer les accidents qui surviennent à son mécanisme; un traité d'acoustique, et l'histoire du piano et des instruments à clavier qui l'ont précédé, depuis le Moyen-Âge jusqu'en 1834. J. Meissonnier, Paris, 1836. Facs. reprint, Minkoff, Genève, 1976, 252 pages.
  • Monteith, Alison. "Just Intonation and Music for Theatre", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 4, spring 2004, pp. 1, 4-8.
  • Montu, Benoît. Numération harmonique, ou échelle d'arithmétique, pour servir d'explication des lois de l'harmonie. Colnet, Paris, 1802.
  • Montvallon, André Barrigue de. Nouveau système de musique sur les intervalles des tons, et sur les proportions des accords, où l'on examine les systèmes proposés par divers auteurs. Aix, 1742.
  • Montvallon, André Barrigue de. Nouveau sistème sur la transmission et les effets des sons. Nouveau sistème sur le tempérament du clavecin, et nouvelle manière de l'accorder. Bordelet, Paris, 1747.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Similarities between Partch and Schoenberg as originators of new harmonic principles. Unpublished, 1988.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. A New Look at the 'Musica Enchiriadis'. Unpublished, 1996-97.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. An Examination of a Possible 5-Limit System of Boethius. Unpublished, 1997.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. JustMusic: A New Harmony - Representing Pitch as Prime Series. Draft version, Philadelphia, 1995. 2nd Draft, Philadelphia, 1997, Sonic Arts Press, San Diego, 1998.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. JustMusic Prime-Factor Notation, WWW, 1998.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Harmonic Lattice Diagrams, WWW, 1998. Traduite en français. Deutsche Übersetzung.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Use of Microtones in the Vocals of Robert Johnson, WWW, 1998.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. 5-Limit Implications of ancient Indian tuning, WWW, 1998.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. The Fretting of the Arab Lute, WWW, 1998.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. John Dowland's Lute Fretting, WWW, 1998.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Speculations on Marchetto of Padua's 'Fifth-Tones', WWW, 1998.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. "My Autobiography", WWW, 1998.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. "List of my works (with many MIDI audio examples)", WWW, 1998.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. On the Poole Keyboard, WWW, 1999.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. "micro.CAL, a program to input ratios into a CakewalkTM MIDI file, using Cakewalk's CAL (Cakewalk Application Language)", WWW, 1999.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. "Prime-ET, an ExcelTM spreadsheet which allows input of a table of prime-factors and their exponents and an n-degree ET, and compares them", WWW, 1999.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Program Notes to A Noiseless Patient Spider, WWW, 1999.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Program notes to Theme from 'Invisible Haircut', WWW, 1999, 2000.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Program notes to 24-eq Tune, WWW, 1999.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. A Century of New Music in Vienna, WWW, 1999-2004.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. English translation of Alois Hába's Schoenberg and the further possibilities of music-development, WWW, 1999.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Chronological List of Works of Alois Hába, WWW, 1999.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. A Summary of W.S.B. Woolhouse's Essay on Musical Intervals, WWW, 1999.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Tutorial on Ancient Greek Tetrachord-theory, WWW, 1999.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. The Measurement of Aristoxenus's Divisions of the Tetrachord, WWW, 1999, 2000.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. On Fabio Colonna's Sambuca tuning, WWW, 1999.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. 7-limit Pitch-bend lattice, WWW, 2000.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. An Examination of Fox-Strangways and Partch on JI Modulation, WWW, 2000.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. An examination of a 12-tone multi-prime neo-Gothic JI tuning of Margo Schulter, WWW, 2000.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. A 13-tone 7...17-limit scale of Pat Pagano and David Beardsley, WWW, 2001.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. The Blackjack scale, WWW, 2001.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Autumn Leaves in Blackjack tuning, WWW, 2001.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. A Gentle Introduction to the MIDI Tuning Specification, WWW, 2001.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. An Examination of Partch's Explanation of ETs, WWW, 2001.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Mozart's Tuning: a 20-tone subset of 55-EDO, WWW, 2001.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Ganassi's Well-Temperament, WWW, 2001.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Lattice Diagrams Comparing Rational Implications of Various Meantone Chains, WWW, 2001.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. An Examination of Partch's The Intruder, WWW, 2002.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Eivind Groven's Schismatic Temperament, WWW, 2002.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Vicentino's adaptive-JI of 1555, WWW, 2002.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Zarlino's description of 2/7-comma meantone, WWW, 2003.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Ramos's divisions of the monochord, WWW, 2003.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. Tonalsoft Encyclopaedia of Tuning, WWW, 2003.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. "Tutorial on ancient Greek Tetrachord-theory", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 246-257.
  • Monzo, Joseph L. "Philolaos: The earliest Greek Tuning-Theory", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 258-267.
  • Moody, Gary Edwin. A Practical Method for the Teaching of Intonation (Tones, Combination Tones). DA diss., University of Northern Colorado, 1995, 234 pages.
  • Moon, Parry. "A scale for specifying frequency levels in octaves and semitones", Journal of the Acoust. Soc. of Am. vol. 25 no. 3, 1953, pp. 506–515.
  • Moore, Brian C.J. An Introduction to the Psychology of Hearing. Academic Press, London, 1982, 1997.
  • Moore, Brian C.J.; R.V. Peters and B.R. Glasberg. "Thresholds for hearing mistuned partials as separate tones in harmonic complexes", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 80 no. 2, 1986, pp. 479-483.
  • Moore, Brian C.J. "Audibility of Partials in Inharmonic Complex Tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 93 no. 1, 1993, pp. 452-461.
  • Moore, James L. Acoustics of Bar Percussion Instruments. PhD thesis, Ohio State University, 1970. Permus Publications, Columbus OH, 1978, 164 pages.
  • Moorer, J.A. and J. Grey. "Lexicon of Analysed Tones", Computer Music Journal vol. 1 no. 2, 1977, (Part I, violin tone), vol. 1 no. 3, 1977 (Part II, clarinet and oboe tones), vol. 2 no. 2, 1978 (Part III, the trumpet).
  • Moran, Patrick Edwin. The Theory Behind Chinese Music, WWW, 2004.
  • Morel, Alexandre-Jean. Principe acoustique nouveau et universal de la théorie musicale, ou musique expliquée. Bachelier, Paris, 1816.
  • Morel, Alexandre-Jean. Observations sur la 'seule vraie théorie de la musique' de M. de Momigny. Bachelier, Paris, 1822.
  • Moreno, Enrique I. Introduction to an expanded theory of tuning and scales. The College Honors Program: research report, Univ. of Kansas, 1987.
  • Moreno, Enrique I. Expanded Tunings in Contemporary Music: Theoretical Innovations and Practical Applications. Series: Studies in the history and interpretation of music no. 30, Edwin Mellen Press, Lewiston NY, 1992, 203 pages.
  • Moreno, Enrique I. "The Existence of Unexplored Dimensions of Pitch: Expanded Chromas", Proceedings of the 17th International Computer Music Conference, San Jose, 1992, pp. 402-403.
  • Moreno, Enrique I. "A Visual Model for Embedded Chroma Spaces: Theory and Software Applications", Proceedings of the 20th International Computer Music Conference, Århus, September 1994.
  • Moreno, Enrique I. "Expanded Chromas and the New Frontiers of Tonality: An Introduction", Journal of New Music Research vol. 23 no. 3, September 1994, pp. 235-244.
  • Moreno, Enrique Ignacio. Embedding Equal Pitch Spaces and the Question of Expanded Chromas: an Experimental Approach. PhD thesis, Stanford University, December 1995, 217 pages.
  • Moreux, Serge. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky ou le musicien ami des grands nombres", Revue française de l'élite, 25 February 1948, Paris, p. 69.
  • Morey, Carl. "The Diatonic, Chromatic and Enharmonic Dances by Martino Pesenti", Acta Musicologica vol. 38 no. 2/4, Apr-Dec 1966, pp. 185-189.
  • Morgan, Robert P. Anthology of Twentieth Century Music. W.W. Norton and Co., New York, 1992, pp. 393-412.
  • Moriarty, John Lank. The Fundamentals of Music. Slide presentation, WWW, 42 pages.
  • Morley, Thomas. A plaine and Easie Introduction to Practicall Musicke. London, 1597.
  • Moroney, Davitt. Tuning and Temperaments. Self-published, 1980.
  • Morrison, Gary. "Decimal Music", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, spring 1979, 4 pages.
  • Morrison, Gary. "Ten Equal: The Other Side of the Coin", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, pp. 7-8, 17.
  • Morrison, Gary. "A Quick Excursion Into Octave-Repeating, Harmonic-Series Based Scales", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, pp. 8-10.
  • Morrison, Gary. "A Graphical Technique for Finding Equally-Tempered Scales by their Harmonic Resources", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 90-94.
  • Morrison, Gary. "34-Tone Notation System Based on Adjusted 17-Tone", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, 1995, pp. 86-91.
  • Morrison, Steven J. "Effect of melodic context, tuning behaviors, and experience on the intonation accuracy of wind players", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 48, 2000, pp. 139-151.
  • Morse, Philip McCord. Vibration and Sound. Acoustical Society of America, New York, 1936, reprint 1981, 468 pages.
  • Morton, David. The traditional music of Thailand. University of California Institute of Ethnomusicology, Los Angeles, 1968, 47 pages.
  • Morton, David. "The Music of Thailand", Music of Many Cultures, E. May (ed.), University of California Press, Berkeley CA, pp. 63–82.
  • Morton, Ian A. "Numerical orders in triadic harmony", Journal of Music Theory vol. 4 no. 2, 1960, pp. 153–168.
  • Mosch, Ulrich. "Ultrachromatik und Mickrotonalität. Hans Zenders Grundlegung einer neuen Harmonik", Hans Zender. Vielstimmig in sich, Archive zur Musik des 20. und 21. Jahrhunderts, vol. 12, Werner Grünzweig, Jörn Peter Hiekel and Anouk Jeschke (eds.), Wolke, Hofheim, 2008, pp. 61-76.
  • Moser, Dietz-Rüdiger. "Andreas Werckmeister. Ein großer Musiktheoretiker der Barockzeit", Unser Harz vol. 17 no. 5, May 1969, pp. 89-91.
  • Mossotti, Ottaviano Felice. Del tempéramento. Bibl. Universitaria, Pisa.
  • Mostrass, Konstantin G. Die Intonation auf der Violine - Eine methodische Skizze. German translation from Russian by Karl Krämer, Leipzig, 1947, 1953, 1961, 151 pages.
  • Motte-Haber, Helga de la. "Zum Problem der Klassifikation von Akkorden", Jahrbuch des staatlichen Institutes für Musikforschung Preußischer Kulturbesitz, 1968, pp. 9-28.
  • Motte-Haber, Helga de la. "Konsonanz und Dissonanz als Kriterien der Beschreibung von Akkorden", Jahrbuch des staatlichen Institutes für Musikforschung Preußischer Kulturbesitz, 1970, pp. 101-127.
  • Motte-Haber, Helga de la. "Rationalität und Affekt - Über das Verhältnis von mathematischer Begründung und psychologischer Wirkung in der Musik", in: Musik und Mathematik. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985.
  • Mountford, J.F. "The Musical Scales of Plato's Republic", The Classical Quarterly vol. 17, 1923, pp. 125-136.
  • Moye, John Noble, II. The psychoacoustics of musical sound: An annotated bibliography. PhD diss., Florida State U., 1991, 468 pages.
  • Moyroud, Charles. Traité de théorie musicale. Paris, 1880.
  • Mozart, Leopold. Versuch einer gründlichen Violinschule. Johann Jakob Lotter, Augsburg, 1756, 1787. Reprint Greta Moens-Haenen (ed.), Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1995, 320 pages. Dutch translation Grondig Onderwys in Het Behandelen Der Viool, Johannes Enschedé, Haarlem, 1766, 275 pages. English translation A Treatise on the Fundamental Principles of Violin Playing by Editha Knocker, 2nd edition, London, 1951.
  • Mul, Eddy. "Het 'Defect' van Werckmeister", Het Orgel vol. 97 no. 2, 2001, pp. 29-32.
  • Müller, August Eberhard. Klavier- und Fortepiano-Schule, chapter "Von der Temperatur und Stimmung", G.S. Löhlein, Jena, 1804.
  • Müller, Johannes. "Professor Dr. J. Müller’s mathematisches Harmonium", Der Klavierlehrer vol. 15, 1892, p. 42.
  • Müller, Nora Louise. "The Bohlen-Pierce Clarinet", guest lecture at Conservatoire de Musique de Montréal, 19 Oct 2010.
  • Müller, Nora Louise. The Bohlen-Pierce Clarinet. An Introduction to Acoustics and Playing Technique. WWW, 2010, 8 pages.
  • Müller, Ruth E. and Carl Dahlhaus (eds.) Die Musiktheorie im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert. II: Deutschland. Geschichte der Musiktheorie no. 11. Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Darmstadt, 1989, 290 pages.
  • Muller-Stevens, Helmut. "Verstimmung: E.T.A. Hoffmann und die Trivialisierung der Musik", Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift für Literaturwissenschaft und Geistesgeschichte vol. 63, 1989, pp. 98-119.
  • Mumma, Gordon. Live-Electronic Music, in the Development and Practice of Electronic Music. Jon H. Appleton and Ronald C. Perera (eds.), Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1975, pp. 286-355.
  • Munck af Rosenschöld, Peter Samuel. "Försök att grundlägga ett nytt Tonsystem", Kongl. vetenskapsakademiens handlingar för år 1847, Stockholm, 1849, pp. 1-21.
  • Mundigl, Joseph. "Simba hin, Simba her - ohne Simba geht's nicht mehr?!", ZeM Heft vol. 21, Freiburg, spring 1997, p. 9.
  • Münnich, R. "Vor der Entwicklung der Riemann'schen Harmonielehre und ihrem Verhältnis zu Oettingen und Stumpf", Riemann-Festschrift, Leipzig, 1909.
  • Münxelhaus, Barbara. Pythagoras Musicus. Zur Rezeption der pythagoreischen Musiktheorie als quadrivialer Wissenschaft im lateinischen Mittelalter. Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976, 286 pages.
  • Murail, Tristan. "La révolution des sons complexes", Darmstädter Beitrage zur neuen Musik, B. Schott's Söhne, Mainz, 1980.
  • Murail, Tristan. "Spectres et Lutins", Darmstädter Beitrage zur neuen Musik, B. Schott's Söhne, Mainz, 1982.
  • Muraoka, Han’ichi. "A Few Words Concerning Shohei Tanaka’s Tonal Organ (A Tempered Enharmonium)" (in Japanese), Toyu-gakugei-zasshi, 1890.
  • Muris, Johannes de. Musica speculativa. 14th century. Coussemaker (ed.), Durand, Paris, 1866-1876.
  • Muris, Johannes de. De tonis. 14th century. Martin Gerbert (ed.), Typis San-Blasianis, St. Blaise, 1784. Reprint G. Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1963.
  • Murphy, Sylvia. "The Tuning of the Five-course Guitar", Galpin Society Journal vol. 23, 1970, pp. 49-63.
  • Murschhauser, Franz Xaver. Academia musico-poetica bipartita. Augsburg, 1721.
  • Murzin, Jevgeny. ANS - Elektronnyi instrument dlya kompozitorov. Moskva, Soyuz Kompositorov RSFSR, 1965.
  • Musser, Don. "Taking the Guitar Beyond Equal Temperament", The Big Red Book of American Lutherie vol. 3, Guild of American Luthiers, Tacoma WA, 2004, p. 210. American Lutherie vol. 30, 1992, pp. 46-47.
  • Muzzulini, Daniel. "Leonhard Eulers Konsonanztheorie", Musiktheorie vol. 9 no. 2, 1994. Laaber Verlag, Laaber, Germany, 1994.
  • Muzzulini, Daniel. "Musical Modulation by Symmetries", Journal of Music Theory vol. 39 no. 2, fall 1995, pp. 311–327.
  • Mycielski, Jan. "Keyboards for Pure Music", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 63 no. 6, June 1978, pp. 1933-1935.
  • Myers, Herbert. "Zacconi's Viola da Braccio Tunings", Galpin Society Journal vol. 51, 1998, p. 244.

- N -

  • Nadel, Siegfried. "Sur la structure des systèmes de gammes et le problème du 'cycle' dans la musique primitive", Art populaire vol. 2, 1931, p. 102.
  • Nadel, Siegfried. "Georgische gesänge", Berlin, 1933.
  • Nadel, Siegfried. "Messungen an kaukasischen Grifflochpfeifen", Anthropos vol. 29, 1934, p. 469.
  • Nalder, Lawrence M. First Steps in Piano Tuning. London, 64 pages.
  • Nam, Sang-suk. "Akhak kwebom sojae yulchang ui munjejom mit yulsan e kwan yon'gu", Han'guk umak yon'gu vol. 15-16, 1986, pp. 27-66.
  • Nambirajan, Srinivasan. The mystic citadel of 22 sruti music. With audio CD, Pune, 2009.
  • Nassarre, Pablo. Escuela música, según la práctica moderna. Zaragoza, 1723-1724.
  • Natali, Filippo. Il Diapason differenziale (...) della scala temperamenta. Ciotola, Roma, 1886.
  • Naumann, Karl Ernst. Über die verschiedenen Bestimmungen der Tonverhältnisse und die Bedeutung des pythagoreischen oder reinen Quintensystems. PhD diss., Leipzig, 1858.
  • Nazajkinskij, Evgenij (ed.) Musical art and science (in Russian). Muzyka, Moskva, 1970, 219 pages.
  • Nederveen, Cornelis Johannes. Acoustical aspects of woodwind instruments. Thesis, University of Technology Delft. Uitgeverij Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1969, 120 pages. Revised edition, Northern Illinois University Press, 1998, 147 pages.
  • Nederveen, Cornelis Johannes. "Blown, passive and calculated resonance frequencies of the flute", Acustica vol. 28, 1973, pp. 12-23.
  • Nederveen, Cornelis Johannes. "Influence of a toroidal bend on wind instrument tuning", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 104 no. 3, 1998, pp. 1616-1626.
  • Needham, Joseph. Science and civilisation in China vol. 4, Cambridge, 1962, 1965.
  • Neeteson, J. 19-delige evenredig-zwevende stemming. Brochure, 1966.
  • Negri, John. "The Nineteen-Tone System as Ten Plus Nine", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1986-1987, pp. 11-13.
  • Neidhardt, Johann Georg. Beste und leichteste Temperatur des Monochordi. Jena, 1706.
  • Neidhardt, Johann Georg. Sectio canonis harmonici, zur völligen Richtigkeit der Generum Modulandi. Königsberg, 1724. II. Abtheilung, PDF.
  • Neidhardt, Johann Georg. Gäntzlich erschöpfte, mathematische Abtheilungen des diatonisch-chromatischen, temperirten Canonis Monochordi. C.G. Eckhardt, Leipzig/Königsberg, 1732. Reprint of collected works to be published by The Diapason Press, Utrecht.
  • Neubäcker, Peter. "Was heißt 'Reine Stimmung'?", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `93, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1994, pp. 129-160.
  • Neubäcker, Peter (ed.) Harmonik und Glasperlenspiel, Beiträge 1994 (Vorträge). Verlag Peter Neubäcker, München, 1995, 236 pages.
  • Neubecker, Annemarie Jeanette. Altgriechische Musik. Eine Einführung. Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Darmstadt, 1977, 192 pages.
  • Neumaier, Wilfried. Was ist ein Tonsystem? Eine historisch-systematische Theorie der abendländischen Tonsysteme, gegrundet auf der antiken Theoretiker Aristoxenos, Eukleides und Ptolemaios, dargestellt mit Mitteln der modernen Algebra. PhD diss., Musikwissenschaft: U. Tübingen, 1985-86. Quellen und Studien zur Musikgeschichte von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart vol. 9, P. Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 1986, 261 pages.
  • Neumaier, Wilfried et al. "Extensionale Standardsprache der Musiktheorie: Eine Schnittstelle zwischen Musik und Informatik", Mikrotöne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Neumann, C.E. Bestimmungen der Tonverhältnisse. Leipzig, 1858.
  • Neupert, Hanns. Harpsichord Manual — A historical and technical discussion. Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1968.
  • Neupert, Wolf Dieter. "Physikalische Aspekte des Cembaloklanges", Frankfurt a.M., 1971.
  • Neuwirth, Erich. Musikalische Stimmungen. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1997, 80 pages, includes CD-ROM. English translation Musical Temperaments. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1997, 77 pages, includes CD-ROM.
  • Newman, A.K. "On the Musical Notes and other Features of the Long Maori Trumpet", Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute vol. 38, 1905, pp. 134-139.
  • Nguyen, Phong T. "Restructuring the fixed pitches of the Vietnamese dan nguyet lute: A modification necessitated by the modal system", Asian Music vol. 18 no. 1, fall-winter 1986, pp. 56-70.
  • Nguyen, Phong T. "Restructuring the fixed pitches of the dan nguyet lute: A modification necessitated by the modal system", The Vietnam forum vol. 11, winter-spring 1988, pp. 172-190.
  • Nicholl, Matthew James. Harry Partch: 'And on the Seventh Day Petals Fell on Petaluma'. MM thesis, North Texas State University, 1982.
  • Nicholls, D. American Experimental Music 1890-1940. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1990.
  • Nickerson, James F. A comparison of performances of the same melody played in solo and in ensemble with reference to equi-tempered, just, and Pythagorean intonations. Unpublished PhD thesis, University of Minnesota, 1948.
  • Nickerson, James F. "Intonation of Solo and Ensemble Performance of the Same Melody", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 21 no. 6, 1949, pp. 593-595.
  • Nickolaus, Barbara. "Praxis barocker Stimmungen und ihre theoretischen Grundlagen (review)", Musik und Kirche vol. 53 no. 6, 1983, pp. 301-302.
  • Nicomachus of Gerasa. Manual of Harmonics. 2nd cent. AD. English translation and commentary by Flora Rose Levin (ed.), PhD thesis, Columbia University, 1967, 275 pages. Phanes Press, Grand Rapids MI, 1994, 208 pages. Also WWW, 1998. French translation by Charles Émile Ruelle Manuel d'harmonie de Nicomaque de Gérase Pithagoricien, 1880, WWW.
  • Nielsen, Michael. Microtonal systems and guitar composition. Masters thesis, Dublin Institute of Technology, Dublin, October 2003, 170 pages.
  • Niemöller, Klaus Wolfgang. "Zur Tonus-Lehre der italienischen Musiktheorie des ausgehenden Mittelalters", Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch vol. 40, 1956, pp. 23-32.
  • Niemöller, Klaus Wolfgang. "Zur Musiktheorie im frühen 20. Jahrhundert. Georg Capellens Ideen einer Erneuerung des Tonsystems", Festschrift Karl Gustav Fellerer zum 70. Geburtstag, Arno-Volk-Verlag, Köln, 1973.
  • Niemöller, Klaus Wolfgang. "Hugo Riemann und die "exotische" Musik. Zum Konflikt von musikalischen Eurozentrismus und Weltmusik", Lux Oriente. Festschrift Robert Günther zum 65. Geburtstag, Gustav Bosse-Verlag, Kassel, 1995.
  • Nierop, Dyrck Rembrantz van. Mathematische calculatie, d.i. wiskonstige rekening. Noch is hier bijgevoeght de wiskonstige Musyka, waerin getoont wort de oorsake van 't geluijt, de redens der sanghtoonen, en verscheyden dingen, tot de sangh- en speelkonst behoorende. Amsterdam, 1659.
  • Nierop, Dyrck Rembrantz van. Wis-konstige musyka: Vertoonende de oorsaecke van 't geluyt, de redens der zanghtoonen telkonstigh uytgereekent, ende het maken en stellen der speeltuygen. Als mede van der ouden musijck, en verscheyden gevoelens der selfder: zijnde alles seer gedienstigh en vermakelick voor Musikanten, Organisten, of andere Instrument-speelders. Gerrit van Goedesbergen, Amsterdam, 1659.
  • Nigg, Serge. "Visiblement inspiré par le Ciel", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, 1985, p. 136.
  • Nijenhuis, Emmie te. Dattilam. A compendium of ancient Indian music. PhD thesis, Musicology, Universiteit Utrecht. E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1970, 477 pages.
  • Nijenhuis, Emmie te. Indian Music. History and Structure. Handbuch der Orientalistik Abt. 2 Band 6, J. Gonda (ed.), E.J. Brill, Leiden/Köln, 1974, 142 pages.
  • Nijenhuis, Emmie te. The Ragas of Somanatha vol. I-II, Orientalia Rheno-Traiectina Band 22, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1976, 130 pages.
  • Nijenhuis, Emmie te (ed.) Sangitasiromani: A Medieval Handbook of Indian Music. With introduction and translation, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1992, 622 pages.
  • Nijenhuis, Emmie te. "East meets West. Western Influence on Indian Music", WWW.
  • Nix, Joseph. "Kleiner Lehrgang der Stimmpraxis", Das Musikinstrument vol. 7, 1958, pp. 445-485; vol. 8, 1959, pp. 7-8.
  • Nix, Joseph. Lehrgang der Stimmkunst. Fachbuchreihe das Musikinstrument, Bd. 7, Verlag das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt am Main, 1961, 1988, 140 pages.
  • Noll, Thomas. Morphologische Grundlagen der abendländischen Harmonik. PhD diss., Technische Universität Berlin, 1995, in: Moisei Boroda (ed.), Musikometrika vol. 7, Universitätsverlag Dr. N. Brockmeyer, Bochum, 1997.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Konsonanz und Dissonanz von Tonperspektiven - Plädoyer für eine Neuformulierung der Riemannschen Konsonanz/Dissonanz-Dichotomie", 2000, in: Hugo Riemann - Ein großer deutscher Musikgelehrter, Klaus Mehner and Tatjana Böhme (eds.), Böhlau, Wien, to appear.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Ist der Tonraum flach oder gekrümmt?", manuscript, Technische Universität Berlin, October 2001.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Enharmonizität - Neue Ideen zu einer 'Lehre von den Tonvorstellungen'", Technische Universität Berlin, 2001. In Beiträge der Arbeitsgruppe Systematische Musikwissenschaft auf der Tagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Musikforschung in Würzburg, Wolfgang Auhagen (ed.), to appear.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Geometry of Chords", Electronic Bulletin of the Sociedad Matematica Mexicana vol. 1, E.L. Puebla (ed.), 2001, pp. 1-24.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Tone Apperception and Weber-Fechner's Law", manuscript, Technische Universität Berlin, 2002, 45 pages.
  • Noll, Thomas and Andreas Nestke: "L'Apperception d'Hauter", Mathematique, Musique et Philosophie, IRCAM, Paris, 2002.
  • Noll, Thomas. "A Mathematical Model for Tone Apperception", Draft of a presentation at the AMS Sectional Meeting in Baton Rouge, May 2003, 33 pages.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Vade Mecum to Mathematical Music Theory", Perspectives in Mathematical and Computational Music Theory, Guerino Mazzola, Thomas Noll and Emilio Lluis-Puebla (eds.), epOs-Music, Osnabrück, 2004.
  • Noll, Thomas, and Jörg Garbers. "Harmonic Path Analysis", Perspectives in Mathematical and Computational Music Theory, Guerino Mazzola, Thomas Noll and Emilio Lluis-Puebla (eds.), epOs-Music, Osnabrück, 2004.
  • Noll, Thomas. "The Topos of Triads", Colloqium on Mathematical Music Theory, Harald Fripertinger (ed.), Grazer Mathematische Berichte vol. 347, 2004.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Facts and Counterfacts: Mathematical Contributions to Music-theoretical Knowledge", Models and Human Reasoning - Bernd Mahr zum 60. Geburtstag, S. Bab et al. (eds.), W&T Verlag, Berlin, 2005, pp. 335-361.
  • Noll, Thomas. Tone and Process. Manuscript, 2005.
  • Noll, Thomas and Anja Volk. "Transformationelle Logik der Dissonanzen und Konsonanzen", Mathematische Musik - musikalische Mathematik, Bernd Enders (ed.), Pfau Verlag, Saarbrücken, 2005.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Informationen zur Mathematischen Musiktheorie", Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft für Musiktheorie vol. 2 no. 3, 2005.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Dialogue Concerning the Three Chief Tone Systems: the Diatonic, the Triadic, and the Chromatic", manuscript, 2006, 5 pages.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Musical Intervals And Special Linear Transformations", Journal of Mathematics and Music vol. 1 no. 2, July 2007, pp. 121-137.
  • Noll, Thomas. "Guerino Mazzola: The topos of music (book review)", Zentralblatt MATH Database, 2007, 5 pages.
  • Noll, Thomas; David Clampitt and Manuel Dominguez. "What Sturmian Morphisms Reveal about Musical Scales and Tonality", Proceedings of the WORDS 2007, Marseille, 2007.
  • Norden, N. Lindsay. "A New Theory of Untempered Music: a Few Important Features with Special Reference to 'a capella' Music", Musical Quarterly vol. 22 no. 2, April 1936, pp. 217-233.
  • Norden, N. Lindsay. "A New Study of Intervals", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 5 no. 1, winter 1955, p. 31.
  • Nordgren, Quentin R. "Reflections on Tunings and Temperament", The American Music Teacher vol. 27, November/December 1977, pp. 8-9.
  • Nordin, Ingvar Loco. "Terry Riley:The Harp of New Albion", WWW.
  • Norman, J. "The Musical Effects of Tempering the Scale", Spring 1980.
  • Norman, John. "Unequal temperaments and the British organ".
  • Norrback, Johan. 'A Passable and Good Temperament' - A New Methodology for Studying Tuning and Temperament in Organ Music. PhD diss., Skrifter från Musikvetenskapliga institutionen Bd. 70, Göteborg University, September 2002, 166 pages. GOArt Publications, Göteborg, 2002.
  • Novaro, Augusto. Teoría de la música. Sistema natural base del natural-aproximado. Self-published, Mexico, 1927, 62 pages. English translation in progress by Theodore Turner, A Natural System of Music and An Appoximate System of Music, WWW.
  • Novaro, Augusto et al. Folder "Augusto Novaro", John Simon Guggenheim Foundation, New York, 1930-1951.
  • Novaro, Augusto. The Novaro Tuning. 1932, see folder 1930-1951.
  • Novaro, Augusto. Preludio - Cinco estudios. Contains Nueva teoría para la perfecta afinación temperada del piano y de cualquier instrumento de teclado, Universidad Nacional de México, Music faculty, Mexico, 1933.
  • Novaro, Augusto. Sistema natural de la música. Augusto Novaro, Mexico, 1951.
  • Nowka, Dieter. Europäische Kompositionsgeschichte. Material - Verfahren - Komposition. Ecomed Verlagsgesellschaft, Landsberg/Lech, 1999, 887 pages.
  • Noyce, Ian. "Tuning the Guitar", The Big Red Book of American Lutherie vol. 1, Guild of American Luthiers, Tacoma WA, 1999, p. 288.
  • Nunn, Tom. "The Entire Field of Sound", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, 1979, pp. 21-22.
  • Nunn, Tom. Liner notes for cassette Plate Techphonics. 1991.
  • Nunn, Tom. "'Bugbelly' - A T-Rodimba EPB", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 1, June 1990, pp. 1, 14-16.
  • Nuri Uygun, Mehmet. Safiyüddin Abdülmü’min Urmevî ve Kitâbü’l-Edvari. Kubbealti Nesriyati, Istanbul, 1999.
  • Nutz, Michel. "L'ordinateur pilote les synthétiseurs musicaux et leurs accordages", WWW.

- O -

  • O'Beirne, T.H. From Mozart to the bagpipe, with a small computer. Bar & Stroud Ltd., Glasgow/London, 13 pages.
  • O'Connell, Walter. "Tone Spaces", Die Reihe "Retrospective" vol. 8, English edition, Theodore Presser Company, 1968, pp. 35-67.
  • O'Connell, Walter. "The Tonality of the Golden Section: The Symmetrization of Tone Space", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, 1993, pp. 3-18.
  • O'Donnell, John. "Bach's temperament, Occam's razor, and the Neidhardt factor", Early Music vol. 34 no. 4, 2006, pp. 625-634. Open letter by Thomas Dent to Early Music and O'Donnell 'Occam’s razor', history and temperaments, 2008.
  • O'Keefe, Vincent. "Psycho-physical preference for harmonized musical passages in the just and equal tempered systems", Perceptual and Motor Skills vol. 40 no. 1, February 1975, pp. 192-194.
  • Oberegger, V. Note sur accordature Mesotonica et Barocca. Urbino, 1977.
  • Obouhow, Nicolas. "l'harmonie totale; Ivan Wyschnegradsky: L'Ultrachromatisme et les espaces non octaviants", La Revue Musicale vol. 290-291, 1972, Claude Ballif (ed.), Richard Masse, Paris.
  • Odington, Walter. De speculatione musice. 14th century. E. de Coussemaker (ed.), Paris, 1854-1876. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1963.
  • Oesch, Hans. Außereuropäische Musik. 2 vols. Neues Handbuch der Musikwissenschaft, Band 8 & 9, Carl Dahlhaus (ed.), Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 1987, 367 & 513 pages.
  • Oettingen, Arthur Joachim von. Das duale Harmoniesystem. 2nd edition, Verlag von C.W.F. Siegel's Musikalienhandlung, Leipzig, 1913, 312 pages. 1st edition is Das Harmoniesystem in dualer Entwickelung, Studien zur Theorie der Musik. W. Gläser, Dorpat/Leipzig, 1866, 294 pages.
    (Note: the three versions of the Harmoniesystem are very different and in all there are aspects not mentioned in the other texts.)
  • Oettingen, Arthur Joachim von. "Das duale System der Harmonie", Annalen der Naturphilosophie vol. 1, 1902, pp. 62-75; vol. 2, 1903-1904, pp. 375-403; vol. 3, 1904, pp. 241-269; vol. 4, 1905, pp. 116-152, 301-338; vol. 5, 1906, pp. 449-503.
  • Oettingen, Arthur Joachim von. "Die Grundlagen der Musikwissenschaft und das duale Reininstrument", Abhandlungen der mathematisch-physikalischen Klasse der Königlich Sächsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften vol. 34, Leipzig, 1917, pp. 155-361.
  • Ogolevets, Aleksei Stepanovich. Foundations of Harmonic Language. Moscow, 1941.
  • Ogolevets, Aleksei Stepanovich. An Introduction to Contemporary Musical Thought. Muzgiz, Moscow, 1946.
  • Ogolevets, Aleksei Stepanovich. "Specificity of expressive means of music" (in Russian), Edition The Soviet composer, Moscow, 1969, pp. 404-588.
  • Ohana, Maurice. "Microintervals", Twentieth Century Music: A Symposium, Rollo H. Myers (ed.), John Calder, London, 1960.
  • Ohana, Maurice. Numéro spécial de La Revue Musicale no. 351-352, Richard Masse (ed.), Paris, 1986.
  • Ohgushi, Kengo. "The origin of tonality and a possible explanation of the octave enlargement phenomenon", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 73 no. 5, May 1983, pp. 1694-1700.
  • Oja, C. Making Music Modern: New York in the 1920. Oxford University Press, New York, 2000.
  • Okelo, Anthony. "The Acholi pentatonic musical scale", Musices aptatio, Vatican, 1982, pp. 48-60.
  • Oldani, Norbert L. "A Generalization of Helmholtz's Harmonic Model to Nineteen-Tone Equal Temperament", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1986-1987, pp. 10-11.
  • Oldani, Norbert L. "Classical Techniques Revisited", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 2, 1990, pp. 11-13.
  • Olevska, Rodna. "Prilog kon proucuvanjeto na koleblivite tonovi vo obrednite pesni vo nekolku sela od Radovisko", Zbornik od XXXI kongres na Sojuzot na zdruzenijata na folkloristite na Jugoslavija, Zdruzenie na Folkloristite na Makedonija, Skopje, 1986, pp. 107-111.
  • Olson, Harry F. Music, Physics and Engineering (formerly titled Musical Engineering), 1st ed. 1952, 2nd edition, Dover Publications, New York, 1964.
  • Omondi, W.A. "Tuning of the Thum, the Luo Lyre, a Systematic Analysis", Selected Reports vol. 5, 1984, pp. 263-281.
  • Ongaro, Giulio Maria. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (book review)", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 16, 1990, pp. 202-203.
  • Onvlee, J. Kwarttonenboek. Stiba, 1987, 76 pages with scores.
  • Oort, Frans. "An aspect of harmony in music of Johann Sebastian Bach", International Symposium on Johann Sebastian Bach, University of Oxford, 17 and 18 December 2001, 16 pages.
  • Oosterhof, A.P. and Arie Bouman. Orgelbouwkunde. Hand- en studieboek voor aanstaande orgelbouwers, organisten en studerenden voor organistenexamens. Spruyt, van Mantgem & de Does, Leiden, 1934, 1947, 1956, 1964, 1980, 351 pages.
  • Ooijen, David van. "Mean-tone temperament for lute, WWW, 2001.
  • Ooijen, David van. "Pythagorean temperament for lute , WWW, 2008.
  • Op de Coul, Manuel. "List of musical modes", WWW, 1996-2002.
  • Op de Coul, Manuel. "Vergelijk muziekfragmenten in verschillende temperaturen", WWW, 2000. English version "Listen to music fragments played in different temperaments", WWW, 2000.
  • Op de Coul, Manuel. "Francisco de Salinas", WWW, 2000.
  • Op de Coul, Manuel. "Wat is een Euler-Fokker genus?", WWW, 2000. English version "What is an Euler-Fokker genus?"
  • Op de Coul, Manuel and Paul Erlich. "Consistency limits of equal temperaments", WWW, 2000.
  • Op de Coul, Manuel. "Logarithmic interval measures", WWW, 2001.
  • Op de Coul, Manuel. "Scala scale file format", WWW, 2001.
  • Opelt, Friederich Wilhelm. Über die Natur der Musik... Plauen, 1834.
  • Opelt, Friederich Wilhelm. Allgemeine Theorie der Musik auf den Rhythmus der Klangwellenpulse gegründet. Leipzig, 1852.
  • Ophee, Matanya. "La chitarra terzina", Il Fronimo vol. 6 no. 25, October 1978, Italy, pp. 8-23.
  • Oransay, Gültekin. "Das Tonsystem der türkei-türkischen Kunstmusik", Die Musikforschung vol. 10, 1959, pp. 250-264.
  • Oransay, Gültekin. Die melodische Linie und der Begriff Makam der traditionellen türkischen Kunstmusik vom 15. bis zum 19. Jahrhundert. Phd diss., University of Munich, 1966. Küg Yayínlari, Ankara, 1966.
  • Orga, Atès. "Alois Hába and Microtonality", Musical Opinion, 1968, pp. 541-545.
  • Orlova, Elena. Intonatsionnaia teoriia Asafeva: kak uchenie o spetsifike muzykalnogo myshleniia : istoriia, stanovlenie, sushchnost. Muzyka, Moskva, 1984, 301 pages.
  • Ornithoparchus, Andreas. Musicae Activae Micrologus. Leipzig, 1517. English translation by John Dowland, London, 1609, New York, 1973.
  • Ornoy, Eitan. "An empirical study of intonation in performances of J.S. Bach's Sarabandes: temperament, 'melodic charge' and 'melodic intonation'", Orbis Musicae vol. 14, 2008, pp. 37-76.
  • Orrego-Salas, Juan A. (ed.) "Microfilm Special Collection - Carrillo", Music from Latin America Available at Indiana University: Scores, Tapes and Records. Bloomington IN, 1971.
  • Ortgies, Ibo. "Subsemitoetsen bij historische orgels tussen 1468 en 1721", Het Orgel vol. 96 no. 6, Nov/Dec 2000, pp. 20-26. (Abstract in English: "Split keys on historical organs between 1468 and 1721").
    "Subsemitoner i historiska orglar. En överblick över utvecklingen mellan 1468 och 1721", Tidig Musik no. 2, 2000, pp. 26-31.
    "Subsemitonien in historischen Orgeln. Ein Überblick über die Entwicklung zwischen 1468 und 1721", Concerto vol. 17 no. 156, 2000, pp. 22-25.
  • Ortgies, Ibo. "Subsemitones in organs built between 1468 and 1721: Introduction and commentary with an annotated catalog", GOArt Research Reports vol. 3, Sverker Jullander (ed.), GOArt Publications, Göteborg Organ Art Center, Göteborg, 2003, pp. 11-74.
  • Ortgies, Ibo. "Vallotti in het Groningerland: over de restauratie van temperaturen", Het Orgel vol. 98 no. 5, 2002, pp. 27-39 and vol. 99 no. 1, 2003, pp. 28-35. In English: "Vallotti in the Province of Groningen: On restoring temperaments".
  • Ortgies, Ibo and Frank van Wijk. "'Reyne harmonie' in Alkmaar. Stemming en temperatuur in Nederland in de 17de en 18de eeuw", "'Pure harmony' at Alkmaar. Tuning and temperament in the Netherlands in the 17th and 18th centuries", "'Reyne harmonie' in Alkmaar. Stimmung und Temperatur in den Niederlanden im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert", Het Orgel vol. 99 no. 3, May 2003, pp. 12, 17-26, 30-35.
  • Ortgies, Ibo. "Historical Organs with Subsemitones, 1468-1721: Appendix B." and "Pipe Organs with Subsemitones, 1468-1721", in The Mathematical Theory of Tone Systems, Ján Haluska (ed.), Marcel Dekker, New York, 2004, pp. 369-374 resp. 141-146.
  • Ortgies, Ibo. Die Praxis der Orgelstimmung in Norddeutschland im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert und ihr Verhältnis zur zeitgenössischen Musikpraxis (The practice of organ tuning in North Germany in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and its relationship to contemporary musical practice). PhD thesis, PDF, Göteborgs universitet, Dept. of Musicology and Film Studies, 2004, 315 pages.
  • Ortgies, Ibo and Mark Lindley. "Bach-Style Keyboard Tuning", Early Music vol. 34 no. 4, 2006, pp. 613-624. "Corrigenda and errata to 'Bach-Style Keyboard Tuning'", WWW, 2007.
  • Ortgies, Ibo. "Temperatur" ([Bach-] Temperament), in Bach-Handbuch 4: Klavier- und Orgelmusik, Siegbert Rampe (ed.), Laaber-Verlag, Laaber, 2007, pp. 623–640. Bach-Handbuch, Reinmar Emans, Sven Hiemke and Klaus Hofmann (eds.), 7 vols.
  • Ortgies, Ibo. "A Meeting of Two Temperaments: Andreas Werckmeister and Arp Schnitger", Music and Its Questions: Essays in Honor of Peter Williams, Thomas Donahue (ed.), Organ Historical Society Press, Richmond VA, 2007, ca. 25 pages.
  • Ortgies, Ibo. "Subsemitonium", in Lexikon der Orgel. Orgelbau–Orgelspiel–Komponisten und ihre Interpreten, Matthias Geuting and Hermann J. Busch (eds.), Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2007, pp. 752–754.
  • Ortgies, Ibo. "Not quite just. Ross W. Duffin: How Equal Temperament Ruined Harmony and Why You Should Care (book review)", Early Music vol. 35 no. 3, August 2007, pp. 452–454.
  • Ortgies, Ibo. "The Temperament of the Marquand Organ", Fanfare! A new organ for Yale University (Inauguration of the new Taylor & Boody Organ op. 55 in the Marquand Chapel, Yale University), Yale Institute of Sacred Music, New Haven NJ, 2007, pp. 20–24, 37–44.
  • Orton, Richard. First Report to the I.C.S. Committee on XXth Century Notations of Microintervals, 1965.
  • Orton, Richard. "The 31-tone organ", Music Theory vol. 107, London, 1966, pp. 342-343.
  • O'Rourke, Bob. "Alternate Tunings", WWW, 2007.
  • O'Rourke, Bob. "12 Tone Equal Temperament/EDO Tuning History", WWW, 2008.
  • Osanai, Tadao. "Twice intermediate tuning", Journal of the Society for Research in Asiatic Music vol. 10/11, 1952, p. 5.
  • Osanai, Tadao. "Kanetsune-shi ni yoru heike-biwa 'yamaji' no onritsu-chosa ni tsuite no gimon oyobi teisei shiron", Nippon Toyo Ongaku Ronko, 1974, pp. 5-20.
  • Osserman, Robert. "Rational and irrational: music and mathematics", Essays in Humanistic Mathematics, Mathematical Association of America, 1993.
  • O'Sullivan, John. The Mathematics of Music: Music Theory, 12 Tone Equal Temperament and its Origins Explained and Two New Alternative Tuning Systems. 2nd edition, Pan Music Publishing, August 2010, 80 pages.
  • O'Sullivan, John. The Mathematics of Music and Raven Temperament. Pan Music Publishing, September 2012, 57 pages.
  • Oteri, Frank. "In Memory Ivan Wyschnegradsky", Ear Magazine East vol. 7 no. 5, New York, 1983, p. 19.
  • Otterstedt, Annette. Die englische Lyra-Viol: Instrument und Technik. PhD diss., Technische U. Berlin, 1987. Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1989, 278 pages.
  • Otterström, Thorvald. Eine Modulationstheorie. English translation A Theory of Modulation, Da Capo Press Music Reprint Series, Da Capo Press, New York, 1975.
  • Ouardi, M. Abdelhak. "Introduction à la théorie des gammes et formes instrumentales arabes", WWW.
  • Overmyer, Grace. "Quarter-Tones - and Less", The American Mercury vol. 12, October 1927, pp. 207-210.
  • Overton, Ken. "Distinctions Between Just-tuned Key Areas within Musical Contexts", WWW.
  • Owen, Barbara. "Pitch and Tuning in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century American Organs", The Organ Yearbook vol. 15, 1984, pp. 54-59.
  • Owen, Barbara. "An enharmonic harmonium by Joseph Alley", Reed Organ Society Journal, fall 1987, p. 23.
  • Owens, Alfred Shabda. "Tuning in: Microtonality in electronic music--A basic guide to alternate scales, temperaments, and microtuning using synthesizers (book review)", Computer Music Journal vol. 13 no. 3, fall 1989, pp. 92-93.
  • Ozzard-Low, Patrick. 21st Century Orchestral Instruments. Acoustic instruments for alternative tuning systems. Alternative Tuning Projects, London, 1998.

- P -

  • Paap, Wouter. "Prof. Dr. A.D. Fokker; naar een verjongd harmonisch besef", Mens en Melodie vol. 27 no. 12, December 1972, pp. 367-369.
  • Padgham, Charles Arthur, P.D. Collins and G.K. Parker. "A Trial of Unequal Temperaments on the Organ", JBIOS vol. 3, London, 1979, p. 73.
  • Padgham, Charles Arthur. The Well-Tempered English Organ. Positif Press, Oxford, 1986, 107 pages.
  • Paek, Tae-ung. Han'guk chontong umak ui sonnyul kujo. Oullim, Seoul, 1995, 288 pages.
  • Page, Christopher. "Fourteenth-century instruments and tunings: a treatise by Jean Vaillant? (Berkeley, MS 744)", Galpin Society Journal vol. 33, March 1980, pp. 17-35.
  • Page, Don N. "Why the Kirnberger Kernel Is So Small", arXiv 0907.5249, 30 Jul 2009, 10 pages.
  • Page, M.F. "Perfect harmony: A mathematical analysis of four historical tunings", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 116 no. 4, 2004, pp. 2416–2426.
  • Pak, Hung-su. "Han'guk umak ui akcho e kwanhan koch'al-t'ukhi p'yongjo wa ujo e taehayo", Taedong munhwa yon'gu vol. 5, 1968, pp. 119-159.
  • Pakusa, Peter. Mikrotöne in den Werken B.A. Zimmermanns: Vorkommen, Anwendung, Funktion. MSc thesis, University of Hamburg, 1986.
  • Pakusa, Peter. Jenseits der zwölf Töne: Untersuchungen an neuerer Vokalmusik unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von Vierteltonkompositionen. PhD diss., Universität Hamburg, 1991.
  • Palisca, Claude V. (ed.) "Girolamo Mei (1519-1594): Letters on ancient and modern music to Vincenzo Galilei and Giovanni Bardi", MSD vol. 3, 1960, 1977.
  • Palisca, Claude V. "Scientific empiricism and musical thought", in Seventeenth century science and the arts, Hedley Howell Rhys (ed.), Princeton NY, 1961, pp. 91-137.
  • Palisca, Claude V. "Music and Science", Dictionary of the History of Ideas, Philip P. Wiener (ed.), Charles Scribner's Sons, New York, 1973-74, pp. 261-264.
  • Palisca, Claude V. "The impact of the revival of ancient learning on music theory", IMS Report, Berkeley, 1977. Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1981, pp. 870-878.
  • Palisca, Claude V. "Gioseffo Zarlino", The New Grove dictionary, London, 1980, p. 646.
  • Palisca, Claude V. "Interactions between acoustics and musical practice in the Renaissance", Winckel Festschrift, 1982, pp. 119-127.
  • Palisca, Claude V., André Barbera, Jon Solomon, Calvin M. Bower and Thomas J. Mathiesen. "The Ancient Harmoniai, Tonoi, and Octave Species in Theory and Practice", Journal of Musicology vol. 3 no. 3, 1984, pp. 221-286.
  • Palisca, Claude V. "Empirismo scientifico nel pensiero musicale", in: La musica nella Rivoluzione Scientifica del Seicento, Paolo Gozza (ed.), Il Mulino, Bologna, 1989, pp. 167-177.
  • Palisca, Claude V. "Applications of mathematic and geometry in Galilei's dialogo of 1581", Music and mathematics in late medieval and early modern Europe, Philippe Vendrix (ed.), Brepols, Turnhout, 2008, 394 pages.
  • Palmer, Robert. "A father figure for the avant-garde" (La-Monte Young), Atlantic vol. 247 no. 5, May 1981, pp. 48-56.
  • Pandula, Dusan. "Alois Hába", HiFiStereophonie vol. 11, 1973.
  • Pandula, Dusan. "Das Porträt Alois Hába", Melos vol. 12, 1974, p. 17.
  • Pankratz, Lorne D. An analysis of tunings and temperaments in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century English music. MM thesis, Music theory, University of Alberta, 1992, 127 pages.
  • Panthaleon van Eck, C.L. van. J.S. Bach's Critique of Pure Music. Princo, Culemborg, 1981, 170 pages.
  • Papendick, Gustav A. (ed.) Enharmonium. Sammlung kleiner Vortragsstücke für das Tanaka’sche reingestimmte Harmonium. Leipzig, 1891.
  • Paradiso, Joseph. "Electronic Music Interfaces", WWW, 1998.
  • Parbelle, Vincent. "Musique et tempérament", WWW, 2002.
  • Parfitt, David. "The Oud", WWW, 1999.
  • Parncutt, Richard. Harmony: A Psychoacoustical Approach. Springer Series in Information Sciences vol. 19, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1989, 206 pages.
  • Parncutt, Richard. "Pitch properties of chords of octave-spaced tones", Speech transmission laboratory no. 1, 1990, pp. 25-36. And in Contemporary Music Review vol. 9 parts 1 & 2, 1993, pp. 35-50.
  • Parncutt, Richard and Annabel J. Cohen. "Recognition of serial patterns in microtonal scales", Canadian Society of Brain, Behaviour and Cognitive Science, Quebec City, June 1992.
  • Parncutt, Richard and H. Strasburger. "Applying psychoacoustics in composition: 'harmonic' progressions of 'nonharmonic' sonorities", Perspectives of New Music vol. 32 no. 2, 1994, pp. 88–129.
  • Parncutt, Richard and Annabel J. Cohen. "Identification of microtonal melodies: Effects of scale-step size, serial order, and training", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 57 no. 6, 1995, pp. 835-846.
  • Parod, Bill. "A tuning system laboratory for the NeXT computer", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Glasgow, 1990. pp. 335-337.
  • Parran, Antoine. Traité de la musique théorique et pratique contenant les préceptes de la composition. Pierre Ballard, Paris, 1639. 2e édition, R. Ballard, Paris, 1646, 143 pages.
  • Parrish, William Lyman. The Decatonic Scale. Key to Classical Quartertone Music. Author, San Jose, California, 1951.
  • Parrott, L. "Mexican's New Harmonies May Revolutionize Music", New York Evening Post, 11 March 1931.
  • Parsons, D. "Der Einfluß der Saiten-Partialschwingungen auf den Violinklang und eine elektronische Methode zur Stimmung von Streichinstrumenten nach Obertönen", Acustica vol. 37, 1977, pp. 222-229.
  • Parsons, Will. "Towards a Just Social Intonation", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 24-25.
  • Partch, Harry. Exposition of Monophony. Unpublished manuscript and draft of Genesis of a Music, first draft 1928, fifth draft, 1933. Portion published in Interval vol. 4 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 8-9. Fifth draft in Interval, 1986.
  • Partch, Harry. Ratio Keyboard Diagram. Unpublished monograph with letter accompanying, 1932. Reprint in Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1986-1987, pp. 14-17.
  • Partch, Harry. "A New Instrument", Musical Opinion vol. 58, London, June 1935, pp. 764-765.
  • Partch, Harry. "Bach and Temperament", Carmel Pine Cone, 1941.
  • Partch, Harry. "The Kithara", Carmel Pine Cone, 1941.
  • Partch, Harry. "W.B. Yeats", Carmel Pine Cone, 1941.
  • Partch, Harry. "Show Horses in the Concert Ring", Circle no. 10, p. 43, 1948. Reprinted in Soundings no. 1, 1972, p. 66.
  • Partch, Harry. Genesis of a Music. Monophony: the Relation of its Music to Historic and Contemporary Trends; its Philosophy, Concepts, and Principles; its Relation to Historic and Proposed Intonations; and its Application to Musical Instruments. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 1949. Second enlarged edition Genesis of a Music: An Account of a Creative Work, its Roots and its Fulfillments. Da Capo Press, New York, 1974, 517 pages. Reprint 1979. With "Relevation in the Courthouse Park (Program notes 1969)", pp. 244-247.
  • Partch, Harry. "No Barriers", Impulse, summer 1952, p. 9.
  • Partch, Harry. "The Ancient Magic", Music Journal, June-July 1959, pp. 16-18, 45-47.
  • Partch, Harry. Manual: On the Maintenance and Repair of -and the Musical and Attitudinal Techniques for- Some Putative Musical Instruments. Manuscript, 1963. Part 1: Interval vol. 1 no. 2, pp. 8-12, Part 2: Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 7-14, Part 3: Interval vol. 1 no. 4/5, spring/summer 1979, pp. 15-18, 31-34.
  • Partch, Harry. "Monothiths in Music", Source, music of the avant garde, 1966.
  • Partch, Harry. "A Quarter-SawCut Lecture on Intonation", cassette in Harry Partch Archive, UIUC, 1966.
  • Partch, Harry. "Lecture delivered at UCLA, 8 May 1966", Source, music of the avant garde, Larry Austin (ed.), vol. 1, January 1967, p. 103. Duplicate cassette in Harry Partch Archive, UIUC.
  • Partch, Harry, "Experiments in Notation", in Contemporary Composers on Contemporary Music. Elliot Schwartz and Barney Childs (eds.), Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York, 1967, pp. 209-220.
  • Partch, Harry. A Quarter-Saw Section of Motivations and Intonation. Lecture on theory to the American Society of Composers, 1967. Extract in Bitter Music.
  • Partch, Harry. Bitter Music: Collected Journals, Essays, Introductions, and Librettos. Edited by Thomas McGeary. Music in American Life. University of Illinois Press, Urbana and Chicago, 1991.
    "Patterns of Music", pp. 159-162.
    "Bach and Temperament", pp. 162-165.
    "A Somewhat Spoof", pp. 188-191.
    "The University and the Creative Arts: Comment", pp. 191-193.
    "King Oedipus, (Program Notes - 1st version 1952)", pp. 213-218.
    "Oedipus (Program Notes - 2nd version 1954)", pp. 218-221.
    "The Rhythmic Motivations of Castor and Pollux and Even Wild Horses", pp. 221-228.
    "Plectra and Percussion Dances (Program Notes 1953)", pp. 228-231.
    "Some New and Old Thoughts after and before The Bewitched (1955)", pp. 231-239.
    "A Soul Tormented by Contemporary Music Looks for a Humanizing Alchemy: The Bewitched (1957)", pp. 239-244.
    "Observations on Water! Water! (1962)", pp. 247-250.
    "Delusion of the Fury (Program Notes 1965)", pp. 250-259.
  • Partch, Harry. "Barbs and Broadsides", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, winter 1980, pp. 14-16, Reprint in Percussive Notes vol. 18 no. 3, summer 1981, pp. 7-15.
  • Partch, Harry. "Harry Partch Reviews Yasser's Theory of Evolving Tonality", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, spring 1984, pp. 5-6, 31. (manuscript from the 1940s, probably written for a newspaper.)
  • Partch, Harry. Exposition of Monophony. Second part of 5th version, 1933. Interval, 1986.
  • Parzysz, Bernard. L'Approximation en musique. Bulletin l'Association des Professeurs de Mathématiques de l'Enseignement Public nr. 296, 1974, 12 pages.
  • Parzysz, Bernard and Yves Hellegouarch. Musique et Mathématique, suivi de: Gammes naturelles par Yves Hellegouarch. l'Association des Professeurs de Mathématiques de l'Enseignement Public, brochure nr. 53, Paris, 1984, 164 pages.
  • Pasquali, Nicolò. The art of fingering the harpsichord; illustrated with examples in notes; to which is added an approved method of tuning this instrument. Robert Bremner, London, 1757. Edinburg, 1760. Reprint Morley, London, 1985.
  • Passy, Charles. Those exotic quarter tones. Westsider, New York, 4 December 1980.
  • Paterson, J.D. "On the Gra'mas or musical scales of the Hindus", Asiatic Researches vol. 9, Calcutta, 1875.
  • Patterson, Roy D. "Spiral detection of periodicity and the spiral form of musical scales", Psychology of Music vol. 14 no. 1, 1986, pp. 44-61.
  • Patwardan, L.R. "The mysterious shruti", in Commemoration volume in honour of Dr. S.N. Ratanjankar, K.G. Ginde, Bombay, 1961, pp. 143-150.
  • Paulson, John William. Quarter-tone Production on the Saxophone. MSc thesis, Eastman School of Music, University of Rochester, 1975, 80 pages.
  • Pavlakis, Christopher. "Harry Partch", The American Music Handbook, The Free Press, New York, 1974, p. 346.
  • Pearce, Wesley. Intonation studies for band. Utah State University Press, Logan, 1977, 238 pages.
  • Peck, Robert W. "A Review of the 2003 American Mathematical Society Spring Southeastern Section Conference, Special Session on Mathematical Techniques in Musical Analysis", Music Theory Online vol. 9 no. 3, August 2003.
  • Pedtke, Herman. "31-tone Meantone Tuning - Link Between the Past and Future", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1978.
  • Peeters, P. Eine Lütticher Quelle zur Verbreitung des 19-tönigen Stimmungssystem in der ersten Hälfte des 17. Jahrhunderts. Paper read in Bremen at a symposium of the International Schütz Society, 1985.
  • Pelinski, Ramon. "Upon Hearing a Performance of the Well-Tuned Piano. An Interview with LaMonte Young and Marian Zazeela..", Parachute vol. 19, summer 1980, pp. 4-19. Reprinted in Interval vol. 4 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 13-20, and vol. 4 no. 4, pp. 16-24.
  • Pels, B.J.A. "L'orgue accordé en cinquièmes de ton du Musée Teyler à Haarlem", Archives du Musée Teyler serie III, vol. 10, 1951, pp. 173-181.
  • Pelz-Sherman, Michael. "Dynamic tuning strategies for computer music".
  • Pena, Joannes (ed.) Euclides, Rudimenta musices Sectio regulae harmonicae. Paris, 1557.
  • Penazzi, Sergio. Metodo per Fagotto. Edizioni Suvini Zerboni, Milano, 1972.
  • Pepper, J.W. How to Tune Piston Instruments. Pepper, Philadelphia, 1903.
  • Pepusch, Johann Christoph. Of the various general and species of music among the ancients, with some observations concerning their scale (...). London, 1746.
  • Peretz, Erast. "The 'Erast' music. A new musical system of intonation claims the right to existence", Revue roumaine d'histoire de l'art: Théatre, musique, cinéma vol. 6, 1969, pp. 261-268.
  • Peri, Noel. "Essai sur les Gammes Japonaises", Paris, 1924.
  • Perkis, Tim. "Just Intonation on Yamaha's New FM Synths", Electronic Musician, July 1988, pp. 98-107.
  • Perlis, Vivian. "Harry Partch interviewed by Vivian Perlis of Yale University in 3/74", three 90-minute cassettes, 1974.
  • Perlman, Marc. Unplayed Melodies: Music Theory in Postcolonial Java. PhD thesis, Wesleyan University, 1993.
  • Perlman, Marc. "American Gamelan in the Garden of Eden: Intonation in a Cross-Cultural Encounter", Musical Quarterly vol. 78 no. 3, 1994, pp. 510-555.
  • Perotti, Luca. I sistemi di temperamento delle scale naturali sugli strumenti a suoni fissi. Master's thesis, music theory, University of Bologna, 1988, 82 pages.
  • Perrault, Claude. Essai de physique ou recueil de plusieurs traitez touchant les choses naturelles. Tome II, J.-B. Coignard, Paris, 1680, 402 pages. (2e partie, chap. 9-13: Résonance et instruments; p. 385-402: De la musique des Anciens.)
  • Perrett, Wilfrid. Some Questions of Musical Theory. W. Heffner and Sons Ltd., Cambridge, 1926, 1928, 1931, 1934, ibid.
  • Perrett, Wilfrid. "The Heritage of Greece in Music", Journal of the Royal Musical Association vol. 58, 1931, pp. 85-103.
  • Pertout, Andrián. "Three Microtonal Compositions: The Utilization of Tuning Systems in Modern Composition", PhD thesis, Faculty of Music, University of Melbourne, March 2007, 374 pages plus music scores.
  • Pesch, Ludwig. Raga Dhana. A Practical Guide to Karnatic Ragas. Natanakairali, Irinjalakuda (Kerala), 1993.
  • Pesch, Ludwig. The Illustrated Companion to South Indian Classical Music. Vedams Books, New Delhi, 1999, 376 pages. Second edition, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2009, 517 pages.
  • Peters, Arno. Die maßstäbliche Darstellung der Tondauer als Grundlage oktav-analoger Farbnotation. Akademische Verlagsanstalt, Vaduz, 1985.
  • Peters, Illo. Die Grundlagen der Musik. Teubner, Leipzig-Berlin, 1927.
  • Petit, J.C. Apologie de l'excellence de la musique - Avec un nouveau sisteme, & méthode demonstrative pour accorder le clavession et l'orgue... London, c.1740.
  • Petrauskaite, Danute. Jeronimas Kacinskas. Life and Music, Articles, Letters, Memoirs. Baltos Lankos, Vilnius, 1997. 535 pages. Summary appendix
  • Petzval, Józeph Miksa (Jozef Maximilian). Schwingungen gespannter Saiten. Denkschriften der Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, 1859.
  • Pfrogner, Hermann. Die Zwölfordnung der Töne. Amalthea-Verlag, Zürich/Leipzig/Wien, 1953.
  • Pfrogner, Hermann. "Der Clavis in Andreas Werckmeisters 'Nothwendigsten Anmerckungen und Regeln, wie der Bassus continuus oder Generalbass wol könne tractiret werden' (Aschersleben 1698)", Bericht über den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Bamberg 1953, Kassel, 1954, pp. 149-151.
  • Pfrogner, Hermann. Lebendige Tonwelt. Zum Phänomen Musik. Albert Langen/ Müller Verlag, München/Wien, 1976, 680 pages.
  • Phelan, J. James. The Complete Guide to the Flute. Burkart-Phelan Inc., Harvard MA, 1980.
  • Phelps, Norman. "Science or Art? The Ambiguous History of Musical Scales", 1970.
  • Piana, Giovanni. "La scala universale dei suoni di Daniélou", Rivista Italiana di Musicologia vol. 36 no. 2, 2001, pp. 315-349.
  • Pickles, James O. "The Neurophysiological Basis of Frequency Selectivity in Hearing", Frequency Selectivity in Hearing, B.C.J. Moore (ed.), Academic Press, New York, 1986.
  • Pierce, Edwin Hall. "A Colossal Experiment in 'Just Intonation'", Musical Quarterly vol. 10 no. 3, July 1924, pp. 326-332.
  • Pierce, John R. "Attaining Consonance in Arbitrary Scales" (letter), Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 40 no. 1, 1966, p. 249.
  • Pierce, John R. and Max Mathews. "Control of Consonance and Dissonance with Nonharmonic Overtones", Music by Computers, von Förster and Beauchamp (eds.), New York, 1969, pp. 129-132.
  • Pierce, John R. The Science of Musical Sound. Scientific American books, New York, 1983, 242 pages. French translation Le son musical, Bellin, Paris, 1984, 242 pages. Italian translation La scienza del suono, Zanichelli, Bologna, 1992.
  • Pierson, Kala. "Brave New Sound World (CD review of Jacques Dudon: 'Lumières Audibles')", New Music Connoisseurs vol. 10 no. 1, spring 2002, p. 27.
  • Pike, Alfred. "The Discoveries and Theories of Julián Carrillo 1875-1965", Inter-American Music Bulletin vol. 55, September 1966.
  • Pikler, Andrew G. "The Diatonic Foundation of Hearing", Acta Psychologica vol. 11, 1955, pp. 432-445.
  • Pikler, Andrew G. and J.D. Harris. "Measurement of the Musical Interval Sense", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 23, 1961. Also paper presented to the Eastern Psychological Association, 15 April 1960, New York.
  • Pikler, Andrew G. "Measurement of the Octave Sense", unpublished paper, presented to the Eastern Psychologyical Association, 8 April 1961, Philadelphia.
  • Pikler, Andrew G. "History of Experiments on the Musical Interval Sense", Journal of Music Theory vol. 10 no. 1, spring 1966, pp. 54-95.
  • Pikler, Andrew G. "Mels and musical intervals", Journal of Music Theory vol. 10, 1966, p. 289.
  • Pikler, Andrew G. "Logarithmic Frequency Systems", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 39 no. 6, 1966, pp. 1102-1110.
  • Piles Estellés, Jaime. Intervalos y gamas. Piles, Editorial de Música, Valencia, 1982, 131 pages.
  • Pinos, Alois. "Das Erbe von Alois Hába. Mikrointervalle in der zeitgenössischen tschechischen Musik", Gedanken zu Alois Hába, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
  • Pipping, Nils. "Approximation zweien realen Zahlen durch rationale Zahlen mit gemeinsam Nenner", Acta Academiae Aboensis, Mathematica et Physica vol. 21 no. 1, 1967, pp. 3-17.
  • Pirro, André. Descartes et la musique. Paris, 1907. Reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1973.
  • Pisani, R.U. "An Electronic Device for the Reproduction of any Musical Scale", Acustica vol. 21, 1969, pp. 294-298.
  • Pitkow, Xaq. "Why do octaves sound the same?", Harvard Biophysics, spring 2000.
  • Pizarro, C. Mario. "La escala musical Piagui. Logra perfectas armonias en el piano. The Piagui musical scale. Piagui musical scale achieves perfect harmony on piano, guitar and other instruments", WWW, June 2007.
  • Pizzati, Guiseppe Abbé. La scienza de' suoni et dell'armonia diretta specialmente a render ragione de' fenomeni ed a conoscer la natura e le leggi della medesima. S. Gatti, Venice, 1782, 358 pages.
  • Planck, Max. "Ein neues Harmonium in natürlicher Stimmung nach dem System von C. Eitz", Berlin Physikalische Ges. Verhandlungen, 1893, pp. 8-9.
  • Planck, Max. "Die natürliche Stimmung in der modernen Vokalmusik", Vierteljahrsschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 9, 1893, pp. 418-440.
  • Plankis, Linas. The two-dimensional tuning. A mathematical model, Vilnius, 2005, 16 pages.
  • Platt, John R. and Racine, Ronald. "Effect of frequency, timbre, experience, and feedback on musical tuning skills", Perception and psychophysics vol. 38 no. 6, December 1985, pp. 543-553.
  • Platz, Robert H.P. "More Than Just Notes: Psychoacoustics and Composition", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 5, 1995, pp. 25-28.
  • Pleyel and Dussek. Méthode pour le Piano-Forte (comprenant 'Nouvelle manière d'accorder le Piano-Forte et le Clavecin inventée par M. Kirnberger'). Pleyel, London, 1796.
  • Plomp, Renier. "The ear as a frequency analyzer, I.", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 36 no. 9, 1964, pp. 1628-1636.
  • Plomp, Renier and Willem J.M. Levelt. "Tonal consonance and critical bandwidth", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 38, 1965, pp. 548-568.
  • Plomp, Renier and W.J.M. Levelt. "Perception of tonal consonance", Studies in Perception, dedicated to M.A. Bouman, Soesterberg, 1966, pp. 106-118.
  • Plomp, Renier. Experiments on tone perception. Institute for perception, Soesterberg, 1966, 167 pages. Second edition: Aspects of tone sensation: a psychological study, Academic Press, London, 1976, 167 pages.
  • Plomp, Renier. "Beats of mistuned consonances", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 42 no. 2, 1967, pp. 442-474.
  • Plomp, Renier and A.M. Mimpen. "The ear as a frequency analyzer, II.", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 43, 1968, pp. 764-767.
  • Plomp, Renier and J.J.M. Steeneken. "Interference between two simple tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 43 no. 4, 1968, pp. 883–884.
  • Plomp, Renier. Old and new data on tone perception. Instituut voor Zintuigfysiologie, RVO-TNO, Report No. IZF1970-14, 1970, 57 pages.
  • Plomp, Renier, W.A. Wagenaar and A.M. Mimpen. "Musical interval recognition with simultaneous tones", Acustica vol. 29, 1973, pp. 101-109.
  • Plutarchus. De musica. 1st cent. Latin translation by Carlo Valgulio, Brescia, 1507. H. Weil (ed.), Paris, 1900. Konrad Ziegler & Max Pohlenz (eds.), Leipzig, 1966. English translation On Music by B. Einarson, Plutarch's Moralia vol. 14, Harvard University Press, Cambridge MA, 1967.
  • Podbielski, Jacek. "Znak tabulaturowy i dzwiek lutni w muzyce XVI wieku: Analiza relacji w aspekcie wysokosci", Muzyka vol. 33 no. 4, 1988, pp. 67-79.
  • Podnos, Theodor H. "Woodwind Intonation", Woodwind Magazine vol. 2 no. 4, Dec. 1949.
  • Podnos, Theodor H. Bagpipes and Tunings. Detroit Monographs in musicology, Information Coordinators, Detroit MI, 1974, 125 pages.
  • Podnos, Theodor H. Intonation for strings, winds, and singers: a six-month course. Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1981, 195 pages.
  • Poensen, C. "De Wajang", Medelingen van wege het Nederlandsch Zendelingen Genootschap vol. 16, 1872, pp. 75-116 & 218-220.
  • Pohlit, Stefan. Julien Jalâl Ed-Dine Weiss – A New Qanun System: Its Application in the Performance Practice of the Ensemble 'Al-Kindi' and in Contemporary Western Music. PhD Thesis, MIAM/Istanbul Technical University, 2011, 316 pages.
  • Pöhlmann, Egert. Denkmäler Altgriechischer Musik. Sammlung, Übertragung und Erläuterung aller Fragmente und Fälschungen. Nürnberg, 1970.
  • Pöhlmann, Egert and M.L. West. Documents of Ancient Greek Music. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 2001, 222 pages.
  • Poissenot, Marc. Ivan Wyschnegradsky: À la recherche du continuum sonore, étapes de la pensée et de l'oeuvre. Mémoire de Maîtrise sous la direction de Yves Krier (Rennes II).
  • Pol, Balthasar van der. "Muziek en elementaire getallentheorie", Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 9, Fasc. 5, 1942, pp. 507-540. English version "Music and elementary theory of numbers", The Music Review vol. 7, 1946, pp. 1-25. Also in B. van der Pol - Selected scientific papers, no. 172, H. Bremmer and C.J. Bouwkamp (eds.), North-Holland Publ., Amsterdam, 1960.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Piano Study #5 (for JPR) for Just Fender Rhodes", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1977.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Movement for Lou Harrison for Two Violins", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1977.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Tuning Systems in American Gamelan. Interval Sizes in Javanese Slendro", Balungan vol. 1 no. 2, 1984, pp. 9-11.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Confessions of a Lousy Carpenter: Some thoughts on composing for standard instruments in just intonation", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, 1985, pp. 1, 10-14.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Guest Editorial", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, p. 2.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Notes on Piano Study No. 5 for JPR", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985, p. 14.
  • Polansky, Larry. "HMSL Intonation Environment", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 1, winter 1987, pp. 4-6, 10-12, 15.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Paratactical Tuning: An Agenda for the Use of Computers in Experimental Intonation", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987, pp. 61-68.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Morphological Metrics: An Introduction to a Theory of Formal Distances", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, University of Illinois at Champaign/Urbana, 1987.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Heidi von Gunden: The Music of Ben Johnston (book review)", Leonardo vol. 23 no. 1, 1989, pp. 67–69.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Canon for Flute (score)", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 2, 1990, p. 5.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Notes on the Tunings of Three Central Javanese Slendro/Pelog Pairs", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 2, 1990, pp. 12-13, 16-17.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Gardner Read: 20th Century Microtonal Notation" (book review), Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 1, 1991, pp. 108-109.
  • Polansky, Larry and Richard Bassein. "Possible and Impossible Melody: Some Formal Aspects of Contour", Journal of Music Theory vol. 36 no. 2, fall 1992, pp. 259-284.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Morphological Metrics", Journal of New Music Research vol. 25, 1996, pp. 289-368.
  • Polansky, Larry. "A Few Words About James Tenney", 2006.
  • Polansky, Larry. "Optimal Well-Temperament Examples, WWW, 2007.
  • Polansky, Larry, Daniel Rockmore, Kimo Johnson and Douglas Repetto. "A Mathematical Model for Optimal Tuning Systems", Santa Fe Institute, 2008, 24 pages. Submitted to Perspectives of New Music, summer, 2007.
  • Polansky, Larry, Wei Pan, Daniel Rockmore, Douglas Repetto and Micah K. Johnson. "Optimal Tuning Systems", Society for Music Theory paper proposal, Jan. 2008, 6 pages.
  • Polansky, Larry, Wei Pan, Kimo Johnson, Daniel Rockmore and Douglas Repetto. "OWT: Real-time Software for Optimal Tuning Systems", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Belfast, 2008.
  • Polansky, Larry, Wei Pan, Kimo Johnson, Daniel Rockmore and Douglas Repetto. "A Mathematical Model for Optimal Tuning Systems", Perspectives of New Music vol. 47 no. 1, winter 2009, pp. 69-110.
  • Pole, William. "On the graphic method of representing musical intervals. With illustrations of the construction of the musical scale", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 2, London, 1876, pp. 16-29.
  • Pole, William. The Philosophy of Music. H. Hartridge (ed.), London, 1879, 1924.
  • Poletti, Paul. Scale Analysis - purpose and methodology. Lecture delivered at the Accademia Bartolmeo Cristofori conference, Florence, Italy, December 1997, 30 pages.
  • Poletti, Paul. Temperaments for dummies. Utrecht, 2001-2003, 44 pages.
  • Poletti, Paul. "Beyond Pythagorean: Ancient Techniques for Designing Musical Instrument Scales", Keyboard Instruments - Flexibility of Sound and Expression; Instruments à claviers - expressivité et flexibilité sonore. Proceedings of the harmoniques International Congress, Lausanne 2002, Peter Lang, Bern, Berlin, Bruxelles, Frankfurt am Main, New York, Oxford, Wien, 2004.
  • Poletti, Paul. "Temperament and intonation in ensemble music of the late eighteenth century: performance problems then and now", Music of the past - instruments and imagination; Musique ancienne - instruments et imagination. Proceedings of the Harmoniques International Congress, Lausanne 2004, Peter Lang, Bern, Berlin, Bruxelles, Frankfurt am Main, New York, Oxford, Wien, 2006, 302 pages.
  • Pollack, Irwin. "Ohm's Acoustical Law and Short-Term Auditory Memory", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 36 no. 12, 1969, pp. 2340-2345.
  • Pollard, Joseph Victor. Tuning and Temperament in Southern Germany to the End of the Seventeenth Century. PhD thesis, Musicology, University of Leeds, April 1985, 2 vols., 520 pages.
  • Pollens, Stewart. "Early nineteenth-century German language works on piano maintenance: A review of published information concerning the stringing, tuning, and adjustment of the fortepiano", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 8, 1990, pp. 91-109.
  • Ponsford, David et al. "Tempering Bach's temperament", Early Music vol. 33 no. 3, Oxford University Press, August 2005, pp. 545-548.
  • Poole, L.M.G. "Further thoughts on piano tuning", American Journal of Physics vol. 47 no. 6, June 1979, p. 564.
  • Poole, Henry Ward. "On the true natural diatonic scale of music, and its adoption in the euharmonic organ", Worcester, 1848.
  • Poole, Henry Ward. "An Essay on Perfect Intonation in the Organ", Silliman's American Journal of Sciences and Arts, 2nd. series, vol. 9, 1850, pp. 68-83, 199-216.
  • Poole, Henry Ward. "On Perfect Intonation and the Euharmonic Organ", New Englander and Yale Review, May 1850.
  • Poole, Henry Ward. "On Perfect Harmony, the Double Diatonic Scale, and an Enharmonic Key-Board for Organs, Piano-Fortes, etc.", Silliman's American Journal of Science and Arts vol. 94 (2nd series 44) no. 130, July 1867, pp. 1-22.
  • Poole, Henry Ward. "On the Musical Ratios, and our Pleasure in Harmonious Sounds", American Journal of Science vol. 44 no. 135, May 1868, p. 19.
  • Popley, Herbert Arthur. The music of India. Low Price Publications, New Delhi, 1921, 1990, 1993, 1996, 187 pages.
  • Pöppel, Ernst. "Unmusikalische Grenzüberschreitungen?", Musik in der Zeit, Helbing & Lichtenhahn, Basel, 1990.
  • Porter, William. "The meaning of mean-tone temperament", Diapason vol. 72 no. 12, December 1981, p. 19.
  • Porvenkov, Valerij. Nastrojka muzykal'nyh instrumentov. Legkaja industrija, Moscow, 1977, 125 pages.
  • Porvenkov, Valerij. Akustika i nastrojka muzykal'nyh instrumentov. Muzyka, Moscow, 1990, 192 pages.
  • Poulin, Jean-Pierre. La Petite Encyclopédie des Échelles et des Modes. Self-published, Château-Renault, 1999.
  • Poulton, Diana. John Dowland - His Life and Works. University of California Press, 1972, 1982.
  • Pousseur, Henri. "Une expérience de musique microtonale: 19 V 8/4 pour violoncelle solo", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 11-43.
  • Power, Tushaar. "J.S. Bach and Andreas Werckmeister's 'Natural Order'", Unpublished paper, BCB Edinburgh, 1994.
  • Powers, Harold Stone. The background of the South-Indian raga-system. 3 vols., PhD thesis, Music: Princeton University, 1958. University Microfilms, 1965.
  • Powers, Harold Stone. "M. Kolinski: The Origin of the Indian 22-Tone System (book review)", Ethnomusicology vol. 6, 1962, pp. 222-228.
  • Powers, Harold Stone. "An historical and comparative approach to the classification of ragas (with an appendix on ancient Indian tunings)", University of California, Los Angeles, Institute of Ethnomusicology, Selected reports vol. 1 no. 3, 1970, 78 pages.
  • Powers, Harold et al. "Tonal types and modal categories in Renaissance polyphony", Journal of the American Musicological Association vol. 34, 1981, pp. 428-470.
  • Praetorius, Michael. Syntagma musicum ex veterum & recentiorum ecclesiasticorum authorum lectione, polyhistorum consignatione, variarum linguarum notatione, hodierne seculi usurpatione, ipsius denique musicæ artis obsrvatione: in cantorum, organistarum, organoporum, cæterorumque; musiciam scientiam amantium & tranctantium gratiam collectum; et secundum hunc generalem indicem toti operi præfixum, in quatuor tomos distributum, à Michaele Praetorio Creutzbergensi ... Tomus Secundus: De organographia. Elias Holwein, Wolfenbüttel, 1618, 1619. Facsimile edition, Wilibald Gurlitt (ed.), Documenta Musicologica, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1958-1959. English translation by Harold Blumenfeld (ed.), Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1962, Da Capo Press, New York, 1986. Other English translation by David Z. Crookes, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1986.
  • Pratella, Balilla. Manifesto della musica futurista. 1911.
  • Prelleur, Peter. The art of playing on the violin with a new scale shewing how to stop every note flat or sharp, exactly in tune and where the shifts of the hand should be made. To which is added a collection of the finest rigadoons, almands, sarabands, courants and opera airs extant. Volume V of The modern musick master or, the universal musician, T. Cobb, London, 1730, 1731. Facs. edition by Alexander Hyatt (ed.), Documenta Musicologica (Reihe 1, vol. 27), Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1965.
  • Pressing, Jeff. "Tuning System Design", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, 1980, pp. I19-I22, I24.
  • Pressing, Jeff. "Cognitive Isomorphisms between Pitch and Rhythm in World Musics: West Africa, the Balkans, Thailand and Western Tonality, Studies in Music vol. 17, Nedlands, Australia, 1983, pp. 38-61.
  • Pressing, Jeff. Synthesizer Performance And Realtime Techniques. Computer Music and Digital Audio Series vol. 8, John Strawn (ed.), A-R Editions, 1992, 462 pages.
  • Preyer, Wilhelm Thierry. Über die Grenzen der Tonwahrnehmung. Sammlung physiologischer Abhandlungen, I., Jena, 1876-77, 26 pages.
  • Prins, Evert. "Fokker en de 31-toonsstemming (letter)", Mens en Melodie vol. 51, Nov/Dec. 1996, p. 514.
  • Printz, Wolfgang Caspar. Musica modulatoria vocalis. Dresden, 1678.
  • Printz, Wolfgang Caspar. Dritte musicalische Kunstübung. Dresden, 1678.
  • Printz, Wolfgang Caspar. Phrynis mitilenaeu, oder Satyrischer Componist. Chr. Okel, Quedlinburg, 1676-1679, 141 pages. J. Chr. Mieth und J. Chr. Zimmerman, Dresden & Leipzig, 1696.
  • Printz, Wolfgang Caspar. Exercitationes musicae theoretico-practicae curiosae de concordantiis singulis, das ist musicalische Wissenschaft und Kunst-Uebungen von jedweden Concordantien, in welchen jeglicher Concordantz Natur und Wesen, Composition, eigentlicher Sitz, Production, Continuation und Progressus aus Gewissen Gründen erkläret und beschrieben werden. J. Chr. Mieth, Dresden, 1687-1689, 331 pages.
  • Printz, Wolfgang Caspar. Historische Beschreibung der edelen Sing- und Klingkunst, in welcher deroselben Ursprung und Erfindung, Fortgang, Verbesserung, unterschiedlicher Gebrauch, wunderbare Würckungen, mancherley Feinde und zugleich berühmsteste Ausüber von Anfang der Welt bis auff unsere Zeit in möglichster Kürtze erzehlet und vorgestellet werden, aus denen vornehmsten Autoribus abgefasset und in Ordnung gebracht von Wolfgang Caspar Printzen von Waldthrun. J.Ch. Mieth, Dresden, 1690.
  • Prior, Glen. Notes for LP Moustache Blue. 1978.
  • Pritschet, Hans. Wahrnehmung des Grundtons von Dreiklängen. Roderer, Regensburg, 1992.
  • (anon.) Pro clavichordiis faciendis. Erlangen, Manuscript 554, fol. 202v-203r, 1454-1480.
  • Probst, Urs. "Intervallqualitäten und Tonartencharakteristik", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `93, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1994, pp. 218-247.
  • Pronina, A. La musique en URSS avant et après 1917, Catalogue de l'exposition Paris-Moscou, 1979, pp. 482-486.
  • Prooijen, Kees van. "A Theory of Equal-Tempered Scales", Interface vol. 7 no. 1, June 1978, pp. 45-56.
  • Prooijen, Kees van. "13 tones in the 3rd harmonic", WWW, 2000.
  • Prosdocimus, de Beldemandis. Brevis summula proportionum quantum ad musicam pertinet & Parvus tractatulus de modo monacordum dividendi. 1428. English translation by Jan Herlinger (ed.): A short summary of ratios insofar as they pertain to music & Little treatise on the method of dividing the monochord. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, 1987, 182 pages.
  • Prosdocimus, de Beldemandis. Tractatus de modo monochordum dividendi. 15th cent. In Scriptorum de musica medii aevi nova vol. 3, E. de Coussemaker (ed.), Durand, Paris, 1866-1876. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1963.
  • Pruett, Lilian P. and Bonifazio Asioli. "Bonifazio Asioli and Equal Temperament", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 9, 1991, p. 51-69.
  • Prüm, Regino von. Epistola de harmonica institutione. 10th century. Martin Gerbert (ed.), Typis San-Blasianis, St. Blaise, 1784. Reprint G. Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1963.
  • Prüm, Regino von. De harmonica institutione. 10th century. In: Patrologia cursus completus vol. 132, J.P. Migne (ed.), Garnier, Paris, 1844-1904, pp. 483-502.
  • Pruvost, P. La musique rénovée selon la synthèse acoustique. Société française d'éditions littéraires et techniques, Paris, 1931, 287 pages.
  • Ptolemaeus, Claudius. Klaudiou Ptolemaiou harmoniko vivlia iii Claudii Ptolemaei harmonicorum libri tres. John Wallis (ed.), Oxford, e theatro Scheldoniano, 1682. Reprint Ingemar Düring (ed.), Elanders, Göteborg, 1930. English translation The Harmonics by A. Barker in Greek Musical Writings vol. 2, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1989. Other English translation by Jon Solomon, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 2000.
  • Pulido, E. "Algo sobre las teorías de Augusto Novaro", Heterofonía vol. 3 no. 5, 1970, p. 20, 39.
  • Puliot, Stephen. "Remembering Harry", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, p. 23.
  • Purwins, Hendrik. Profiles of Pitch Classes. Circularity of Relative Pitch and Key – Experiments, Models, Computational Music Analysis, and Perspectives. PhD thesis, Technischen Universität Berlin, 2005, 218 pages.
  • Pusey, John G. (ed.) "Xenharmonikôn Errata", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 299-301.

- Q -

  • Qian, Yuezhi. Lüli Zhi (Notes on music temperament and Calendar). 5th cent.
  • Quantz, Johann Joachim. Versuch einer Anweisung die Flöte traversière zu spielen. Breslau, 1752, 1789. Reprint Bärenreiter Verlag, 1906, 1997. English translation by Edward R. Reilly On Playing the Flute, Schirmer Books, New York, 1966. Italian translation by S. Balestracci (ed.) Trattato sul flauto traverso, Libreria Musicale Italiana Editrice, Lucca, 1992.
  • Quinn, Ian. A Unified Theory of Chord Quality in Equal Temperaments. PhD thesis, Eastman School of Music, University of Rochester, Rochester NY, 2004, 122 pages.
  • Quinn, Ian. "General Equal Tempered Harmony (Introduction and Part I)", Perspectives of New Music vol. 44 no. 2, 2006, pp. 114-158.
  • Quinn, Ian. "General Equal-Tempered Harmony (Parts II and III)", Perspectives of New Music vol. 45 no. 1, 2007, pp. 4-63.
  • Quintilianus, Aristides. De musica libri tres. 2nd cent. AD. German translation by Arthur Jahn (ed.), Berlin, 1882. English translation by R.P. Winnington-Ingram (ed.), Leipzig, 1963. English translation with commentary by Thomas J. Mathiesen (ed.), Music Theory Translation Series, Yale University Press, New Haven, 1983. French translation by Marie-Claire Lemoigne-Mussat (ed.), PhD thesis, Paris, 1973, 442 pages.
  • Qureshi, Regula Burckhardt. Sufi Music of India and Pakistan: Sound, Context, and Meaning. University Of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1995, 284 pages.

- R -

  • Rabl, Günther. "Tonsysteme", Electric Orpheus, WWW.
  • Racy, Ali Jihad and Jack Logan. "Arab Music", WWW, 2001.
  • Radice, Mark. Futurismo: Its Origins, Context, Repertory, and Influence. Musical Quarterly, 1989, pp. 1-17.
  • Raes, Godfried-Willem. "Snaren en hun berekening", WWW, 1997.
  • Raghavendra Rao, K.S.; Indira. "Experimental study of raga scales of Indian music - Sankarabharana raga", Journal of the Sangeet Natak Academy vol. 51, New Delhi, January-March 1979, pp. 15-23.
  • Rahkonen, Carl John. "How Equal Temperament Ruined Harmony (and Why You Should Care)" (book review). Notes vol. 64 no. 3, March 2008, pp. 487-489.
  • Rahn, Jay. "Some Recurrent Features of Scales", In Theory Only vol. 2 no. 11–12, 1977, pp. 43–52.
  • Rahn, Jay. "Javanese Pelog Tunings Reconsidered", Yearbook of the International Folk Music Council vol. 10, 1978, pp. 69-82.
  • Rahn, Jay. "Asymmetrical Ostinatos in Sub-Saharan Music: Time, Pitch and Cycles Reconsidered", In Theory Only vol. 9 no. 7, 1987, pp. 23-37.
  • Rahn, Jay. "Coordination of Interval Sizes in Seven-Tone Collections", Journal of Music Theory vol. 35 no. 1, 1991, pp. 33-60.
  • Rahn, Jay. "An Advance on 'A Theory for All Musics': At-Least-As Predicates for Pitch, Time, and Loudness", Perspectives of New Music vol. 30 no. 1, 1992, pp. 158-183.
  • Rahn, Jay. "Perceptual Aspects of Tuning in a Balinese Gamelan Angklung for North American Students", Canadian University Music Review vol. 16 no. 2, 1996, pp. 1-43.
  • Rahn, Jay. "Practical Aspects of Marchetto's Tuning", Music Theory Online vol. 4 no. 6, November 1998.
  • Rai, I.W. Balinese Gamelan Semar Pagulingan Saih Pitu: The Modal System. Ph.D. diss., University of Maryland Baltimore, 1996.
  • Railsback, O.L. "Scale Temperament as Applied to Piano Tuning", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 9, 1938, p. 274.
  • Rais, Mark. "Jaan Soonvald and His Musical System", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 2 no. 1, 1991, pp. 45-47.
  • Rakowski, Andrzej. "Tuning of isolated musical intervals", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 59 (suppl. 1).
  • Rakowski, Andrzej; Krystyna Mlodziejewska and Wieslaw Marucha. "Intonowanie izolowanych interwalow muzycznych", Z prac Katedry Akustyki Muzycznej, 1979, pp. 155-166.
  • Rakowski, Andrzej. "Psychoacoustic dissonance in pure-tone intervals: Disparities and common findings", in: Dahlhaus & Krause (eds.), Tiefenstruktur der Musik, Technische Universität Berlin, 1982, pp.51-67.
  • Rakowski, Andrzej and A. Miskiewicz. "Deviations from equal temperament in tuning isolated musical intervals", Archives of Acoustics vol. 10 no. 2, 1985, pp. 95-104.
  • Rakowski, Andrzej. "Intonation variants of musical intervals in isolation and in musical context", Psychology of Music vol. 18 no. 1, 1990, pp. 60-72.
  • Rakowski, Andrzej. "Context-dependent intonation variants of melodic intervals", in Music, Language, Speech and Brain, Johan Sundberg, Lennart Nord and Roald Carlson (eds.), MacMillan Press, 1991.
  • Ramanathan, S. "The Sruti Veena", Musical Scales: Report of Symposium Sangeet Natak Academy, New Delhi, Feb. 1973.
  • Ramanna, Raja. "The structure of Raga music", Current science vol. 68 no. 9, 1995, pp. 897-916.
  • Ramaswami Aiyar, M.S. "The Question of Grâmas", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1936, pp. 629-639.
  • Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Traité de l'Harmonie Reduite à ses Principes naturels. Jean-Baptiste-Christophe Ballard, Paris, 1722, 452 pages. Treatise on harmony, translated by Philip Gossett, Dover Publications, New York, 1971, 444 pages.
  • Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Nouveau Systême de Musique théorique, Où l'on découvre le Principe de toutes les Regles necessaires à la Pratique, Pour servir d'Introduction au Traité de l'Harmonie. Jean-Baptiste-Christophe Ballard, Paris, 1726, 120 pages.
  • Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Génération Harmonique, ou Traité de Musique théorique et pratique. Prault fils, Paris, 1737, 244 pages. English translation, John Walsh, London, 1752. English translation Rameau's Theory of Harmonic Generation; An Annotated Translation and Commentary of 'Génération Harmonique' by Jean-Philippe Rameau by D. Hayes (ed.), PhD diss., Stanford University, 1968.
  • Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Démonstration du principe de l'harmonie. Durand, Pissot, Paris, 1750. Facsimile American Musicological Society, 1968.
  • Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Extrait d'une réponse de M. Rameau à M. Euler sur l'identité des octaves. Paris, 1753.
  • Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Observations sur notre instinct pour la musique, et sur son principe. Prault fils, Paris, 1754.
  • Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Nouvelles Réflexions sur le Principe sonore. Imprimerie Royale, Paris, 1760.
  • Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Réponse de Monsieur Rameau à la lettre de Monsieur d'Alembert, qu'on vient de lire. Paris, 1761.
  • Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Complete Theoretical Writings. E.R. Jacobi (ed.), American Institute of Musicology, 1966-1972, 6 vols.
  • Ramesh, Mahadevan. A gentle introduction to South Indian classical (Karnatic) music, WWW, 1996. part 1, part 2, part 3, part 4
  • Ramis de Pareja, Bartolomei. Musica practica. Baltasar de Hiriberia, Bologna, 1482. Reprint G. Vecchi (ed.), Forni, Bologna, 1969. Reprint Johannes Wolf, Beiheft 2 der Publikationen der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft. English translation Bartolomeo Ramis's Musica Practica by Clement A. Miller, Hänssler-Verlag, Neuhausen-Stuttgart, 1993.
  • Ramis de Pareja, Bartolomei. De Musica tractatus sive Musica Practica. Bologna, 1492.
  • Ramstrum, Momilani. "The development of Western tuning systems and the contemporary use of extended just intonation", WWW.
  • Ranade, G.H. "Eternal paradox in Indian music - the shrutis", Aspects of Indian Music, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Delhi, 1957, reprinted in 1960 and 1968, pp. 39-44.
  • Ranade, R.G. Hindustani Music: Its Physics and Aesthetics. Popular Prakashan, Bombay, 1971.
  • Randel, Don M. "Al-Farabi and the Role of Arabic Music Theory in the Latin Middle Ages", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 29 no. 2, 1976, pp. 173-188.
  • Raney, Carolyn. "A solution to a lute tablature of Isabella dei Medici (ca. 1540-76)", Ghisi Festschrift I, 1976, pp. 299-309.
  • Rankin, Mark. "Making Sense of Cents", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 13-15.
  • Rankin, Mark. "Microtonal Templates for Guitar", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, 1990, pp. 128-129.
  • Rankin, Mark. "Traditional European Musical Key and Interval Nomenclature". Self-published monograph.
  • Rankin, Mark. "Rankin's Short History of Interchangeable Fretboards". Self-published monograph.
  • Rao, N.Y. "American Compositional Theory in the 1030s: Scale and Exoticism in 'The Nature of Melody' by Henry Cowell", The Musical Quarterly vol. 85 no. 4, 2001, pp. 595-640.
  • Rao, Suvarnalata. Acoustical Perspective on Raga-Rasa Theory. Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000, 145 pages.
  • Rao, Suvarnalata and Wim van der Meer. "Shruti in Contemporary Hindustani Music", Proceedings of Frontiers of Research on Speech and Music, Annamalai, India, 2004.
  • Rao, Yu-an, Edward C. Carterette and Yu-kui Wu. "A comparison of the musical scales of the ancient Chinese bronze bell ensemble and the modern bamboo flute", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 41 no. 6, June 1987, pp. 547-562. Also in Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 81, Supplement 1, p. S84.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "Towards the Infinite Expansion of Tonal Resources", Tempo no. 144, March 1983, pp 7-11.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "About 31-tone equal temperament and six songs written in it", an essay with Songs of fruit and vegetables by Paul Rapoport (with score), Corpus Microtonale CM 23, Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1987, 93 pages.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "Some Temperaments are More Equal Than Others - and Decidedly More Temperamental", MusicWorks no. 43, 1989, pp. 8-12.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "Notes Toward Quasi-Triskaidekaphilia", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 45-53.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "Too Many Signs of Too Few Temperaments", unpublished CUMS lecture, May 28, 1991.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "The Notation of Equal Temperaments", 1991, Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, 1995, pp. 61-84.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "Just Inton(ot)ation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, September 1991, pp. 12-14.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "The Structural Relationships of Fifths and Thirds in Equal Temperaments", Journal of Music Theory vol. 37 no. 2, pp. 351-389, fall 1993.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "Easley Blackwood's Microtonal Compositions on Cedille Records (CD review)", Fanfare vol. 18 no. 1, Sept./Oct. 1994, pp. 146-147.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "Just Shape, Nothing Central", MusicWorks no. 60, fall 1994, pp. 42-49.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "Gimme Fives", MusicWorks no. 61, spring 1995, pp. 40-45.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "(K)no(w) More Notation", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 2, 1995, p. 4.
  • Rapoport, Paul. "Wyshnegradsky: Étude on the Rotary Movements, Op. 45a; 24 Preludes in the Chromatic Scale Diatonicised in 13 Tones, Op. 22 by Wyshnegradsky" (CD review), Tempo vol. 57 no. 224, April 2003, p. 75.
  • Rasch, Rudolf Alexander. "The perception of simultaneous notes such as in polyphonic music", Acustica vol. 40, 1978, pp. 21-33.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Waarnemingsonderzoek en de computer I", Mens en Melodie vol. 33, 1978, pp. 189-194.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Amplitudemodulatie van ontstemde samenklanken", Nederlands Akoestisch Genootschap Publikatie vol. 53, 1980, pp. 1-5.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Owen Jorgensen: Tuning the historical temperaments by ear (1977) and Cl. Di Veroli: Unequal temperaments and their role in the performance of early music (1978) (book reviews)", Stimulus, 1980, pp. 32-37.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Wohltemperirt en gelijkzwevend", Mens en Melodie vol. 36 no. 9, Sept. 1981, pp. 264-273.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Owen Jorgensen: The equal-beating temperaments (1981) (book review)", Stimulus, 1981, pp. 59-60.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Gelijkzwevend stemmen", Mens en Melodie vol. 37 no. 1, January 1982, pp. 14-30.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Sorge's monochord", Mens en Melodie vol. 37 no. 5, May 1982, pp. 232-243.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. Inventaris van het archief en documentatiecentrum van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, Haarlem, 1983, 2/1985.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Description of regular twelve-tone musical tunings", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 73 no. 3, March 1983, pp. 1023-1035.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Discrimination thresholds for pure and mistuned musical intervals", 11th International Congress on Acoustics Paris 1983 Proceedings vol. 4, 1983, pp. 419-422.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Ban's intonation", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 33 no. 1-2, 1983, pp. 75-99.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Perception of melodic and harmonic intonation of two-part musical fragments", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 74, 1983, S22. And in Music Perception vol. 2 no. 4, summer 1985, pp. 441-458.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Jitter in the singing voice", Proceedings of the Tenth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences Utrecht 1983, Dordrecht, 1984, pp. 288-292.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Theory of Helmholtz beat frequencies", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, 1984, pp. 308-322.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Friedrich Suppig and his Labyrinthus Musicus of 1722", The Organ Yearbook vol. 15, 1984, pp. 33-53.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "H.F. Cohen: Quantifying music (1984) (book review)", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 34, 1984, pp. 183-186.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Jitter in violin tones", Proceedings of the Stockholm Music Acoustics Conference 1983, vol. 2, Stockholm, 1985, pp. 275-284.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. and Vincent Heetvelt. "String inharmonicity and piano tuning", Music Perception vol. 3 no. 2, winter 1985, pp. 171-190. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 76 no. 1 Suppl., 1984, p. 22.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Relations between multiple divisions of the octave and the traditional tonal system", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 75-108.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Does 'Well-tempered' mean 'Equal-tempered'?", in Williams (ed.), Bach, Händel, Scarlatti tercentenary Essays, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1985, pp. 293-310.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Der Zusammenhang zwischen den verschiedenen Unterteilungen der Oktave und dem herkömmlichen Tonsystem", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 107-116.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Waarneming van muzikale intervallen met frequentie-verhoudingen van getallen van 6 tot en met 16", Nederlands Akoestisch Genootschap Publikatie vol. 77, 1985, pp. 32-45.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Integer Approximation of Musical Scale Frequencies", Interface vol. 15 no. 1, 1986, pp. 25-34.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. (ed.) Adriaan Daniël Fokker - Selected musical compositions (1948-1972) with introduction by Rudolf Rasch. Corpus Microtonale CM 1, Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1987, 217 pages.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Composer Simon Stevin, 1548-1620", Liber amicorum Chr. Maas, R.C. Wegman and E. Vetter (eds.), Amsterdam, 1987, pp. 83-106.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Eine neue, normierte Notation für mikrotonale Musik: Die Diapason-Notation", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 41-51.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "The [just intonation] theories of Adriaan Fokker, Part One", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 1, 1988, pp. 4-7, 14.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "The [just intonation] theories of Adriaan Fokker, Part Two", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1988, pp. 6, 10-12.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Farey systems of musical intonation", Contemporary Music Review vol. 2, 1988, pp. 31-67.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Adriaan Daniël Fokker (1887-1972): Musicus tricesimoprimalis", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1988, Haarlem, pp. 5-17.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Het kristal van Fokker", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1988, Haarlem, pp. 19-29.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Stemmingen en zwevingen (uitgebreid)", Bouwbrief vol. 51, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 1988, pp. 3-9.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Stemmingssystemen en het stemmen van piano's", NAG Journaal vol. 98, 1989, pp. 29-36.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Analytische Bemerkungen zu einigen mikrotonalen Kompositionen Adriaan Fokkers", Mikrotöne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Zuiver en vals", Bouwbrief vol. 56, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 1990, pp. 3-7; vol. 57, 1990, pp. 3-4.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. Just Notation, raw draft, September 1991.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Gardner Read: 20th-Century Microtonal Notation (book review)", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, 1991, pp. 258-262.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Greek tones in Pietro della Valle's Oratorio per la Festa della Santissima Purificatione (1640)", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1994, Amsterdam, pp. 124-138.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Harmonischen", Symposium Mathematiek/Muziek Woensdag 3 mei 1995: Naverslag, Symposiumcommissie A-Eskwadraat, Utrecht, 1995, pp. 29-40.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Constantijn en Christiaan Huygens' relatie tot de muziek: Overeenkomsten en verschillen", De Zeventiende Eeuw vol. 12, 1996, pp. 52-63.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Musical Circle - from Alfonso to Beethoven", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 2 no. 1 (part I), pp. 1-17, vol. 2 no. 2 (part II), 1997, pp. 110-133.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Musical Circle III: Second thoughts and further additions", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 4 no. 1, February 1999.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Musical Circle IV: a general theory", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 4 no. 3, November 1999.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Unification of Tonal Systems, or About the Circle of Fifths", Journal of New Music Research vol. 29 no. 4, 2000, pp. 319-334.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "A Word or Two on the Tuning of Harry Partch", in Harry Partch: An Anthology of Critical Perspectives, David Dunn (ed.), Contemporary Music Studies no. 19, Harwood, Amsterdam, 2000.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Simon Stevin 1548-1620: A scientist dealing with music", Report of the Colloque Musique et Mathématique aux alentours du XVIe et XVIIe siècles, Louvain-la-Neuve, 2000.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "La méthodologie du tempérament musical à la Renaissance (et après)", Musique et mathématique à la Renaissance, report colloquium Tours, 2000.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Tuning and temperament", in The Cambridge history of Western music theory, Thomas Christensen (ed.), Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2001, pp. 193-222.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "On terminology for diatonic, chromatic, and enharmonic keyboards", Schweizer Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 22, Peter Lang, Bern, 2002, pp. 21-33.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Why were enharmonic keyboards built? - From Nicola Vicentino (1555) to Michael Bulyowsky (1699)", Schweizer Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 22, 2002, pp. 35-87.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "De muzikale ruimte", De ruimte, Suzette Haakma and Etienne Lemmens (eds.), Bureau Studium Generale, Utrecht, 2002, pp. 79-97.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Schrijven over stemmingen", publication related to the Symposium on Historical Organ Tunings, Gent, 26 April 2003.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Zes-en-negentig tonen in een octaaf: Microtonale notatie", Muziek OpSchrift: De wereld van de muzieknotatie, Robe Berkel (ed.), Scryption, Tilburg, 2005, pp. 36-41, footnotes pp. 169-170.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "'Ongeschickte geslachten des gesanx'. Simon Stevin en Joan Albert Ban over de muziektheorie van de oude Grieken", Bronnen van inspiratie. Recepties van de klassieken in de vroegmoderne Nederlanden in muziek, literatuur en beeldende kunst, Jan Bloemendal, A. Agnes Sneller, Mirjam de Baar (eds.), Uitgeverij Verloren, Hilversum, 2007, pp. 25-44. Also as theme issue of De zeventiende eeuw. Cultuur in de Nederlanden in interdisciplinair perspectief vol. 23 no. 1, 2007.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Ross W. Duffin: How Equal Temperament Ruined Harmony (and Why You Should Care) (book review)", Performance Practice Review, 2008.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Simon Stevin and the calculation of equal temperament", Music and mathematics in late medieval and early modern Europe, Philippe Vendrix (ed.), Brepols, Turnhout, 2008, pp. 253-319.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. "Patrizio Barbieri: Enharmonic Instruments and Music 1470-1900 (Latina 2008) (book review)", Thirty-One: The Journal of the Huygens-Fokker Foundation vol. 1, 2009, pp. 61-65.
  • Rasch, Rudolf A. Muziekinstrumenten. Syllabus bij de cursus Muziekinstrumenten, cursusjaar 2009-2010, blok 4, Departement Media- en Cultuurwetenschappen, Universiteit Utrecht, April 2010.
  • Raskin, Jef. "Recollections of Harry Partch", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, p. 24.
  • Rasmussen, Karl Aage. "Harry Partch en filosofisk musiker forfort af snedkervirksomhed", Dansk Musiktidskrift, Copenhagen, vol. 51 no. 1, 1977, pp. 8-11.
  • Ratanjankar, S.N. "Just intonation in Hindustani raga singing", The Journal of the Musical Academy vol. 20, Madras, 1949, p. 89. Also in Commemoration volume in honour of Dr. S.N. Ratanjankar, K.G. Ginde, Bombay, 1961, pp. 186-191.
  • Ratanjankar, S.N. "Shruti as a unit of measurement of musical intervals", in Commemoration volume in honour of Dr. S.N. Ratanjankar, K.G. Ginde, Bombay, 1961, pp. 226-228.
  • Rathey, Markus. "Die Temperierung der Divi Blasii-Orgel in Mühlhausen", Bach-Jahrbuch vol. 87, 2001, pp. 163-171.
  • Ratte, Franz-Josef. "Die Temperatur als Mittel der musikalischen Rhetorik am Beispiel des Orgelbüchleins von Johann Sebastian Bach", Die Sprache der Musik: Festschrift Klaus Wolfgang Niemöller zum 60. Geburtstag. Jobst Peter Fricke et al. (eds.), Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1989, pp. 401-418.
  • Ratte, Franz-Josef. Die Temperatur der Clavierinstrumente: Quellenstudium zu den theoretischen Grundlagen und praktischen Anwendungen von der Antike bis ins 17. Jahrhundert. PhD thesis, Universität Münster, 1988. Veröffentlichungen der Orgelwissenschaftlichen Forschungsstelle im Musikwissenschaftlichen Seminar der Westfälischen Wilhelms-Universität Bd. 16, Winfried Schlepphorst (ed.), Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1991, 478 pages.
  • Ratte, Franz-Josef. "Temperierungspraktiken im süddeutschen Orgelbau, insbesondere zur Zeit Johann Nepomuk Holzheys", Acta Organologica vol. 24, 1994, pp. 387-424.
  • Ratte, Franz-Josef. "Temperatur", in: Das Bach Lexikon, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2000, pp. 506-514.
  • Ratte, Franz-Josef. "Die Temperaturen der Bach-Orgeln und die Konsequenzen für Johann Sebastian Bachs choralgebundene Orgelmusik", The Organ Yearbook vol. 29, 2000, pp. 45-58.
  • Ratton, Miguel. "Escalas Musicais: quando a matemática rege a música", WWW, 1998.
  • Raudonikas, Felix. "Essays of Pythagorean system. I: Primary concepts; II: Two- dimensional syntax; III: Three-dimensional syntax", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 64, July 1991, pp. 44-54. No. 65, October 1991, pp. 25-40.
  • Ravenstein, Tony van. "The three gap theorem (Steinhaus conjecture)", Journal of the Australian Mathematical Society (Series A) vol. 45, 1988, pp. 360-370.
  • Raymond, G.M. Essai sur la détermination des bases physico-mathématiques de l'art musical. Paris, 1813.
  • Raymond, John. "Treatise on harpsichord tuning (book review)", Galpin Society journal vol. 42, Aug. 1989, pp. 173-174.
  • Rayna, David. "Two Special Keyboard Projects", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3, summer 1986, pp. 4-6,15.
  • Rayner, Clare G. "The enigmatic Cima: Meantone tuning and transpositions", Galpin Society Journal vol. 22, March 1969, pp. 23-34.
  • Rayner, Clare G. "Historically justified keyboard variations on equal tempered tuning", Galpin Society Journal vol. 28, April 1975, pp. 121-129.
  • Raz, Ueli. "Einführungen in die Sitar", WWW, 1998.
  • Read, Gardner. "Microtones", in Contemporary Instrumental Techniques. Schirmer Books, New York, 1976, pp. 103-111.
  • Read, Gardner. Music Notation. A Manual of Modern Practice. Taplinger Pub Co., 1979, 482 pages.
  • Read, Gardner. Source Book of Proposed Music Notation Reforms. Greenwood Press, Westport, Connecticut, 1987, pp. 12, 26, 47, 56, 66, 92, 138, 315-316.
  • Read, Gardner. 20th-Century Microtonal Notation. Greenwood Press, New York, 1990, 198 pages.
  • Read, Ronald C. "Combinatorial problems in the theory of music", Discrete Mathematics vol. 167-168 no. 1-3, 1997, pp. 543-551.
  • Real, Carlos, Jesús Vaamonde and Manuel Fernández. "La afinación de la gaita gallega: ¿escala natural o escala temperada?", WWW.
  • Reblitz, Arthur A. Piano servicing, tuning & rebuilding. The Vestal Press, New York, 1993.
  • Rebolledo, Neil A. The Investigation of Evenness of Just Scales. Metropolitan State College of Denver, Denver CO, 13 pages.
  • Reckziegel, Walter. "Die Stimmung in Theorie und Praxis für Musiker und Musikfreunde (book review)", Zeitschrift für Musikpädagogik vol. 10 no. 29, 1985, p. 84.
  • Reddick, Harvey Phillips. Johann Mattheson's Forty-eight Thorough-bass Text-pieces: Translation and Commentary. Diss. Univ. of Michigan, Michigan IL, 1956, 2 vols, 327 pages.
  • Redfern, Brian. "Live Flute Synthesis with Linux and Csound5", WWW, 2007.
  • Redfield, John. "Just Intonation in Band and Orchestra", Musical Courier vol. 91 no. 15, Oct. 1925, pp. 6-7.
  • Redfield, John. "A new just scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 1 no. 2A, 1930, pp. 249–255.
  • Redfield, John. "Minimizing Discrepancies of Intonation in Valve Instruments", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 3 no. 2A, 1931, pp. 292-296.
  • Ree Bernard, Nelly van. Stemmingen en stemmethoden beschreven in Spaanse teksten uit de 16e eeuw - Afinaciónes y maneras de afinar descritas en textos españoles del siglo XVI. Stichting voor Muziekhistorische Uitvoeringspraktijk, Utrecht, 1978, 165 pages bilingual.
  • Ree Bernard, Nelly van. "Recontrucción de tres salterios ibéricos: Canon entero, medio canon y ala entera, con un compendio sobre salterios en general y advertencias para adaptar al salterio melodias medievales", Anuario musical vol. 41, 1986, pp. 17-46.
  • Ree Bernard, Nelly van. "Una afinación de Bermudo llevada a la practica en una reconstrucción hipotética de un monacordio del siglo XVI", Livro de homenagem a Macario Santiago Kastner, Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, Lisboa, 1992, pp. 35-49.
  • Ree Bernard, Nelly van. Interpretation of 16th Century Iberian Music on the Clavichord. Keyboard Studies 11, Laaber Verlag, 96 pages.
  • Reed, Thomas S. Six-six musical theory; an investigation of the theoretical suitability of the double whole-tone scale series as a basis for pitch calculation. Master of Arts dissertation, Music Education: Northeast Missouri State U., 1973, 162 pages.
  • Reed, Thomas S. "Microtonal Music, Notation, and Instruments", NACWPI Journal, fall 1979, pp. 9-14.
  • Reed, Thomas S. "The Future of Music", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, p. 4.
  • Reed, Thomas S. (ed.) First MNMA Conference Proceedings, 1988. Music Notation Modernization Association, Kirksville MO, 1991, 120 pages.
  • Reed, Thomas S. Second MNMA Conference Proceedings with "Test drive the new notation systems. (An exhibit of nine systems)". Music Notation Modernization Association, Kirksville MO, 1992, 26 pages.
  • Reed, Thomas S. Directory of Music Notation Proposals. Music Notation Modernization Association, Kirksville MO, 1997, 212 pages.
  • Reed, Thomas S. and D.F. Keislar. Test for New Notation Systems. Notation Research Press, 1999, 56 pages.
  • Regener, Eric Hamilton. "Layered music theoretic systems", Perspectives of New Music vol. 5, 1967, pp. 52-62.
  • Regener, Eric Hamilton. Pitch Notation and Equal Temperament: A Formal Study. PhD thesis, Princeton University, 1972, 2 vols. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1973, 229 pages.
  • Regener, Eric Hamilton. "The Number Seven in the Theory of Intonation", Journal of Music Theory vol. 19 no. 1, spring 1975, pp. 140-153. Correction in vol. 19 no. 2, 1975, p. 317.
  • Rehfeldt, Philip. New Directions for the Clarinet. University of California Press, 1994.
  • Rehm, G. "Einführung in historische Temperatur-Systeme", Das Musikinstrument vol. 29, 1980, pp. 44-46.
  • Reichard, Timothy. "The Woodwind Fingering Guide", WWW, 1998-2003.
  • Reichardt, Hermann. "Das 12stufige, gleichschwebendtemperierte Tonsystem", Das Musikinstrument vol. 18 no. 2, 1969, pp. 174-179, 182-183.
  • Reiche, Jens Peter. "Die theoretischen Grundlagen javanischer Gamelan-Musik und ihre Bedeutung für Claude Debussy", Zeitschrift für Musiktheorie vol. 3 no. 1, 1972, pp. 5-15.
  • Reilly, Allyn Dixon. Georg Andreas Sorge's 'Vorgemach der musicalischen Composition'; a translation and commentary. PhD diss., Northwestern University, 1980, 720 pages.
  • Reilly, Edward R. and John Solum. "De Lusse, Buffardin, and an eighteenth-century quarter-tone piece", Historical performance vol. 5 no. 1, spring 1992, pp. 19-23.
  • Reina, Rafael. "Microtonality in South India: not so modal", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, Amsterdam, 2000, 9 pages.
  • Reina, Rafael. "Can Karnatic Concepts produce only Karnatic music?", Bangalore Times, November 2001.
  • Reinecke, Hans-Peter. "Zum Problem der musikalischen Temperatur in außereuropäischen Tonsystemen", Speculum musicae artis: Festgabe für Heinrich Husmann, H. Becker and R. Gerlach (eds.), München, 1970, pp. 271-275.
  • Reiner, David L. "Enumeration in music theory", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 92, 1985.
  • Reiner, Karel. "Matka, Opéra en quarts de ton de Alois Hába", Polyphonie Premier Cahier, Paris, 1947-48, pp. 174-176.
  • Reinert, B. "Das Problem des Pythagoräischen Kommas in der Arabischen Musiktheorie", Asiatische Studien vol. 33 no. 2, 1979, pp. 199-217.
  • Reinhard, Andreas. Monochordum. Leipzig, 1604.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "A Microtonal Sensibility", Ear Magazine East vols. 11-12 no. 1, 1982-1983, p. 3.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "The American Festival of Microtonal Music: Program Notes", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 30-31, 33.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. The Microtonal Bassoon. Filmkunst Musikverlag, München, 1986.
  • Reinhard, Johnny (ed.) Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1, no. 1, American Festival of Microtonal Music, 1986.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "Let's Go Europe", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1986-1987, pp. 25-27.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "The Microtonal Bassoon", The Double Reed vol. 10 no. 2, 1987, pp. 39-42.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "Rational/Irrational", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, summer 1987, pp. 6-7, 15.
  • Reinhard, Johnny (ed.) Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1, no. 2, American Festival of Microtonal Music, 1987.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "Bibliography", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 2, 1987, pp. 55-111.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "Arnold Schönberg's Conception of Tonality", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, summer 1989, pp. 4-7.
  • Reinhard, Johnny (ed.) Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1, no. 4, 1990. [vol. 3 is a cassette]
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "Who's who in microtonality", Pitch vol. 1 no. 4, 1990.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "Maqam: Middle Eastern Tuning", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, 1990, pp. 4-9.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. Phenomenology and its Application to Microtonality. Self-published.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "The Microtonal Wave", Whole Earth, December 1997.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "Raison d'être", WWW, 1997.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "The American Festival of Microtonal Music. An interview of its director, Johnny Reinhard", WWW, 1998.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. "Charles Ives's Approach to Intonation", NewMusicBox, December 2005.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. Bach and Tuning. Self-published, 2009, 243 pages.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. Eighth Octave Overtone Tuning: A Perfect Tuning. Self-published, 2011.
  • Reinhard, Johnny. The Ives Universe. To be published.
  • Reinhard, Kurt. "Tonmessungen an fünf ostafrikanische Klimpern", Die Musikforschung vol. 6, 1951, p. 366.
  • Reinhard, Kurt and Ursula Reinhard. Turqui. Series: Les traditions musicales vol. 4, Buchet/Chastel, Paris, 1969, 274 pages.
    German enlarged edition Musik der Türkei, Taschenbücher zur Musikwissenschaft, Band 95, Heinrichhofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1984, 2 vols., Band 1: Die Kunstmusik, 251 pages.
  • Reinhard, Kurt. "Grundlagen und ergebnisse der erforschung türkischer Musik", AMI vol. 44 no. 2, 1969, pp 266-280.
  • Reinisch, Frank. "Französische Vierteltonmusik in der Mitte des 19. Jahrhunderts", Die Musikforschung vol. 37, 1984, pp. 117-122.
  • Reis, Helmut. Harmonie und Komplementarität. Harmonikale Interpretation des pythagoreischen Lehrsatzes. Orpheus, Band 33, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1983, 272 pages.
  • Reis, Helmut. Der goldene Schnitt und seine Bedeutung für die Harmonik. Orpheus, Band 54, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1990, 190 pages.
  • Reis, Helmut. Natur und Harmonik. Orpheus, Band 67, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1993, 492 pages.
  • Reiser, Theo. Das Geheimnis der Pythagoreischen Tetraktys. Harmonikale Studien, Heft 3, Verlag Lambert Schneider, Heidelberg, 1967, 71 pages.
  • Reitman, Boris. History of Mathematical Approaches to Western Music. WWW, summer 2002, 19 pages.
  • Reittererova, Vlasta. "The Haba 'school'", Czech Music Information, 1963.
  • Rempp, Frieder. Die Kontrapunktstraktate Vincenzo Galilei. Köln, 1980.
  • Rempp, Frieder. "Bemerkungen zum Selbstverständnis der italienischen Musiktheorie im 16. Jahrhundert", Musiktheorie vol. 4 no. 2, 1989, pp. 100-112.
  • Rempp, Frieder. "Zum Wandel der Tonbeziehungen in der italienischen Musiktheorie des 16. Jahrhunderts", Durr Festschrift, pp. 226-233.
  • Rempt, Boudewijn. "An Introduction to the Charyan Octave", WWW, 1998.
  • Renold, Maria. Von Intervallen, Tonleitern, Tönen und dem Kammerton c = 128 Hertz. Philosophisch-Anthroposophischer Verlag am Goetheanum, Dornach, 1992, 270 pages.
  • Rensch, Richard. Die Temperierung der Orgel, Einiges über die Grundlagen, ISO-Informationen. Lauffen/Neckar, Dezember 1971, Heft Nr. 7.
  • Rensch, Richard. The Kirnberger Temperament and its effect on organ sound. 1974.
  • Rensch, Richard. Zur Tonordnung bei Tasteninstrumenten. Pape Verlag, Berlin 1982, Beiheft für Pape Orgeldokumente 1003.
  • Reppert, Otto C. "Alois Hába. Sintesi di una vita dedicata al rinnovamento del linguaggio musicale", in Hába: Principi armonici del sistema a quarti di tono, Devega, Milan, 1984, pp. 9-14.
  • Resnick, L. "Psychophysical basis for consonant musical intervals", American Journal of Physics vol. 49 no. 6, 1981, pp. 579-580.
  • Révész, Géza. Zur Grundlegung der Tonpsychologie. Feit, Leipzig, 1913.
  • Révész, Géza. Einführung in die Musikpsychologie. A. Francke, Bern, 1946. 314 pages. Dutch translation Inleiding tot de muziekpsychologie, Amsterdam, 1946, 324 pages.
  • Reynolds, Roger. "Par delà les dimensions connues", Le timbre, Bourgois, Paris, 1991, pp. 467-484.
  • Rhea, Thomas. The Evolution of Electronic Musical Instruments in the United States. PhD thesis. George Peabody College, Nashville, 1972.
  • Rhea, Thomas. "The History of Electronic Musical Instruments", The Art of Electronic Music, Greg Armbruster (ed.), Quill, New York, 1984.
  • Rhea, Thomas. "Reynold Weidenaar: The Telharmonium: A History of the First Music Synthesizer, 1893-1918 (book review)", Computer Music Journal vol. 12 no. 3, 1988, pp. 59-62.
  • Rhein, John von. "A trailblazer tunes in to a musical discovery", Chicago Tribune, 20-7-1980.
  • Ribouillault, Danielle. "La guitare au XVIIIème siècle: Recherches sur les causes du déclin de l'accord baroque", Instruments et musique instrumentale, CNRS, Paris, 1986, pp. 101-127.
  • Riccati, Giordano. Saggio sopra le leggi del contrapunto. G. Trento, Castelfranco, 1762.
  • Riccati, Giordano. Delle Corde ovvero Fibre Elastiche Schediasmi Fisico-Matematici. Stamperia di San Tommaso d'Aquino, Bologna, 1767, 270 pages.
  • Riccati, Giordano. Esame del sistema musico di M. Rameau. Modena, 1780.
  • Riccati, Giordano. "Esame del sistema musico del Signor Giuseppe Tartini. Dissertazione acustico-matematica", Continuazione del Nuovo Giornale de' letterati d'Italia vol. 22, Modena, 1781, pp. 169-227.
  • Riccati, Giordano. Della divisione delle ragioni in un determinato numero di ragioni eguali. Treviso, 1781-1790.
  • Riccati, Giordano. Delle vibrazioni sonore dei cilindri. 1782.
  • Rich, Robert. "A Just Intonation Calculator", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1988, pp. 4-7.
  • Rich, Robert. "Just Intonation for MIDI Synthesizers", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 32-45.
  • Rich, Robert. "Harmonic Scales for Guitar", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 1, winter 1987, pp. 13-14.
  • Rich, Robert. "Tuning and Transposition on the Prophet Five", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985, p. 4 ff.
  • Rich, Robert. "The Ensoniq EPS: A New Toy in Town", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, summer 1988, pp. 2, 14.
  • Richard, P.J. La Gamme. Introduction à l'Étude de la musique. Librarie Scientifique Hermann et cie, Paris, 1930, 231 pages.
  • Richards, Edwin Michael. Microtonal Systems for Clarinet: A Manual for Composers and Performers. PhD diss., University of California, San Diego, 1984, 326 pages. University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1984.
  • Richardson, E.G. The Acoustics of Orchestral Instruments and of the Organ. Arnold & Co., London, 1929.
  • Richardson, Louis Samuel. The Effect of Certain Harmonic Considerations upon Tuning Preferences for the Major Third. PhD thesis, Theory, Indiana University, 1963, 165 pages.
  • Riche, G.R. Baron de Prony. "Inconvénients du mode ordinaire de représentation des intervalles musicaux", 1831.
  • Riche, G.R. Baron de Prony. Instruction Elémentaire sur les moyens de calculer les intervalles musicaux. Firmin Didot, Paris, 1832.
  • Richter, Elisabeth. Franz Richter Herf - Ekmelische Musik. Die Entwicklung der theoretischen Grundlagen und deren Anwendungen dargestellt an ausgewählten Kompositionen. Master thesis, Institut für Musikwissenschaft der Universität Wien, February 1993, 80 pages.
  • Richter, G. "Posouzeni chyb ladeni u akordeonovych dvojzvuku", Hudebni nastroje vol. 19 no. 5, October 1982, pp. 170-173.
  • Richter, G. "L vlivy hraciho tlaku na jakost ladeni akordeonu", Hudebni nastroje vol. 19 no. 6, December 1982, pp. 208-211.
  • Richter, Karl. "Slendro-Pelog and the Conceptualization of Balinese Music: Remarks on the Gambuh Tone System", Balinese Music in Context: A Sixty-fifth Birthday Tribute to Hans Oesch, Danker Schaareman (ed.), Forum Ethnomusicologicum 4, Amadeus Verlag, Winterthur, 1992, pp. 195-220.
  • Richter, Lukas. Zur Wissenschaftslehre von der Musik bei Platon und Aristoteles. Berlin, 1961.
  • Richter, Lukas. "Struktur und Rezeption antiker Planetenskalen", Die Musikforschung vol. 52, 1999, pp. 289-306.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. "Das chromatische Tonsystem", Musikerziehung vol. 21 no. 5, Vienna, May 1968, pp. 219-220.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. "Zur Entdeckung neuer Tonsysteme", Musikerziehung vol. 23 no. 5, Vienna, May 1970, pp. 218-219.
  • Richter Herf, Franz and Rolf Maedel. Ekmelische Musik. Möglichkeiten der Erweiterung unseres Tonsystems. Sonderdruck des Instituts für musikalische Grundlagenforschung an der Hochschule "Mozarteum", Salzburg, 1972.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. Die ekmelische Orgel. Sonderdruck des Instituts für musikalische Grundlagenforschung, Universitätsdruckerei Pustet, Salzburg, 1975.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. "Ekmelische Klänge und deren natürlicher Aufbau", Komponist, November 1978, Austria, pp. 15-19.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. Ekmelische Musik. Aufführungspraxis und Intonationsübungen, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1979, 27 pages.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. "Die heutige Situation der Musik und die Aufgaben der Hochschule 'Mozarteum'", Jahresbericht der Hochschule für Musik und darstellende Kunst "Mozarteum", Salzburg, 1979/1980, pp. 21-27.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. "Zum Thema Zeitgenössische Musik", Jahresbericht der Hochschule für Musik und darstellende Kunst "Mozarteum", Salzburg, 1980/1981, pp. 16-17.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. "Was gefällt an der neuen Musik nicht?", Uni-Aktuell no. 3, Salzburg, December 1983, pp. 8-9.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. "Die Gegenwart altgriechischer Musik im heutigen Musikschaffen", Uni-Aktuell no. 3, Salzburg, December 1983, pp. 13-14.
  • Richter Herf, Franz (ed.) Mikrotöne I. Bericht über das Internationale Symposium 'Mikrotonforschung, Musik mit Mikrotönen, Ekmelische Musik' 10.-12. Mai 1985 in Salzburg, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. "Komposition und Aufführungspraxis ekmelischer Musik", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 227-230.
  • Richter Herf, Franz (ed.) Mikrotöne II. Bericht über das 2. Internationale Symposium 'Mikrotonforschung, Musik mit Mikrotönen, Ekmelische Musik' 22.-24. Mai 1987 in Salzburg, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988.
  • Richter Herf, Franz. "Die Intonation ekmelischer Klangstrukturen", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 173-183.
  • Rielander, Michael. "Zur Bedeutung der Intonation bei Pfeifen- und Elektronenorgeln", Das Musikinstrument vol. 25 no. 11, 1976, p. 1442.
  • Riemann, Hugo. Katechismus der Akustik. Hesse's Verlag, Leipzig, 1891, 128 pages.
  • Riemann, Hugo. Popülare Darstellung der Akustik. Berlin, 1896.
  • Riemann, Hugo. Geschichte der Musiktheorie im IX-XIX Jahrhundert. Hesse's Verlag, Leipzig, 1898, 529 pages. 2. Auflage, Berlin, 1921. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1961, 550 pages.
  • Riemann, Hugo. "Das Problem des harmonischen Dualismus", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik vol. 72, 1905.
  • Riemann, Hugo. "Ideen zu einer 'Lehre von den Tonvorstellungen'", Jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Peters vol. 21/22, Rudolf Schwartz (ed.), 1914-1915, Leipzig, 1916. Also in Frankfurter Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1999, pp. 1-31.
  • Riemann, Ludwig. Über eigentümliche bei Natur- und orientalischen Kulturvölkern vorkommende Tonreihen und ihre Beziehungen zu den Gesetzen der Harmonie. Essen, 1899.
  • Riemann, Ludwig. Das Wesen des Klavierklanges. Leipzig, 1911.
  • Riethmüller, Albrecht and Frieder Zaminer. Die Musik des Altertums. Neues Handbuch der Musikwissenschaft, Band 1, Carl Dahlhaus (ed.), Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 1987, 368 pages.
  • Righini, Pietro. Le scale musicali - leggende pregiudizi realtà. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1971.
  • Righini, Pietro and Giuseppe Ugo Righini. Il suono, dalla fisica - all'uomo - alla musica alla macchina. Tamburini, Milano, 1974, 422 pages.
  • Righini, Pietro. "Il pensiero musicale di N. Vicentino", Rassegna di studi musicali vol. 1 nr. 3, 1974.
  • Righini, Pietro. Gli intervalli musicali e la musica: dai sistemi antichi ai nostri giorni. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1975.
  • Righini, Pietro. La musica greca. Analisi storico tecnica. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1976.
  • Righini, Pietro. Accordature e accordatori. Berben, Ancona, 1978.
  • Righini, Pietro. Lessico di acustica e tecnica musicale. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1980.
  • Righini, Pietro. "Problemi dell'accordatura degli strumenti invariabili nel tardo medio evo e nel rinascimento, con particolare riguardo alle accordature mesotonica e barocca", Heinrich Schütz e il suo tempo, 1981, pp. 176-183.
  • Righini, Pietro. La musica araba nell'ambiente nella storia. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1983.
  • Righini, Pietro. "Contributo per le ricerche sul linguaggio musicale originale dell'epoca monteverdiana", Claudio Monteverdi e il suo tempo, pp. 539-542.
  • Righter, Charles B. The Musical Comma. The University of Iowa Press, Iowa City, 1972.
  • Rigi di San Sepolcro, Francesco. Canon geometricus Organi Pythaulici ad quintam diminutam 2/7 commatis 81 ad 80 accomodatus. 1774.
  • Rigler, Franz Paul. Anleitung zum Gesang oder die Orgel zu spielen. 1798.
  • Rijntjes, A.J. "Doormodderen met stemmingen. De kwadratuur van de kwintencirkel", Mens en Melodie vol. 38 no. 6, June 1983, pp. 270-274.
  • Rikakis, Thanassis. 'Hard Silver'; 'Krisis'; A System for Microtonal Composition: Related Pitch Perception and Brain Function Issues. (with Original Composition). PhD thesis, Columbia University, New York, 1994.
  • Rimsky-Korsakov, Georgy M. "Obosnovanie cetveritonovoj muzykal'noj sistemy" (Basis of the quarter-tone system), De musica vol. 1, 1925, pp. 52-78.
  • Rimsky-Korsakov, Georgy M. "Theorie und Praxis der Reintonsysteme in Sowjetrußland" (Theory and practice of just tuning systems in Soviet Russia), Melos vol. 7, 1928, pp. 15-17.
  • Rippe, Volker. "Nicola Vicentino - sein Tonsystem und seine Instrumente. Versuch einer Erklärung", Die Musikforschung vol. 34 no. 4, 1981, pp. 393-413.
  • Risinger, Karel. Hierarchie hudebních celkù. Prague, 1969.
  • Risinger, Karel. Intervalový mikrokosmos; hudebnee teoretické základy nových tónoviých systému. Editio Supraphon, Prague, 1971, 126 pages. Summary in German.
  • Risset, Jean-Claude. "Paradoxes de hauteurs", Proceedings of the 7th International Congress of Acoustics, Budapest, 1971.
  • Risset, Jean-Claude. "Hauteur et timbre", Revue d'Acoustique no. 42, 1977.
  • Risset, Jean-Claude. "Computer Music Experiments: 1964-...", Computer Music Journal vol. 9 no. 1, spring 1985, pp. 11-18.
  • Ritsma, R. "Frequencies dominant in the perception of the pitch of complex sounds", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 42 no. 1, 1967, pp. 191-198.
  • Roads, Curtis. "Interview with Max Mathews", Computer Music Journal vol. 4 no. 4, 1980, pp. 15-22.
  • Roads, Curtis. Editorial - Special Issue on Microtonality, Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987.
  • Roberts, Arthur. "Some New Developments in Computer-Generated Music", Music by Computers, H. von Förster and J. Beauchamp (eds.), John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1969, pp. 63-68.
  • Roberts, Linda A. and Max Mathews. "Intonation Sensitivity in Traditional and Non-Traditional Chords", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 75 no. 3, March 1984, pp. 952-959.
  • Roberts, Linda A., Alyson Reeves, Max V. Mathews and John R. Pierce. A New Musical Scale: Theoretical and Experimental Exploration. AT&T Bell Laboratories and Stanford University monograph, 1984.
  • Roberts, Linda A. "Consonance judgements of musical chords by musicians and untrained listeners", Acustica vol. 62, 1986, pp. 163-171.
  • Robet-Maugin, J.C. Manuel du Luthier. Paris, 1834.
  • Robinson, Kenneth Girdwood. A critical study of Chu Tsai-yü's contribution to the theory of equal temperament in Chinese music. PhD thesis, University of Oxford, 1951. Sinologica coloniensia vol. 9, commentary by Erich F.W. Altwein; preface by Joseph Needham. Franz Steiner Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1980, 136 pages.
  • Robinson, Ray and Allen Winold. A Study of the Penderecki St. Luke Passion. No. 4026, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 128 pages. German translation Die Lukaspassion von Krzysztof Penderecki. No. 4027, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 132 pages.
  • Robison, J. "Temperament", Encyclopaedia Brittannica, Edinburgh, 1801.
  • Roche, Edouard. Notice sur les travaux de J.-B. Romieu. Boehm et Fils, Montpellier, 1879.
  • Rockwell, John. "Music: Microtonal Forays Beyond the 12-Note Scale", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, p. 27.
  • Rodwell, Tom. "Harry Partch and the Sociology of Composition", Perfect Sound Forever, June 1999.
  • Rohwer, Jens. "Der Sonanzfaktor im Aufbau von Tonsystemen", Bericht über den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß Köln 1958, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
  • Romieu, Jean Baptiste. Nouvelle découverte des sons harmonique graves. Martel, Montpellier, 1751.
  • Romieu, Jean Baptiste. Sur les recherches de Mr. Estève de la Société Royale des sciences, concernant le meilleur systême de musique et son meilleur tempérament. 1756.
  • Romieu, Jean Baptiste. "Mémoire théorique et pratique sur les systèmes temperés de musique", Histoires de l'Académie royale des sciences, Montpellier, 1758. Paris, 1763. Mémoires de mathématique, pp. 483-519.
  • Rondanina, Antonio. Breve trattato di musica téorico pratica. Tipi del R.I. de'sordo-muti, Geneva, 1845.
  • Roon, Marjolein van. "From Bandung to Berlin: the correspondence between Jaap Kunst and Erich Moritz von Hornbostel, 1923 to 1936", Oideion, Wim van Zanten (ed.), Centre of Non-Western Studies Publications vol. 14, Leiden, 1993, pp. 19-36.
  • Rootlieb, J.F. "Brievenbus: reactie voor A.G. te M. betreffende ongelijke en gelijkzwevende temperatuur", Het Orgel vol. 59 no. 12, 1963.
  • Rosati, Dante. "Adventures in just intonation guitar", WWW, Feb. 1999.
  • Rosberger, Paul. The Theory of Total Consonance. Associated University Presses Inc., Cranbury NJ, 1970.
  • Rose, F. "Introduction to the pitch organization of French spectral music", Perspectives of New Music vol. 34 no. 2, 1996, pp. 6–39.
  • Rose, P. "New Directions: a report on Mathias Spahlinger's 'Nah, Getrennt' (for solo alto recorder)", American Recorder vol. 35, 1994, pp. 12-14.
  • Rose, P. "On the cutting edge (performance of LaMonte Young's 'Vision')", American Recorder vol. 36, 1995, p. 27.
  • Rosenboom, David. "In the Beginning : Etude I.", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, San Francisco.
  • Rosenthal, Henry. "The Science of Musical Sound (book review)", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, p. 4.
  • Rosser, J.B. 1950. "Generalized Ternary Continued Fractions", The American Mathematical Monthly vol. 57 no. 8, pp. 528-535.
  • Rossi, Lemme. Sistema musico, overo Musica speculativa. Perugia, 1666.
  • Rossing, Thomas D. and Robert Shepherd. "Acoustics of gamelan instruments", Percussive notes vol. 19 no. 3, fall 1982, pp. 73-83.
  • Rossing, Thomas D. "Acoustics of Eastern and Western Bells, Old and New", Acoustical Society of America 133rd Meeting Lay Language Papers, presented 17 June 1997, 133rd ASA/NOISE-CON 97 Meeting, State College, Pennsylvania.
  • Rossney, Eoin. "2008 Advanced Mega-Round-Up: Going Microtonal with Synths", WWW, Sep 2008.
  • Rota, Fra' Luigi Maria. Regola per accordare il Cembalo. Rome, 1773.
  • Rothenberg, David. A Mathematical Model for the Perception of Redundancy and Stability in Musical Scales. Paper presented at the Meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, New York, May 15, 1963.
  • Rothenberg, David. A Pattern Recognition Model Applied to the Perception of Pitch, technical report U.S. Air Force Office of Scientific Research: Grant 68-1596; 1969.
  • Rothenberg, David. The Construction and Musical Utilization of a Taxonomy of Timbre. Unpublished monograph, 1974.
  • Rothenberg, David. "A Mathematical Model for Perception Applied to the Perception of Pitch", Lecture Notes in Computer Science: Formal Aspects of the Cognitive Process, G. Goos and J. Harmanis (eds.), chapter 22, 1975, pp. 127-141.
  • Rothenberg, David. "A Model for Pattern Perception with Musical Applications. Part I: Pitch Structures as Order-Preserving Maps", Mathematical Systems Theory vol. 11, 1978, pp. 199-234.
  • Rothenberg, David. "A Model for Pattern Perception with Musical Applications Part II: The Information Content of Pitch structures", Mathematical Systems Theory vol. 11, 1978, pp. 353-372. (link above)
  • Rothenberg, David. "A Model for Pattern Perception with Musical Applications Part III: The Graph Embedding of Pitch Structures", Mathematical Systems Theory vol. 12, 1978, pp. 73-101. (link above)
  • Rothstein, Edward. "Concert: 'Microtonal' by Newband", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 26-27.
  • Rouget, Gilbert and Jean Schwarz. "Sur les xylophones équiheptaphoniques des Malinké", Revue de Musicologie vol. 55 no. 1, 1969, pp. 47-77.
  • Rouget, Gilbert. "Note sur l'accord des sanza d'Ebézagui", Les fantaisies du voyageur: XXXIII variations Schaeffner, Revue de Musicologie vol. 68, 1982, pp. 330-344.
  • Rouget, Gilbert. "Cithare et glissando. Nouvelles données sur le chromatisme au Bénin", Les fantaisies du voyageur: XXXIII variations Schaeffner, Revue de Musicologie vol. 68, 1982, pp. 310-324.
  • Rouget, Gilbert. "Xylophones africains et systèmes musicaux", Almanach 1986/1987, Agence de Coopération Culturelle et Technique, Paris, 1986, pp. 293-299. Also in Percussions no. 8, April 2002.
  • Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. Dissertation sur la musique moderne. Quillau, Paris, 1743. English translation Dissertation on Modern Music by John T. Scott (ed.) in Coll. Writings vol. 7, pp. 27-98.
  • Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. Encyclopédie, ou Dictionnaire raisonné des sciences, des arts, et des métiers, various articles about music, 5 vols. Paris, 1751-1755. Facsimile edition Friedrich Frommann Verlag, Stuttgart, 1966.
  • Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. Examen de deux principes avancés par M. Rameau dans sa brochure intitulée. 1755? English translation Examination of Two Principles Advanced by M. Rameau in his Brochure Entitled: 'Errors on Music in the Encyclopedia' by John T. Scott (ed.) in Coll. Writings vol. 7, pp. 271-288.
  • Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. Dictionnaire de Musique, various articles. Paris, 1767, Marc Michel Rey, Amsterdam, 1768, 1779.
  • Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. Oeuvres Complètes, tome I-V, Gallimard, Paris, 1959, 1964, 1969, 1995.
  • Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. Essay on the origin of languages and writings related to music. Collected writings of Rousseau vol. 7, English translation by John T. Scott (ed.), Dartmouth College, Dartmouth NE, 1998, 610 pages.
  • Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. Correspondance Complète de J.-J.Rousseau. Édition critique, établie et annotée par R.A. Leigh, Oxford.
  • Roussier, Pierre-Joseph. Traité des accords et de leur succession, selon le système de la basse-fondementale, pour servir de principes d'harmonie à ceux qui étudient la composition ou l'accompagnement du clavecin, avec une méthode d'accompagnement. Duchesne, Paris, 1764. Ballard, Lyon, 1764.
  • Roussier, Pierre-Joseph. Observations sur différens points d'harmonie. Genève, 1765.
  • Roussier, Pierre-Joseph. Mémoire sur la Musique des Anciens, Où l'on expose le Principe des Proportions authentiques, dites de Pythagore, & de divers Systêmes de Musique chez les Grecs, les Chinois & les Egyptiens. Avec un Parallèle entre le Systême des Egyptiens & celui des Modernes. Lacombe, Paris, 1770, 252 pages.
  • Roussier, Pierre-Joseph. "Lettre touchant la division du zodiaque et l'institution de la semaine planétaire, relativement à une progression géométrique, d'où dépendent les proportions musicales", Journal des Beaux Arts et des Sciences, 1770.
  • Rovner, Anton. "The Legacy of Microtonal Music in the 20th Century", WWW, 2002.
  • Rovner, Anton. "Interview with Johnny Reinhard, Musica Ukrainica, WWW.
  • Rowell, Lewis. "Early Indian musical speculation and the theory of melody", Journal of Music Theory vol. 25 no. 2, 1981, pp. 217-244.
  • Rowell, Lewis. "Scale and mode in the music of the early Tamils of South India", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 22 no. 2, 2000, pp. 135–156.
  • Roy, Robindralal. "On Transformation of Sthayas by Alteration of Sruti and Consequent Importance of 32 Melakartas as Specially Suited to Musical Composition", The Journal of the Music Academy vol. 24, Madras, 1953, p. 70.
  • Rubinstein, Michael. "Well v.s. Equal Temperament", WWW, 2000.
  • Rudhyar, Dane. "Resonance and the Natural Order In Music", Soundings vol. 10, 1976.
  • Rudhyar, Dane. The Rebirth of Hindu Music. Samuel Weiser, New York, 1979.
  • Rué, Roberto. "Musical Alternative of the Equal Temperament Based on the Harmonic Scale", Interface vol. 19 no. 4, 1990.
  • Rué, Roberto. Estructura y Percepción Musical. Córdoba, Argentina, 1992.
  • Rué, Roberto. "Mínima Acción, Simetría y Estabilidad Armónica", Avances vol. 1, Centro de Investigaciones de la Universidad Nacional de Córdoba, Argentina, 1997, pp. 21-28.
  • Rué, Roberto. "La Objetividad de las Propiedades Estéticas", Avances vol. 2, Centro de Investigaciones de la Universidad Nacional de Córdoba, Argentina, 1998, pp. 82-89.
  • Rué, Roberto. "Un Modelo Estructural para la Organización de las Alturas Musicales", Vectores, Universidad Nacional de Córdoba, Argentina, 1999, pp. 25-36.
  • Rué, Roberto. "Diatonismo, cromatismo y microtonalismo. Una interpretación estructuralista", Música e Investigación vol. 4 no. 7-8, 2000-2001.
  • Rué, Roberto. Armonía Experimental. 2001.
  • Ruelle, Charles Smile. Emploi du quarts de ton. Impr. Receuil factice, Paris, 1863.
  • Ruhnke, Martin. "Lassos Chromatik und die Orgelstimmung", Boetticher Festschrift, 1974, pp. 291-308.
  • Ruiter, Wim de. Compositietechnieken in de twintigste eeuw. De Toorts, Haarlem, 1993, 400 pages.
  • Ruland, Heiner. "'Irrationale' Intonation in außereuropäischer Musik", Kongreß-Bericht Berlin 1974, pp. 617-618.
  • Ruland, Heiner. Ein Weg zur Erweiterung des Tonerlebens, musikalische Tonkunde am Monochord. Die Pforte, Basel, 1981. English translation Expanding tonal awareness : a musical exploration of the evolution of consciousness guided by the monochord by John F. Logan, Rudolf Steiner Press, London, 1992, 1996, 187 pages.
  • Rummenhöller, Peter. Musiktheoretisches Denken im 19. Jahrhundert. Regensburg, 1967.
  • Rusin, Dave. "Mathematics and Music", WWW, 2006.
  • Russo, Marco. La dimensione della 'prospettiva sonora' nella produzione acusmatica. PhD thesis, University of Trento, 2002.
  • Russolo, Luigi. Enharmonic Notation for the Futurist Intonarumori. Self-published, 1 March 1914.
  • Russolo, Luigi. "Brevetto italiano n. 142066 dell'11 gennaio 1914. Intonatore dei rumori", 1914, in G.F. Maffina: Luigi Russolo e l'arte dei rumori, Martano, Turin, 1978, pp. 178-179.
  • Russolo, Luigi. L'arte dei rumori. Milan, 1916. Edizioni futuriste di "Poesia", Rome, Assisi. English translation with introduction by Barclay Brown The Art of Noises, Pendragon Press, New York, 1986, Monographs in Musicology Series no. 6, 96 pages.
  • Russolo, Luigi. "Strumento musicale a corde di lunghezza variabile e eccitazione frenata", 1925, in G.F. Maffina: Luigi Russolo e l'arte dei rumori, Martano, Turin, 1978, pp. 198-200.
  • Russolo, Luigi. "L'enarmonismo", La Fiera Letteraria 20 March 1927. Also in G.F. Maffina: Luigi Russolo e l'arte dei rumori, Martano, Turin, 1978, pp. 210-211.
  • Rust, Ted. "Intonation and Temperament", Music for the Love of It vol. 7 no. 4, August 1994.
  • Ruttinger, Christina. Schuberts Klaviermusik in historischer Stimmung. self-published, 1993, 85 pages.
  • Rüütel, I. A study of pitch contours and the scale structure in Votic folk music. Academy of Sciences of the Estonian SSR, Tallinn, 1985, 34 pages.
  • Ryk, Janina. "Duration of tones required for satisfactory precision of pitch matching", Council for Research in Music Education bulletin vol. 91, spring 1987, pp. 38-44.
  • Rysavy, Robin Marie. Selected Piano Compositions of Beethoven and Schubert, and the Effect of Well Temperament on Performance Practice. M.A. diss., University of Missouri, Kansas City, 1997, 77 pages.

- S -

  • Saariaho, Kaija. "Shaping a composition network with computer", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, 1984, Paris, pp. 163-166.
  • Saariaho, Kaija. "Timbre et harmonie", Contemporary Music Review vol. 2 no. 1, 1987, reprint in: Le timbre, Bourgois, Paris, 1991, pp. 412-453.
  • Sabaino, Daniele. Un'enciclopedia musicale del secolo XVII : il manoscritto 'Musica' di Juan Caramuel Lobkowitz dell'Archivio Capitolare di Vivegano. Cremona, to be published.
  • Sabaino, Daniele. "Il rinascimento dopo il rinascimento: scientai musicae e musica scientia nella musica di Juan Carmuel Lobkowitz", Music and mathematics in late medieval and early modern Europe, Philippe Vendrix (ed.), Brepols, Turnhout, 2008, 394 pages.
  • Sabaneev, Leonid Leonidovitch. "Pis'ma o muzïke: ul'trakhromatischeskaya polemika", Muzïkal'niy Sovremennik vol. 6, 1916, pp. 99-108.
  • Sabaneev, L. "To Conquer New Tonal Regions", Modern Music vol. 4, 1927, pp. 15-19.
  • Sabaneev, L. "The Possibility of Quarter-tone and Other New Scales", translated by S.W. Pring, The Musical Times vol. 70, June 1929, pp. 501-504.
  • Sabat, Marc and Wolfgang von Schweinitz. The Extended Helmholtz-Ellis JI Pitch Notation. Plainsound Music Edition, 2005, 17 pages. German translation by Natalie Pfeiffer included.
  • Sabat, Marc. "Feldman's Composition for violin (1984): Extended Just Intonation in interpretative practice", NewMusicbox, WWW, April 2005.
  • Sabat, Marc. "Intonation and Microtonality", NewMusicbox, WWW, April 2005.
  • Sabat, Marc and Robin Hayward. Towards an Expanded Definition of Consonance: Tuneable Intervals on Horn, Tuba and Trombone. Plainsound Music Edition, Berlin, July 2006, 48 pages.
  • Sábat-Garibaldi, Eduardo. Principios de la Gama Dinámica. ARCA S.R.L., Montevideo, Uruguay, 1994, 238 pages. English translation Principles of the Dynamic Gamut by Eduardo Sábat and Charles Ayling, 2005.
  • Sabbatini, Galeazzo. Regola facile e breve per sonare sopra il basso continuo. Venice, 1628.
  • Sabbatini, Galeazzo. Regola secura per accordare a orechio conforme l'uso moderno, gl'organi, cembali, o altri simili instromenti da tasti. Pisa, 1657.
  • Sabbe, Herman; Kurt Stone and Gerald Warfield (eds.) Report of the International Conference on New Musical Notation. State University Ghent, 22-25 October 1974. Also in Interface vol. 4 no. 1, 1975.
  • Sabine, Wallace Clement. Collected Papers on Acoustics. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1922, 282 pages.
  • Sacchi, Giovenale. Della natura e perfezione della antica musica de' Greci... Milano, 1778.
  • Sacchi, Giovenale. Specimen theoriae musicae. Bologna, 1787.
  • Sachs, Curt. Vergleichende Musikwissenschaft in ihren Grundzügen. Musikpädagogische Bibliothek, Heft 8, Verlag von Quelle & Meyer, Leipzig, 1930, 87 pages.
  • Sachs, Curt. "Kongreß der arabischen Musik zu Kairo 1932", Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 14, 1931/32.
  • Sachs, Curt. The Rise of Music in the Ancient World, East & West. W.W. Norton & Co., New York, 1943. J.M. Dent & Sons Ltd., 1944. German translation Die Musik der Alten Welt in Ost und West. Aufstieg und Entwicklung by Jürgen Elsner and Gerd Schönfelder (eds.), Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1968.
  • Sachs, Curt. "A strange medieval scale", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 2 no. 3, 1949, pp. 169–170.
  • Sachs, Curt. Vergleichende Musikwissenschaft. Musik der Fremdkulturen. Musikpädagogische Bibliothek, Heft 2, 2nd edition, Quelle & Meyer, Heidelberg, 1959.
  • Sachs, Klaus-Jürgen. Mensura fistularum: die Mensurierung der Orgelpfeifen im Mittelalter. Schriftenreihe der Walcker-Stiftung für orgelwissenschaftliche Forschung, Band I, Stuttgart, 1970. Band II, Murrhardt, 1980.
  • Sachs, Melchior E. "Das temperierte 19-Tonsystem und eine dafür passende Schrift", Report of the Fourth Congress of the International Musical Society, London, May 1911, pp. 279-281.
  • Sakazaki, Osamu. The Historical Position of Equal Temperament (in Japanese). Studies for Music Culture, Matsudo, 2001, 13 pages.
  • Sala, Oskar. "Experimentelle und theoretische Grundlagen des Trautoniums", Frequenz vol. 2 no. 12, 1948, pp. 315, Frequenz vol. 3 no. 1, 1949, Berlin, p. 13.
  • Sala, Oskar. "Subharmonische elektrische Klangsynthesen", Klangstruktur der Musik, Fritz Winckel (ed.), Verlag Radio-Fono-Kinotechnik, Berlin, 1955.
  • Saleh, Fathi. "À la découverte de l'ancienne gamme musicale egyptienne", Le Monde Copte no. 27-28, 1997. English translation On the discovery of the ancient Egyptian musical scale.
  • Salinas, Francisco de. De musica. Mathias Gastius, Salamanca, 1577, 1592. Reprint M.S. Kastner (ed.), Documenta Musicologica I no. 13, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1958. Spanish translation Siete libros sobre la musica by I. Fernandez de la Cuesta, Editorial Alpuerto, Madrid, 1983.
  • Salmon, Thomas. A proposal to perform musick in perfect and mathematical proportions containing I. the state of musick in general, II. the principles of present practice ..., III. the tables of proportions, calculated for the viol. John Lawrence, London, 1688, 55 pages.
  • Salmon, Thomas. "The theory of musick reduced to arithmetical and geometrical proportion", Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society vol. 24, London, 1705, pp. 207-277.
  • Samadana. "Über mitteltönige Strukturen und ihre Ambivalenz als Fundament der menschlichen Freiheit und Würde", WWW, Bonn, 1997.
  • Samadana. "Das pythagoräische 'Moll'-System", WWW, Bonn, 1997.
  • Samadana. "Das expansive Grundsystem musikalischer Skalen", WWW, Bonn, 1997.
  • Samadana. "Zur harmonikalen Mittelstellung der dorischen Skala innerhalb der Tonarten", WWW, Bonn, 1997.
  • Sambamoorthy, P. South Indian Music. 6 vols., Indian Music Publishing House, Madras, 1963, 7th edition, 1968, 1975.
  • Sambamoorthy, P. History of Indian Music. Indian Music Publishing House, Madras, 1982.
  • Sampaio, José Pereira de. Théorie exacte et notation finale de la musique. Porto, 1903.
  • Sánchez González, Francisco Javier. "Beyond 12-Tone Temperament in Oriental Music", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993, pp. 263-302.
  • Sánchez González, Francisco Javier. "Number as music-builder: sonance, WWW, 2011.
  • Sandberg, Mordecai. Die Tondifferenzierung und ihre Bedeutung. Leipzig, 1930.
  • Sanderson, Albert E. "The Mathematics of Piano Tuning", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 85 no. 1 Suppl., 1989, p. S65.
  • Sandoz, René. "Les problèmes posés par les tempéraments", Revue Musicale de Suisse Romande vol. 35 no. 9, 1982.
  • Sanford, Edmund C. "A Laboratory Course in Physiological Psychology", American Journal of Psychology vol. 4, 1891, pp. 303-322.
  • Sankey, John and William A. Sethares. "A Consonance-Based Approach to the Harpsichord Tuning of Domenico Scarlatti", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 101 no. 4, April 1997, pp. 2332-2337.
  • Sankey, John. "The Keyboard Tuning of Domenico Scarlatti", WWW, 1997.
  • Sankey, John. "The Keyboard Music of William Byrd", WWW, 2001.
  • Sankey, John. "Tuning a MIDI harpsichord", WWW, 2001.
  • Santa María, Tomás de. Arte de tañer fantasia. Valladolid, 1565.
  • Santhanam, Kumaran. "List of Carnatic Ragas", WWW, 2000.
  • Sargent, George. "Temperament", 1968.
  • Sargent, George. "Eighteenth-century Tuning Directions: Precise Intervallic Determination", The Music Review vol. 30 no. 1, Cambridge, February 1969, pp. 27-34.
  • Sastri, Subrahmanya. "Venkatamakhin and his Twelve Notes", The Journal of the Music Academy vol. 2 no. 1, Madras, 1931, pp. 22-23.
  • Sato, Kohei. "Zoku onkai no riron-chotan senpo wasei ongaku to sono shuken", Ongaku gaku / Journal of the Japanese Musicological Society vol. 19 no. 3, November 1973, pp. 129-44.
  • Saunders, Michael. "Pitch, Scale and Tuning in 'Rusty': A Fuzzy Logic Approach to the Tuning Problem", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 116-119.
  • Saunders, Michael. A Computer-based Notation for the Process of Musical Composition. PhD thesis, University of Cardiff, April 2001, 353 pages.
  • Sauter, Franz. Die tonale Musik. Anatomie der musikalischen Ästhetik. Franz Sauter, Hamburg, 2000. Books on Demand, 3rd edition, 2003, 214 pages.
  • Sauter, Franz. "Ein Konkurrent um den Titel des wahren Neutöners. Martin Vogel: Schönberg und die Folgen – Die Irrwege der Neuen Musik (book review)", tonalemusik.de, WWW, Oct. 2006.
  • Sauveur, Joseph. Collected writings on musical acoustics (Paris 1700-1713), R.A. Rasch (ed.), Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1984.
  • Sauveur, Joseph. "Principes d'acoustique et de musique: ou, Systême général des intervalles des sons, et son application à tous les systêmes et à tous les instruments de musique", Histoire de l'Académie royale des sciences, 1701. Paris, 1704, Mémoires, Paris, pp. 297-364. Reprint Minkoff, Genève, 1973, 68 pages. English translation by Roy Whelden, Indiana University, 1976, includes 101 pages of the original.
  • Sauveur, Joseph. "Méthode générale pour former les systèmes tempérés de musique, et du choix de celui qu'on doit suivre", Histoire de l'Académie royale des sciences, 1707. Paris, 1708, Mémoires, p. 203.
  • Sauveur, Joseph. Table générale des systèmes tempérés. Paris, 1711.
  • Savage, David Allen. Voice & soul: intrinsic description of Harry Partch's keyboard and string instruments. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1994, 156 pages.
  • Savart, F. "Mémoire sur la construction des instruments à cordes et à archet", Nouveau manuel du luthier, W. Maigne (ed.), Roret, Paris, 1894, 404 pages.
  • Scekic, Zoran. Five limit intervals. Theory & praxis. To be published, Zagreb, 2011, 112 pages.
  • Scelsi, Giacinto. Musik-Konzepte. Die Reihe über Komponisten vol. 31, Heinz-Klaus Metzger (ed.), Edition Text + Kritik, München, 1983.
  • Scelsi, Giacinto. Im Innern des Tons. Symposiumbericht Musikfest Hamburg '92, Wolke Verlag, Hofheim, 1993, 120 pages.
  • Schaeffer, Boguslaw. "Neue Bereiche der mikrotonalen Musik", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 23-40.
  • Schaeffer, Boguslaw. "Mikrotonalität: Weitere Entwiklungsmöglichkeiten", Mikrotöne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Schafer, R. Murray. The Tuning of the World. The soundscape: Our sonic environment and the tuning of the world. Knopf, New York, 1977, 301 pages. Destiny Books, Rochester VT, 1993. Italian translation Il paesaggio sonoro, Ricordi-Unicopli, Milan, 1985.
  • Schafer, Tillman H. and William A. Piehl. "Musical Instruments in Nineteen-Tone Equal Temperament", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 19 no. 4, 1947, p. 730.
  • Schafer, Tillman H. The Music of Tomorrow: The Supra-Diatonic Scale, A New Concept of Timbre; The Electronic Musical Instrument. Unpublished honors thesis, Mills College, Oakland, 1941.
  • Schat, Peter. "Hollands dilettantisme", Algemeen Handelsblad, 1-11-1963.
  • Schat, Peter. "Het Derde Klavier", in De Toonklok, Meulenhoff/Landshoff, Amsterdam, 1984.
  • Schat, Peter. "De chromatische gamelan", in De wereld chromatisch, Meulenhoff/Landshoff, Amsterdam, 1988, pp. 44-54.
  • Schechter, Murray. "Tempered scales and continued fractions", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 87 no. 1, 1980, pp. 40-42.
  • Scheffer, Hend. Theoph. "Mathematis Jemforelse emellan thonernes naturliga forhallande emot hvarannan uti musiquen", Comptes rendus de l'Académie des Sciences, Sweden, 1748.
  • Scheibe, Johann Adolf. Critischer Musikus. Neue Auflage, Leipzig, 1745.
  • Scheibler, Heinrich. Der physikalische und musikalische Tonmesser, welcher durch den Pendel die absoluten Vibrationen, sowie die Genauigkeit gleich-schwebender mathematischer Akkorde beweist. G.D. Bädeker, Essen, 1834.
  • Scheibler, Heinrich. Mémoire explicatif de l'invention de Scheibler pour introduire une exactitude inconnue avant lui dans l'accord des instruments de musique par M. Lecompte. Danel, Lille, 1856.
  • Schellenberg, E. Glenn and S.E. Trehub. "Frequency ratios and the discrimination of pure-tone sequences", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 56 no. 4, 1994, pp. 472-478.
  • Schellenberg, E. Glenn. "Asymmetries in the discrimination of musical intervals: Going out-of-tune is more noticable than going in-tune", Music Perception vol. 19 no. 2, 2002, pp. 223-248.
  • Schellinx, Harold. "De bezem van Harry Partch" (The broom of Harry Partch), Raster vol. 37, De Bezige Bij, Amsterdam, 1986, pp. 88-116.
  • Scherchen, Hermann. The Nature of Music. Translated by William Mann, Henry Regnery, Chicago, 1950.
  • Schiassi, Filippo. Del temperamento per l'accordatura del gravicembalo et dell'organo recitata in latino nell'Accademia delle Scienze dell'Istituto di Bologna li XIII Gennaro dell'anno MDCCXXXII, Dall'Olmo e Tiocchi. Bologna, 1832.
  • Schiassi, Filippo. Lettera nella quale .... di uno nuovo metodo di accordaturadel gravicembalo e dell'organo....Al Canonico Professore Luigi Tagliavini, in Philippi Schiassi.... Bologna, 1834.
  • Schiemer, Greg, K. Sabir and Mark Havryliv. "The Pocket Gamelan: A j2me Environment for Just Intonation", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, University of Miami, Florida, 4-9 November 2004, pp. 654-657.
  • Schiemer, Greg. "Pocket Gamelan: building the instrumentarium for an extended harmonic universe", Proceedings of International Computer Music Conference ICMC’04 Boundaryless Music, National University of Singapore, International Computer Music Association, San Francisco, 2004, pp. 329-332.
  • Schiemer, Greg and Mark Havryliv. "Pocket Gamelan: a Pure Data interface for mobile phones", Proceedings of NIME05 International Conference on New Interfaces for Musical Expression, University of British Columbia Vancouver May 26th - 28th 2005, pp. 156-159.
  • Schiemer, Greg and Mark Havryliv. "Pocket Gamelan: an extensible set of microtonal instruments", Proceedings of Australasian Computer Music Conference, Queensland University of Technology, Kelvin Grove, 12th-14th July 2005.
  • Schiemer, Greg and Mark Havryliv. "Pocket Gamelan: tuneable trajectories for flying sources in Mandala 3 and Mandala 4", Proceedings of the 2006 International Conference on New Interfaces for Musical Expression (NIME06), Paris, 2006, pp. 37-42.
  • Schiemer, Greg and Manuel Op de Coul. "Pocket Gamelan: tuning microtonal applications in Pd using Scala", Proceedings of the Australasian Computer Music Conference 2007: TRANS Boundaries / Permeability / Reification, A. Riddell and A. Thorogood (eds.), Australian National University, Canberra, January 2007, pp. 81-86.
  • Schiemer, Greg; Juno Kim and Terumi Narushima. "Oculog: Playing with Eye Movements", Proceedings of the 2007 Conference on New Interfaces for Musical Expression (NIME07), New York, 2007, pp. 50-55.
  • Schillinger, Joseph. The Mathematical Basis of the Arts. The Philosophical Library, 1948, 696 pages. Second edition, 1987, 665 pages.
  • Schittenhelm, Vânia. "The dangerous issue of modern music in the controversy between Busoni and Pfitzner", Electronic Musicological Review vol. 2 no. 1, October 1997.
  • Schlesinger, Kathleen. The Greek Aulos, a study of its mechanism and of its relation to the modal system of ancient Greek music. Followed by a survey of the Greek harmoniai in survival or rebirth in folk-music. Methuen & Co., London, 1939. Bouma's Boekhuis N.V., Groningen, 1970, 577 pages. Appendix III: A new language of music: possibilities of the ancient modes for use in modern composition.
  • Schlesinger, Kathleen. "Further Notes on Aristoxenos and the Intervals of Greek Music", The Classical Quarterly vol. 27, April 1933, pp. 88-96.
  • Schlesinger, Kathleen. Is European Musical Theory Indebted to the Arabs? Harold Reeves, London, 1925.
  • Schlick, Arnold. Spiegel der Orgelmacher und Organisten. Speyer, 1511. Monatshefte für Musikgeschichte, Heidelberg, 1869. Reprint Ernst Flade (ed.), Mainz, 1932. Reprint 1959. English translation by Elisabeth Berry Barber, Frits Knuf, Buren, 1980. Facsimile reprint with commentary and English translation, Laaber Verlag, Bibliotheca Organologica 63, Laaber, 2003, 138 pages.
  • Schlimbach, Georg Christian Friedrich. Über die Structur, Erhaltung, Stimmung, Prüfung etc. der Orgel. Leipzig, 1801, 1825, C.F. Becker, 1843. Reprint Bibliotheca Organologica vol. 8, Frits Knuf, Hilversum, 1966, 346 pages.
  • Schloezer, Boris de. "Réflexions sur la musique en quarts de ton", La Revue Musicale, Novembre 1924, pp. 71-74.
  • Schlug, H.J. Praxis barocker Stimmungen und ihre theoretischen Grundlagen. Drescher, Berlin, 1980.
  • Schlüren, Christoph. "John Foulds, Gandharva-Music for piano solo op. 49 (1915/26)", WWW, 1996.
  • Schmidt, Dörte. "Das 'bemerkenswerte' Interesse an Alois Hába. Anmerkungen zu Elliott Carters 'Harmony Book'", Mitteilungen der Paul Sacher Stiftung Nr. 6, Basel, 1993.
  • Schmidt-Jones, Catherine. "Tuning Systems", WWW, 2010.
  • Schmiedel, Peter. "Tonsystem und Stimmung in Bachs Werk, untersucht am Wohltemperierten Klavier, der Kunst der Fuge und der Chromatischen Fantasie und Fuge", Bach Studien vol. 7, 1982, pp. 212-215.
  • Schneegass, Cyriacus. Nova et exquisita monochordi dimensio. Erfurt, 1590.
  • Schneider, Albrecht. "Tonsystem und Intonation", Studien zur Systematische Musikwissenschaft. Hamburger Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 9, 1986, pp. 153-199.
  • Schneider, Albrecht. "Psychological theory and comparative musicology", Comparative musicology and anthropology of music: Essays on the history of ethnomusicology. U. of Chicago, 1991, pp. 293-317.
  • Schneider, Albrecht. Tonhöhe Skala Klang: Akustische, tonmetrische und psychoakustische Studien auf vergleichender Grundlage. Band 89 der Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik, Orpheus Verlag, Bonn, 1997, 597 pages.
  • Schneider, Albrecht, Andreas E. Beurmann, in collab. with Gerhard Kubik and Mpijma Wamala. "'Okutuusa Amadinda': Zur Frage äquidistanter Tonsysteme und Stimmungen in Afrika", Musikkulturgeschichte: Festschrift für Constantin Floros zum 60. Geburtstag, Peter Petersen (ed.), Breitkopf und Härtel, Wiesbaden, 1990, pp. 493-526.
  • Schneider, Albrecht and Andreas E. Beurmann. "Tonsysteme, Frekwenzdistanz, Klangformen und die Bedeutung experimenteller Forschung für die Vergleichende Musikwissenschaft", Hamburger Jahrbuch der Musikwissenschaft vol. 11, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 1991, pp. 179-221.
  • Schneider, Albrecht and Andreas E. Beurmann. "Tonhöhe - Intervall - Distanz: zur Wahrnehmung von Klängen mit inharmonischen Spektren", Systematische Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1994, pp. 113-143.
  • Schneider, Albrecht and Brigitte Markuse. "Ähnlichkeit, Nähe, Distanz: zur Anwendung multidimensionaler Skalierung in Musikwissenschaftlichen Untersuchungen", Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag, Wolfgang Auhagen (ed.), Köln 1995.
  • Schneider, Albrecht. "Über ein Hörexperiment mit einer Stimmung Adriaan Fokkers", Musikwissenschaft - Musikpraxis. Festschrift für Horst-Peter Hesse zum 65. Geburtstag, Kai Bachmann and Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 2000.
  • Schneider, Albrecht, Andreas Beurmann, Richard von Busch, Lüder Schmidt, Eberhard Lauer. "Über Beziehungen von Orgelstimmungen und klanglichen Merkmalen. Ein Beitrag zur Diskussion über historische Orgelstimmungen aus akustischer Sicht", Acta Organologica vol. 28, 2004, pp. 323-346.
  • Schneider, James. An introduction to the quartertone guitar. self-published, Philadelphia, 1978, 92 pages.
  • Schneider, John. "The Microtonal Guitar", Guitar & Lute no. 16, 1981, pp. 42-46; no. 17, 1981, pp. 32-34; no. 19, 1981, pp. 28-31; no. 20, 1982, pp. 20-22; no. 21, 1982, pp. 33-34; no. 25, 1982, pp. 14-17.
  • Schneider, John. "A History of the Just Guitar", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 3, March 1992, pp. 11-15.
  • Schneider, John. "Bringing Back 'Barstow'", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, pp. 4-14, 1994.
  • Schneider, Marius. "Tonsysteme, Aussereuropäische", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Bd. 13, Bärenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1966.
  • Schneider, Norbert. "Musikgeschichte - harmonikal betrachtet", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `93, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1994, pp. 192-205.
  • Schneider, Sigrun. Mikrotöne in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Untersuchungen zu Theorie und Gestaltungsprinzipien moderner Kompositionen mit Mikrotönen. Orpheus, Band 15, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1975, 317 pages.
  • Schnitzler, Günter (ed.) Musik und Zahl. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zum Grenzbereich zwischen Musik und Mathematik. Orpheus, Band 17, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976, 297 pages.
  • Schnorr, Klemens. "Anweisung zum Stimmen von Tasteninstrumenten in verschiedenen Temperaturen (book review)", Musik und Kirche vol. 50 no. 2, 1980, pp. 84-85.
  • Schoenberg, I.J. "On the location of the frets on the guitar", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 83 no. 7, 1976, pp. 550–552.
  • Scholes, Percy A. "Some Puzzles about Temperament", Musical Times vol. 76 no. 1111, Sep 1935, pp. 786-789.
  • Scholtz, Kenneth P. "Algorithms for Mapping Diatonic Keyboard Tunings and Temperaments", Music Theory Online vol. 4 no. 4, September 1998.
  • Scholz, Carter. "Tuning accuracy in the Ensoniq EPS", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 4, pp. 4-5.
  • Scholz, Carter. "Do-It-Yourself-Software: Just Intonation", Keyboard, February 1986, pp. 49-143.
  • Scholz, Carter. "The E! Evaluation", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 4, fall 1987, pp. 2, 13-14.
  • Scholz, Carter. "A Program to Calculate Ratios", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1987, p. 2.
  • Scholz, Carter. Program notes for Epimores [private communication]
  • Scholz, Carter. "The MIDI Tuning Dump Standard (version 0.03)", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, summer 1989, pp. 8-9, 14.
  • Scholz, Carter. "A proposed extension to the MIDI specification concerning tuning", Computer Music Journal vol. 15 no. 1, spring 1991, pp. 49-54.
  • Scholz, Carter. "Notes on Lattice: one approach to dynamic tuning", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 4-8.
  • Schott, Howard. "Treatise on harpsichord tuning (book review)", Music & Letters vol. 69 no. 3, July 1988, pp. 374-375.
  • Schottstaedt, William. "PLA: A Composer's Idea of a Language", Computer Music Journal vol. 7 no. 1, spring 1983, pp. 11-20.
  • Schouten, J.F. "The perception of subjective tones", Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch. vol. 41, Amsterdam, 1938, p. 1086.
  • Schouten, J.F. "The residue: a new component in subjective sound analysis", Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch. vol. 43, Amsterdam, 1939, p. 356.
  • Schrammek, Winfried. "Versuch über Johann Sebastian Bachs Vorstellung von Orgelbau, Orgeldisposition und Orgelregistrierung", Bach Studien vol. 7, 1982.
  • Schreurs, Eugeen. "K. Berger: Musica ficta. Theories of Accidental Inflections in Vocal Polyphony from Marchetto da Padova to Gioseffo Zarlino (book review)", Musica Antiqua, 1994.
  • Schröder, Eberhard. Mathematik im Reich der Töne. Harri Deutsch Thun, Frankfurt a.M., 1990.
  • Schroeder, Manfred R. "Music and Mathematics", Nova Acta Leopoldina vol. 92 no. 341, 2005, pp. 9–15.
  • Schröter, Christoph Gottlieb. Plan général d'un tempérament conforme aux propositions de pythagore. 1738.
  • Schröter, Christoph Gottlieb. Sendschreiben an...Lorentz Mizler, ...II. Einer Aufgabe wegen er Temperatur. Nordhausen, 1776.
  • Schröter, Christoph Gottlieb. Letzte Beschäftigung mit musicalischen Dingen; nebst sechs Temperatur-Plänen und einer Noten-Tafel. Nordhausen, 1782.
  • Schubert, Peter. "Andreas Werckmeister: Sein Einfluß auf die musikalische Temperatur aus heutiger Sicht", Bericht über das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 39-55.
  • Schubring, Gustav. "Die Tonleiter und ihre Berechnung", Zeitschrift für Mathematik und Physik vol. 13, 1868, Supplement, pp. 105-140.
  • Schubring, Gustav. "Theorie und Berechnung der Tonleiter", Zeitschrift für die gesammten Naturwissenschaften vol. 32, 1868, pp. 65-96, 415-500.
  • Schuck, O.H. and R.W. Young. "Observations on the vibrations of piano strings", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 15, June 1943, pp. 1-11.
  • Schugk, Hans-Joachim. Praxis barocker Stimmungen und ihre theoretischen Grundlagen. Selbstverlag Rolf Drescher, Berlin, 1980, 1982.
  • Schukking, Ferdi. "Kwarttonen", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, pp. 94-110.
  • Schulhoff, Erwin. "Wie spielt man auf dem Vierteltonklavier?", Der Auftakt no. 6, 1926, p. 106.
  • Schulter, Margo. "Pythagorean Tuning and Medieval Polyphony", WWW, June 1998.
  • Schulter, Margo. "Ugolino's 'Intelligent Organist' and the Seventeen-Note Octave", part I: 1/1 vol. 10 no. 3, fall 2000, pp. 1, 4-15, 24. Part II: 1/1 vol. 11 no. 1, spring 2002, pp. 8-27.
  • Schulter, Margo and David Keenan. "The Noble Mediant: Complex ratios and metastable musical intervals", WWW, 2000.
  • Schulter, Margo. "Xenharmonic Excursion to Padua, 1318: Marchettus, the cadential diesis, and neo-Gothic tunings", paper for Microfest 2001.
  • Schulter, Margo. "JOT-17: A Just Thirdtone System for Neomedieval Music", 1/1 vol. 11 no. 3, autumn 2003, pp. 10-25.
  • Schulter, Margo. "Lehman's Bach tuning and Neidhardt's "Third-Circle No. 4. A quick comparison with open questions", WWW, 2005.
  • Schulter, Margo. "George Secor's 17-Tone Well-Temperament and Neo-Medieval Music", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 81-123.
  • Schulter, Margo. "Zest 24: Zarlino Extraordinaire Spectrum Temperament. A septimal (2-3-7) lattice and JI equivalents", WWW, 2007.
  • Schulter, Margo. "A Quasi-Wilsonian "Septendecene" in Zest-24: A septimal genus 17 in a tempered setting", WWW, 2007.
  • Schulter, Margo. "Erv Wilson's Rast/Bayyati Matrix and Variations in Zest-24", WWW, 2007.
  • Schulter, Margo. "The Dastgah system and medieval European modes: Some observations and comparisons", WWW, 2007.
  • Schulter, Margo. "Regions of the Interval Spectrum. Some Concepts and Names", WWW, 2007.
  • Schulter, Margo. "What is microtonality? What is paucitonality?", WWW, 2008.
  • Schulze, Werner. Zahl, Proportion, Analogie. Aschendorff, Münster/Westf., 1978.
  • Schulze-Kurz, Ekkehard. Die Laute und ihre Stimmungen in der ersten Hälfte des 17. Jahrhunderts. PhD diss., Eberhard-Karl-Universität Tübingen, 1989. Series: Arbeiten zur Musik- und Kulturgeschichte no. 1, Tre Fontane, Wilsingen, 1990, 467 pages.
  • Schumacher, Rüdiger. "Pathet Galong - Ein vierter sléndro-Modus in der Musik Zentraljavas?", Die deutsche Malaiologie. Festschrift zu Ehren von Frau Prof. Dr. Irene Hilgers-Hesse, Karl-Heinz Pampus and Bernd Nothofer (eds.), Julius Groos Verlag, Heidelberg, 1988, pp. 197-211.
  • Schümann, Hans. Monozentrik: Eine Neue Musiktheorie. Carl Gruninger Nachf. Ernst Klett, Stuttgart, 1924.
  • Schümann, Hans. "Vierteltöne und Monozentrik", Neue Musikzeitung vol. 45 no. 8, 1924, pp. 223-227.
  • Schütz, Hartmut. 'Nothwendiger Unterricht in der musikalischen Temperatur': Ein Abriß der Stimmungsarten vom 15. bis zum 18. Jahrhundert. Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Eitelfriedrich Thom (ed.), Sonderbeitrag - Heft 3, Institut für Aufführungspraxis, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1988, 159 pages.
  • Schütz, Hartmut. Tabularium: Ein kleines Tafelwerk zur musikalischen Temperatur. Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Sonderbeitrag - Heft 4, Eitelfriedrich Thom (ed.), Institut für Aufführungspraxis, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1988, 59 pages.
  • Schütz, Iris. Mathematische Grundlagen des Baues und der Stimmung von Blasinstrumenten. 1984, 132 pages.
  • Schwab, William. "Quarter Tones for the Saxophone", The Saxophone Symposium vol. 1 no. 1, winter 1976, pp. 7-9.
  • Schwabe, I. Über Mathematische Stimmung. Mainz, 1848.
  • Schwartz, David A., Catherine Q. Howe and Dale Purves. "The Statistical Structure of Human Speech Sounds Predicts Musical Universals", The Journal of Neuroscience vol. 23 no. 18, August 2003, pp. 7160–7168.
  • Schwartz, Stephen. "Harry Partch in the Secret History of the Pacific Coast", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, p. 22, 1994.
  • Schwarzenberg, Christoph, and Kristian Wegscheider. Die große Silbermann-Orgel im Dom zu Freiberg. Evang.-Luth. Domgemeide Freiberg, Freiberg, 1999.
  • Schweiger, Dominik. "Weberns verworfene Mikrotöne", Mitteilungen der Paul Sacher Stiftung vol. 11, Basel, April 1998, pp. 10-16. English translation "Webern's rejected microtones" by Joe Monzo, 2001.
  • Schweiger, Dominik. "Microtonalità in Busoni e Webern. Rapporti storici e teoretici", Ferrucio Busoni e la sua scola, Gianmarino Borio and Mauro Casadei Turroni Monti (eds.), LIM, Lucca, 1999, pp. 113-125.
  • Sciannameo, Franco. "A Personal Memoir: Remembering Scelsi", The Musical Times vol. 142 no. 1875, summer 2001, pp. 22-26.
  • Scott, Dana. "From Helmholtz to Computers", Musik und Mathematik, Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985.
  • Scriba, Christoph J. "Mathematics and music" (in Danish), Normat vol. 38 no. 1, 1990, pp. 3-17. Summaries by Todd Hammond: "Simon Stevin (1548-1620) - Mathematics and the Liberal Arts" and related topics.
  • Secor, George D. "Owen Jorgensen: Tuning the Historical Temperaments by Ear (book review)", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, pp. 10-12.
  • Secor, George D. "The Generalized Keyboard Scalatron", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
  • Secor, George D. "A New Look at the Partch Monophonic Fabric", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
  • Secor, George D. "Unified Visualization and Notation of Xenharmonic Systems", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
  • Secor, George D. "Specifications of the Secor Generalized Keyboard Scalatron", Xenharmonikôn vol. 4, 1975.
  • Secor, George D. "Notes and Comments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
  • Secor, George D. "An Approach to the Construction of Microtonal Valved Brass Instruments - The French Horn", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976, pp. 1-3.
  • Secor, George D. "The Trouble with Equal Temperament", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
  • Secor, George D. "New Scales: 17-Tone Well Temperament, Secor 19-Plus-3", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, 1978, pp. 4-6.
  • Secor, George D. "The Miracle Temperament and Decimal Keyboard", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 5-30.
  • Secor, George D. and David C. Keenan. "Sagittal A Microtonal Notation System", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 31-54.
  • Secor, George D. "The 17-tone Puzzle — And the Neo-medieval Key That Unlocks It", Xenharmonikôn vol. 18, 2006, pp. 55-80.
  • Segerman, Ephraim. "On Praetorius and English viol pitches", Chelys: The Journal of the Viola da Gamba Society vol. 17, 1988, pp. 24-27.
  • Segerman, Ephraim. "The mathematics of tuning up a string", Fellowship of Makers and Researchers of Historical Instruments Quarterly no. 88, 1997, p. 22.
  • Segre, Gavriel. On the mathematical structure of Tonal Harmony. 2004, 226 pages.
  • Sela, Bárbara. "Afinación de intervalos puros", Revista de flauta de pico no. 1, 1995.
  • Seletsky, Harold. "Quartertone Fingerings for the Böhm System Clarinet", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, pp. 88-92.
  • Seletsky, Harold. "Why I speak in Quarter-Tones", Ear Magazine East vol. 11-12 no. 1, 1982-1983, p. 7.
  • Selmer, Ernst S. "On Flerdimensjonal Kjedebroek", Nordisk Matematisk Tidskrift vol. 9, 1961, pp. 37-43.
  • Semmens, Richard T. "The early eighteenth-century discussion of musical acoustics by Etienne Loulié", Canadian university music review/Revue de musique des universités canadiennes vol. 2, 1981, pp. 177-206.
  • Semmens, Richard T. "Sauveur and the absolute frequency of pitch", Theoria vol. 5, 1990-1991, pp. 1-41.
  • Sen, Wang and Zhou Haihong. "Scale-Tone Functions ans Melodic Structure in Chinese Folk Music", Computer Representations and Models in Music, Academic Press, London, 1992.
  • Serafini, Carlo. Tecnologia e temperamento: risorse hardware, software e online per la musica microtonale. MA thesis, Conservatorio musicale di Firenze, 2006. English translation Technology and Temperament: Hardware, Software and Online Resources for Microtonal Music.
  • Serassi, Guiseppe. Sugli organi, lettere a G.S. Mayr, P. Bontichi e C. Bigatti. Bergamo, 1816.
  • Serauky, Walter. "Andreas Werckmeister als Musiktheoretiker", Festschrift Max Schneider zum 60. Geburtstag überreicht, Halle, 1935, pp. 118-125.
  • Serly, Tibor. Modus lascivus : the road to enharmonicism : a new concept in composition. Modus Associates, Ann Arbor, 1975, 142 pages.
  • Serra, Carlo. "Morfologie dello spazio tra curvatura melodica e linearità scalare. Introduzione a Essai sur les structures mélodiques di Jacques Chailley", WWW, 2000.
  • Serra, Paolo di Novi. Introduzione Armonica sopra la nuova serie de' suono modulati oggidi (...). P. Giunti, Roma, 1768.
  • Serre, Jean-Adam. Essais sur les Principes de l'Harmonie. Prault, Paris, 1753, 167 pages. English annotated translation by Russell W. Johnson, Florida State University, 1994, abstract in mto.95.1.4.dis.
  • Serre, Jean-Adam. Observations sur les principes de l'harmonie, occasionnées par quelques écrits modernes sur ce sujet, et particulièrement par l'article Fondamental de M. d'Alembert dans l'Encyclopédie, le Traité de théorie musicale de M. Tartini, et le Guide harmonique de M. Geminiani, par J. A. Serre. Henri-Aibert Gosse et Jean Gosse, Genève, 1763. Reprint 1967.
  • Sethares, William A. "Tunings for 19-Tone Equal Tempered Guitar", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 6, April 1991, pp. 9-11.
  • Sethares, William A. and T. Staley. "Sounds of Crystals", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 8 no. 2, Sept. 1992.
  • Sethares, William A. "Relating Timbre and Tuning", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 4, December 1993, pp. 22-29. "Revised version of this article", WWW, 1997.
  • Sethares, William A. "Local Consonance and the Relationship Between Timbre and Scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 94 no. 3, September 1993, pp. 1218-1228.
  • Sethares, William A. "Adaptive Tunings for Musical Scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 96 no. 1, July 1994, pp. 10-19.
  • Sethares, William A. "Tunings for Nonharmonic Sounds", Synaesthetica ACAT, Canberra, Aug. 1994.
  • Sethares, William A. "Timbres for Tetrachordal Scales", University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1996.
  • Sethares, William A. "Specifying Spectra for Musical Scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 102 no. 4, October 1997, pp. 2422-2431.
  • Sethares, William A. Tuning, Timbre, Spectrum, Scale. Springer-Verlag, London, 1998, 345 pages. With CD. 2nd editition, 2005.
  • Sethares, William A. "Consonance-Based Spectral Mappings", Computer Music Journal vol. 22 no. 1, spring 1998, pp. 56-72.
  • Sethares, William A. and Brian McLaren. "Memory and Context in the Calculation of Sensory Dissonance", draft paper, 1999.
  • Sethares, William A. Alternate Tuning Guide. 2001, 96 pages.
  • Sethares, William A. "Real-Time Adaptive Tunings Using Max", Journal of New Music Research vol. 31 no. 4, 2002.
  • Sethares, William A.; Andrew J. Milne; Stefan Tiedje; Anthony Prechtl and James Plamondon. "Spectral Tools for Dynamic Tonality and Audio Morphing", Computer Music Journal vol. 33 no. 2, summer 2009,pp. 71-84.
  • Sevag, Reidar. "Neutral tones and the problem of mode in Norwegian folk music", Emsheimer Festschrift, Studia Instrumentorum Musica Popularis vol. 3, Stockholm, 1974, pp. 207-213, 292.
  • Sevcík, Otakar. School of Intonation on an Harmonic Basis. Harms, New York, 1922.
  • Sevgen, Alpar. "A principle of least complexity for musical scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 107 no. 1, 2000, pp. 665–667.
  • Seydi. Seydî's Book on Music. A 15th century Turkish discourse. English translation by Eugenia Popescu-Judetz (ed.) in collaboration with Eckhard Neubauer. The Institute for the History of Arabic-Islamic Science of Frankfurt (Main) University, 2004, 300 pages.
  • Sezgin, F. (ed.) Book on the Cyclic Forms of Musical Modes: Kitab al-Adwar and Treatise dedicated to Sharaf al-Din on Proportions in Musical Composition: Al-Risala al-Sharafiya fi'l-nisab al-ta'lifiya by Safi al-Din al-Urmawi Abd al-Mu'mim ibn Ysuf ibn Fakhir (d. 1294 A.D.). Publication of the Institute for the History of Arabic-Islamic Science, Ser. C vol. 6, Frankfurt a.M., 1984.
  • Sguben, Livia. "Leibniz e la moderna pratica musicale", Pratica filosofica vol. 7, numero monografico intitolato Prospettive nell'estetica del Settecento, CUEM, Milano, 1995, pp. 83-88.
  • Shackford, Charles Reeves. Intonation in Ensemble String Performance: An Objective Study. PhD thesis, Music, Harvard University, 1954, 269 pages.
  • Shackford, Charles Reeves. "Some aspects of perception. I. Sizes of harmonic intervals in performance", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5 no. 2, 1961, pp. 162–202.
  • Shadow-Sky, Mathius. "découverte d'échelles inouïes", Dans le Ciel, le Bruit de l'Ombre, book in progress.
  • Shahin, Mohajeri. "Some Tuning Models", WWW, 2007.
  • Shamma, Shihab and David Klein. The Case of the Missing Pitch Templates: How Harmonic Templates Emerge in the Early Auditory System, Center for Auditory and Acoustics Research, Institute for Systems Research Electrical Engineering Department, University of Maryland, College Park, MD, 2004, 23 pages.
  • Shankar, Vidya. The Art and Science of Carnatic Music. The Music Academy, Madras, 1983.
  • Shankland, R.S. and J.W. Coltman. "The departure of the overtones of a vibrating string from a true harmonic series", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 10 no. 3, 1939, pp. 161–166.
  • Sharma, Prem Lata. "The ancient grama system and its distortion in the medieval times", Journal of the Music Academy Madras vol. 32, 1961, pp. 99-110.
  • Shawki, Youssef. Al-Kindi's Essay on Composition. Cairo, 1968.
  • Shawki, Youssef. Measuring the Arabic Music Scale. Cairo, 1969.
  • Sheldrick, Gillian (ed.) The accounts of Thomas Green: Music teacher and tuner of musical instruments, 1742-1790. Hertfordshire Record Society, Ware, 1992, 169 pages.
  • Shen, Sinyan. "Zenghou Yi and I", Chinese Music vol. 12 no. 3, September 1989, pp. 43-45.
  • Shen, Sinyan. "On the system of Chinese fiddles", Chinese Music vol. 13 no. 2, June 1990, pp. 24-28.
  • Shepard, Roger N. "Circularity in Judgements of Relative Pitch", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 36 no. 12, 1964, pp. 2346-2353.
  • Shepard, Roger N. The double helix of musical pitch. Paper presented at the Western Psychological Association Symposium, Cognitive structure of musical pitch, San Francisco, 1978.
  • Shepard, Roger N. and Daniel S. Jordan. "Auditory illusions demonstrating that tones are assimilated to an internalized musical scale", Science vol. 226, 14 December 1984, pp. 1333-1334.
  • Sheperd, S. "Musical Harmony and Natural Sound Statistics", 2004, 6 pages.
  • Shiloah, Amnon. The theory of music in Arabic writings (900-1900). Descriptive catalogue of manuscripts in libraries of Europe and the USA. G. Henle Verlag, München, 1979.
  • Shiloah, Amnon. "The Arabic concept of mode", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 34 no. 1, 1981, pp. 19-42.
  • Shimizu, Tetsuo. "Viol no chogen to fret ni tsuite", Tokaidaigaku kiyo vol. 1, 1971, pp. 23-39.
  • Shimoni, Uri. "Fractional Interpolation for Generation of Musical Scales", unpublished paper available from Uri Shimoni, Laboratory of Computer Music, Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa.
  • Shinn, Randall. "Ben Johnston's String Quartet no. 4", Perspectives of New Music vol. 15 no. 2, spring-summer 1977, pp. 145-173.
  • Shirasuna, Shoichi. "A historical survey of the relationships between music and tuning" (in Japanese), Journal of the Acoustical Society of Japan vol. 57 no. 11, Nov. 2001, pp. 698-703.
  • Shirlaw, Matthew. The theory of harmony, an inquiry into the natural principles of harmony, with an examination of the chief systems of harmony from Rameau to the present day. Novello, London, 1917, 484 pages. Reprint Da Capo Press, New York, 1969.
  • Shirlaw, Matthew. "The music and tone-systems of ancient Greece", Music and Letters vol. 32 no. 2, April 1951.
  • Shirlaw, Matthew. "The science of harmony: the harmonic generation of chords", Journal of Music Theory vol. 4 no. 1, 1960, pp. 1–18.
  • Siegel, Jane A. and W. Siegel. "Categorical perception of tonal intervals: musicians can't tell sharp from flat", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 21 no. 5, 1977, pp. 399-407.
  • Siegel, Jane A. and W. Siegel. "Absolute identification of notes and intervals by musicians", Perception and Psychophysics vol. 21, 1977, pp. 143-144.
  • Siegel, R. Jules. "The Emancipation of the Higher Members of the Harmonic Series", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 2, 1990, pp. 1, 2, 4.
  • Siegel, R. Jules. "Emu Proteus for Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 2, 1990, pp. 14-15.
  • Siegel, R. Jules. "Algorithmic Tuning via MIDI", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 4, fall 1987, pp. 4-6.
  • Siegel, R. Jules. "Totally dynamic tuning using midi pitchbend", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 2, 1994, pp. 11, 15.
  • Sievers, Giacomo Fernando. Il Pianoforte - Guida pratica per Costruttori, Accordatori, Dilettanti e Possessori di Pianoforti. Ghio, Napoli, 1868.
  • Sigerson, John and Kathy Wolfe (eds.) A Manual on the Rudiments of Tuning and Registration. Schiller Institute, Washington DC, 2 vols., 1992. German translation Handbuch der Grundlagen von Stimmung und Register by Werner Hartman, Dr. Boettiger Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1996. Italian translation Canto e diapason: Un manuale con oltre mille esempi tratti dalla creativita classica e lirica, Edizione Carrara, Bergamo, 1996.
  • Signell, Karl Lloyd. The Turkish Makam System in Contemporary Theory and Practice. PhD diss., 1973. Asian Music Publications, Series D, Monograph no. 4, Seattle, 1977.
  • Signell, Karl Lloyd. Makam: Modal practice in Turkish art music. Da Capo Press, New York, 1986.
  • Sigtenhorst Meyer, Bernard van den. Jan P. Sweelinck en zijn instrumentale muziek. Servire, Den Haag, 1934, 1946, 303 pages.
  • Sikic, Zvonimir and Zoran Scekic. Matematika i muzika. HMD, Zagreb, 1999, 96 pages.
  • Sikic, Zvonimir. "Mathematics, physics and music – a case study", The Role of Mathematics in Physical Sciences, Springer-Verlag, 2005, pp. 179-196.
  • Sikkema, Roel. "Nieuwe plek voor 31-toonsorgel", Nederlands Dagblad, 23 January 2009, katern Kunst, p. 7.
  • Silbiger, Alexander. "The theoretical and musical basis for Vicentino's enharmonicism", introduction to Vicentino's Four enharmonic madrigals, 1555. Corpus Microtonale CM 33, The Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1990, 24 pages.
  • Sillamy, Jean Claude. Histoire des modes musicaux: de sumer à l'Orient du XVIè siècle. J.C. Sillamy, 1986, 75 pages.
  • Silver, Lisa S. "Alternate Oboe Fingerings", The Double Reed vol. 23 no. 4, 2000, pp. 67-71.
  • Silverman, Adam B. "Styles of Consonance/Dissonance Control in the Music of Ben Johnston", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, 1996, p. 5.
  • Silverman, Adam B. "Transcriptions/Translations of the Music of Harry Partch (a catalog)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, 1996, p. 14.
  • Silverman, Danielle and Jim Wiseman. "Noting the Difference: Musical Scales and Permutations", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 113 no. 7, 2006, pp. 648-651.
  • Simoni, Mary. "Temperament", Computing in Musicology vol. 8, 1992, p. 102.
  • Simons, Dolf. "Eenklaviers huisorgel, deel 3 - stemming en dispositie", Bouwbrief vol. 47, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 1987.
  • Simonton, Theodore E. "A New Integral Ratio Chromatic Scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 25 no. 6, 1953, pp. 1167–1175.
  • Simpson, Arthur Barwick. "On Bell Tones (part 1)", The Pall Mall Magazine vol. 7, Sep-Dec 1895, pp. 183-194.
  • Simpson, Arthur Barwick. "On Bell Tones (part 2)", The Pall Mall Magazine vol. 10, Sep-Dec 1896, pp. 150-155.
  • Simpson, Arthur Barwick. Why bells sound out of tune. Skeffington, London, 1897. Facsimile edition, Hannon, Oxford, 1976, 25 pages.
  • Sims, Ezra. "Microtones", in Harvard Dictionary of Music, 2nd ed., The Belknap Press, Cambridge MA, 1969, pp. 527-528.
  • Sims, Ezra. A Question of Microtonal Notation, Mimeographed. Cambridge MA, 1986.
  • Sims, Ezra. "Yet Another 72-Noter", Computer Music Journal vol. 12 no. 4, winter 1988, pp. 28-45.
  • Sims, Ezra. "A 72-Tone Just Computer System", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 1, winter 1989, pp. 1, 9-14.
  • Sims, Ezra. "Harmonic Ordering in Quintet (1987). A Use of Harmonics as Horizontal and Vertical Determinants", Mikrotöne III, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990, pp. 123-137. Also in ex tempore vol. 5 no. 2, fall 1991.
  • Sims, Ezra. "Apologia pro musica sua", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1992, Amsterdam, pp. 124-136; String quartet 4 (fragments), pp. 141-157.
  • Sims, Ezra. "Tonality in my harmonically based microtonality", lecture presented at the second Naturton-Symposion, Heidelberg, Oct. 1992, unpublished, 26 pages.
  • Sims, Ezra. "Reflections on This and That - Perhaps a Polemic", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, 1992, pp. 236-257. Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993.
  • Sims, Ezra. "Mikrotöne in den USA", WWW, 2001.
  • Sindusawarno, Ki. "An Important Factor in Gamelan", Karawitan: Source Readings in Javanese Gamelan and Vocal Music vol. 1, 1984, pp. 389-407.
  • Sindusawarno, Ki. "Notes on the Modes in Indonesian Gamelan Music", Musika vol. 3, Jakarta, 1972, pp. 1-25.
  • Sinn, Christoph Albert. Temperatura practica. Das ist: Grundrichtige Vergleichung der Zwölff Semitoniorum in der Octave. Wernigerode, 1717. Facsimile reprint with foreword by Casparus Calvor, Eitelfriedrich Thom, Michael Behrens (eds.), Series: Dokumentationen: Reprints no. 17, Institut für Aufführungspraxis der Musik des 18. Jahrhunderts, Blankenburg/Harz, 1988, 106 pages.
  • Sisson, Jack Ulness. Pitch Preference Determination, a Comparative Study of Tuning Preferences of Musicians from the Major Performing Areas with Reference to Just Intonation, Pythagorean Tuning, and Equal Temperament. PhD diss., University of Norman, Oklahoma, 1969, 191 pages.
  • Skaarberg, Knut-Einar. Algoritmer for renstemt klaverinstrument. thesis, Fysisk institutt, University of Oslo, 1995.
  • Skinner, Myles. Quarter Tones. PhD diss., University of Buffalo, Buffalo, 2005, 253 pages.
  • Skorpen, Leif Bjørn. "Å uttrykke musikk ved hjelp av tal", Tangenten no. 4/2004, Bergen, 2004.
  • Skorpen, Leif Bjørn. "Å lytte til musikk frå tal", Tangenten no. 4/2004, Bergen, 2004.
  • Slaymaker, Frank H. "Chords from tones having stretched partials", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 47 no. 2, 1970, pp. 1569-1571.
  • Slawson, Wayne. "Diana Deutsch: The Psychology of Music (book review)", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 5, 1983, pp. 121-126.
  • Sloane, Carl. "The Kirnberger III Temperament", Continuo, Dec. 1983.
  • Sloane, Carl. "The Vallotti Tuning", Continuo, May 1985.
  • Sloane, Carl. "Meantone Tuning", Continuo, March 1986.
  • Sloane, Carl. "The elements of temperament theory", Continuo, June 1986.
  • Sloane, Carl. "The De Caus Tuning", Continuo, October 1986.
  • Sloane, Carl. "Keyboard Temperaments", Continuo, February 1988.
  • Sloane, Carl. "d'Alembert's Temperament Ordinaire", Continuo, December 1991.
  • Sloane, Carl. "A further note on tempered minor chords", Journal Sound and Vibr. vol. 170 no. 2, 1994, pp. 261-262.
  • Sloane, Carl. "Händel's temperament", Harpsichord & Fortepiano vol. 6 no. 2, November 1997.
  • Sloboda, John A. "The Musical Mind in Context: Culture and Biology", in The Musical Mind: the Cognitive Psychology of Music, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1985, 2nd ed., 1988, pp. 238-268.
  • Sloffer, Phil. "Harpsichord Tuning and Repair", WWW, 2001.
  • Slonimsky, Nicholas. Thesaurus of Scales and Melodic Patterns. Coleman-Ross Co., New York, 1947, 243 pages. 2nd ed., Schirmer Books, New York, 1975.
  • Slonimsky, Nicholas. "Microtonality", in Music Since 1900, 4th ed. Scribner's, New York, 1971, pp. 1465-1467.
  • Sloper, Michael. "Aliquot Scales", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1988, San Francisco, pp. 2, 14.
  • Sloper, Michael. "Newband: Microtonal Works vol. 2 (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, 1996, p. 17.
  • Small, Arnold M. "Present-Day Preferences for Certain Melodic Intervals", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 10, 1939, p. 256.
  • Smith, Charles Samuel. Leonhard Euler's Tentamen novae theoriae musicae: A Translation and Commentary. PhD diss., Theory, Indiana University, 1960, 365 pages.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "The Wedge Product", WWW, 2003.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "The Wedgie", WWW, 2003.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "The Brat", WWW, 2003.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "TOP and Tenney space", WWW, 2005.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "Comma Sequences", WWW, 2005.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "Composing in Meantone", WWW, 2005.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "The Hermite Basis", WWW, 2005.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "Seven Limit Lattices", WWW, 2005.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "Seven Limit Named Temperaments", WWW, 2005.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "Tenney-Euclidean Tuning", WWW, 2007.
  • Smith, Gene Ward. "The Riemann Zeta Function and Tuning", WWW, 2011.
  • Smith, Hermann. Art of Tuning the Piano. William Reeves Bookseller Ltd., London, 1901.
  • Smith, Hermann. Modern organ tuning; the how and why? clearly explaining the nature of the organ pipe and the system of equal temperament, together with an historic record of the evolution of the diatonic scale from the Greek tetrachord. London, 1902.
  • Smith, Hermann. The world's earliest music: traced to its beginnings in ancient lands, by collected evidence of relics, records, history, and musical instruments from Greece, Etruria, Egypt, China, through Assyria and Babylonia, to the primitive home, the land of Akkad and Sumer. W. Reeves, London, 1904.
  • Smith, Jeff. "The Partch Reverberations: Notes on a Musical Rebel", The San Diego Weekl Reader vol. 9 no. 38, Sept. 25, 1980, Interval vol. 3 no. 1, fall 1980, pp. 7-12; vol. 3 no. 2, pp. 6-9, 12.
  • Smith, Jeff. "The Partch Reverberations - Part 2", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, spring 1981, pp. 6-9.
  • Smith, Mark. "Forbidden Planet. Neil Haverstick discovers other worlds of sound within a microtonal universe", Electronic Musician, December 2001, p. 40.
  • Smith, Matthew. "The Sounds of Science", Los Angeles Times Magazine, June 28, 1987, pp. 24-29.
  • Smith, Patricia Ann. The Thirteenth Sound of Julián Carrillo: Translation and Study. MA thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1972, 109 pages.
  • Smith, Robert. Harmonics, or, The Philosophy of Musical Sounds. T. and J. Merrill Booksellers, London, 1748. Cambridge, 1749, 1759. Reprint with intro by J. Murray Barbour: Da Capo, New York, 1966, 1973, 304 pages.
  • Smith, Robert. "Dr. Robert Smith's comments on John Harrison's musical tuning ideas", Harmonics, 1749.
  • Smith, Robert. A postscript to Dr. Smiths upon the changeable harpsichord, a perfect instrument. London, 1762.
  • Smith, Ronald Bruce. "Formant Regions of Harmonic Spectra as a Model for Quarter-Tone Chord Voicings", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, McGill University, Montréal, 1991.
  • Smith, Stephen. "Conduit Marimbas and Glass Marimbas", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 2 no. 1, June 1986, pp. 4-9.
  • Smith, Tim. "C. Subrahmanya Ayyar: The Grammar of South Indian (Karnatic) Music (book review)", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1988, p. 2.
  • Smith, Tim. "UNESCO Collection: A Musical Anthology fo the Orient: INDIA III Dhrupad's Mohiuddin & Aminuddin Dagar Vocal (CD review)", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1988, p. 2.
  • Smith, Tony. "Music and the physical universe", WWW.
  • Smits, Jan P.H.M. Plutarchus en de Griekse muziek. Series: Utrechtse bijdragen tot de muziekwetenschap, A.B. Creyghton, Bilthoven, 1970, 140 pages.
  • Smolka, Jaroslav. "Alois Hába in Berlin - 1920 bis 1923. Das Mikrotonprojekt und seine Bedeutung für die spätere Musik", Gedanken zu Alois Hába, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
  • Snelders, H.A.M. "Fokker, Adriaan Daniël (1887-1972)", Biografisch Woordenboek van Nederland vol. 3, Den Haag, 1989, 2007.
  • Snoussi, Manoubi. Initiation à la Musique Tunisienne, Vol. 1, Musique Classique. Centre des Musiques Arabes et Méditerranéennes Ennejma Ezzahra, Tunis, 2003, 156 pages, with 3 audio CDs with scale examples.
  • So, Jenny F. (ed.) Music in the Age of Confucius. Smithsonian Books, 2000, 152 pages.
  • Soderberg, Stephen. "White Note Fantasy", Music Theory Online vol. 4 no. 3, 1998.
  • Soede, Wim and Hans Troost. "A HREF="http://www.troostmuziek.nl/pdf/Soede-Troost-NAG-J167.pdf">Hard of zacht pianostemmen: wat is het verschil voor de oren van de pianostemmer?", Journaal van het Nederlands Akoestisch Genootschap no. 167, September 2003, 7 pages.
  • Soepandi, Atik. Kamus istilah karawitan Sunda. Pustaka Buana, Bandung, 1988, 250 pages.
  • Sogin, D.W. "An analysis of string instrumentalists’ performed intonational adjustments within ascending and descending pitch set", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 37, 1989, pp. 104-111.
  • Sohl, Norman, Stephen Smith and Jonathan Schever. "Microtonal Music", OP, 1983, Interval vol. 4 no. 3, pp. 11-12.
  • Sohl, Norman. "Mapping Tonality", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 4, autumn 1986, p. 1 ff.
  • Sohl, Norman. "An Atlas of Consonance", WWW, 1997.
  • Soler, Antonio. Theorica y practica del temple para los organos y claves. 1762. Reprint, Sociedad Española de Musicología, Madrid, 1983.
  • Solomon, Jon. "Towards a history of tonoi", Journal of Musicology vol. 3 no. 3, 1984, pp. 242–251.
  • Song, Bang-song. The sanjo tradition of Korean komun'go music. Traditional Korean music no. 1, Jung Eum Sa, Seoul, 1986, 353 pages.
  • Sonnleitner, Johann. "Das wohltemperierte Clavichord", Nachrichten der Schweizerischen Clavichord Gesellschaft vol. 1 no. 2, 1996, pp. 11-12.
  • Sonnleitner, Johann. "Erweiterte Mitteltönigkeit und erweitertes Tonsystem: Frescobaldis Cento Partite, 12- und 19-tönig sowie neue Musik, 24-tönig", Schweizer Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 22, 2002.
  • Sonnleitner, Johann. "Ist das Rätsel um Bachs "Wohltemperierung" gelöst?", Nachrichten der Schweizerischen Clavichord Gesellschaft vol. 11 no. 21, 2005, pp. 3-5, and in French.
  • Sørensen, Søren Møller. "... as Phryne from the bath. The debate on musical temperaments in the 18th century. Werckmeister, Mattheson, Rameau, Sorge, Marpurg, Heinse, and others", Musik & forskning vol. 30, Department of Musicology, University of Copenhagen, 2005, 22 pages.
  • Sorge, Georg Andreas. Anweisung zur Stimmung und Temperatur sowohl der Orgelwerke, als auch anderer Instrumente, sonderlich aber des Claviers. Piscator, Hamburg, 1744.
  • Sorge, Georg Andreas. Vorgemach der musicalischen Composition, oder: ausführliche, ordentliche und vor heutige Praxin hinlängliche Anweisung zum General-Bass, durch welche ein Studiosus musices zu einer gründlichen Erkänntniss aller in der Composition und Clavier vorkommenden con- und dissonirenden Grund-Sätze, und wie mit denenselben Natur-Gehör- und Kunstmäßig umzugehen, kommen, folglich nicht nur ein gutes Clavier als ein Compositor extemporaneus spielen lernen, sondern auch in der Composition selbst wichtige und gegründete profectus machen kan. Erster - dritter Theil. Sorge, Lobenstein, 1745-1747.
  • Sorge, Georg Andreas. Verbesser musikalische Cirkel. Lobenstein, 1747.
  • Sorge, Georg Andreas. Gespräch zwischen einem Musico theoretico und einem Studioso musices von der Prätorianischen / Printzischen / Werckmeisterischen / Neidhardtischen und Silbermannischen Temperatur / Wie auch Von dem neuen Systemate Herrn Capellmeister Telemanns, Zu Beförderung Reiner Harmonie entworffen. G.A. Sorge, Lobenstein, 1748, 85 pages.
  • Sorge, Georg Andreas. Ausführliche und deutliche Anweisung zur Rational-Rechnung und der damit verknüpften Ausmessung und Abtheilung des Monochords, vermittelst welcher man die Musikalische Temperatur...nicht nur...ausrechnen, sondern auch...ausmessen, und folglich auf Orgeln und allerhand andere Instrumente bringen kan[Sic]. Nebst einer ausführlichen Nachricht von dem neuen Telemannischen Intervallen-Systems. G.A. Sorge, Lobenstein, 1749.
  • Sorge, Georg Andreas. Gründliche Untersuchung, ob die Schröterischen Klaviertemperatur für gleichschwebend passiren können, oder nicht. Lobenstein, 1754.
  • Sorge, Georg Andreas. Kurze Erklärung des Canonis harmonici. Lobenstein, 1756.
  • Sorge, Georg Andreas. Zuverlässige Anweisung, Claviere und Orgeln behörig zu temperiren und zu stimmen, nebst einem Kupfer, welches die Ausmessung und Ausrechnung der Temperatur, wie auch das Telemannische Intervallen-System...darstellet; Auf Veranlassung Herrn Barthold Fritzens...herausgegebenen mechanischen Art zu stimmen, und zur Vertheidigung gegen desselben Angrif entworfen. G.A. Sorge & G.F. Authenrieth, Lobenstein & Leipzig, 1758.
  • Sorge, Georg Andreas. Der in der Rechen- und Meßkunst wohlerfahrene Orgelbaumeister. Lobenstein, 1773. P. Smets, Mainz, 1932.
  • Southgate, T.L. "Communication on the Ancient Egyptian Scale", Proceedings of the Musical Association, 1890-1891.
  • Southworth, Christine N. "Statistical Analysis of Tunings and Acoustical Beating Rates in Balinese Gamelans", WWW, June 2001.
  • Soyer, H.F. Observations sur la gamme mineure. Thomas et Cie, Nancy, 1837.
  • Soyka, Ulf-Diether. "Ekmelik - digital oder analog?", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 9-16.
  • Spain, Henry. Equal Temperament in Theory and Practice. Novello and Co., London, 1907.
  • Spangler, Douglas. "Music Software for Eartraining", WWW, 1999.
  • Spányi, Miklós. "Kirnberger's Temperament and its Use in Today Musical Praxis", Clavichord International vol. 11 no. 1, May 2007, pp. 15-22.
  • Sparr, Kenneth. "An unknown and unique broadside lute instruction", The Lute vol. 27, 1987, pp. 31-34.
  • Sparschuh, Andreas. "Stimm-Arithmetik des wohltemperierten Klaviers", Deutsche Mathematiker Vereinigung Jahrestagung 1999, Mainz, 1999, pp. 154-155.
  • Spataro, Giovanni. Errori de Franchino Gafurio da Lodi. Bologna, 1521.
  • Spataro, Giovanni. Tractato di musica. Bologna, 1531.
  • Spechtshart, Hugo. Flores musicae. Reutlingen, 1332, 1342. Johan Prüss, Strasbourg, 1488. Abhandlungen der Geistes- und Sozialwissenschaftliche Klasse, Akademie der Wissenschaften und Literatur in Mainz nr. 3, K.W. Gümpel (ed.). Mainz, 1958.
  • Spector, Johanna. "Classical 'Ud Music in Egypt with Special Reference to Maqamat", Ethnomusicology vol. 14 no. 2, May 1970, pp. 243-257.
  • Spencer, Michael. "Harpsichord physics", Galpin Society Journal vol. 34, March 1981, pp. 2-20.
  • Spiess, Meinrad. Tractatus musicus. Augsburg, 1746.
  • Spirakis, John D. "Byzantine and Western Music Relation" (in Greek), WWW, Feb. 2003.
  • Spitzer, Leo. "Classical and Christian Ideas of World Harmony. Prolegomena to an Interpretation of the Word 'Stimmung'", Traditio vol. 2, 1944, pp. 409-444.
  • Spurny, Lubomir. "Alois Haba (21st June 1893-18th November 1973): between tradition and innovation", Czech Music Information, 2005.
  • Stahnke, Manfred. "Gedanken zu Harry Partch", Neuland. Ansätze zur Musik der Gegenwart vol. 2, May 1982, pp. 243-251.
  • Stahnke, Manfred. "Ordnung und "Chaos" in komplexen musikalischen Stimmsystemen auf der Basis naturreiner Intervalle", Musikalische Gestaltung im Spannungsfeld von Ordnung und Chaos, Studien zur Wertungsforschung no. 23, Otto Kolleritsch (ed.), Universal, Wien, 1991, pp. 136-148.
  • Stahnke, Manfred. Den Ton finden - Schriften zur Musik. Stahnke-Verlag, Hamburg, 1998, 219 pages.
  • Stahnke, Manfred. "A Salute to Ben Johnston", 1/1 vol. 12 no. 3, fall 2007, pp. 25-26.
  • Stainer, J. A theory of harmony, founded on the tempered scale. Revingtons, London, 1871, 126 pages.
  • Stamm, G.W. Piano tuning made easy. Stamm Industries, Oregon, 1969, 1975, 48 pages.
  • Stanhope, Charles Earl. "Principles of the Science of Tuning Instruments with fixed Tones", Philosophical Magazine vol. 25, 1806, pp. 291-312. Also as offprint, 24 pages.
  • Starkhendon, Perceval V. Twentieth Century Experiments in Microtonalism. Colorado Materials Publications Division, Denver, 1962.
  • Starrett, John. "Some Thoughts on Tempered Tuning Systems", State of the Art vol. 3, 1989.
  • Starrett, John. "The StarrBoard - a New Musical Instrument", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 7 no. 1, 1991.
  • Starrett, John. "How to Convert Your Old Guitar to a Microtonal Instrument", WWW, 1997.
  • Stauffer, Donald W. Intonation Deficiencies of Wind Instruments in Ensemble. PhD thesis, Musicology, Catholic University of America, Washington DC, 1954, 191 pages. Stauffer Press, Birmingham AL, 1987, 1999.
  • Stayton, Jeff and B. McLaren. Liner notes for CD Xenharmonix. Copyright Jeff Stayton, 1992.
  • Steblin, Rita. A history of key characteristics in the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 1981. Reprint University of Rochester Press, Rochester NY, 1996, 396 pages.
  • Stecchini, Livio Catullo. "A History of Measures", part VI: Music and poetry, WWW.
  • Stedron, Milos. "Temperovane a ciste ladeni v evropske hudbe 19. a 20. stoleti (book review)", Opus musicum vol. 3 no. 9-10, 1971, pp. 316-317.
  • Steedman, M. "The well-tempered computer", Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London: Phys. Sci. & Eng. vol. 349 no. 1689, 1994, pp. 115–130.
  • Stefani, Gino; Luca Marconi and Franca Ferrari. Gli intervalli musicali dall'esperienza alla teoria. Bompiani, Milano, 1990, 253 pages.
  • Stefani-Marburg, H. "Das Vierteltonproblem, I.", Die Musik vol. 15 no. 10, 1923, pp. 738-741.
  • Steffani, Agostino. "Quanta certezza habbia da' suoi principii la musica et in qual pregio fosse perciò presso gli antichi", Amsterdam, 1695.
  • Stefik, Andreas. "The Applications of Computer Science in Notating Microtonal Music", Central Washington University, Ellensburg, 2003.
  • Stein, Richard H. "Das Vierteltonproblem, II.", Die Musik vol. 15 no. 10, July 1923, pp. 741-746.
  • Stein, Richard H. "Vierteltonmusik", Die Musik vol. 15 no. 17, July 1923, pp. 510-516. Reprint in K Novym beregam no. 3, Moscow, 1923, pp. 6-15.
  • Steiner, Joachim. Grundzüge einer neuen Musiktheorie. Vienna, 1891.
  • Steiner, Joachim. "Einfluß der reinen Stimmung auf die Entwicklung der Musik", Bericht von III. Kongreß der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft, Artaria and Co., Vienna, 1909, p. 387.
  • Stembridge, Christopher. "Music for the Cimbalo cromatico and other split-keyed instruments in seventeenth-century Italy", Performance Practice Review vol. 5 no. 1, spring 1992, pp. 5-43.
  • Stembridge, Christopher. "The Cimbalo cromatico and Other Italian Keyboard Instruments with Nineteen or More Divisions to the Octave (Surviving Specimens and Documentary Evidence)", Performance Practice Review vol. 6 no. 1, 1993, pp. 33-59.
  • Stembridge, Christopher. "Quale è il temperamento dell'Arte Organica?", Gli Antegnati: Studi e documenti su una stirpe di organari bresciani del Rinascimento, O. Mischiati (ed.), Bologna, 1995, pp. 25-28.
  • Stephani, Hermann. "Das Vierteltonproblem", Die Musik vol. 15 no. 10, July 1923, pp. 738-741.
  • Stephani, Hermann. "Carl Eitz", Kassel & Basel, 1954.
  • Stephani, Hermann. Zur Psychologie des musikalischen Hörens: Hören wir naturrein, quintengestimmt, temperiert?. Regensburg, 1956.
  • Stevens, Catherine. "Cross-cultural studies of musical pitch and time", Acoustical Science and Technology vol. 25 no. 6, 2004, pp. 433-438.
  • Stevens, Floyd A. A complete course in electronic pianotuning. Nelson Hall Company, Chicago, 1974.
  • Stevens, S.S. and J. Volkmann. "The relation of pitch to frequency: A revised scale", American Journal of Psychology vol. 53, 1957, pp. 377-411.
  • Stevenson, Robert. "Ancient Peruvian Instruments", The Galpin Society Journal vol. 12, May 1959, pp. 17-43.
  • Stevin, Simon. Vande Spiegheling der Singconst en Vande Molens. 1585. Ed. D. Bierens de Haan, Amsterdam, 1884.
  • Stevin, Simon. Vande Spiegheling der Singconst. On the Theory of the Art of Singing. 1585. Bilingual with introduction, A.D. Fokker (ed.), in The Principal Works of Simon Stevin vol. 5, R.J. Forbes; A.D. Fokker; A. Romein-Verschoor (eds.), Amsterdam, 1955-1966, pp. 413-464. Also as offprint.
  • Stieglitz, Robert R. "Minoan Mathematics or Music?", Bulletin of the American Society of Papyrologists vol. 40 no. 1-2, 1978, pp. 127-132.
  • Stierman, Job. De evaluatie van onregelmatige temperaturen. Technical Report nr. 97, Instituut voor Fonetische Wetenschappen, Universiteit van Amsterdam, 1987.
  • Stiles, F.H.E. "An explanation of the modes or tones in the ancient Greek music", Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society vol. 51, 1760, pp. 695–773.
  • Stimson, Albert. Tuning and Temperament In History and Practice (A brief introduction). 2005, 11 pages.
  • Stockhausen, Karlheinz. "Actualia", Die Reihe vol. 1, p. 50. Original German edition 1955, English edition 1958.
  • Stockhausen, Karlheinz. "Komposition 1953 no. 2", Technische Hausmitteilungen des Nordwestdeutschen Rundfunks vol. 6 nos. 1-2, 1954, p. 46.
  • Stockhausen, Karlheinz. Texte zur Musik (1977-1984): Komposition. DuMont, Köln, 1989.
  • Stoddard, Chas. "Microtones & Scale Temperaments for Roland GS & Yamaha XG Synthesizers", WWW, 1993.
  • Stoess, Howard. "History of Tuning and Temperament, annotated outline", WWW, 1999.
  • Stoffels, Ludwig. "Harmonik und Form in einem Bachschen Fugenmodell: Zu den Fugen C-Moll, BWV 847, und C-Dur, BWV 870 (WTK I, 1 und II, 1)", Vogel Festschrift, Gudrun Schröder, Bad Honnef, 1988, pp. 183-212.
  • Stoianov, Stoian. Intonatsiia i muzikalen obraz. BAN, Sofia, 1973, 140 pages.
  • Stone, Kurt. Music Notation in the Twentieth Century. W.W. Norton & Co., New York, 1980.
  • Stone, Reppard. Speculative, practical and historical. PhD thesis, Catholic University of America, 1974, 108 pages.
  • Stone, Thomas. "The Evolutionary Music System", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, fall 1974.
  • Stone, William Henry. The Scientific Basis of Music. Ewer & Co., London, 1878.
  • Stone, William Henry. "On Temperament", Science Lectures at South Kensington, Vol. 2, London, 1879, pp. 157-182.
  • Stoney, William S. "Theoretical Possibilities for Equally Tempered Musical Systems", The Computer and Music, Harry B. Lincoln (ed.), Cornell University Press, Ithaca, 1970, pp. 163-171.
  • Stopper, Bernhard. "Das Duodezimsystem als den natürlichen Teiltonverhältnissen enstprechendes 12-Ton-System", Euro-piano vol. 3, Frankfurt, 1988.
  • Stopper, Bernhard. "Systematisches Oktavstrecken in der Praxis des Klavierstimmens: gleichstufig temperierte Stimmung auf der Basis reiner Duodezimen (Stopper-Stimmung)", WWW, 1998.
  • Stössel, Rudolf. "Konsonante Intervalle", Harmonik & Glasperlenspiel. Beiträge `93, Verlag Peter Neubäcker & freies musikzentrum, München, 1994, pp. 276-306.
  • Stradner, Gerhard. "Zur Stimmtonhöhe der Blasinstrumente zur Zeit Joseph Haydns", In Joseph Haydn, Henle, München, 1986, pp. 81-86.
  • Stradner, Gerhard. "Stimmtonhöhe, Tonarten- und Klangcharakter", Die Klangwelt Mozarts, Kunsthistorisches Museum, Wien, 1991, pp. 109-122.
  • Stradner, Gerhard. "Stellt Michael Pacher 1486 eine Stimmgabel dar?", Musik muß man machen. Festschrift Josef Mertin zum 90. Geburtstag, Vom Pasqualatihaus, Wien, 1994.
  • Stråhle, Daniel P. "Nytt påfund att finna Temperaturen i stämningen för tonerna på Klaveret och dylika instrument", Der Königl. Schwedischen Akademie der Wissenschaften neue Abhandlungen aus der Naturlehre, Haushaltungskunst und Mechanik, 1743, pp. 281-285.
  • Stråhle, Daniel P. "Neue Erfindung, die Temperatur beym Stimmen für die Töne auf dem Claviere u.d.g. Instrumenten zu finden", Der Königl. Schwedischen Akademie der Wissenschaften neue Abhandlungen aus der Naturlehre, Haushaltungskunst und Mechanik vol. 5, Oct-Dec 1743, pp. 226-229.
  • Strange, Paul. "The Logic of Rasa in Java", Indonesia vol. 38, 1984, p. 119.
  • Straub, Hans. "Whole-tone scale in 19-tone equal temperament", WWW, 2007.
  • Strawn, John. "Approximation and Syntactic Analysis of Amplitude and Frequency Functions for Digital Sound Synthesis", The Music machine, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1989.
  • Street, Donald. "The modes of limited transposition", Musical Times vol. 117 no. 1604, October 1976, London, pp. 819-823.
  • Streich, Hildemarie. "Musikalische Temperaturen in psychologischer Sicht", Eranos Jahrbuch vol. 46, 1977.
  • Streich, Rudolf. "Über des Stimmen", Musiktherapeutische Umschau vol. 6 no. 4, 1985, pp. 297-311.
  • Streich, Rudolf. "Gedanken über das gebundene Clavichord", Acta Organologica vol. 23, 1992, pp. 319-338. Summary in French and English.
  • Streitberg, Bernd and Klaus Balzer. "The Sound of Mathematics", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, 1988, Cologne, pp. 158-165.
  • Stroh, Wolfgang Martin. "Programmierte Verstimmung. BASIC-Programmierung von Microtuning", KEYS. Magazin für Keyboard, Computer und Recording vol. 5, Presse Project Verlag, Bergkirchen, 1990, pp. 54-57.
  • Stroh, Wolfgang Martin. Tonsysteme und Stimmungen hören. Microtuning auf MIDI-Instrumenten. Ein Handbuch zum praktischen Experimentieren mit Stimmungen aus Musikkulturen der Welt. Midi-pädagogische Schriftenreihe, Heft 10, Musiklabor Berlin, Berlin, 1994, 140 pages + disk.
  • Stroh, Wolfgang Martin. "'Mira' und die Stimmung des Bremer Gamelan", WWW, 1997.
  • Stroh, Wolfgang Martin. "Musikalische Grenzerfahrungen durch Midifiles?", Praxis des Musikunterrichts, Sonderheft Computer und Musikunterricht, with CD-ROM, 1999.
  • Stroom, Charles. "Stemmingen, een omrekenmethode van cent naar Hertz voor variabele referentietonen", Bouwbrief vol. 30, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 1983.
  • Strunk, W. Oliver (ed.) and Leo Treitler. Source Readings in Music History. W.W. Norton & Co., New York, rev. ed., 1998, 1552 pages.
  • Stryker, Mark. "Sound judgment - Harry Partch", Detroit Free Press, 1998.
  • Stüber, Jutta. Die Intonation des Geigers. PhD diss., Musicology, Bonn, 1988. Orpheus, Band 52, Verlag für Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 1989, 371 pages.
  • Stüber, Jutta. Mozarts Haydn-Quartette: Intonationsanalyse. Orpheus, Band 57, Verlag für Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 1990, 531 pages.
  • Stüber, Jutta. Beethovens Rasumovsky-Quartette op. 59. Intonationsanalyse. Orpheus, Band 60, Verlag für Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 369 pages.
  • Stüber, Jutta. Schuberts Quartett "Der Tod und das Mädchen". Anleitung zur Intonationsanalyse. Orpheus, Band 68, Verlag für Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn.
  • Stüber, Jutta. Anleitung zum Quartettspiel in reiner Stimmung. Orpheus, Verlag für Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 1994, 325 pages.
  • Stuckenschmidt, H.H. Neue Musik. Surkamp, Berlin, 1951. Italian translation La musica moderna, Einaudi, Turin, 1975.
  • Stumpf, Carl. Tonpsychologie. 2 volumes, Hirtzel Verlag, Leipzig, 1883, 427 pages, 1890, 582 pages. Frits A.M. Knuf en E.J. Bonset, Hilversum-Amsterdam, 1965.
  • Stumpf, Carl. "Alexander J. Ellis: On the musical scales of various nations (review)", Vierteljahrschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1886, p. 511.
  • Stumpf, Carl. "Theodor Wittstein: Grundzüge der mathematischphysikalischen Theorie der Musik (review)", Vierteljahrschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 5 no. 2, 1889, pp. 345-347.
  • Stumpf, Carl. "Über vergleichungen von Tondistanzen", Zeitschrift für Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 1, 1890, pp. 419-462.
  • Stumpf, Carl. "Bemerkungen über zwei akustische Apparate", Zeitschrift für Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 6, 1894, pp. 33-43.
  • Stumpf, Carl and Max Meyer. "Maaßbestimmungen über die Reinheit konsonanter Intervalle", Zeitschrift für Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 18, 1898, pp. 321-404.
  • Stumpf, Carl. "Konsonanz und Dissonanz", in: Beiträge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft, no. 1. Leipzig, 1898, pp. 91-107.
  • Stumpf, Carl. "Differenztöne und Konsonanz", Zeitschrift für Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 39, pp. 269-283. Reprint J.A. Barth, Leipzig, 1905.
  • Stumpf, Carl. "Tonsystem und Musik der Siamesen", Beiträge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft vol. 3, 1901, pp. 69-138. Reprint in Sammelbände für vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, München, 1922, pp. 129-177.
  • Stumpf, Carl. "Beobachtungen über Kombinationstöne", Beiträge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft vol. 5, Leipzig, 1910.
  • Stumpf, Carl. "Konsonanz und Konkordanz", Festschrift R. von Liliencron, Leipzig, 1910. Enlarged: "nebst Bemerkungen über Wohlklang und Wohlgefalligkeit", Zeitschrift für Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 58, 1911.
  • Stumpf, Carl. Die Anfänge der Musik. Leipzig, 1911.
  • Sturt, John. The M.L. lute book. London, 1610-1640. Reprint Leslie Hewitt (ed.), Clarabricken, Clifden Co., Kilkenny, 1985.
  • Südland, Norbert. How many Notes has got the Gamut?, WWW, 2004, 7 pages.
  • Sullivan, Anita. The seventh dragon: The riddle of equal temperament. Metamorphous, Lake Oswebo OR, 1985, 78 pages.
  • Sullivan, Blair. "Interpretive Models of Guido of Arezzo's Micrologus", Comitatus: A Journal of Medieval and Renaissance Studies vol. 20 no. 1, Jan. 1989, pp. 20-42.
  • Sullivan, John M. "Equal-Tempered scales with few notes", presentation at Bridges conference, 2000.
  • Sulzer, Johann Georg. Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste, Artikel: Stimmung, System, Temperatur. Leipzig, 1773-1775.
  • Sumner, William Leslie. Bach Organ Temperament. Hinrichsen Edition, New York, 1966.
  • Sundaram, B.M. Palaiyazhi (Musical scales). Murali Ravali Art Centre, Madras, 1979.
  • Sundberg, Johan, and J. Lindqvist. "Musical octaves and pitch", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 54 no. 4, 1973, pp. 922-929.
  • Sundberg, Johan. Musikens Ljudlæra. Hur Tonen Alstra och Uppfattas. Proprius Förlag, Stockholm, 1978.
  • Sundberg, Johan. "Rent och fålskt i klingande praxis", Var hörsel och musiken, 1979, pp. 78-101.
  • Sundberg, Johan. "In tune or not? A study of fundamental frequency in music practise", Speech Transmission Laboratory: Quarterly progress and status report vol. 1982 no. 1, April 1982, pp. 49-78.
  • Sundberg, Johan (ed.) Harmony and Tonality. Papers given at a seminar organized by the Music Acoustics Committee of the Royal Swedish Academy of Music, Publications of the R.S.A.M. no. 54, Stockholm, 1987, 99 pages.
  • Sundberg, Johan. The Science of Musical Sounds. Academic Press, San Diego, 1991.
  • Sundberg, Johan, Anders Friberg and Lars Frydén. "Rules for automated performance of ensemble music", Contemporary Music Review vol. 3, 1989, pp. 89-109.
  • Sundberg, Johan, Anders Friberg and Lars Frydén. "Common Secrets of Musicians and Listeners: An analysis-by-synthesis Study of Musical Performance", in Representing Musical Structure, Peter Howell (ed.), Academic Press, London, 1991, pp. 161-197.
  • Sundberg, Ove Kristian. Pythagoras og de tonende tall. Tanum-Norli, Oslo, 1980.
  • Sundt, Henrik. "Eivind Grovens renstemte orgel", NOTAM, 2003.
  • Supper, Walter. "Eigenartige Pfeifenformen und Stimmvorrichtungen", Acta Organologica vol. 13, 1979, pp. 251-258.
  • Suppig, Friedrich. Labyrinthus musicus Bestehend in einer Fantasia durch alle Tonos, nemlich: durch 12 duros und 12 molles (...) & Calculus musicus. Vom grossen C biss ins kleine C, alle Intervalla gerechnet, durchs gantze Clavier, welkes alle Subsemitonia hat (...) Dispositione et Denominatione allen Commatum des neuen fünff-fachen Transponir-Claviers mit allen Circulus Musicis. Dresden, 1722.
    Facsimile edition of the manuscripts, R.A. Rasch (ed.), The Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1990, 190 pages.
  • Suremain-Missery, Antoine De. Théorie acoustico-musicale, ou De la doctrine des sons rapporteé aux principes de leur combinaison. Ouvrage analytique et philosophique. Firmin Didot, Paris, 1793, 404 pages.
  • Surjodiningrat, W.; R.M. Wasisto; P.J. Sudarjana, and Adhi Susanto. Penjedilikan dalam pengukuran-nada gamelan-gamelan Djawa terkemuka di Jogjakarta dan Surakarta. Univ. Gadjah Mada, Jogjakarta, 1969. English re-edition Tone measurements of outstanding Javanese gamelan in Yogyakarta and Surakarta. Gadjah Mada University Press, Jogjakarta, 1972, 1993, 70 pages.
  • Suzuki, Hideo. "Effect of the inharmonicity of stiff strings on piano tuning", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 75 no. 1 Suppl., 1984, p. 10.
  • Svensson, S.E. "Vårt Tonsystem och dess Temperaturer", Svensk Tidsskrift for Musikforskning, Stockholm, 1950.
  • Swaffield, William Robert. The Effect of Certain Melodic Parameters upon the Ability to Make Fine Tuning Responses in Context. PhD thesis, Musicology, University of Washington, 1972, 124 pages.
  • Sweidel, Martin. "A Short History of Thirty-One Tones to the Octave", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, spring 1979, 8 pages.
  • Swets, Wouter. "Turkish Music, II: Classical and Religious Music by Bernard Mauguin (record review)", Ethnomusicology vol. 16 no. 1, Jan 1972, pp. 149-151.
  • Swets, Wouter. Traditionele Turkse kunstmuziek. Samenvatting van 21 radiolezingen, van oktober 1981 tot februari 1982. KRO, Hilversum, 1983, 180 pages.
  • Swets, Wouter. "The importance of equal comma temperament and comma notation for the art music of Central Asia and for mondial musical practice and its analysis in general", Utrecht Papers on Central Asia. Proceedings of the First European Seminar on Central Asian Studies held at Utrecht, 16-18 December 1985 (Utrecht Turkological Series, No. 2), Utrecht, 1987, pp. 243-254. Also in EJOS vol. 6 no. 19, 2003, pp. 1-11.
  • Swets, Wouter. "Hoe Turks is de cent?", Luister, July/August 1998, pp. 50-51.
  • Swift, G.W. and M. Yunik. "A microprocessor based keyboard instrument for microtonal music", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Venice, 1982, pp. 588-600.
  • Sword, Ron. Tricesimoprimal Scales for Guitar. Self-published, with audio CDs, 2009.
  • Sword, Ron. Bohlen-Pierce Scales for Guitar. Self-published, with audio CD, 2010.
  • Sydenham, Humphrey. The Wel-Tvned Cymball. Humphrey Robinson, London, 1637.
  • Szablonski, B. "Five-tone scales and civilization", Acta musicologica vol. 15, 1943.
  • Szanto, Jonathan. "The Corporeal Group. Fifteen Years with the Harry Partch Ensemble", WWW, 1997.
  • Szanto, Jonathan. "Old Brown Tapes, Shiny Silver Discs", WWW, 1998.
  • Szeider, Stefan H. "The Semantics of Musical Scores - an Approach to the Mechanical Composition of Microtonal Music", Interface vol. 19 no. 2-3, 1990.
  • Szendy, Peter. "De la harpe éolienne à la "toile": fragments d'une généalogie portative", Lire l'Ircam (n° spécial des Cahiers de l'Ircam), 1996, pp. 40-72, and Tr@verses vol. 1, July 1996.

- T -

  • Taddie, Daniel Lawrence. Scale: An Historical Study of Musical Terminology and Concepts. PhD thesis, University of Iowa, 1984, 359 pages.
  • Tagliavini, Luigi Ferdinando. "Considerazioni sulle vicende storiche del 'corista'", L'Organo vol. 12, Bologna, 1974, pp. 119-132.
  • Tagliavini, Luigi Ferdinando. "Note introduttive alla storia del temperamento in Italia", L'Organo vol. 18, Bologna, 1980, pp. 3-14.
  • Tagliavini, Luigi Ferdinando. L'armonico pratico al cimbalo. lettera critica. Olschki, Florence, 1981.
  • Tagore, Râjah Sir Sourindro Mohun (ed.) Hindu music from various authors. Punchanun Mukherjea, Calcutta, 1875. I.C. Bose, Calcutta, 1882. Chowkhamba, Varanasi, 1965.
  • Tagore, Râjah Sir Sourindro Mohun. The sadjagrama and the European Diatonic Scale. Calcutta, 1881.
  • Tagore, Râjah Sir Sourindro Mohun. The musical scales of the Hindus : with remarks on the applicability of harmony to Hindu music. Bengal Academy of Music, Calcutta, 1884. Reprint AMS Press, New York, 1979, 118 pages.
  • Tagore, Râjah Sir Sourindro Mohun. "The twenty-two musical s'ruti's of the Hindus", Calcutta, 1886. Reprint Ann Arbor, 1967.
  • Takaoka, Yuki. "The Process of Constructing and Tuning the gong ageng of Javanese gamelan", Music Cultures in Interaction. Cases between Asia and Europe, Usaburô Mabuchi and Osamu Yamaguti (eds.), Academia Music, Tokyo, 1994.
  • Takis, Stanley John. "A Primer on the Byzantine Musical System Using Western Notation and Theory", WWW, 2005, 8 pages.
  • Tala'i, Dariush. Traditional Persian Art Music: The Radif of Mirza Abdollah. Bibliotheca Iranica: Performing Arts Series No. 3, Mazda Publishers, Costa Mesa CA, 1999, 597 pages plus 5 CDs.
  • Tamba, Akira. "La théorie et l'esthétique musicale japonaises", Publications Orientalistes de France, Paris, 1988.
  • Tanabe, Hisao. "Equal tempered scales of less than 12 tones in the Far East and a new proposal for a 14 tone equal temperament", Journal of the Society for Research in Asiatic Music vol. 9, March 1951.
  • Tanabe, Hisao. Japanese music. Kokusai Bunka Shinkokai, Tokyo, 1959.
  • Tanaka, Shohé. "Studien im Gebiete der reinen Stimmung", Vierteljahrsschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 6 no. 1, Friedrich Chrysander, Philipp Spitta, Guido Adler (eds.), Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1890, pp. 1-90. Reprint R. Schwartz (ed.), Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 10 vols., 5451 pages. English translation of pages 8 to 18 by Daniel J. Wolf, "Studies in the Realm of Just Intonation", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, pp. 118-125.
  • Tanaka, Shohé. "An Investigation of the Tuning of the Siamese Seven Tone Equal Tempered Scale", Journal of the Society for Research in Asiatic Music vol. 9, 1951, p. 1.
  • Tanimura, Koh. "Temperament as Culture", Sound Arts vol. 16, 2000.
  • Tannenberg, David. Ein Aufsatz von der Stimmung einer Orgel. Lititz, 1802. English translation Thomas McGeary "A Treatise on tuning an Organ", The Organ Yearbook vol. 16, 1985, pp. 83-85.
  • Tanner, Robert. "Le problème des rapports simples - notion de psycharithme", Colloque International d'Acoustique Musicale, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique no. 84, Paris, 1958, pp. 83-101.
  • Tanner, Robert. "Le rôle de la fusion dans l'appréciation de la justesse des accords", Colloque International d'Acoustique Musicale, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique no. 84, Paris, 1958, pp. 49-59.
  • Tanner, Robert. La Musique Antique Grecque, expliquée par une conséquence de la théorie psycharithmétique. Richard Massé, Paris, 1961.
  • Tanner, Robert. "Critique de la théorie de 'la résonance'", in coll. inter. CNRS La résonance dans les échelles musicales, E. Weber (ed.), Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1963, pp. 63-100.
  • Tanner, Robert. "La phenomène d'identification par tolerance; le préjuge de la gamme juste", Acustica vol. 25, 1971, p. 158.
  • Tanner, Robert. "Le problème des 'deux tierces'", Acustica vol. 27, 1972, p. 335.
  • Tanner, Robert. La différenciation qualitative des psycha-rithmes et des intervalles musicaux, Numéro speciale (no. 285) de La Revue Musicale, Edt. Richard-Masse, Paris, 1972, 93 pages.
  • Tanner, Robert. "Le problème des 2 tierces (Pythagore et Zarlino) sa solution psycharithmétique et expérimentale", 1972.
  • Tanner, Robert. "La fonction et la justesse mélodiques des intervalles", Acustica vol. 34 no. 5, 1976, pp. 259-268.
  • Tanner, Robert. "L'accord inégal bien tempéré appliqué à un Bösendorfer", 1979.
  • Tannery, P. "Sur les intervalles de la musique grecque", Revue des Etudes grecques vol. 15, 1902, pp. 336-352.
  • Tans'Ur, William. The Elements of Musick Display'd. Stanley Crowder, London, 1767. Book II: Containing, the Structure of Musical Instruments: with the Scale of Musick Applicable to Each; and Direction Thereunto. viz. the Pitch-Pipe and its Use: the Organ, or Harpsichord,: the Bassoon and Haut-boy: the Bass Viol, Violin, and Guittar: the German and Common Flutes.
  • Tappert, Wilhelm. "Das Wohltemperierte Klavier", Monatshefte für Musikgeschichte vol. 31, 1899, pp. 123-127.
  • Tartini, Giuseppe. Trattato di Musica secondo la vera Scienza dell' Armonia. Giovanni Manfrè, Padova, 1754, 175 pages. Deutsche Übersetzung Traktat über die Musik gemäß der wahren Wissenschaft von der Harmonie mit erläuterung von Alfred Rubeli. Verlag der Gesellschaft zur Förderung der systematischen Musikwissenschaft, Düsseldorf, 1966, 397 pages. English translations by Stllingfleet, 1771 and F.B. Johnson (ed.), PhD diss., University of Indiana, 1985.
  • Tartini, Giuseppe. De' principi dell'armonia musicale contenuta nel diatonico genere. Stampa del seminario, Casa Editrice Dott, Antonio Milani, Padua, 1767. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1970.
  • Tastet, Yves. "Arithmétique et musique", Réciproques vol. 5, March 1998.
  • Taylor, Charles Alfred. The Physics of Musical Sound. English University Press, London, 1965.
  • Taylor, Charles Alfred. Exploring Music. The Science and Technology of Tones and Tunes. Institute of Physics Publishing, Bristol/Philadelphia, 1992, 255 pages.
  • Taylor, Nigel. "Tuning, Temperaments and Bells", WWW, 2002.
  • Taylor, Sedley. Sound and music: an elementary treatise on the physical constitution of musical sounds and harmony, including the chief acoustical discoveries of professor Helmholtz. 2nd. ed., London, 1883.
  • Tebaldini, Giovanni. "Giuseppe Tartini. Appunti storico-critici. I: Tartini ed Euler", Gazzetta musicale di Milano vol. 52 no. 31, 5 Aug. 1897, pp. 444-448.
  • Telemann, Georg Philipp. Singen ist das Fundament zur Music in allen Dingen. Eine Dokumentensammlung. Hamburg, 1704-1767. Verlag Philipp Reclam, Leipzig, 1985, 375 pages. Contains: "Letzte Beschäfftigung Georg Philipp Telemanns, im 86sten Lebensjahre, bestehend in einer musikalische Klang- und Intervallen-Tafel", Hamburg, 1767, pp. 266-273, revised version of "Neuen Musikalischen Systems", which Telemann had sent 1742/1743 to Mizler's Societät der musikalischen Wissenschaften, WWW with commentary by Manuel Op de Coul, 2001.
  • Tello, F. Estudios de historia de la teoría musical. Madrid, 1962.
  • Temes, Lorne. letter to Erv Wilson, 4 January 1970, 7 pages.
  • Tempelhoff, Georg Friedrich von. Gedanken über die Temperatur des Herrn Kirnberger, nebst einer Anweisung, Orgeln, Claviere, Flügel, ec. ec. auf eine leichte Art zu stimmen. George Jacob Decker, Berlin/Leipzig, 1775, 37 pages.
  • Tenney, James. "Sound Generation by Means of a Digital Computer", Journal of Music Theory vol. 7 no. 1, 1963, pp. 24-70.
  • Tenney, James. "Computer Music Experiments, 1961-1964", Electronic Music Reports vol. 1, 1969, pp. 23-60.
  • Tenney, James. "About Changes: Sixty Four Studies for Six Harps", Perspectives of New Music vol. 11, 1977.
  • Tenney, James. "John Cage and the Theory of Harmony", Soundings vol. 13, 1984, pp. 55-83.
  • Tenney, James. A History of 'Consonance' and 'Dissonance'. Excelsior Music Publishing Company, New York, 1988, 117 pages.
  • Tenney, James. "Über Probleme der Harmonik", MusikTexte vol. 37, Dec. 1990.
  • Tenzer, Michael. Balinese Music. Periplus Editions, Berkeley, 1991, 143 pages. Tuttle Publishing, 1998.
  • Tenzer, Michael. Gamelan Gong Kebyar: The Art of Twentieth-Century Balinese Music. The university of Chicago Press, Chicago, 2000, 504 pages, 2 CDs.
  • Teodorescu-Ciocanea, Livia. "Timbre versus spectralism", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, pp. 87-104.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Über ein Äquivalenzgesetz für Intervalle akustischer Empfindungsgrößen", Kybernetik vol. 5, 1968, pp. 127-133.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Frequency analysis and periodicity detection in the sensations of roughness and periodicity pitch", in: Frequency Analysis and Periodicity Detection in Hearing, R. Plomp and G.F. Smoorenburg (eds.), Sijthoff, Leiden, 1970, pp. 278-290.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Pitch shifts of harmonics, an explanation of the octave enlargement phenomenon", Proceedings of the 7th international congress on acoustics, Budapest, vol. 3, 1971, pp. 621-624.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Die Tonhöhe harmonischer Klänge und das Oktavintervall", Acustica vol. 24, 1971, pp. 126-136.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Zur Tonhöhenwahrnehmung von Klängen. Psychoakustische Grundlagen, I & II, Acustica vol. 26, 1972, pp. 173-186, 187-196.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Pitch, Consonance and Harmony", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 55 no. 5, May 1974, pp. 1061-1069.
  • Terhardt, Ernst and M. Zick. "Evaluation of the tempered tone scale in normal, stretched, and contracted intonation", Acustica vol. 32 no. 4, 1975, pp. 268-274.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Die Stimmung von Tasteninstrumenten", Instrumentenbau-Zeitschrift vol. 29, 1975, pp. 361-362.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Ein psychoakustisch begründetes Konzept der musikalischen Konsonanz", Acustica vol. 36, 1976, pp. 121-137.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Die Helmholtzsche Theorie der Musikalischen Konsonanz: Missverständnisse, Ergänzungen, Korrekturen", Fortschritte der Akustik (DAGA'76), VDI-Verlag, Düsseldorf, pp. 593-596.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "The two-component theory of musical consonance", in: Psychophysics and Physiology of Hearing, E.F. Evans and J.P. Wilson (eds.), Academic Press, London, 1977, pp. 381-390.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Die psychoakustischen Grundlagen der musikalischen Akkordgrundtöne und deren algorithmische Bestimmung", Tiefenstruktur der Musik, Carl Dahlhaus and M. Krause (eds.), Tech. Univ. Berlin, 1982, pp. 23-50.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "The Concept of Musical Consonance: A Link between Music and Psychoacoustics", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 276-295.
  • Terhardt, Ernst; G. Stoll; R. Schermbach and Richard Parncutt. "Tonhöhenmehrdeutigkeit, Tonverwandtschaft und Identifikation von Sukzessivintervallen", Acustica vol. 61, 1986, pp. 57-66.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Intonation of tone scales: Psychoacoustic considerations", Archives of Acoustics vol. 13, Poland, 1988, pp. 147-156.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Harmony", WWW, 2000.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Octave equivalence", WWW, 2000.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Octave stretch", WWW, 2000.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Stretch of the musical tone scale", WWW, 2000.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Definition of pitch", WWW, 2000.
  • Terhardt, Ernst. "Virtual pitch", WWW, 2000.
  • Ternström, Sten and Johan Sundberg. "Acoustical factors related to pitch precision in choir singing", Speech Transmission Laboratory: Quarterly progress and status report vol. 1982/2-3, October 1982, pp. 76-90.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "Reflections on an improved notation system for 53-equal-temperament and Just Intonation", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 45-58.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. A Short Introduction to the Intonational Research of Siemen Terpstra. Self-published, 1985.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "The Modular Keyboard: Novel Tuning for MIDI Synthesizers", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 1, 11-13.
    revision "The Modular Keyboard: Novel tuning utilities software for MIDI-equipped digital synthesizers" & "Spectrum Keyboard Specifications", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1994, Amsterdam, pp. 139-146.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "The Octave Law and Natural Resonances", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 4-5.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "Polychord 1 and microtonal steel guitar fretboards", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 3 no. 4, December 1987, pp. 3-5.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "Means to Music", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 1, 1988, pp. 11-14.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "Simplified just intonation tuning procedures for strings", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, summer 1988, pp. 6-11.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "31-E.T. symmetry: a brief study with commentary on the Fokker genera", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1988, Haarlem, pp. 51-117.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "Concerning Five", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 2, December 1991, p. 2, 16.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "An Arithmetical Rubric attending the distribution of 'best' multiple-divisions", WWW, 1993.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. An abstract topology of Just Intonation Chromatic Scales. Self-published, 4 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. The Law of the Octave and natural Resonances. Self-published, 7 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. A Table of harmonic Ratios. Self-published, 13 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. A Glossary of terms relating to Harmonics. To be published.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. The Meantone series of Cyclical Temperaments: Introduction and comparative appraisal. Self-published, 83 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. The Matrix Model of musical harmony: the Set of Multiple (or Equal) Divisions. To be published, 150 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. The Laws of Harmonics. To be published.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. An abbreviated Dictionary of 53-et (and Just Intonation) harmonies. Self-published, 600 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. A study in Sets: The Complete Dictionary of harmonies for 5-et and 7-et. Self-published, 25 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. Irregular (Well) Temperaments and the division of the ditonic comma. Self-published, 1993, 168 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "More Notes on Notation", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, 1994, p. 1.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "The Question of Pitch versus Function in the Notation of Multiple Divisions", Proceedings of the Third MNMA Conference, Rotterdam, 1994, Thomas S. Reed (ed.), 1999, pp. 47-50.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. Tuning Practica: How to tune strings into just intervals through the use of string harmonics. Self-published, 41 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. Simplified JI tuning procedures for strings. Self-published, 11 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. Monochord procedures. Self-published, 26 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. A monochord primer. Self-published, 26 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. The Monochord Numbers Reference Material: 3-limit, 5-limit and 7-limit. Self-published, 67 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "An introduction to the monochord", Alexandria vol. 2, 1993, pp. 137-166.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. Homage to Ptolemy: A systematic Generation of the n-limit Just Intonation Tetrachords. Self-published, 65 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. Means and Music: the Generation of consonant Ratios through the application of Means. Self-published, 20 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. A criticism of the article: Aspects of ancient Greek Music. Self-published, 17 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. The Meaning of the Tetractys: Musical symbolism in Pythagorean arithmology. Self-published, 33 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. Aristoxenus and equal temperament: a re-appraisal. Self-published, 29 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. Studies in the Transition from Medieval to Renaissance Tuning Paradigms. Self-published, 37 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. The extended Meantone style of Gesualdo. Self-published, 49 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. Toward a theory of Meantone (and 31-ET) Harmony. Self-published, 31 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. Notes on composition in 31-et and other Multiple-Divisions. Self-published, 57 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. 31-et Symmetry: A brief study (with commentary on the Euler-Fokker genera). Self-published, 69 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. An abbreviated Dictionary of 31-et harmonies. Self-published, 45 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. A Collection of 31-et fingering charts for the enharmonic guitar. Self-published, 100 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. The Complete Dictionary of Harmonic Functions for 12-et. Self-published, 704 pages.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. "A short history of the just intonation tuning culture", part 1: 1/1 vol. 10 no. 1, winter 1998, pp. 1, 10-19. part 2: 1/1 vol. 10 no. 2, fall 1999, pp. 9-18.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. An integrated colour-code for microtonal guitar fret-boards. Self-published, Amsterdam, 1998.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. The set of neutral diatonic modes, WWW, 2010.
  • Terpstra, Siemen. On dominant substitutions, WWW, 2010.
  • Terpstra, Siemen: On chord progressions, WWW, 2011.
  • Terry, K. "LaMonte Young: Avant-Garde Visionary Composer and Pianist", Contemporary Keyboard vol. 6 no. 8, 1980, pp. 12-18.
  • Terwen, Jan Willem. De Lange en de gamelan. Een negentiende-eeuwse ontmoeting tussen Oost en West. MSc report muziekwetenschap, Universiteit van Amsterdam, 2003, 178 pages.
  • Teßmer, Manfred. "Wie war Bachs Wohltemperirtes Clavier gestimmt? Temperaturfragen im Streit der Meinungen", Acta Organologica vol. 25, 1994, pp. 177-202.
  • Texier, Marc. "Les tempéraments, échelles sonores, micro-intervalles: Une nouvelle frontière de la musique", Texte de présentation d'un colloque tenu à l'abbaye de Royaumont, septembre 1996.
  • Thielemans, Pierre. Nouveau traité d'harmonie fondamentale considérée au point de vue théorique et ramenée au système de l'apomécométrie des sons. Schott, Paris, Mainz, 1888.
  • Thiemer, Hannelore. Der Einfluß der Phryger auf die altgriechische Musik. Orpheus, Band 29, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn/Bad Godesberg, 178 pages.
  • Thies, Wolfgang. "Intonationsmessungen an Mikrotonmusik", Ton 4/96-1/97, IGNM, Wien, 1997.
  • Thile, Scott E. "Historical Tuning. Restoring Key Coloration to Period Music", WWW.
  • Thimus, Albert Freiherr von. Die harmonikale Symbolik des Altertums. 2 vols., Köln 1868/1876. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1972, 1988.
  • Thirring, W. "Über vollkommene Tonsysteme", Annalen der Physik vol. 47, 1990, pp. 245-250.
  • Thom, Eitelfriedrich (ed.) "Bericht über das 3. Symposium zu Fragen der Streichinstrumente, Saiten und Stimmungen", Beiheft zu den Studien zur Aufführungspraxis und Interpretation von Instrumentalmusik des 18. Jahrhunderts no. 3. Kultur- und Forschungsstätte, Institut für Aufführungspraxis, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1983.
  • Thomas, Michael. "The Development of the Tuning and Tone Colour of an Instrument made in Venice about 1500", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 1, October 1975, p. 145-153.
  • Thomas, Michael. "The tunings and pitch of early clavichords", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 1, April 1976, pp. 175-180.
  • Thomas, Michael. "The Temperament for Bach's '48'", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 4 no. 2, 1986, p. 18 ff.
  • Thomas, Otis A. "On the Pythagorean Music Tradition", WWW.
  • Thomas, Phillip Eugene. Music for one or more alternately tuned acoustic pianos, 1920-1993: trends in melody, harmony, and technique. PhD thesis, Music History, University of Cincinnati, 1996, 173 pages. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 1996.
  • Thomas, W.R. and J.J.K. Rhodes. "Schlick, Praetorius and the History of Organ-Pitch", 1970.
  • Thompson, John. John Thompson's scale-speller: covering all major and minor scales and key signatures and complete table of intervals. Allan, Melbourne, 1947, 32 pages.
  • Thompson, John. "Guqin articles", WWW, 2004.
  • Thompson, Thomas Perronet. Instructions to my Daughter for Playing on the Enharmonic Guitar. London, 1829.
  • Thompson, Thomas Perronet. Theory and Practice of Just Intonation: With a View to the Abolition of Temperament: as Illustrated by the Description and Use of the Enharmonic Organ, Presenting the Power of Executing with the Simple Ratios in Twenty Keys, with a Correction for Changes of Temperature, Built by Messrs. Robson, 101 St. Martin's Lane, London, for the Exhibition of 1851. Effingham Wilson, London, 1850/1859/1860/1861/1862/1863/1865/1866/1867/1868.
  • Thon, Christian Friedrich Gottlieb. Abhandlung über Klavier-Saiten-Instrumente insonderheit der Forte-Pianos und Flügel, deren Ankauf, Beurtheilung, Behandlung, Erhaltung und Stimmung. 1817, 1843.
  • Thornley Head, Phineas de; et al. Synaesthesia and Pitch-Colour Isomorphism in Three Dimensional RGB Space. BSc thesis, University of Southampton, 1999.
  • Tiby, Ottavio. La musica byzantina. Fratelli Bocia Editori, Milan, 1938.
  • Tiella, Marco. "The Archicembalo of Nicola Vicentino", The Harpsichord Magazine vol. 1 no. 5, 1975, pp. 134-144.
  • Tiella, Marco. "Anmerkungen über das Archicembalo", Das Musikinstrument vol. 24 no, 10, 1975, p. 1237.
  • Tiella, Marco. "L'Archicembalo", Musica Viva no. 1, 1978.
  • Tiella, Marco. "La ricostruzione dell'Archicembalo di Nicola Vicentino (1555) - Primi risultati della spérimentazione di uno strumento cromatico enarmonico", in Strumenti e Musica vols. 1 & 2, Berben, Ancona, 1980.
  • Tiella, Marco. "L'Archicembalo", Musica Antica vol. 1, Pamparato, 1981. Reprint in Musica Antica, 1999.
  • Tiella, Marco. "Progetti storici di strumenti a tastiera con corde pizzicate", 1983.
  • Tiella, Marco. "Scintille di musica, ovvero una mostra musicale didattica - La musica nella teoria rinascimentale - Del modo di accordar gli instrumenti", Scintille di Musica, Accademia Roveretana di Musica Antica, 1987.
  • Tiella, Marco. "Musical experience gained through working with the Archicembalo reconstruction of the chromatic-enharmonic instrument from N. Vicentino, L'Antica Musica Ridotta alla Moderna Prattica, Barre, Roma 1555", Early Music - Context and Ideas, International Conference in Musicology, Krakow, 2002, 10 pages.
  • Tiensuu, Jukka. "A Composer's Thoughts", Finnish Music Quarterly vol. 3, 1989.
  • Tiersch, Otto. System und Methode der Harmonielehre: gegründet auf fremde und eigene Beobachtungen mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der neuesten physikalisch-physiologischen Untersuchungen über Tonempfindungen. Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1868.
  • Tiersch, Otto. Über Tonsysteme und Temperaturen. Berlin, 1875.
  • Tille, Martin. A performer's guide through historical keyboard tunings. Rev. ed., Anderson, Ann Arbor, 1987, 80 pages.
  • Timmermans, Paul. "AUTOBUSK", P-ART Journal vol. 20, WWW.
  • Timmermans, Paul. "One Octave in Thirty-One Steps", P-ART Journal vol. 26, WWW.
  • Tinctoris, Johannes. Liber de natura et proprietate tonorum. 1476. E. de Coussemaker (ed.), Durand, Paris, 1864-1876. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1963. English translation Concerning the Nature and Propriety of Tones by Albert Seay, Colorado College Music Press, Colorado Springs, 1976.
  • Tinctoris, Johannes. Diffinitorium musicae. Treviso, 1495. E. de Coussemaker (ed.), Durand, Paris, 1864-1876. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1963. English translation by Carl Parrish, Dictionary of Musical Terms, London/New York, 1963.
  • Tiozzo, Loris. Gioseffo Zarlino : teorico musicale. Veneta, Conselve PD, 1992, 135 pages.
  • Tipple, Esther. A Graphic Introduction to the Mercator Musical Cycle. Cambridge MA, 1946.
  • Tipple, Esther. "Mercator Tuning Fork Experimentation with 'Harmonic Union Creation'", Darshana: An International Quarter of Philosophy, Psychology, Psychical Research, Religion, Mysticism & Sociology vol. 1 no. 3, August 1961, Moradabad, India, pp. 81-85.
  • Tittle, Martin B. "A Performer's Guide through Historical Keyboard Tunings", The Diapason vol. 834, May 1979, pp. 8-16.
  • Tittle, Martin B. A Performer's Guide through Historical Keyboard Tunings. Rev. ed. Anderson Press, Ann Arbor MI, 1987, 80 pages.
  • Titus, Barbara. "René Descartes' Compendium Musicae", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 2 no. 3, 1997.
  • Toch, Ernst. "The Expanding Harmonic Universe", in The Shaping Forces in Music, Criterion Music Corporation, New York, 1943, pp. 42-58.
  • Tokawa, Seiichi. "Yogo chou wo megutte", Hattori Festschrift, Ongakunotomo, Tokyo, 1986, pp. 495-517.
  • Tokita, Alison McQueen. "Mode and scale, modulation and tuning in Japanese shamisen music: the case of Kiyomoto narrative", Ethnomusicology vol. 40 no. 1, 1996, pp. 1-33.
  • Tolar, Gerhard. "Stimmung von Tasteninstrumenten", WWW, 2001.
  • Tolonen, Jouko. Mollisoinnun ongelma ja unitaarinen intervalli - ja sointutulkinta (The Problem of the Minor Chord and a Unitary Interpretation of Intervals and Chords). PhD diss., Helsinki, 1969.
  • Tomes, Ray. "Automatic Just Intonation", WWW, 1996.
  • Toncitch, Voya. "Monocorde bien tempéré", Schweizerische Musikzeitung no. 4, July-Aug 1972.
  • Toncitch, Voya. "Contribution à la recherche des origines esthétique de la pensée musicale contemporaine", Anuario Musical Barcelona vol. 27, 1972-73.
  • Toncitch, Voya. "Dodécaphonie et système de 24 et 31 tons", Revue Musicale de Suisse vol. 113 no. 5, Septembre-Octobre 1973, pp. 274-278.
  • Toncitch, Voya. "Philosophie de la musique contemporaine. Dialectique du son. Contribution à la recherche", Revue de l'Université d'Ottawa vol. 45 no. 2, April-June 1975. Also in Impressions sur impressionnisme, Anuario musical vol. 36, Instituto español de musicología, 1981, Barcelona, 1982.
  • Toop, Richard. "Stockhausen's Electronic Works: Sketches and Work-Sheets from 1952-1967", Interface vol. 10 no. 3-4, 1981, pp. 149-197.
  • Toop, Richard. "Sulle Scale Della Fenice", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, 1991, pp. 72-92.
  • Toschi, Andrea. "Un modello geometrico del sistema tonale", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 3, 1985, pp. 458-470.
  • Tosi, Pier Francesco. Opinioni de cantori antichi e moderni o sieno Osservazioni sopra il canto figurato. Lelio dalla Volpe, Bologna, 1723, 1742, 1743. English translation Observations on the Florid Song by M. Pilkington, 1987. Facsimile reprint (with Agricola 1757), Erwin R. Jacobi (ed.), Hermann Moeck, Celle, 1966. Reprint Broude Brothers, New York, 1968.
  • Tosone, Jim. "'Tuning in' to vihuela music", Guitar Review no. 85, spring 1991, pp. 16-17.
  • Toth, Andrew. "Representation of Balinese Gamelan Tunings", paper read at the 88th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, 1980, Montréal.
  • Toth, Andrew. "Balinese gamelan tunings" (in Indonesian), Mudra, special edition February 1993, pp. 92-117, STSI Denpasar.
  • Touma, Habib Hassan. "The Maqam Phenomenon: An Improvisation Technique in the Music of the Middle East", Ethnomusicology vol. 15 no. 1, pp. 38-48.
  • Touma, Habib Hassan. Der Maqam Bayati im arabischen Taksim. PhD thesis, Freie Universität Berlin, 1968. English translation, 1980.
  • Touma, Habib Hassan. Die Musik der Araber. Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1975, 192 pages. French translation by Christine Hétier La musique arabe. Collection des traditions musicales, Buchet/Chastel, Paris, 1977. English translation by Laurie Schwartz The music of the Arabs, Amadeus Press, Portland, 1996, 238 pages.
  • Touma, Habib Hassan. "World History of Music - History of Arabian Music: A Study", the world of music vol. 22 no. 3, 1980, pp. 66-75.
  • Touma, Habib Hassan. "Basics of Ratio in Arab Music. The schismatic Permutation of Safiyyuddin al-Urmawi", Lux Oriente. Festschrift Robert Günther zum 65. Geburtstag, Gustav Bosse-Verlag, Kassel, 1995.
  • Tournatoris. L'art musical relatif à l'accord du piano...et l'art de faire la conquête des belles. Aubry, Paris, 1810.
  • Toussaint, Godfried. "The Euclidean Algorithm Generates Traditional Musical Rhythms", expanded version of a paper in Proceedings of BRIDGES: Mathematical Connections in Art, Music and Science, Banff, July 31-August 3, 2005, pp. 47-56.
  • Touze, M. "Sur les modes musulmans", Revue musicale vol. 7 no. 1, 1925.
  • Tozian, Gregory. "Harry Partch: The Dreamer Whose Instruments Still Remain", Organica, summer 1989.
  • Tracey, Andrew. "The Tuning of Mbira Reeds: A Contribution to the Craft of Mbira Making", Journal of African Music vol. 4 no. 3, 1969, pp. 96-100.
  • Tracey, Andrew. "The Original African Mbira?", Journal of African Music vol. 5 no. 2, 1972, pp. 85-104.
  • Tracey, Andrew (ed.) "The scales of some African musical instruments", LP notes, Sound of Africa series, 17 pages.
  • Tracey, Hugh. "Towards an Assessment of African Scales", African Music Society Journal vol. 2 no. 1, 1958, pp. 15-20.
  • Tracey, Hugh. "Measuring African Scales", African Music Society Journal vol. 4 no. 3, 1969, pp. 73-77.
  • Tracey, Hugh. "The mbira class of instruments in Rhodesia (1932)", African Music Society Journal vol. 4 no. 3, 1969, pp. 78-95.
  • Traficante, Frank. "Lyra viol tunings: 'All ways have been tryed to do it'", Acta musicologica vol. 42 no. 3-4, 1970, pp. 183-205.
  • Tramo, M.J.; P.A. Cariani; B. Delgutte and L.D. Braida. "Neurobiological foundations for the theory of harmony in western tonal music", Annals of the New York Academy of Science vol. 930, 2001, pp. 92-116.
  • Trân Van Khê, M. "Is the pentatonic scale universal?", The world of music vol. 19 no. 3/4, 1977, pp. 62-86.
  • Trân Van Khê, M. "Vietnam", The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, London, 1980.
  • Trân Van Khê, M. Einführung in die Musik Vietnams. Taschenbücher zur Musikwissenschaft Band 79, Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1982.
  • Trân Van Khê, M. Traditions musicales de l'Asie et du Pacifique comme source d'inspiration pour la création musicale contemporaine, CNRS, Paris, 1987, 25 pages. English translation.
  • Ph. J. Trayser & Cie, anonymus. Testimonials, etc. (Translations) relating to the 'Enharmonium', invented by Shohé Tanaka. London, 1891, 20 pages. English translation of Aufsätze, Gutachten etc. über das Enharmonium von Dr. Shohé Tanaka verfertigt durch Ph. J. Trayser & Cie. Harmonium-Fabrik in Stuttgart, Stuttgart, 1892.
  • Trehorning, Pär. "Digitålt eller 'riktiga pipor'? Det finns plats för bäda!", Kyrkomusikernas tidning vol. 54, 1988, pp. 291-293.
  • Tresilian, David. "Notes from a musical life. Rodolphe d'Erlanger: La Musique arabe, 1930 - 1959 (book review)", Al-Ahram Weekly Online no. 577, 14 March 2002.
  • Troeger, Richard. "Flexibility in well-tempered tuning", Diapason vol. 73 no. 6, June 1982, pp. 6-7.
  • St. Trond, Rudolf von. Quaestiones in musica. 12th century, Breitkopf und Härtel, Leipzig, 1911.
  • Troost, Hans. "Das Wohltemperierte Klavier. Oorspronkelijke klanken op de piano door oude stemmingen", WWW, 2006.
  • Troost, Hans. "Stemmingen – verschillende toonsystemen in de muziekpraktijk", WWW, 2006.
  • Troost, Hans. "Auf die Ohren achten", WWW, 2009. English translation "Care for your ears". French translation "Prenez soin de vos oreilles". Italian translation "Attenzione alle orecchie". Norwegian translation "Ta vare på ørene". Japanese translation.
  • Troost, Hans. "Zachte Stemtechniek", WWW, 2009. English translation "Soft Tuning Technique", WWW, 2009.
  • Trost, Joh. Caspar senior. Parergon 7: Ausrechnung des Clavecymbal-Claviers Joh. Alberti Ban. Nürnberg, 1677.
  • Trost, Joh. Caspar senior. Ausführliche Beschreibung deß Neuen Orgelwercks auf der Augustus-Burg zu Weißenfels. Nürnberg, 1677.
  • Trotschel, Heinrich R. "Zur Wiedergabe des Continuo in Johann Sebastian Bachs Kantaten", Musik und Kirche vol. 51 no. 1, 1981, pp. 19-28.
  • Trotter, J.R. "The psychophysics of melodic interval: Definitions, techniques, theory and problems", Austrian Journal of Psychology vol. 19, 1967, pp. 13-25.
  • Truax, Barry. "Organizational Techniques for C:M Ratios in Frequency Modulation", Computer Music Journal vol. 1 no. 4, 1978, pp. 39-45. Reprinted in Foundations of Computer Music, C. Roads and J. Strawn (eds.), MIT Press, Cambridge MA, 1985.
  • Truesdell, Clifford. "Joseph Sauveur", MacMillan, London, 1980.
  • Trünstedt, Wolf-Dieter. "Das Teilton-Feld, auch Lambdoma genannt, unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des Terzenfeldes", Harmonik und Glasperlenspiel, Beiträge 1994, Verlag Peter Neubäcker, München, 1995.
  • Tsuda, Michiko. "Jiuta shamisen tuning: a study of its history and development", Toyo ongaku kenkyu vol. 34-37, Oct. 1971, pp. 84-124.
  • Tsuge Gen'ichi. "Notation in Persian Music", the world of music vol. 20 no. 2, 1978, pp. 119-120.
  • Tucker, Tui St. George. "Composing with Quarter-tones for Recorder", Ear Magazine East vol. 6 no. 3, April-May 1981, pp. 6-7.
  • Tucker, Tui St. George. "Composing with Quarter-tones and Chart", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, 1990, pp. 26-28.
  • Tucker, Tui St. George. "Alto Recorder Finger Chart Showing Quarter Tones", published with: Sonata and Romanza for Solo Recorder by Tui St. George Tucker, Anfor Editions, New York, 1970.
  • Tuinstra, Stef. "De geschiedenis van de orgelbouw in Groningen", Het historische orgel in Nederland 1790-1818, Jan Jongepier (ed.), Amsterdam, 1999.
  • Tulgan, Ömer. 2006. "Makam Mûsikîsi Perdelerinin Sirri – Dedüktif bir Deneme", Müzik ve Bilim Dergisi no. 7, March 2007.
  • Tunks, Thomas W. "Defining tuning errors for simultaneous tones", Psychomusicology: A Journal of Research in Music Cognition vol. 2 no. 1, 1982, pp. 14-20.
  • Tunley, David. "Tunings and transpositions in the early 17th-century French lute air", Early Music vol. 21, 1993, pp. 203-212.
  • Tura, Yalçin. "Koma", 1981, Türk Mûsikîsinin Mes’eleleri (Problems of Turkish music), Pan Yayincilik, Istanbul, 1988, pp. 111-115.
  • Tura, Yalçin. "Türk Mûsikîsi Nazariyatina Giris. Türk Mûsikîsi Ses Sistemi", 1982, Türk Mûsikîsinin Mes’eleleri, Pan Yayincilik, Istanbul, 1988, pp. 174-206.
  • Tura, Yalçin. "Arel-Ezgi Sistemi Türk Mûsikîsi Sistemi midir?", Türk Mûsikîsinin Mes’eleleri, Pan Yayincilik, Istanbul, 1988, pp. 119-157.
  • Turin, Luca. "The sound of impossible objects" (William Sethares: Tuning Timbre Spectrum Scale book review), NZZ Folio no. 4, 2008.
  • Türk, Daniel Gottlob. Klavierschule oder Anweisung zum Klavierspielen für Lehrer und Lernende, mit kritischen Anmerkungen. Schwickert, Leipzig; Hemmerde und Schwetschke, Halle, 1789, 1802. Reprint 1967. English translation by Raymond Haggh, Lincoln NB, 1982. Facsimile reprint, Siegbert Rampe (ed.), Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1997.
  • Türk, Daniel Gottlob. Anleitung zu Temperaturberechnungen, für diejenigen, welche in dem arithmetischen Theile der Musik keinen mündlichen Unterricht haben können; insbesondere aber für die Besitzer des Kirnbergerschen Werkes: die Kunst des reinen Satzes etc. von Daniel Gottlob Türk, Doctor der Philosophie und Musikdirektor in Halle. Halle, 1808, 572 pages. Reprint, Schriften des Händel-Hauses in Halle Nr. 15, Konstanze Musketa (ed.), Händel-Haus, Halle an der Saale, 1999, 600 pages.
  • Tuzzi, Claudio. Clavicembali e Temperamenti. Associazione Clavicembalistica Bolognese, 1989.
  • Tyler, Chris. "Musical Tuning and Temperament", WWW, 2002.
  • Tyler, James, Charles Dobson and Ephraim Segerman. "The tunings of the four-course French cittern and of the four-course guitar in the sixteenth century", Lute Society Journal vol. 16, 1974, Great Britain, pp. 17-23.
  • Tymoczko, Dmitri. "Three Conceptions of Musical Distance", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Tyndall, John. Sound; a course of eight lectures delivered at the Royal Institution of Great Britain. London Longmans, Green and Co., 1867.

- U -

  • Ugolino Urbevetanis. Ugolini Urbevetani Declaratio Musicae Disciplinae. Rome, 15th century. Albert Seay (ed.), Corpus Scriptorum de Musica 7 (3 vols.), American Institute of Musicology, Rome, 1962. In vol. 3: Tractatus monochordi.
  • Ulich, Johann. Wenn man ein Clavessin oder Clavichordium will stimmen. Germany, c.1730?
  • Unnerbäck, Axel. "Orgeln i Tyska kyrkan – Orgeln i Övertorneå", Övertorneåprojektet. Om dokumentationen av orgeln i Övertorneå och rekonstruktionen av 1684 års orgel i Tyska kyrkan, Lena Weman Ericsson (ed.), Luleå University of Technology, Luleå, 1997, pp. 27–65. English translation, pp. 179–198.
  • Al-Urmawî, Safiyuddîn. Kitâb al-adwâr fi al-Musiqa (Book on the cyclic forms of musical modes). Baghdad, c. 1252. French translation by F.R. d'Erlanger, 1938. See also F. Sezgin (ed.), Ed. Eckhard Neubauer, Frankfurt a.M., 1984, 246 pages, also contains al-Risâla al-Sharafîya fi'l-nisab al-ta'lîfîya (Treatise dedicated to Sharaf al-Dîn on Proportions in Musical Composition). Turkish edition, Nuruosmaniye Kütüphanesi, No. 3653/1, Istanbul.
  • Uzdilek, Salih Murad. Ilim ve Mûsikî. Istanbul Belediyesi Konservatuari Nesriyati, Istanbul, 1944.

- V -

  • Vail, Mark. "The Fairlight CMI - Trailblazing Megabuck Sampler", Keyboard vol. 18 no. 8, August 1992, pp. 136-137.
  • Valentini, Pier Francesco. Il leuto anatomizzato.... Rome, c.1642-1645.
  • Valentini, Pier Francesco. Come l'Autore.... e la constituzione con toni, semitoni e con tutti gli altri intervalli eguali e qual'ordine habbia tenuti. Rome, c.1642-1645.
  • Valentini, Pier Francesco. Monochordo et nova costitutione di musica et accordatura di cimbali, d'arpa, d'organo e simili istrumenti.... Rome, c.1642-1645.
  • Valenzuela, Pedro Michaca. "La Heterofonía Basada en la Escala 7a de la Serie de los Armónicos Naturales", Heterofonía vol. 5 no. 29, 1973, pp. 5-11.
  • Valla, Georgius (ed.) Cleonides, Harmonicorum introductorium. Venice, 1497.
  • Vallotti, Francesco Antonio. Letter to F.M. Preti. Padova, Bibl. Antoniana 6 January 1735.
  • Vallotti, Francesco Antonio. Trattato delle musica moderna. 1670.
  • Vallotti, Francesco Antonio. Della Scienza Teoretica e Prattica della Moderna Musica. Padua, 1779, 1950.
  • Vandenheede, Jan. "Jonathan Harvey's Ritual Melodies", Interface vol. 21 no. 2, 1992, pp. 149-183.
  • Vandermonde, Alexandre-Theophile. "Système d'harmonie applicable à l'état actuel de la musique", Journal des sçavans December 1778.
  • Vandermonde, Alexandre-Theophile. "Second mémoire sur un nouveau système d'harmonie applicable à l'état actuel de la musique", Journal des sçavans Jan/Feb. 1781, Paris.
  • Vanni, Stefano. Recanetum de musica aurea. Valerius Doricus, Rome, 1533. Reprint Forni, Bologna, 1969.
  • Van Troyer, Akito and Jim Hearon. "Aspects of Sahnsi and Polos in Balinese Gamelan Instruments", Csound Journal no. 8, spring 2008.
  • Varadarangan, Krishna Iyengar. Srutis and Srutibheda. Lalitha Prakashana, Bangalore, 2002, 161 pages.
  • Varadarangan, Krishna Iyengar. Shruti Lakshana Prakashini (in Kannada). Navabharati Publishers, Mysore, 2005.
  • Varela, L.T. "Novaro Novaro, Augusto", Diccionario de la Música Española e Hispanoamericana, 1999.
  • Varella, Domingo de S. José. Compendio de musica....melhores methodos d'affinar Organo, Cravo &c... Porto, 1806.
  • Varieschi, Gabriele U. and Christina M. Gower. "Intonation and Compensation of Fretted String Instruments", arXiv 0906.0127, 5 Sep 2009, 26 pages.
  • Vassilakis, Pantelis. "Auditory roughness estimation of complex spectra - roughness degrees and dissonance ratings of harmonic intervals revisited", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 110 no. 5, 2001, p. 2755.
  • Vaughn, Kathryn. Perceptual and cognitive implications of the tambura drone: Figure-ground interaction with ten North Indian scale types. PhD diss., U. of California, Los Angeles, 1991, 262 pages.
  • Vaughn, Kathryn and Edward C. Carterette. "Mode and mood in North Indian râga", Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Music Perception & Cognition, European Society for the Cognitive Sciences of Music, Liège, pp. 111-113.
  • Veale, Peter and Claus-Steffen Mahnkopf. The Techniques of Oboe Playing: A Compendium with Additional Remarks on the Oboe d'Amore and the Cor Anglais. Bärenreiter Verlag, 1995. German translation Die Spieltechnik der Oboe. Ein Kompendium mit Anmerkungen zur gesamten Oboenfamilie. With CD, Bärenreiter Verlag, 1998.
  • Veen, Hugo van. "Nogmaals: stemmen en stemmingen", Het Orgel vol. 67 no. 10, 1971.
  • Veer, Ram Avtar. Theory of Indian Music. Pankaj Publications, New Delhi, 1980.
  • Vega, Carlos. "Tonleitern mit Halbtönen in der Musik der alten Peruaner", Acta Musicologica vol. 9, 1939, p. 41.
  • Velasco-Urda, J. Julián Carrillo: Su vida y su obra. Mexico City, 1945.
  • Veldcamps, Aegbert Enno (Aeneas). Onderrichtinge wegens eenige perioden tegens hem uitgegeven in het boek, genaamt 'Oorspronk en voortgang der orgelen'. Klaas Mol, Alkmaar, 1727, 37 pages. Reprint Arend Jan Gierveld (ed.), Bibliotheca Organologica vol. 13, Frits Knuf, Buren 1985.
  • Vendome, Richard. "The calculation and evaluation of keyboard temperaments by computer", Informatique et musique: Orsay 1981, pp. 227-242.
  • Vendrix, Philippe. (ed.) Music and Mathematics in late medieval and early modern Europe. Brepols Publishers, Turnhout, 2008, 394 pages.
  • Venkataraman, P. "Collection of Some Ragas and Compositions", WWW.
  • Vente, Maarten Albert. "Aeneas Egbertus Veldcamps, Drager van oudhollandse Orgeltradities (1686-1741)", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 20 no. 4, Amsterdam, 1967, pp. 249-264.
  • Vente, Maarten Albert. Vijf eeuwen Zwolse orgels. Een terugblik naar aanleiding van het 250-jarig bestaan van het Schnitgerorgel in de St. Michaels- of Grote Kerk te Zwolle 1721-1971. Bibliotheca organologica vol. 49, Uitgeverij Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1971, 82 pages + ill.
  • Venturino, Paolo; Giampiero Bof and Graziano Interbartolo. BACH 1722. Il temperamento di Dio. Edizioni Bolla, Melodia srl, Scandicci, 2008, 136 pages.
  • Verdi, Luigi. L'uso delle scale sintetiche nella musica del XX secolo: tecniche compositive e analitiche. Composition course, Accademia Filarmonica di Bologna, Jan.-Nov. 1994.
  • Verdi, Luigi. Organizzazione delle altezze nello spazio temperato. Diastema Analisi 4, Associazione 'Ensemble 900', Treviso, Oct. 1998, 384 pages.
  • Vereertbrugghen, Liesbet. "'Juistheid' en het gebruik van ongelijk zwevende stemmingen in het samenspel met oude instrumenten, in het bijzonder in bezettingen met blokfluiten", Musica Antiqua, 1984.
  • (anon.) Verhandeling, over de Muziek; Waer in men tracht, de zelve tot meerder klaerheit te brengen, van het overtollige te zuiveren, ze gemakkelyker in de beoeffening te maeken en eenen grooteren trap van volkoomenheit te doen bereiken; ten welken einde, Het rechte gebruik der Nooten, Sleutels, Maet- en andere Tekenen wordt opgegeeven, ...als mede Hoe men de Klawier instrumenten tot volkoomenheit kan brengen, met eene beschryving van een nieuw uitgevonden Klavesimbel, waer op alle moogelyke klanken zuiver zyn. Jan Abraham Bouvink, 's-Gravenhage, 1777, 379 pages.
  • Vermeij, Koen. Tuning and Maintenance of the Clavichord. Bilingual English/Dutch, Het Nederlands Clavichord Genootschap & British Clavichord Society, Sidcup, 1987.
  • Vermeij, Koen. "Clavichorden; stemming en onderhoud", deel I: Bouwbrief vol. 58, 1990, pp. 3-6; deel II: Bouwbrief vol. 59, Vereniging Huismuziek, Utrecht, 1990, pp. 3-6.
  • Vermeulen, Ernst. "Lamento Pacis van Ton de Leeuw", Sonorum Speculum no. 39, Amsterdam, 1969, pp. 23-32.
  • Vermeulen, Greta. "Pitch Problems of a Performer", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985.
  • Vermeulen, Matthijs. Princiepen der Europese Muziek. Uitgeversmaatschappij Holland, Amsterdam, 1949, 153 pages.
  • Vermeulen, R. "Melodic Scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 20 no. 4, July 1948, pp. 545-549.
  • Vernon, M. Analogy of the Laws of Musical Temperament to the Natural Dissonance of Creation. Whittingham, London, 1867.
  • Vetter, Manfred. "Alois Hába zu Besuch in der DDR. Anregungen zu einem neuen Musikverständnis", Gedanken zu Alois Hába, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
  • Vetter, Roger. "Flexibility in the performance practice of central Javanese Music", Ethnomusicology vol. 25, May 1981.
  • Vetter, Roger. "A retrospect on a century of gamelan tone measurements", Ethnomusicology: Journal of the Society for Ethnomusicology vol. 33 no. 2, spring-summer 1989, pp. 217-228.
  • Viaene, Dirk. Muziektheorie. WWW, 2004, 55 pages.
  • Vicentino, Nicola. L'antica musica ridotta alla moderna prattica. Antonio Barre, Rome, 1555, 1557. Facsimile edition by Edward E. Lowinsky (ed.), Documenta Musicologica 17, 1st ser., Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1959. English translation Ancient music adapted to modern practice by Maria Rika Maniates (ed.), Claude V. Palisca (ed.), Yale University Press, New Haven CT, 1996, 487 pages.
  • Vicentino, Nicola. Descrizione dell'arciorgano. Nicolo Bevil'acqua, Venice, 1561.
  • Vichney, Dimitri. "Notes sur l'évangile rouge de Ivan Wyschnegradsky", Les Cahiers du CIREM no. 14-15, PUT, Tours, 1990, pp. 186-223.
  • Vicinanca, Domenico. "Paths on the Stern-Brocot Tree and Winding Numbers of Modes", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Barcelona, 2005.
  • Vicol, Adrian. "Contributii la cercetarea monografica a tambalului", Revista de etnografie si folclor vol. 15 no. 5, Rumania, 1970, pp. 355-374.
  • Videgdorchik, Isaak. "New ideas in plate tuning", Journal of the Violin Society of America vol. 8 no. 3, 1987, pp. 76-109.
  • Vidyasankar, S. "The Theory of 22 Srutis", WWW, 1994.
  • Vier, Peter. "Bachs Tonsprache und die mitteltönige Orgel", Ars organi vol. 33 no. 1, 1985, pp. 3-12.
  • Vier, Peter. "Die Orgelstimmung Gottfried Silbermanns nach Georg Andreas Sorge", Ars organi vol. 34 no. 1, 1986, pp. 14-21.
  • Vier, Peter. "Zur Frage der Rekonstruierung historischer Stimmungen", Acta Organologica vol. 19, 1987, pp. 216-238.
  • Vier, Peter. "Die Stimmweise der alten Meister", Acta Organologica vol. 21, 1990, pp. 103-120.
  • Vieru, Anatol. Cartea modurilor. Editura Muzicala, Bucarest, 1980. English translation The book of modes, Editura Muzicala, Bucarest, 1993.
  • Vieru, Anatol. "Diatonicity and chromaticity", Muzica vol. 21, 1995, pp. 64-68.
  • Vigder, Scott. "A table of quarter-tone fingerings for the bassoon", The Double Reed vol. 4 no. 2, 1981.
  • Vigreux, Philippe (ed.) Musique arabe : le congres du Caire de 1932. Contents: Les documents du premier Congres sur la musique arabe, Le Caire, 1932 (Qasr al-Ghoury, 25-28 mai 1989) -- Le Congres de musique arabe du Caire dans la presse egyptienne (janvier-juin 1932), CEDEJ, Cairo, 1992, 440 pages.
  • Villard, Jean Albert and J.M. Bourot. "Le tempérament mésotonique et la partition de Dom Bédos de Celles", Paris, Sept. 1965.
  • Villoteau, Guillaume André. Mémoire sur la possibilité et l'utilité d'une théorie exacte des principes naturels de la musique. l'Imprimerie impériale, Paris, 1807.
  • Vincent, Heinrich Josef. Die Neuklaviatur. Ihre Vortheile gegenüber den Nachteilen der alten. Ein Aufruf zur Beherzigung an alle Musiker und Dilettanten, Klavier-Lehrer und Fabrikanten. Adolf Hothan, Malchin, 1875.
  • Virdung, Sebastian. Musica getutscht und ausgezogen durch Sebastianum Virdung Priesters von Amberg und alles Gesang auss den Noten in die Ta-bulaturen diser benanten dryer Instrumenten der Orgeln, der Lau-ten und der Flöten transferieren zu lernen Kurtzlich gemacht zu Er-en den hoch wirdigen hoch gebornen Fürsten und herren: Herr Wilhalmen Bischove zü Straszburg, seynem gnedigen herren. Michael Furter, Basel, 1511. Reprint Leo Schrade, Kassel, 1931. Facsimile reprint Klaus Wolfgang Niemöller (ed.), Documenta musicologica 1st ser., XXXI, Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1970. French and Dutch translation Livre plaisant... et Dit is een school boecxke, Antwerp, 1529, 1568. Reprint J.H. van der Meer (ed.), Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1973. English translation by Beth Bullard, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1993.
  • Viret, Jacques. "Music, numbers, space: Some 'Pythagorean' meditations: Musique, nombres, cosmos: Quelques réflexions 'Pythagoriciennes'", International review of the aesthetics and sociology of music vol. 17 no. 2, December 1986, Croatia, pp. 147-161.
  • Viret, Jacques. "La musique occidentale classique est-elle anti-traditionnelle?", Connaissance des Regligions vol. 10 no. 3-4, October/December 1994, pp. 265-281.
  • Vitale, R. "La Musique sumero-akkadienne - Gamme et Notation musicale", Ugarit-Forschungen vol. 14, 1982, pp. 241-263.
  • Vitale, Wayne. "Balinese Kebyar Music Breaks the Five-Tone Barrier", Perspectives of New Music vol. 40 no. 1, 2002.
  • Vitali, Alexandre J.H. "Regola per accordare clavicembalo o spinetta, Lugo di Romagna", 2nd half 18th cent.
  • Vitry, Philippe de. Ars Nova. Paris, 1322-1323. English translation by Leon Plantinga, "Philippe de Vitry's Ars Nova: a translation", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5, 1961, p. 204.
  • Vogel, Harald. "Tuning and temperament in the North German school of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries", Charles Brenton Fisk, Organ Builder: Essays in His Honor, Fenner Douglass, Owen Jander and Barbara Owen (eds.), Westfield Center for Early Keyboard Studies, Easthampton MA, 1986, pp. 237-266.
  • Vogel, Harald. "North German organ building of the late seventeenth century: Registration and tuning", J.S. Bach as organist: His instruments, music, and performance practices. Translated by Lynn Edwards and Edward Pepe, Indiana U., Bloomington, 1986, pp. 31-40.
  • Vogel, Harald. "Der Wandel der Orgelstimmung", English translation "The alteration of organ tuning" by Susan Marie Praeder, French translation "L'évolution du tempérament" by Christian Lutz, booklet CD-box Dietrich Buxtehude, Complete Organ Works, Harald Vogel, organ. MDG 314 1438-2, 1988, 163 pages.
  • Vogel, Harald. "Mitteltönig--Wohltemperiert: Der Wandel der Stimmungsästhetik im norddeutschen Orgelbau und Orgelrepertoire des 17. und 18. Jahrhunderts", Jahrbuch alte Musik vol. 1, Thomas Albert and Gisela Jaacks (eds.), 1989, Florian Noetzel, Wilhelmshaven, pp. 119-151. English translation, Harald Vogel, 1989.
  • Vogel, Harald. "Zur Stimmung der Orgel in der Deutschen Kirche in Stockholm", in Övertorneåprojektet. Om dokumentationen av orgeln i Övertorneå och rekonstruktionen av 1684 års orgel i Tyska kyrkan, Lena Weman Ericsson (ed.), Musikhögskolan i Piteå und Luleå tekniska universitet, Luleå, 1997, pp. 27–65. Swedish translation, pp. 161–168.
  • Vogel, Martin. Zahl 7 in der Spekulativen Musiktheorie. unpublished PhD thesis, 1955.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Blechblasinstrumente mit Umstimmhebel", Instrumentenbau-Zeitschrift vol. 14, October 1959, 2 pages.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Die Musikschriften Leonhard Euler", in the preface to Euleri opera omnia, series III, vols. 11-12, Zürich, 1960.
  • Vogel, Martin. Die Intonation der Blechbläser. Neue Wege im Metallblasinstrumentenbau. Orpheus Schriftenreihe zur Grundfragen der Musik, Band 1, Düsseldorf, 1961, 104 pages.
  • Vogel, Martin. Die Enharmonik der Griechen. Teil 1: Tonsystem und Notation, 152 pages. Teil 2: Der Ursprung der Enharmonik, 189 pages. Orpheus Schriftenreihe zur Grundfragen der Musik, Band 3 & 4, Düsseldorf, 1963.
  • Vogel, Martin. "An den Grenzen des Tonsystem" (At the frontier of tone system), Musica vol. 17, 1963, pp. 155-158.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Arthur von Oettingen und der harmonische Dualismus", in Beiträge zur Musiktheorie des 19. Jahrhunderts, Regensburg, 1966, pp. 103-132.
  • Vogel, Martin. Apollinisch und Dionysisch. Geschichte eines genialen Irrtums. Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1966.
  • Vogel, Martin. Die Kirnberger Stimmung vor und nach Kirnberger. Beethovenhaus, Bonn, 1967.
  • Vogel, Martin. Die Zukunft der Musik. Band 8 der Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik. (Volume 8 in the Orpheus library of fundamental questions in music.) Gesellschaft zur Forderung der systematischen Musikwissenschaft, Düsseldorf, 1968, 231 pages.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Funktionszeichen auf akustischer Grundlage", Zeitschrift für Musiktheorie vol. 1, 1970, pp. 5-19.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Laßt sich die Reine Stimmung verwirklichen?", Bericht über den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß, Leipzig 1966, 1972, pp. 397-406.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Schönberg und die Obertöne", Kongreß-Bericht Berlin 1974, pp. 562-567.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Ton und Zahl", Vortrag a.d. Tagung 'Mathematik und Musik', Darmstadt, 1975.
  • Vogel, Martin. Die Lehre von den Tonbeziehungen. Orpheus, Band 16, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1975, 480 pages. English translation On the Relations of Tone by Vincent Jean Kisselbach and edited by Carl A. Poldy, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1993.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Reine Stimmung und Temperierung", Musik und Zahl, Günther Schnitzler (ed.), Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976, pp. 265-293.
  • Vogel, Martin. Chiron, der Kentaur mit der Kithara. Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1978.
  • Vogel, Martin. Musiktheater I, Die Krise des Theaters und ihre Überwindung. Orpheus: Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik vol. 30, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 1980, 460 pages.
  • Vogel, Martin. Musiktheater II, Lehrstücke. Bonn, 1981, 464 pages.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Bruckner in Reiner Stimmung. Eine Analyse des Orgelpräludiums in C-Dur", Bruckner-Jahrbuch 1981, F. Grasberger (ed.), Linz, 1982, pp. 159-166.
  • Vogel, Martin. Anleitung zur harmonischen Analyse und zu reiner Intonation. Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1984, 209 pages.
  • Vogel, Martin. Schönberg und die Folgen: Die Irrwege der Neuen Musik. Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1984, 2 vols.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Mikrotöne im Rahmen der reinen Stimmung", Mikrotöne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 127-150.
  • Vogel, Martin. Denkschrift zum Bau von Tasteninstrumenten in reiner Stimmung. Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1986, 20 pages.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Der Bau von Tasteninstrumenten in reiner Stimmung", Das Orchester vol. 34 no. 6, 1986, pp. 631-639.
  • Vogel, Martin. Die enharmonische Gitarre. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik no. 45. Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1986, 264 pages.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Erfahrungen mit Bunden bei der Geige", Hamburger Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 9, 1986, pp. 201-208.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Die Berechnung emmelischer und ekmelischer Mehrklänge", Mikrotöne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 65-72.
  • Vogel, Martin. Musiktheater V: Stücke für Salzburg. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik no. 50, Verlag für Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 1988, 478 pages.
  • Vogel, Martin. Das Problem der Ventilkombinationen bei Blechblasinstrumenten. Musikinstrumente neu, Bd. 1, Nürnberg, 1988.
  • Vogel, Martin. Tasteninstrumenten in reiner Stimmung. Musikinstrumente neu, Bd. 6, Nürnberg, 1988.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Vierteltöne bei den Griechen", Mikrotöne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
  • Vogel, Martin. Die Naturseptime. Ihre Geschichte und ihre Anwendung. Orpheus, Band 61, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1991, 510 pages.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Ausführbare Vierteltöne", Mikrotöne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, München, 1993, pp. 191-204.
  • Vogel, Martin. "Chromatische und enharmonische Musik & Musikinstrumente des 16. und 17. Jahrhunderts", Kolloquium der Schola Cantorum Basiliensis, Hochschule für Alte Musik Basel, und des Musikwissenschaftlichen Instituts der Universität Basel am 9. April 2002, Martin Kirnbauer and Thomas Drescher (eds.), Schweizer Jahrbuch für Musikwissenschaft vol. 22, 2002, pp. 302-316.
  • Vogel, C.J. de. Pythagoras and early Pythagoreanism. Assen, 1966.
  • Vogel, A. von. "Über den Zusammenhang zwischen Rauhigkeit und Modulationsgrad", Acustica vol. 32, 1975, pp. 300-306.
  • Voigt, Dieter. "Ungleichstufige Temperierungen, aber wie?", International Society of Organbuilders Journal vol. 8, 2000, pp. 51-65.
  • Voigt, Wolfgang. Dissonanz und Klangfarbe. Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1985.
  • Voisin, Frédéric. "La modelisation des systèmes d'accord des xylophones centrafricains", Analyse musicale no. 23, April 1991, pp. 42-46.
  • Voisin, Frédéric. "Musical scales in Central Africa and Java: Modeling by synthesis", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 4, 1994, pp. 85-90.
  • Volk, Anja. Ein Hebungskriterium für affine Endomorphismen endlich erzeugter Z­Moduln und dessen musiktheoretische Bedeutung (A lifting criterion for affine endomorphisms of finitely generated Z-modules and its music-theoretic meaning). Master thesis, Humboldt University Berlin, 1998, 59 pages.
  • Volkov, Andrei and Jorge Merino. "Musica y Matemáticas", WWW.
  • Vorreiter, Leopold. "Bau und Stimmung der antiken Syringe (Pan-Flöten und Pan- Pfeifen)", Archiv für Musikorganologie vol. 1 no. 1, December 1976, pp. 16-33.
  • Vos, Gert. Algebraïsche toonsystemen. MSc thesis, Universiteit van Amsterdam, 1993, 61 pages.
  • Vos, Joos. "The perception of pure and mistuned musical fifths and major thirds: Thresholds for discrimination, beats and identification", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 32, 1982, pp. 297-313.
  • Vos, Joos. "Spectral Effects in the perception of pure and tempered intervals: Discrimination and beats", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 35, 1984, pp. 173-185.
  • Vos, Joos. "Purity rating of tempered fifths and major thirds", Music Perception vol. 3 no. 3, spring 1986, pp. 221-258.
  • Vos, Joos. "Subjective acceptability of various regular twelve-tone tuning systems in two-part musical fragments", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 83 no. 6, 1988, pp. 2383-2392.
  • Vos, Joos and Ben G. van Vianen. "Thresholds for discrimination between pure and tempered intervals: the relevance of nearly coinciding harmonics", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 77, 1985, pp. 176-187.
  • Vries, Leo de. "Pleidooi voor een nieuwe indeling van het klavier. Een nieuw notatiesysteem", Mens en Melodie vol. 35 no. 9, Sept. 1980, pp. 425-431.
  • Vries, Leo de. "Het chromatisch klavier en het voortekenloos notatiesysteem", Mens en Melodie vol. 36 no. 9, Sept. 1981, pp. 424-429.
  • Vries, Leo de. "Het is tijd voor een fijnere toonindeling", Mens en Melodie vol. 38 no. 8, Aug. 1983, pp. 322-324.
  • Vries, Leo de. "Een tonale ordening in de kwarttoonsmuziek", Mens en Melodie vol. 38 no. 11, Nov. 1983, pp. 474-480.
  • Vries, Leo de. "Continue tonaliteit met doortransponerende toongeslachten" (through-transposing tonalities), Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1992, Amsterdam, pp. 88-110.
  • Vries, Leo de. "Some more 18 note scales in the 72 note system", Jaarboek van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 1994, Amsterdam, pp. 152-154.
  • Vries, Leo de. "Fifth and Relatives", Proceedings of the Third MNMA Conference, Rotterdam, 1994, Thomas S. Reed (ed.), 1999, pp. 41-42.
  • Vries, Leo de. "Een tonale ordening in de kwarttoonsmuziek", in Zuiver muzikaal, programmatoelichting van het microtonaal festival ter gelegenheid van 50 jaar Huygens-Fokker, Haarlem, 6-13 oktober 1996, pp. 34-40.
  • Vries, Leo de. "A solution to the microtone-keyboard problem", Music Notation News vol. 8 no. 4, MNMA, 1998, pp. 4-7.
  • Vries, Leo de. "Microtone Scales in Equal Temperament Tone Systems", Thirty One vol. 1, Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 2004, pp. 37-51.
  • Vries, Leo de. "The Keyboard-Notation coherence and a variable keyboard", Thirty One vol. 1, Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 2004, pp. 53-63.
  • Vries, Leo de. "Du-Tri, a Refined Time Notation", Thirty One vol. 1, Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 2004, pp. 65-68.
  • Vries, Leo de. "The Violalino as microtonal bowing instrument", Thirty One vol. 1, Stichting Huygens-Fokker, 2004, pp. 69-77.
  • Vuylsteke, Hubert A. "Notre Gamme Musicale Occidentale", Journal des Ingenieurs de L.H.T.B. no. 3, April 1952, pp. 15-17. English translation "The true occidental musical scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 24 no. 1, 1952, p. 87.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "Alois Hába als Kompositionslehrer", Sbornik praci filosoficke fakulty Brnenskè University vol. 14, Brno, 1965, pp. 379-387.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "K habovu postaveni ve vyvoji ceskè a evropske moderni hudby", HV vol. 3, 1965, p. 567.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "Prvni ctvrttonovè sklaby Aloise Háby", Hudebni Veda Académie Tchèque Ved. 4, Prague, 1966, pp. 607-622.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "Zu Hába's Symphonischer Phantasie Op. 8", Sbornik praci filosofickè fakulty Brnenskè University vol. 17, Brno, 1968, pp 75-85.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "L'origine, l'apparition et la fonction du quart de ton dans l'oeuvre de Georges Enesco", Studii de muzicologie vol. 4, Bucarest, 1968, pp. 253-259.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "Ivan Vyschnegradskij, kapitolaze zapomenutych hudenich avantgard", Opus Musicum I, Brno, 1969, pp. 30-40.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. Alois Hába. Brno, 1970. Prague, 1974.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "A note on Alois Hába", Musical Times vol. 114, Jan. 1973, pp. 591-592.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. and J. Pauer. "Rozlouceni s Aloisem Hábou", HRo vol. 26, 1973, p. 530.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "Alois Hába : muz hudebniho a positickèho pokroku", OM vol. 6, 1974, p. 2.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "Svoboda, struktura a forma v hudbe Aloise Háby", Opus musicum vol. 23 no. 3, 1991, pp. 81-84.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "Alois Hába und das moderne Wien", Österreichische Musikzeitschrift, 1993, pp. 476-477.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "Alois Hába in der Musikentwicklung des 20. Jahrhunderts", Gedanken zu Alois Hába, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
  • Vyslouzil, Jirí. "Alois Hába heute", Gedanken zu Alois Hába, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Müller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.

- W -

  • Waage, Harold M. "The Intelligent Keyboard", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985, pp. 1, 12-13.
  • Waage, Harold M. "Keyboard Controlled Just Intonation Computer", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, p. 6.
  • Waage, Harold M. "Approximation By Proportional Addition: A Method of Deriving Various Microtonal Scales", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 7-9.
  • Waage, Harold M. "Anomalies in Chords Derived from Chains of Thirds", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, summer 1988, pp. 1, 14.
  • Waage, Harold M. "Comments on Intelligent Keyboard", Computer Music Journal vol. 12 no. 2, summer 1988, p. 10.
  • Waage, Harold M. "Liberation for the Scale-Bound Consonance", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 3, March 1992, pp. 1, 6-10.
  • Waage, Harold M. "Harold Waage replies", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 4, 1992, p. 16.
  • Waage, Harold M. "A Keyboard Game of 'Expansion-Contraction'", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, 1996, p. 4.
  • Wachsmann, Klaus P. "An equal-stepped tuning in a Ganda harp", Nature vol. 165, London, Jan. 1950, pp. 40-41.
  • Wachsmann, Klaus P. "Pen-Equidistance and Accurate Pitch, a Problem from the Source of the Nile", Festschrift für Walter Wiora, Kassel and Basel, 1967, pp. 583-592.
  • Wachsmann, Klaus P. (ed.) Essays on Music and History in Africa. Northwestern University Press, Evanston IL, 1971.
  • Waerden, Bartel Leendert van der. "Die Harmonielehre der Pythagoreer", Hermes vol. 78, 1943, pp. 163-199.
  • Waerden, Bartel Leendert van der. Science awakening. Groningen, 1954.
  • Waerden, Bartel Leendert van der. "Große Tertz, Oktave und Harmonie", Museum Helveticum vol. 17, 1960, pp. 111-114.
  • Waerden, Bartel Leendert van der. Die Pythagoreer. Artemis, Zürich, 1979.
  • Waesberghe, Joseph Smits van. Musikerziehung: Lehre und Theorie der Musik im Mittelalter. VEB Deutscher Verlag für Musik, Leipzig, 1969.
  • Wager-Schneider, John. "The Microtonal Guitar", Guitar & Lute vol. 16, January 1981, pp. 42-45; vol. 17, April 1981, pp. 32-34; vol. 19, October 1981, pp. 28-31; vol. 20, January 1982, pp. 20-22; vol. 21, March 1982, pp. 33-34.
  • Wagner, C. "Der Klangtrinker", Neue Zeitschrift für Musik vol. 3, 1999, pp. 16-19.
  • Wagner, Karl. "Ekmelik – ein Weg in die Zukunft?", Österreichische Musikzeitschrift vol. 26. no. 8, 1971, pp. 457-458.
  • Wagner, Karl. "Neues über ekmelische Musik", Österreichische Musikzeitschrift vol. 28. no. 2, 1973, pp. 88-89.
  • Waitzman, Mimi S. "Meantone Temperament in Theory and Practice", In theory only vol. 5 no. 4, May 1981, pp. 3-15.
  • Walcker-Mayer, Werner. Die römische Orgel von Aquincum. Mw. Verlag, Ludwigsburg, 1970, 118 pages.
  • Walin, Stig. "Zur Frage der Stimmung von den Buxtehude-Orgeln", Svensk Tidskrift för Musikforskning, vol. 44, 1962, pp. 13–29.
  • Walker, Daniel P. Studies in Musical Science. London, 1978.
  • Walker, David Pickering. 17th Century scientists' view on intonation and the nature of consonance. 1977.
  • Walker, David Pickering. Studies in Musical Science in the Late Renaissance. Series: Warburg Institute studies vol. 37, Warburg Institute, London, 1978, 174 pages.
  • Walker, Douglas. "The Golden Net (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
  • Walker, Douglas. The Roots of Meaningfulness: An Investigation into Harry Partch's Treatment of Speech in his Music. Unpublished manuscript, 1977.
  • Walker, Douglas. "Three Short Preludes: The Dayspring, Music for 19-tone Clavichord", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1978.
  • Walker, D.P. "Joan Albert Ban and Mersenne's Musical Competition of 1640", Music and Letters vol. 57, 1976, pp. 233-255.
  • Walker, D.P. Studies in Musical Science in the Late Renaissance. Warburg, 1978.
  • Walker, D.P. "Vincenzo Galilei e Zarlino", La musica nella Rivoluzione Scientifica del Seicento, Paolo Gozza (ed.), Il Mulino, Bologna, 1989, pp. 179-186.
  • Walker, Elaine. 'Chaos Melody Theory' Chaos Controller - a stand alone MIDI instrument that uses Chaos Melody Theory. MA thesis, Music Technology, New York University, 2001.
  • Walker, Elaine. The Bohlen-Pierce Scale: Continuing Research. MA thesis, Music Technology, New York University, 2001, 18 pages.
  • Walker, Jonathan. "Intonational Injustice: A Defense of Just Intonation in the Performance of Renaissance Polyphony", Music Theory Online vol. 2 no. 6, Sept. 1996.
  • Walker, Robert. Musical Beliefs: Psychoacoustic, Mythical and Educational Perspectives. Teachers College Press, Columbia University, New York, 1990.
  • Walker, Robert. "Cents and Ratios", WWW, 2001.
  • Wall, Edmund C. "How to Tune the Woodwinds in Orchestras and Bands", Tempo vol. 1 no. 5, May 1934.
  • Waller, St. Die Grundtheorie des Vierteltonsystems. Edition Fichtner, Budapest, 1936.
  • Wallis, John. "Dr. Wallis' letter to the publisher, concerning a new musical discovery", Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London no. 12, 1677, pp. 839-842.
  • Wallis, John. "A Letter of Dr. John Wallis to Samuel Pepys Esquire, Relating to some Supposed Imperfections in an organ", Philosophical Transactions no. 242, 1698, p. 249.
  • Wallis, John (ed.) Ptolemaeus, Porphyrius, Bryennius, Operum mathematicorum volumen tertium. Oxford, 1699.
  • Walliser, Konrad. "Über die Spreizung von empfundenen Intervallen gegenüber mathematisch harmonischen Intervallen bei Sinustonen", Frequenz vol. 23 no. 5, May 1969, pp. 139-143.
  • Wallot, Julius. "A. v. Oettingen. Die Grundlage der Musikwissenschaft und das duale Reininstrument" (review), Beiblätter zu den Annalen der Physik vol. 54, 1919, p. 841.
  • Wallot, Julius. "Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von J. Würschmidt über 'Logarithmische und graphische Darstellung der musikalischen Intervalle'" (review), Zeitschrift für Physik vol. 4, 1921, pp. 157-160.
  • Walter, Klaus. "Der sächsische Orgelbauer Christian Friedrich Göthel 1804 - 1873", Acta Organologica vol. 20, 1988.
  • Walton, Susan Pratt. Sindhèm and Pathet. MA thesis, University of Michigan, 1973.
  • Walton, Susan Pratt. Mode in Javanese music: Pathet and Sindhèn. Ann Arbor, 1979, 253 pages. Ohio University, Center for International Studies, Athens OH, 1987.
  • Wang, Bárbara. "Algunos temperamentos históricos para instrumentos de teclado", WWW.
  • Wang, Di. "Questions Concerning the Temperament System of Guqin Music" (colloquy with comrade Chen Yingshi) (in Chinese), Music Study, 1991, no. 4, pp. 37-41.
  • Wang, Yaohua. "Chinese Music in Okinawa: A Comparison of Chinese Music with Ryukyu Music", Musical Performance vol. 2 no. 2, 1998, pp. 53-65.
  • Wantzloeben, Sigfrid. Das Monochord als Instrument und als System. Halle, 1911.
  • Ward, J.M. The Vihuela da Mano and its Music (1536-1576). Diss. New York Univ., 1953.
  • Ward, W. Dixon. "Subjective Musical Pitch", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 26 no. 3, 1954, pp. 369-380.
  • Ward, W. Dixon. The Subjective Octave and the Pitch of Pure Tones. Unpublished PhD thesis, Harvard University.
  • Ward, W. Dixon and W. Martin. "Psychophysical comparison of just tuning and equal temperament in sequences of interval tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 33 no. 5, May 1961, pp. 586-588.
  • Wardhaugh, Benjamin. "The Logarithmic Ear: Pietro Mengoli's Mathematics of Music", Annals of Science vol. 64 no. 3, July 2007, pp. 327-348.
  • Wardhaugh, Benjamin. Music, experiment and mathematics in England, 1653–1705. Farnham, Ashgate, 2008, 220 pages.
  • Warfield, Gerald. "The Notation of Quarter-Tones", Contemporary Music Newsletter vol. 7 no. 5, 1973, pp. 3-5.
  • Warnke, Krista. Experimentelle Untersuchung zur Tonhöhenwahrnehmung. Veröffentlichung der Staatlichen Instituts für Musikforschung Preussische Kulturbesitz Berlin vol. 8, Arno Volk, Köln, 1976, 102 pages.
  • Warren, Ambrose. The Tonometer: Explaining and Demonstrating, by an easie Method, in Numbers and Proportion, All the 32 distinct and different Notes, Adjuncts or Suppliments Contained in Each of Four Octaves inclusive, of the Gamut, or Common Scale of Musick. With their exact Difference and Distance. Whereby the Practitioner on any Key'd, or Fretted Instrument, may easily know how to Tune the same. And also, with great exactness, how to Transpose any Musick fom one Key to another, Sharp or Flat, Higher or Lower, With proper Sharps and Flats thereto. J. Cluer and Alex. Campbell, London, 1725, 24 pages.
  • Warren, Richard M. "Helmholtz and His Continuing Influence", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 253-275.
  • Wartena, Christian. "Boventonen", WWW, 2000.
  • Warszawski, Jean-Marc. "Bibliographie musicale de Boèce", WWW, 2003.
  • Wason, Robert W. Viennese Harmonic Theory from Albrechtsberger to Schenker and Schönberg. Studies in Musicology no. 80, UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor MI, 1985.
  • Wason, Robert W. et al. "Translation of Richard Münnich's 'Von Entwicklung der Riemannschen Harmonielehre und ihrem Verhältnis zu Oettingen und Stumpf'", Indiana Theory Review vol. 16 no. 1-2, 1995.
  • Watanabe, Kimiko. Gamelan no onritsu. Master of Arts dissertation, Musicology: Tokyo U. of Fine Arts and Music, 1975, 83 pages.
  • Waters, Paul. A method of fretting the viol in 31 note equal temperament. Including performance of music composed by Nicola Vicentino. Project completed as part of B.Sc., LGU, May 1997.
  • Wathen, Michael J. "Greek Number and Music Theory", Piano Technicians Journal, April 1994.
  • Watkins, Anthony. "Scale, key, and contour in the discrimination of tunes and mistuned approximations to melody", Perception and psychophysics vol. 27 no. 4, April 1985, pp. 275-285.
  • Wauchope, Ken. "Just Intonation from Leaky Keyboards", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 8-9.
  • Way, D. Jacques. The Tuning and Maintenance of Harpsichords. Zuckermann Harpsichords, 1995.
  • Wead, Charles Kasson. "Contributions to the History of Musical Scales", Report of the U.S. National Museum 1900, Washington DC, 1902, pp. 421-462.
  • Wead, Charles Kasson. "Early Musical Scales in the Light of the Twentieth Century", Papers of the Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters vol. 4, 1924, p. 43.
  • Webb, S. "Quarter-Tones", The Musical Times vol. 76 no. 1103, January 1935, pp. 60-61.
  • Weber, E. (ed.) La résonance dans les échelles musicales. Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1963, 402 pages.
  • Weber, Max. Die rationalen und soziologischen Grundlagen der Musik. Mohr, Tübingen, 1921, 1972, 77 pages. English translation The Rational and Social Foundations of Music, 1958.
  • Weber, Wilhelm. "Über die Tarti'nischen Töne", Poggendorff's Annalen vol. 15, 1829, pp. 216-222.
  • Webster, J.C. "Internal tuning differences due to players and the taper of trumpet bells", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 21 no. 3, 1949, pp. 208–214.
  • Wedgewood, R.B. The music theories of Camille Durutte, a contribution to the study of nineteenth century French music theory. PhD thesis, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1976, 260 pages. Ann Arbor University Microfilms.
  • Wegschneider, Kristian. "Temperierungsprobleme in der Praxis des heutigen Orgelbauers am Beispiel der großen Silbermannorgel im Freiberger Dom: Einige Gedanken zu den 5 Werckmeistertemperaturen von 1691", Bericht über das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 56-76.
  • Wegschneider, Kristian and Hartmut Schütz. "Orgeltemperatur: Ein Beitrag zum Problem der Rekonstruktion historischer Stimmungsarten bei Orgelrestaurierungen", Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein vol. 5, Eitelfriedrich Thom (ed.), Kultur- und Forschungsstätte Michaelstein, Blankenburg/Harz, 1988, 148 pages.
  • Wegschneider, Kristian. "Zwei Stimmungsarten in einer Orgel - Möglichkeiten der Realisierung", Restaurierungswerkstatt für Orgeln Kristian Wegscheider, Dresden, December 1996.
  • Wegschneider, Kristian. "H.C. Snerha und die Bach-Stimmung: Eine unglaubliche Begebenheit aus dem Jahr 1973", Vom rechten Thon der Orgeln und anderer Instrumente. Festschrift Christian Ahrens zum 60. Geburtstag, Birgit Abels (ed.), Forschungs- und Gedenkstätte Heinrich-Schütz-Haus, Bad Köstritz, 2003, pp. 205-209.
  • Weidenaar, Reynold Henry. The Telharmonium: A History of the First Music Synthesizer, 1893-1918. PhD thesis, New York University, 1988.
  • Weidenaar, Reynold Henry. "The alternators of the Telharmonium, 1906", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, McGill University, Montréal, 1991, pp. 311-314.
  • Weidenaar, Reynold Henry. Magic Music from the Telharmonium. Based on the PhD thesis, The Scarecrow Press Inc., Metuchen NJ, 1995, 436 pages.
  • Weigel, Erhard. Tetractys, summum tum arithmeticae tum philosophiae discursive compendium. Jena, 1673.
  • Weinberger, N.M. "Music and the Auditory System", The Psychology of Music, Diana Deutsch (ed.), Academic Press, New York, 1999, p. 67.
  • Weinreich, Gabriel. "Coupled piano strings", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 62, 1977, pp. 1474-1484.
  • Weinreich, Gabriel. "The coupled motions of piano strings", Scientific American, Jan. 1996, pp. 94-102.
  • Weinreich, Gabriel. "Comment vibrent les cordes d'un piano?", Sons et musique, 1980, pp. 40-48.
  • Weinstein, David. "Bohemiola: Tuning Specifications for the Piano", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, pp. 26-27.
  • Weintraub, Andrew N. Constructing the Popular: Superstars, Performance, and Cultural Authority in Sundanese Wayang Golek Purwa of West Java, Indonesia. PhD diss., Univ. of California, Berkeley, 1997.
  • Weintraub, Andrew N. "Instruments of Power: 'Multi-Laras' Gamelan in New Order Indonesia", Ethnomusicology vol. 45 no. 2, 2001, pp. 197-227.
  • Weisse, Fritz. "Der Bekanntheitsgrad der Lieder des EKG - Eine Frage ihrer Intervallstruktur?", Musik und Kirche vol. 48 no. 2, 1978, pp. 65-70.
  • Weisstein, Eric W. "Eric's Treasure Trove of Music", WWW, 1999.
  • Weitbrecht, W. "Über den Einfluß nichtlinearer Verzerrungen auf die Hörbarkeit von Verstimmungen musikalischer Intervalle", Fernmeldetechnische Zeitschrift vol. 3, 1950, pp. 336-345.
  • Welch, Graham. "A schema theory of how children learn to sing in tune", Psychology of Music vol. 13 no. 1, 1985, pp. 3-18.
  • Wellek, Albert. "Viertelton und Fortschritt", Zeitschrift für Musik vol. 92, 1925, pp. 352-357, 461-462. English translation "Quarter-Tones and Progress" by Theodore Baker, Musical Quarterly vol. 2, 1926, pp. 231-237.
  • Wellek, Albert. "Die Aufspaltung der 'Tonhöhe' in der Hornbostelschen Gehörpsychologie und die Konsonanztheorie von Hornbostel und Krueger", Zeitschrift für Musikwissenschaft vol. 16, 1934, p. 481 ff, 537 ff.
  • Wellek, Albert. "Die Mehrseitigkeit der Tonhöhe als Schlüssel zur Systematik der musikalischen Erscheinungen", Zeitschrift für Psychologie vol. 134, 1935.
  • Wellek, Albert. "Gehörphysiologie", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart Band 4, Friedrich Blume, Kassel/Basel, 1955.
  • Wellek, Albert. Musikpsychologie und Musikästhetik. Grundriß der systematischen Musikwissenschaft. Frankfurt a.M., 1963.
  • Weller, A.H. Versuch einer Anleitung, Klaviere und Orgeln auf eine leichtere und zuverlässigere Art als die gewöhnliche zu temperiren. Peters, Leipzig, 1817.
  • Weman Ericsson, Lena (ed.) Övertorneåprojektet. Om dokumentationen av orgeln i Övertorneå och rekonstruktionen av 1684 års orgel i Tyska kyrkan. Musikhögskolan i Piteå und Luleå tekniska universitet, Luleå, 1997.
  • Werbeck-Svärdström, Valborg. Die Schule der Stimmenthüllung. Goetheanum Verlag.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas. Orgel-Probe. Frankfurt a.M./Leipzig, 1681.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas. Musicae mathematicae hodegus curiosus. Quedlinburg, 1686, Frankfurt/Leipzig, 1687. Reprint 1972.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas. Musicalische Temperatur, Oder deutlicher und warer Mathematischer Unterricht / Wie man durch Anweisung des Monochordi ein Clavier / sonderlich die Orgelwerke / Positive, Regale, Spinetten / und dergleichen wol temperirt stimen könne / damit nach heutiger manier alle Modificti in einer angenehm- und erträglichen Harmonia mögen genommen werden / Mit vorhergehender Abhandlung ... der Musicalischen Zahlen / ... Welche bey Einrichtung der Temperaturen wohl in acht zu nehmen sind, Quedlinburg, 1691. Reprint R.A. Rasch (ed.), Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1983. Other reprint Rüdiger Pfeiffer (ed.), Die Blaue Eule, Essen, 1996, 138 pages. English translation by Elizabeth Hehr, thesis paper, Oberlin University.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas. Hypomnemata musica, oder musicalisches Memorial, welches besteht in kurtzer Erinnerung dessen, so bisshero unter guten Freunden discursweise, insonderheit von der Composition und Temperatur möchte vorgangen seyn. Zu eigener Nachricht auffgesezzet, und denen musical-Lernend- und Liebenden zum besten, den Druck übergeben. Th. Ph. Calvisius, Quedlinburg, 1697, 44 pages. Facsimile reprint Hildesheim, 1970.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas. Die nothwendigsten Anmerckungen und Regeln, wie der Bassus continuus oder General-Bass wol könne tractiret werden. G.E. Struntz, Aschersleben, 1698, 72 pages. 2nd edition, 1715. English translation Brief remarks on how one can tune and temper a keyboard instrument well by Paul Poletti, WWW, 2007.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas. Erweiterte und verbesserte Orgel-Probe. Quedlinburg, 1698. Aschersleben, 1716. Leipzig, 1754. Augsburg, 1783. Reprint Bärenreiter, Kassel, 1927, 1970. Olms, 1972. English translation Werckmeister's Erweiterte und verbesserte Orgel-Probe in English by Gerhard Krapf, Sunbury Press, Raleigh NC, 1976. Dutch translation Orgelproef by Jacob W. Lustig, Amsterdam, 1755. Re-edition A. Bouman, Baarn, 1968. French translation "L'orgelprobe de Werckmeister" by Hippolyte Cellier, L'orgue vols. 98, 101, 102, 1961-1962, pp. 48-50, 19-20, 34-37.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas (ed.) Agostino Steffani...Sendschreiben...ins Hoch-deutschen befördert (translation with comments of Quanta certezza habbia da suoi principii la musica by Steffani, Amsterdam, 1694). Quedlinburg/Aschersleben, 1699.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas. Cribrum musicum, oder musicalisches Sieb, darinnen einige Mängel eineshalb gelehrten Componisten vorgestellt. J.G. Carln, Quedlinburg/Leipzig, 1700, 1783. Reprint, 1970.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas. Harmonologia musica oder kurtze Anleitung zur musicalischen Composition, wie man vermittels der Regeln und Anmerckungen bey den General-Bass einen Contrapunctum simplicem mit sonderbahrem Vortheil durch drey Sätze oder Griffe componiren und ex tempore spielen: auch dadurch im Clavier und Componisten weiter zu schreiten und zu variiren Gelegenheit nehmen könne: benebst einem Unterricht, wie man einen gedoppelten Contrapunct und mancherley canones oder fugas ligatas, durch sonderbahre Griffe und Vortheile setzen und einrichten möge, aus denen mathemathischen und musicalischen Gründen aufgesetzet und zum Drucke heraus gegeben durch Andream Werekmeistern. Quedlinburg, 1702. Theodor Philipp Calvisius, Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1702, 142 pages. Reprint Olms, 1972. Laaber Reprint vol. 2 (with Musikalische Paradoxal-Discourse), Dietrich Bartel (ed.), with introduction in German and English, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2003, 277 pages.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas. Organum Gruningense redivivum oder kurtze Beschreibung des in der Gruningenschen Scholos-Kirchen berühmten Orgel-Wercks Wie dasselbe anfangs erbauet und beschaffen gewesen: Und wie es antzo auf allergnaligsten Befehl Sr. Kön. Preuß. Majestät ist renoviert und merklich verbessert worden. Quedlinburg/Aschersleben, 1705. Reprint Paul Smets, Mainz, 1932. English translation in PhD thesis by Marcos Fernando Krieger (ed.), University of Nebraska, 1998.
  • Werckmeister, Andreas. Musicalische Paradoxal-Discourse, oder Ungemeine Vorstellungen, wie die Musica einen Hohen und Göttlichen Uhrsprung habe, und wie hingegen dieselbe so sehr gemißbrauchet wird. Theodor Philipp Calvisius, Quedlinburg, 1707, 120 pages. Olms, 1972. Laaber Reprint vol. 2 (with Harmonologia musica), Dietrich Bartel (ed.), Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2003, 277 pages.
  • Werker, Gerard (pseudonym of Wouter Paap). "Een nieuw instrument voor 31-toonsmuziek", Mens en Melodie vol. 26 no. 1, January 1971, pp. 9-11.
  • Werner, Eric. "The mathematical foundation of Philippe de Vitri's 'Ars Nova'", Journal of the Americal Musicological Society vol. 9 no. 2, 1956, pp. 128-132.
  • Werner, Heinz. "Über Mikromelodik und Mikroharmonik", Zeitschrift für Psychologie vol. 98, 1925, pp. 74-89.
  • Werner, Heinz. "Musical 'Micro-Scales' and 'Micro-Melodies'", Journal of Psychology vol. 10, 1940, pp. 149-156.
  • Werner-Jensen, Karin. "Mathematik und zeitgenössische Komposition - eine Umfrage", Musik und Mathematik, Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985.
  • Werntz, Julia. "Ezra Sims at Seventy", Sonneck Society for American Music Bulletin vol. 24 no. 1, spring 1998.
  • Werntz, Julia. "Adding Pitches: Some New Thoughts, Ten Years after Perspective of New Music's 'Forum: Microtonality Today'", Perspectives of New Music vol. 39 no. 2, summer 2001, pp. 159-210.
  • Werntz, Julia. "Where are the microtones?", Paris Transatlantic Magazine, February 2003.
  • Werntz, Julia. "Looking Up At Joe Maneri", NewMusicBox, September 2009.
  • Wesley, William and Jonathan Glasier. Interview on KPFK program Genesis of a Music, April 1992.
  • Wessels, Gert. Mikrointervalle in Tonsystemen unseres Jahrhunderts. Dargestellt anhand von vier Beispielen. Self-published, 1986.
  • West, M.L. Ancient Greek Music. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1992, 410 pages.
  • West, M.L. "The Babylonian musical notation and the Hurrian melodic texts", Music and Letters vol. 75 no. 2, 1994, pp. 161–179.
  • Westbrook, Peter. "Guitar with Interchangeable Fingerboards", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1978.
  • Westphal, Rudolf. Harmonik und Melopoiie der Griechen. Leipzig, 1864, 1886.
  • Westphal, Rudolf. Die Musik der griechischen Altertums. Leipzig, 1883.
  • Westphal, Rudolf. Aristoxenos von Tarent. Melik und Rhythmik des klassischen Hellenentums. Vol. 1, Leipzig, 1883. Vol. 2, Leipzig, 1893.
  • Weyer, R.D. Tune Frequency Structure in the Attack Transients of Piano and Harpsichord Sounds. 1976.
  • Whaley, David Robert. The Microtonal Capability of the Horn. D.M.A. thesis, University of Illinois, 1975, 154 pages. University Microfilms, Ann Arbor MI, 1975.
  • Wheatstone, Charles. The Scientific Papers of Sir Charles Wheatstone. London, 1879.
  • White, James Paul. "Is Perfect Intonation Practicable?", Music. A Monthly Magazine vol. 7, 1894-1895, pp. 441-452, 606-612; vol. 8, 1895, pp. 65-81, 262-274.
  • White, William Braid. Theory and practice of piano construction, with a detailed, practical method for tuning. 1906. Reprint Dover, New York, 1975, 160 pages.
  • White, William Braid. "Practical tests for determining the accuracy of pianoforte tuning", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 9 no. 1, 1937, pp. 47–50.
  • White, William Braid. "Mean-Tone Temperament: the Classical System of Instrumental Tuning", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 15 no. 1, July 1943, pp. 12-16.
  • White, William Braid. Piano tuning and allied arts. Tuners Supply Company, Boston MA, 1946, 1977, 295 pages.
  • Whiting, Christopher. "Vom Hören beim Intonieren", Die Fermate, 2002.
  • Whitman, George. "Alois Hába: Seminal Works of Quarter-Tone Music", Tempo vol. 80, 1967, pp. 11-15.
  • Whitman, George. Introduction to Microtonal Music: for composers and instrumentalists in conventional and electronic media. British and Continental Music Agencies Ltd., London, 1970, 16 pages.
  • Wibberley, Roger. "Josquin's 'Ave Maria': Musica Ficta versus Mode", Music Theory Online vol. 2 no. 5, 1996.
  • Wibberley, Roger. " Quid non ebrietas dissignat? Willaert's didactic demonstration of Syntonic Tuning", Music Theory Online vol. 10 no. 1, 2004.
  • Wibberley, Roger. " Syntonic Tuning: A Sixteenth-Century Composer's Soundscape", Music Theory Online vol. 10 no. 1, 2004.
  • Wibberley, Roger. " Syntonic Tuning: Creating a Model for Accurate Electronic Playback", Music Theory Online vol. 10 no. 1, 2004.
  • Wichmann, Lothar. "Natürliche Tonsysteme", Neue Musikzeitung vol. 11, 1914, Carl Grüninger Verlag, Stuttgart.
  • Wicke, Richard. "Das Verhältnis von reiner und pythagoreischer Stimmung als psychologisches Problem", Bericht über den I. Musikwissenschaftlichen Kongreß der Deutschen Musikgesellschaft in Leipzig vom 4. bis 8. Juni 1925, Leipzig, 1926, pp. 421-425.
  • Widdess, Richard. "Sléndro and Pélog in India?", Performance in Java and Bali, B. Arps (ed.), SOAS, London, 1993, pp. 186-196.
  • Widensky, Peter. "Fragen der Stimmung und musikalischen Temperatur, behandelt an Beispielen aus dem Umkreis der Klassiker", Jahrbuch für österreichische Kulturgeschichte vol. 13, 1983, p. 360.
  • Widensky, Peter. "Beiträge zum Umgang mit früher österreichischer Musik für Tasteninstrumente", Musik muß man machen. Festschrift Josef Mertin zum 90. Geburtstag, Vom Pasqualatihaus, Wien, 1994.
  • Widmer, Kurt. "Musikalische Perzeption und stimmliche Umsetzproblematik", Musik in der Zeit. Helbling & Lichtenhahn, Basel, 1990.
  • Wiecki, Ronald V. "Relieving '12-Tone Paralysis': Harry Partch in Madison, Wisconsin, 1944-1947", American Music vol. 9 no. 1, spring 1991, pp. 43-66.
  • Wienpahl, Robert W. "Zarlino, the senario and tonality", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 12 no. 1, 1959, pp. 27-41.
  • Wiering, Frans. The Language of the Modes: Studies in the History of Polyphonic Modality. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam, 1995.
  • Wiering, Frans. "Italian Music Treatises on CD-ROM", Computing in Musicology vol. 10, 1995, pp. 183-188.
  • Wiering, Frans. "De geest van Pythagoras", Utrecht, 1997.
  • Wiese, Christian Ludwig Gustav von. Versuch eines formularisch und tabellarisch vorgebildeten Leitfadens im Bezug auf die Quelle des harmonischen Tönungsausflusses; Ferner auf die mechanisch ausführbare Stimmungsübertragung der sowohl Rationalstimmung, als auch ungleichschwebenden fixen Temperaturstimmung auf der Orgel und den Tasteninstrument....dem Meister der musikalischen Theorie Herrn Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg zugeeignet. Hilscher, Dresden, 1791.
  • Wiese, Christian Ludwig Gustav von. Ptolemaeus und Zarlino, oder wahrer Gesichtskreis der... Elementar-Tonlehre. Hilscher, Dresden, 1791.
  • Wiese, Christian Ludwig Gustav von. Formularisches Handbuch für die ausübenden Stimmer der Tasteninstrumente. Hilscher, Dresden, 1792.
  • Wiese, Christian Ludwig Gustav von. Der populairen Gemeinnützigkeit gewidmeter neu umgeformter formularischer Versuch über die logisch- mathematische Klangeintheilungs-, Stimmungs- und Temperaturlehre. Gerlach, Dresden-Friedrichstadt, 1793.
  • Wiese, Christian Ludwig Gustav von. Discours analitique sur la cohérence imperturbable de trois premières parties intégrantes de la théorie musicale. Walther, Dresden, 1795.
  • Wightman, Frederick L. "The pattern-transformation model of pitch", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 54, 1973, pp. 407-416.
  • Wightman, Frederick L., and David M. Green. "The Perception of Pitch", American Scientist vol. 62, 1974, pp. 208-215.
  • Wijk, Frank van. Gerhardus Havingha (1696-1753) - organist en klokkenist van Alkmaar, Stichting Vrienden van het Orgel te Alkmaar, Drukkerij Ter Burg, Alkmaar, 2002, 62 pages.
  • Wijk, Frank van. "De geschiedenis van het orgel", "De temperatuur van 'Alkmaars Groote Orgel' vanaf 1725", Het Orgel vol. 99 no. 3, May 2003, pp. 13-16, 27-35.
  • Wijmenga, Gjalt. "A reason for a change", Music Notation News vol. 8 no. 4, MNMA, 1998, pp. 8-16.
  • Wijmenga, Gjalt. Systematiek projectie intervalreeksen op planimetrie toetsenbord. part 1, part 2 and part 3, self-published, 2011, 43 pages.
  • Wilcox, A. Gordon. "Perfect Fourths as a Scalar Option", Perspectives of New Music vol. 5 no. 2, spring-summer 1967, pp. 141-145.
  • Wild, Jon. "Flat Interval Distribution and Other Generalisations of the All-Interval Property", International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, Berlin, May 2007, 7 pages.
  • Wild, Jon. "Pairwise Well-formed Scales and a Bestiary of Animals on the Hexagonal Lattice", 2nd International Conference Mathematics and Computation in Music, 19-22 June 2009, Yale University, New Haven CN.
  • Wilding-White, R. "Tonality and scale theory", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5 no. 2, 1961, pp. 275-286.
  • Wilke, Friedrich. "Über Stimmung der Orgeln", Allgemeine musikalische Zeitung vol. 24, Leipzig, 1822, pp. 727-734, 751-754.
  • Wilkinson, Scott R. Tuning In: Microtonality in Electronic Music; A Basic Guide to Alternate Scales, Temperaments and Microtuning Using Synthesizers. Hal Leonard Books, Milwaukee, 1988, 120 pages.
  • Will, Rodney H. A Proposed Graphic Notation for Harry Partch's "Monophony". Mimeographed. Washington DC, 1983.
  • Willard, N. Augustus. A treatise upon the music of Hindoostan, comprising a detail of the ancient theory and modern practice. Baptist Mission Press, Calcutta, 1834, 8 vols. Reprint in W. Jones & N.A. Willard, Music of India, Susil Gupta, Calcutta, 1962; S.M. Tagore (ed.), Hindu Music from Various Authors, Chowkhamba, Varanasi, 1965, pp. 1-122.
  • Wille, Rudolf. "Ansätze einer mathematischen Musiktheorie", Vortrag a.d. Tagung 'Mathematik und Musik', Darmstadt, 1975.
  • Wille, Rudolf. "Mathematik und Musiktheorie", Musik und Zahl, Verlag für systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976, pp. 233-264.
  • Wille, Rudolf. Mathematische Sprache in der Musiktheorie. Feedback Papers vol. 24, Feedback Studio Verlag, Köln, 1981, pp. 6-10.
  • Wille, Rudolf. "Musiktheorie und Mathematik", Musik und Mathematik, Heinz Götze and Rudolf Wille (eds.), Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985, pp. 4-31.
  • Wille, Rudolf. MUTABOR. Ein Medium für musikalische Erfahrungen. Darmstadt, 1995.
  • Willey, Bob. Dynamic tuning systems for traditional 7/5 keyboard. PhD thesis.
  • Williams, Peter F. The European Organ 1450 - 1850. London, 1966.
  • Williams, Peter F. "Equal Temperament and the English Organ 1675-1825", Acta musicologica vol. 40, 1968, p. 53.
  • Williams, Peter F. "J.S. Bach - Orgelsachverständiger unter dem Einfluß Andreas Werckmeisters?", Bach Jahrbuch vol. 68, 1982, pp. 131-142. "Noch einmal ...", Bach Jahrbuch vol. 72, 1986, pp. 123-125.
  • Williams, Peter F. "J.S. Bach's Well-tempered Clavier: A New Approach 1", Early Music vol. 11, January 1983, pp. 46-52.
  • Williams, Peter F. "J.S. Bach's Well-tempered Clavier: A New Approach 2", Early Music vol. 11, July 1983, pp. 332-339.
  • Williams, Peter F. "Was Johann Sebastian Bach an Organ Expert or an Acquisitive Reader of Andreas Werckmeister?", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 11, 1985, pp. 38-54.
  • Williams, Peter F. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto & Amici dell'Organo (reviews)", The Organ Yearbook vol. 20, 1989, p. 130.
  • Williams, Peter F. J.S. Bach: A Life in Music. Cambridge University Press, 2007, pp. 333-338. Exerpt Tuning and Temperament, pp. 333-338.
  • Williams, Peter F. "Andreas Werckmeister: Hypomnemata Musica (1697), Orgelprobe (1698), Cribrum Musicum (1700), Harmonologia Musica (1702), Musicalische Paradoxal-Discourse (1707) facs. ed. Hildesheim, 1970 (book review)", The Organ Yearbook vol. 15, 1984, pp. 146-147.
  • Williams III, Wheat. "Exploring East Indian Microtonality", Electronic Musician, March 1989, pp. 53-54.
  • Williamson, Charles. "The frequency ratios of the tempered scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 10, 1938, pp. 135-136.
  • Williamson, Charles. "A design for a keyboard instrument in just intonation", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 11 no. 2, 1939, pp. 216-218.
  • Williamson, Charles. "Intonation in musical performance", American Journal of Physics vol. 10, 1942, pp. 171–175.
  • Williamson, Charles. "A Keyboard Instrument In Just Intonation", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 15 no. 1, January 1944, pp. 173-175.
  • Williamson, Muriel C. "Aspects of Tradional Style Maintained in Burma's First Thirteen Kyò Songs", Selected Reports in Ethnomusicology vol. 2 no. 2, 1975, pp. 116-163.
  • Williamson, Muriel C. "Measurement of Traditional Tuning Frequencies of a Burmese Harp", Selected Reports in Ethnomusicology vol. 1 no. 2, Los Angeles, 1968, pp. 73-76.
  • Williamson, Muriel C. The Burmese Harp: Its Classical Music, Tunings and Modes. Southeast Asia Publications / Northern Illinois University, 2000, 182 pages.
  • Willigen, Fernand de. "De muzikale wereld van Harry Partch", Werkgroep muziek van de 20e eeuw, R.A. Rasch (ed.), Utrecht, 1992, p. 111.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. 31-Tone musical instrument patent, Santa Monica, 1961.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "The Transcelest 22-tone musical instrument". Sept. 1967, 10 pages.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Letter to A.D. Fokker", 1 Oct 1970, 18 pages.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "The Bosanquetian 7-rank Keyboard After Poole and Brown", Xenharmonikôn vol. 1 no. 1, 1974, 9 pages.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Bosanquet - A bridge - A doorway to dialog", Xenharmonikôn vol. 1 no. 2, 1974, 7 pages.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "A Classification of Tonal Systems and a Proposed Standardization of Signatures", Xenharmonikôn vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1974.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "On Linear Notations and the Bosanquet Keyboard", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2 no. 1, 1975, 13 pages.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "On the Development of Intonational Systems by Extended Linear Mapping", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975, 13 pages.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "The Pitches of Meantone Assigned to the 19-Tone Generalized Keyboard", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "'Helixsong' Musical Instrument Harmonic, 11-limit", 1976.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "19-tone scale for the Clavichord-19", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1977.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Partchian Twin Star Eikosany", Interval, spring-summer 1979, p. 46.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Pythagorean Intervals", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, 1979, p. 26 ff.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Some Basic Patterns Underlying 12 & 17", 1980, 1981, 1983.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Wilson's Pythagorean and Just Modulations", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, p. 34.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "22-Tone Musical Instrument", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, spring 1984, p. 32.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Partch's Scale on the Bosanquet Generalized Keyboard", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985, p. 10.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "The Marwa Permutations", Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1985.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "The Purvi Modulations", Xenharmonikôn vol. 10, 1986.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "The Generalized Marimba Keyboard", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1986-1987, pp. 8-9, 21-22.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Some Applications of the Scale Tree to the Generalized Keyboard", 1987.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Multi-Keyboard Gridiron", 1987.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Design for microtonal hexagon keyboard", 1987.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "D'Alessandro: Like a Hurricane", Xenharmonikôn vol. 12, 1989, pp. 1-39.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Hebdomekontany Notes". [Personal communication]
  • Wilson, Ervin M., Stephen Smith and Kraig Grady. "Notes on a New Marimba, its Tuning, and its Music", Xenharmonikôn vol. 11, 1989, pp. 46-60.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Letter to John Chalmers pertaining to Moments of Symmetry/Tanabe Cycle".
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "The Scales of Mt. Meru", 1993.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Some Exploratory Triangles for 'Scales of Mt. Meru'", 1993.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Scale-Tree (Peirce Sequence)", 1994.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Og Viggo Brun's Euclidian Algorithm", 1995.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "A Sequence of Constant Structures as predicted by Viggo Brun's algorithm (2/1, 3/2, 5/4), (a-b)", 1995.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "On Complementary Proportional Triads", 1995.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "So-called Farey series, extended 0/1 to 1/0 (full set of gear ratios), and Lambdoma", 1996.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "The 64 Horagrams of the Scale Tree", 1997.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Viggo Brun's Algorithm applied to 8ve=7, 5th=4", 1997.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Treasure Chest - an array of small gems", 1965-2000.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Diophantine Triplets and x,y Coordinates, Applied to the Gral Keyboard, Co-Prime Format", 2000.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Pecan-Tree Pattern in a Nutshell", 2000.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Euler genus (3.5.7.9.11.13) latticed within the Triakontahedron", 1999-2001.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "Pingala's Meru Prastara and the Sums of the Diagonals", 2001.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "The 3-gap theorem (Steinhaus conjecture) revisited", 2005.
  • Wilson, Ervin M. "The Co-prime Grid. Peach Tree Patterns -Diophantine Triplets applied to keyboard-", WWW.
  • Wiltshire, Tom. "The Hammond Organ", WWW, 2008.
  • Winckel, Fritz. "Influence des facteurs psycho-physiologiques sur la sensation de consonance dissonance", Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, 1959, pp. 61-74.
  • Winckel, Fritz. Phänomene des Musikalischen Hörens, 1960. English translation Music, sound and sensation, Dover, New York, 1967.
  • Winckel, Fritz. "Organische und anorganische Musik", Musikalische Zeitfragen Bd. 10. Bärenreiter-Verlag, Kassel/Basel, 1962, p. 45.
  • Winking, John. "Functional intonation and clarinet fingering", NACWPI Journal vol. 29 no. 2, December 1980, pp. 4-6.
  • Winkler, Ernesto Solís. "Compositores microtonalistas", WWW.
  • Winkler, Klaus. "Stimmung und Stimmgeräte", Das Orchester vol. 43, Nov. 1995, pp. 24-28.
  • Winkler, Michael. "Geometrisonics", Interval vol. 1 no. 4, fall 1979, p. 33.
  • Winkler, Robert. Fehler beim Stimmen der Gitarre. MA thesis, Universität für Musik und darstellende Kunst, Graz, September 2006, 116 pages.
  • Winnington-Ingram, Reginald Pepys. "The Spondeion Scale", The Classical Quarterly vol. 22, 1928, pp. 83-91.
  • Winnington-Ingram, R.P. "Aristoxenos and the intervals of Greek music", The Classical Quarterly vol. 26 no. 3-4, 1932, pp. 195-208.
  • Winnington-Ingram, R.P. Mode in ancient Greek music. Cambridge University Press, London, 1936. Reprint Adolf M. Hakkert, Amsterdam, 1968, 90 pages.
  • Winnington-Ingram, R.P. "The pentatonic tuning of the Greek lyre: a theory examined", The Classical Quarterly vol. 50, 1956, pp. 169-186.
  • Winnington-Ingram, R.P. "Die Enharmonik der Griechen", Die Musikforschung vol. 18, 1965, pp. 60-64.
  • Winograd, Terry. An analysis of the properties of 'deep' scales in a T-tone system. Unpublished paper, 17 May 1966, term paper for music theory course at Colorado College.
  • Wiora, Walter. "Der tonale Logos. Zu J. Handschins Buch 'Der Toncharakter'", Die Musikforschung vol. 4, 1951, pp. 1-35, 153-175.
  • Wittstein, Theodor. Grundzüge der mathematische-physikalischen Theorie der Musik. Hahn'sche Buchhandlung, Hannover, 1888.
  • Wixner, Richard. "Alternative Keyboard Design", Polyphony, April 1984, pp. 30-33.
  • Wognum, Jacob. Verdediging tegen de lasterende voorreden over de oorspronk en voortgang der orgelen. Klaas Mol, Alkmaar, 1727, 28 pages. Reprint Arend Jan Gierveld (ed.), Bibliotheca Organologica vol. 13, Frits Knuf, Buren, 1985.
  • Wogram, Klaus. Ein Beitrag zur Ermittlung der Stimmung von Blechblasinstrumenten. Msc thesis, Technische Universität Braunschweig, 1972.
  • Wogram, Klaus and Jürgen Meyer. "Objektive Prüfung der Stimmung von Blechblasinstrumenten", Mitteilung aus der Physikalisch-Technischen Bundesanstalt, Braunschweig.
  • Wogram, Klaus and Jürgen Meyer. "Zur Intonation bei Blockflöten", Acustica vol. 54 no. 3, 1984, pp. 137-146.
  • Wogram, Klaus and Jürgen Meyer. "Über den spieltechnischen Ausgleich von Intonationsfehlern bei Blockflöten", Tibia vol. 10 no. 2, 1985, pp. 322-335.
  • Wogram, Klaus. "Zeitstrukturen bei Klavierklängen", Das Instrumentalspiel: Beiträge zur Akustik der Musikinstrumente, Medizinische und Psychologische Aspekte des Musizierens, Doblinger, Wien, 1989, pp. 199-213.
  • Wogram, Klaus. "Stimmungscharakteristik von Blockflöten und ihre spieltechnische Korrektur". p. 6.
  • Wohl, Gennady. "Algebra of Tonal Functions", English translation by Mykhaylo Khramov, WWW, 2005. Russian original.
  • Wohlfahrt, Heinrich. Der angehende Klavierstimmer. Carl Merseburger, Berlin, 1925.
  • Wohlgemuth, Gerhard. "Zeitgenössische Musik und ihre Notation", Musik und Gesellschaft vol. 25 no. 4, 1975, pp. 198-204.
  • Wold, Erling. "Music of Love and Beyond", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1988, pp. 10-13.
  • Wold, Erling. "It Was in the Summer That I First Noticed Your Hair, Your Face, Your Eyelids (score)", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 4, 1990, p. 1.
  • Wold, Erling. "Report: American Festival of Microtonal Music", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, September 1991, p. 2, 15.
  • Wolf, Albrecht. Graphische Darstellung und funktionelle Systematik historischer musikalischer Temperaturen. 1980.
  • Wolf, Daniel James. "La Monte Young: Living and Listening in Real Time", Interval vol. 3, 1982.
  • Wolf, Daniel James. "What is 'The Well-Tuned Piano'?", Liner notes to the Grammavision recording of the work by La Monte Young.
  • Wolf, Daniel James. "Dan Wolf: Microtonal Composer", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, fall 1983, pp. 14-15.
  • Wolf, Daniel James. "Living and Listening in Real Time: Notes around the Music of LaMonte Young", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, fall 1983, pp. 14-15, part 2, Interval vol. 4 no. 2, pp. 27-28.
  • Wolf, Daniel James. "Speculum Pelogi", Xenharmonikôn vol. 11, 1989.
  • Wolf, Daniel James. "Four Tunings for Sound Environments", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, 1990, p. 12.
  • Wolf, Daniel James. "Alternativen zur Harmonie. Die Bedeutung von "Harmony" in der neueren amerikanische Musik", MusikTexte vol. 37, Dec. 1990.
  • Wolf, Daniel James. "Heidi von Gunden: The Music of Lou Harrison (book review)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, 1996.
  • Wolf, Daniel James. "Alternative tunings, alternative tonalities", Contemporary Music Review vol. 22 no. 1-2, March-June 2003, pp. 3-14.
  • Wolf, Oskar. Sprache und Ohr. Akustisch-physiologische und pathologische Studien. Braunschweig, 1871.
  • Wolfe, Joe. "How harmonic are harmonics?", WWW, 2000.
  • Wolfe, Joe. "Interference beats", WWW, 2000.
  • Wöltje, C.L.H. Versuch einer rationellen Construction des modernen Tonsystems. Schutze, Celle, 1832.
  • Wood, Alexander. The Physics of Music. Methuen & Co., London, 1950. Halsted, New York, 1975, 250 pages.
  • Wood, James. "Microtonality: Aesthetics and practicality", Musical Times vol. 127 (no. 1719), June 1986, pp. 328-330.
  • Wood, James (ed.) Microtonality Manual. Centre for Microtonal Music and the Society for the Promotion of New Music, London, July 1991.
  • Woodbury, Arthur. "Harry Partch: Corporeality and Monophony", Source, music of the avant garde vol. 1 no. 2, July 1967, Larry Austin (ed.), pp. 91-93.
  • Woolhouse, Wesley Stoker Barker. Essay on Musical Intervals, Harmonics and the Temperament of the Musical Scale. J. Souter, London, 1835, 96 pages.
  • Woolhouse, Wesley Stoker Barker. Treatise on Musical Intervals, Temperament and the Elementary Principles of Music. Charles Woolhouse, London, 1888.
  • Worrall, David. Physics and psychophysics of music. Course notes, Australian Centre for the Arts and Technology, WWW, 1990.
  • Wozniak, Robert H. "Max Meyer and 'The Fundamental Laws of Human Behavior'", WWW, 1997.
  • Wraight, Denzil and Christopher Stembridge. "Italian Split-Keyed Instruments with Fewer than Nineteen Divisions to the Octave", Performance Practice Review vol. 7 no. 2, 1994, pp. 150-181.
  • Wraight, Denzil. The Stringing of Italian Keyboard Instruments c.1500-c.1650. PhD thesis, Musicology, Queen's University, Belfast, 1997, 3 vols., 792 pages.
  • Wraight, Denzil. "Establishing Pitch Relationships in Italian String Keyboard Instruments", Proceedings of the conference Stimmton und Transposition im 16.-18. Jahrhundert, Bremen, October 1999.
  • Wraight, Denzil. "The tuning of two 16th century italian clavichords", Clavichord International vol. 1 no. 2, November 1997, pp. 49-53. Errata note in May 2000.
  • Wraight, Denzil. "The pitch relationships of Venetian string keyboard instruments", Fiori Musicologi, Studi in onore di Luigi Ferdinando Tagliavini nella ricorrenza del suo LXX compleanno, F. Seydoux, G. Castellani and A. Leuthold (eds.), Editore Pàtron, Bologna, 2001, pp. 573-604.
  • Wraight, Denzil. "The cimbalo cromatico and other It